1d Dvs B&W Man 6s60mc-c Vol6 Remote Control 494

-800 n M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
&
MG-800 GOVERNOR SYSTEM
NABCO Ltd.
FINISHED PLAN
SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

H.NO.1438
MESSRS. HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C

M-800II M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
AND
NABCO Ltd
FINISHED PLAN

H.NO.1377

M-800 E M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
AND
NABCO Ltd.
FINISHED PLAN

H.NO.1378

M-800II M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
AND
NABCO Ltd.
[HHI-1377] 1/3
CONTENTS
I . INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

(PAGE)
INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING 1 - 13
SPECIFICATIONS Al - A30
TENKEY SETTING TABLE RT1
•• ~ RT15
TIME CHART • • Bl - B3
OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM • • B4 ~ B15
FLOW CHART M-800 H REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM .-••-. B16 ~ B24
MT-800-EI0407, TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER ••••• B25 ~ B29
ML-8001-A01, TELEGRAPH LOGGER ••• B30 ~~ B51
MICRO-COMPUTER SYSTEM ••• B52 ~ B57
MIMIC BOARD OF C/R CONTROL PANEL ••••• B58 - B70
MIMIC BOARD OF C/R SAFETY PANEL B71 - B82
ENGINE SPEED TEST FOR MAIN ENGINE ••• B83 - B83
OPERATION MANUAL FOR KEYBOARD B84 ~ B87
PG-40A, PULSE GENERATOR • • B88 — B89
DRAWING FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

COMPONENTS LIST • •• Cl - C6
SYMBOLS FOR PIPING DIAGRAM ••• Dl ~ D4
SYMBOLS FOR ELECTRIC DIAGRAM •••• D5 - D7
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
OUTLINE : El ~ E5
INPUT OUTPUT LIST • • • •• E6 ~ E30
WIRING DIAGRAM , BRIDGE INDICATOR & SWITCH PANEL- E31 - E31
" , TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (BRIDGE) • • • • • • E32 - E34
» , POWER SOURCE UNIT • • •• >•••••- E35 ~ E35
// , C/R CONTROL PANEL • •• E36 ~ E36
» , TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (CONTROL) • • • • E37 -- E44
» , C/R SAFETYPANEL E45 •- E45
» , TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (SAFETY) • • • • • • E46 -- E54
» , POWER SOURCE UNIT • E55 -- E55
» , C/R INDICATOR PANEL •••••• E56 -- E57
» , RELAY PANEL • E58 -- EGO
» , E/S TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX • • • • • • E61 -- E62
[ H H I - 1377] 2/3
(PAGE)
COMPONENTS
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT F5 ~ F5

FLAT CABLE F6 ~ F7
MT-800-IH0407, TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER F8 - F12
ML-800ffl-A01, TELEGRAPH LOGGER F13 ~ F16
POWER'SOURCE UNIT F17 - F18
DLQ144-PC-NB, REVOLUTION INDICATOR F19 ~ F19
DIAL PLATE F20 ~ F21
DIMMER PANEL F23 ~ F24

BRW-1,
*~—• .—. •— j REVOLUTION INDICATOR F25 ~~ F25
, REVOLUTION INDICATOR PANEL F26 - F27
<f> 120, TELEGRAPH BELL F28 - F28
C/R CONTROL PANEL F29 - F31
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT F32 ~
FLAT CABLE F34 ~
C/R SAFETY PANEL F36 - F38
POWER SOURCE UNIT F39 - F40
C/R INDICATOR PANEL F41 - F42
RELAY PANEL F43 ~ F43
MT-800-EIR1704, TELEGRAPH RECEIVER F44 - F48
DQ144-C, REVOLUTION INDICATOR F49 ~
REVOLUTION COUNTER ; F50 ~ F50
SOLID STATE RELAY PANEL F51 - F51
F52 - F55
F56 - F56
DOUBLE ARROW VOLT METER F57 - F57
MANEUVERING INSTRUCTION PLATE F58 - F59
F59 - F60
E/S TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX F61 — F61
DQ96-C, REVOLUTION INDICATOR F62 ~ F62
[ HHI - 1377 ] 3/3
[PAGE]
150, GONG • F63 - F63

PG-40A, PULSE GENERATOR •••••• F64 - F64
3.9KQ 1/4W, RESISTOR • F65 - F65
SPARE PARTS • • -. •' F66 - F69
. INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR MG-80.0 GOVERNOR SYSTEM

ATTENTION POINT ON USE 1 - 2
SPECIFICATION- • Gl - G18
TENKEY SETTING TABLE • GTl ~ GT15
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES Hi - H62
MAINTENANCE/INSPECTION MANUAL • H63 ~ H76
IV. DRAWING FOR MG-800 GOVERNOR SYSTEM

PARTS LIST II - 12
COMPONENTS
MCG-402-02, CONTROL UNIT Jl - J7
ADU-500A-R, ACTUATOR DRIVE UNIT •• J8 ' ~ Jll
EAR-500A-R91, ACTUATOR •; • J12 - J14
PG-20A, PULSE GENERATOR \- • ••• J15 ~ J15
JUNCTION BOX • J16 - J16
DQ96-C, P.O. RACK INDICATOR • J17 - J17
SPAREPARTS ••• J18 - J19
V. SERVICE SYSTEM
NABCO
7SH58363-01 7/30
6.Control system
6-1. Bridge control
(1) Starting
Starting by means of slow turning
To start the main engine, the following procedure is to be taken.
By putting the telegraph transmitter in the ahead(astern) and the starting air
distributor change-over into the ahead(astern) position and the reversing signal air
is given to the reversing mechanisms.
Next, the starting air is supplied, but it is restricted for the first one rotation, the
main engine rotates slowly. Then the reversing mechanisms change-over into the
ahead(astern) position.
When the main engine completed one rotation, regular air-run is commenced.
When the main engine speed reaches the ignition level by air-running, the starting
fuel is supplied, the starting air is cut off, and change-over into fuel running is
accomplished.
After a preset time since changing into fuel running, starting fuel setting of the
governor is released and the main engine speed is increased or decreased to be
equivalent with the telegraph transmitter position.
Normal starting
To start the main engine within a preset time after its stopping or to press the slow
turning cancel push button switch provided on bridge indicator & switch panel (herein
aftenB.I.P), the following procedure is to be taken.
By putting the telegraph transmitter in the ahead(astern) and the starting air distributor
change-over into the ahead(astern) position and the reversing signal air is given to the
reversing mechanisms.
Next, the starting air is supplied, then the reversing mechanisms change-over into the
ahead(astern) position one after another with rotation of the main engine.
When the main engine speed reaches the ignition level by air-running, the starting fuel
is supplied, the starting air is cut off, and change-over into fuel running is
accomplished.
After a preset time since changing into fuel running, starting fuel setting of the governor
is released and the main engine speed is increased or decreased to be equivalent with
the telegraph transmitter position.
A- 7
THE MAIN ENGINE(HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C Mk7)
VOL VI M-800II M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM & MG-800 GOVERNOR SYSTEM
(NABCO)
I . INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING
SPECIFICATIONS
TENKEY SETTING TABLE
TIME CHART
OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
FLOW CHART M-800 II REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
MT-800-IlI 0407, TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER
ML-800 III-A01. TELEGRAPH LOGGER
MICRO-COMPUTER SYSTEM
MIMIC BOARD OF OR CONTROL PANEL
MIMIC BOARD OF C/R SAFETY PANEL
ENGINE SPEED TEST FOR MAIN ENGINE
OPERATION MANUAL FOR KEYBOARD
PG-40A, PULSE GENERATOR .
I I . DRAWING FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS LIST
SYMBOLS FOR PIPING DIAGRAM
SYMBOLS FOR ELECTRIC DIAGRAM
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
OUTLINE .
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
WRING DIAGRAM , BRIDGE INDICATOR & SWITCH PANEL .
WRING DIAGRAM, TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (BRIDGE)
WRING DIAGRAM, POWER SOURCE UNIT
WRING DIAGRAM, C/R CONTROL PANEL
WRING DIAGRAM, TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (CONTROL)
WRING DIAGRAM, C/R SAFETY PANEL
WRING DIAGRAM, TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (SAFETY)
WRING DIAGRAM, POWER SOURCE UNIT
WRING DIAGRAM, C/R INDICATOR PANEL .
WRING DIAGRAM, RELAY PANEL .
WRING DIAGRAM, E/S TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX .
COMPONENTS
BRIDGE INDICATOR & SWITCH PANEL
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT .
FLAT CABLE
MT-800-III 0407, TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER
ML-S800 III-A0I TELEGRAPH LOGGER
POWER SOURCE UNIT
DLQl44-pc-NB, REVOLUTION INDICATOR
DIAL PLATE .
DLQl92-bc-NB, REVOLUTION INDICATOR
DIMMER PANEL
BRW-1, REVOLUTION INDICATOR .
DQ144-C, REVOLUTION INDICATOR PANEL
DIA 120, TELEGRAPH BELL
C/R CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
FLAT CABLE .
C/R SAFETY PANEL
POWER SOURCE UNIT
C/R INDICATOR PANEL
RELAY PANEL
MT-800- IIII R 1704, TELEGRAPH RECEIVER
DQ144-C, REVOLUTION INDICATOR .
REVOLUTION COUNTER
SOLID STATE RELAY PANEL
DC CONVERTER
RUNNING HOUR METER
DOUBLE ARROW VOLT METER
MANEUVERING INSTRUCTION PLATE
CONT. POS. CHANGE-OVER SW.
E/S TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX
DQ96-C, REVOLUTION INDICATOR
DIA 160, GONG
PG-49A, PULSE GENERATOR
3.9kOhm 1/4 W. RESISTOR
SPARE PARTS
I I I . INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR MG-800 GOVERNOR SYSTEM
ATTENTION POINT ON USE
SPECIFICATION
TENKEY SETTING TABLE
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES
MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION MANUAL
IV. DRAWING FOR MG-800 GOVERNOR SYSTEM
PARTS LIST
COMPONENTS
MCG-402-02, CONTROL UNIT
ADU-500A-R, ACTUATOR DRIVE UNIT
EAR- 500A-R91, ACTUATOR
PG-20A, PULSE GENERATOR
JUNCTION BOX
DQ96-C, F.O. RACK INDICATOR
SPARE PARTS
V. SERVICE SYSTEM
74SS4S102-01E 1/13
Instructions for Handling:
How to Safely Use Your Remote Control System
Important
Before operating this system, you should first

thoroughly read this manual, especially the safety
instructions.
Keep this manual for future reference.
NABCO Ltd.
a.97.10.1
b.99.5.7
c.99.7.27
d.01.7.30
1617-1, Fukuyoshidai 1-Chome, Nishi-Ku, Kobe 651-2413, JAPAN

Telephone: +81 78 967 3061 Telefax: +81 78 967 4581
74SS4S102-01E 2/13
INTRODUCTION
For operating this remote control system safely, you should know: some pieces of fundamental
knowledge such as pneumatics, piping, electric engineering, and wiring; a knowledge of
steering; and of the target machine (at the level clarified by the company).
Although the system applies various safety measures, any incorrect handling can cause
unexpected trouble.
Accordingly, after reading this manual and understanding the contents fully, start operating
the system and applying maintenance.
To maintain in good condition and continue in safe operation, we recommend keeping the
instructions in this manual.
WARNING : indicates that mishandling may result in personal injury or death
:
CAUTION indicates that mishandling may result in minor personal injury or
product/property damage.
Note:
Before operating, overhauling, or adjusting your remote control system or automation device,
you should read the finished plan together with this manual.
74SS48102-01E 3/13
1. Cautions for Operation
WARNING (1) Never touch moving portions of the machine under remote control
because of the danger.
WARNING (2) If the remote control operations become unavailable by accident,

immediately change the control position to the engine side. Then,
after checking the safety of the vessel prior to anchoring or
stopping, locate and repair the trouble.
Regular training against emergencies is recommended.
CAUTION (3) Never open any door/cover of control/alarm devices during

operation because of the danger. Keep all doors / covers closed
except during maintenance / inspection to avoid entry of dust or
foreign matter.
(4) Check that all operations using the maneuvering handle are
possible to operate safely before entering and leaving ports.
(5) To correctly transmit operational intentions to the control system,

press the button switches securely.
Similarly, manipulate the maneuvering/control handles/levers and
the selector switches to the notch position (or the designated
position).
(6) If the main engine stops due to the emergency/automatic

shutdown/stop device, first move the maneuvering handle in
control to the STOP position, confirm the safety of the vessel, and
then restart the engine.
2. Cautions for Maintenance and Inspection
When maintaining or inspecting an electrical device/system, follow

the instructions in "Handling Instructions for Electric
Device/System" on page 9/13
74SS48102-01E 4/13
WARNING (2) Before maintaining or inspecting the inside of a piece of equipment,

the main power switch on the switchboard must be turned off to
avoid electric shocks.
WARNING (3) Because there can be several power supplies for the system, check
and turn off all the power supply switches.
(4) Before applying a megger or a withstand voltage test to the system,
take off all the wires to the units that prohibit a megger test in
order to protect electronic devices.
(5) Before maintaining or inspecting a pneumatic device/system,

follow the instructions in "Handling Instructions for Pneumatic
Device/System" on page 5/13.
WARNING (6) Before maintaining or inspecting a pneumatic device/system, shut

the supply air valve and then blow off all compressed air inside
piping.
Working with an air source unit requires the following of this

instruction because a high pressure pipe is connected to the
unit.
CAUTION (7) During a regular inspection or mooring, a shore electric power

source can be used instead of the internal power sources supplied
by generators. Misoperation in the remote control system can occur
due to a voltage drop while transferring the power sources. When
carrying out transfer-ring of the power sources between the
internal and the shore power sources, turn off the power supply
switches in the system.
4
74SS48102-01E 5/13
Handling Instructions for Pneumatic Device/System
1. Appropriate Maintenance Intervals
A pneumatic device has many rubber parts inside it for sealing.

Considering the rubber parts as consumables, maintain the device
according to "Remote Control Systems Pneumatic Devices
Maintenance Standards 1/1"
WARNING Neglect or delay in maintenance may cause air leakage or sudden

trouble with the pneumatic devices, thus resulting in a
malfunction in the remote control system that leads to a dangerous
condition for the controlled machine (a main engine, a CPP, a
winch, etc.) and/or the vessel.
2 Preparation Before Maintenance
Read the instructions and check the drawings (the outline drawing
and the assembly drawing) for each device to understand their
functions and structures.
WARNING Shut the supply air valve to the system/device and then blow off all
compressed air inside piping to avoid a trouble due to scattered
parts.
3. Overhauling
When removing a pneumatic device from its connected pipe line,

take the pipes off the device but do not unscrew the fittings from
the bod}>. If taking the pipe fittings off the body, completely
remove seal tape from the screw.
WARNING When overhauling a device that includes springs, carefully

unscrew bolts or nuts while pressing the cover because there is a
possibility of the springs poping out.
Use a suitable tool for the snap rings in devices; using an

unsuitable tool can cause them to jump out.
74SS48102-01E 6/13
4. Maintenance
Clean each part except electric parts with synthetic detergent or

pure ethanol. Electric parts such as a coil assembly should be
cleaned only by wiping the foreign matter on the inside to keep
their insulation. Never use an organic solvent on rubber parts and
resinous parts to prevent swelling or deterioration.
For maintenance detail of each pneumatic device, refer to the

"Remote Control System Pneumatic Devices Maintenance
Standards 1/1"
5. Assembly
Reassemble the device in reverse order of disassembling without

leaving any parts.
Apply good quality grease on rubber parts and sliding portions

before assembling. (Recommended grease is Cosmo Sekiyu
"Dynamax No.2" or the equivalent.)
Apply suitable tightening torques from the drawing to screws, if

indicated.
When fitting pipe fittings to a pneumatic device, never apply seal

tape or sealant to the initial one or two screws to avoid falling of
the detached part into the device or the piping.
When connecting a DEKABON tube (black plastic-covered

aluminum tube) to the fitting again, insert the tube into the fitting
fully, manually tighten the nut fully, tighten the nut 3/4 to 1 turn
with a 17-mm open-end wrench until the sleeve sounds, and then
tighten the nut 1/6 to 1/4 turn additionally.
In other words, tighten the nut with a 17-mm open-end wrench
until certain force is felt and then tighten it 1/6 to 1/4 turn
additionally.
74SS48102-01E 7/13
6. Inspection
After confirming the safety of the controlled machine and/or the

vessel, open the supply air valve.
Check the piping or the pneumatic device for air leakage.

CAUTION vessel, operate the remote control system and check the operation
and air leakage.
7. Troubleshooting of the system
CAUTION When locating a troubled device by checking the presence of

compressed air, loosening the pipe fittings is sometimes necessary;
to avoid possible injury, carefully and slowly loosen the cap nuts to
check the sound.
If the cap nut is taken off by excessively loosening, the pipe may be
blown off by compressed air.
74SS48102-01E 8/13
Remote Control System © : Adjust/Test O : Repair XiChange

Pneumatic Devices Maintenance Standards 1/1 A : Change after checking the progress
Intervals (year) — Tin c*v\Q^4"T /*\v* / Icol,
I O O T r\UJ
A H 1LloLJlJcJJ
11 o4" vn ont,
^~ IvcpdiJ.,
r\ oi*> o i v allUVUl
Q vi ri //"\v OlldJJgc
( n o vt cro
Name JLllSpeCLlO.ll/
.5 1 2.5 5
© : Check and clean clogging at 1 month after delivery.
O : Check and clean clogging.
Strainer 0 O A X
A : Check filter elements for flaws.
X : Renew elements every 5years.
© : Drain everyday.
O : Check and clean clogged filter elements.
Air Filter 0 o A X
A : Check filter elements for flaws.
X: Renew elements every Syears.
©: Check supply/exhaust valve for dust or flaws.
O: Check diaphragm and clean supply/exhaust valve.
Reducing Valve 0 O A A: Renew diaphragm, valve assembly, and O-rings.
-Sliding portions: every Syears
-Fixed portions: every 7~8 years(Piston type: A)
© : Overhaul and grease. (Clean or renew rusted parts.)
O : Overhaul, clean, and grease spools.
Solenoid Valve O A A : Renew rubber parts.
-Sliding portions: every Syears
-Fixed portions: every 7~8 years
O : Overhaul, clean, and grease spools. Renew 0-rings
Air Cylinder O A for sliding portions.
A : Renew rubber parts.
O : Overhaul, clean, and grease spools
Chageover
Valve
0 O A A : Renew rubber parts
-Sliding portions: every 5 years
© : Check supply/exhaust valve for dust or flaws.
Control Valve O : Check diaphragm and clean supply/exhaust valve.
(Maneuvering
handle)
0 o X X : Renew diaphragm, valve assembly, and 0-rings.
-Sliding portions: every 5 j' ears
© : Overhaule and clean.
Speed Control A : Renew rubber parts by checking the condition.
Valve
Safety Valve 0 A
(Relief Valve)
74SS4S102-01E 9/13
Handling Instructions for Electric Device/system
1. Appropriate Maintenance Intervals
Because electric devices may have trouble, as time goes by, clue to
imperfect contact on oxidized relay contacts or deterioration of
capacitors, maintain the devices/systems according to the "Remote
Control System Electric Devices Maintenance Standards l/3~
3/3"
WARNING Neglect or delay in maintenance may cause a dangerous condition

for the controlled machine (a main engine, a CPP, a Winch, etc.)
and/or the vessel due to their malfunction.
Preparation Before Maintenance

Read the instructions and check the drawings (the outline drawing
and the assembly drawing) and the electric circuit diagram
(particularly, the power supply circuit portion) to understand their
functions and structures.
WARNING To avoid trouble from electric shocks, cut off the power supplies to
the control stand or panel on the switchboard or the distribution
board. For the maneuvering stand, because several other power
supplies in addition to the power that supplies for the remote
control system may be supplied to the stand, cut off all these power
supplies, too.
3. Overhauling
When opening the doors/covers of the control stand/panel, cut off
the inner power supply switches for the remote control system and
the telegraph system.
Check that no power is supplied in the maneuveringstand/panel

by using a multitester at the terminal boards.
4. Maintenance
For the actual maintenance details, refer to the "Remote Control
System Electric Devices Maintenance Standards l/3~3/3"
Clean the inside of the maneuvering stand/panel.

74SS48102-01E 10/13
5. Assembly
Reassemble electric devices in reverse order of disassembling

without leaving any parts.
CAUTION Insert a plug-in-type auxiliary relay, timer, or printed circuit board

etc. surely until it touches the end.
Be sure that the height shows it has been fully inserted compared
with the neighbors; then, put a stopper.
Similarly, check a connector through the same steps and then put a
stopper.
6. Inspection
Check that the controlled machine and/or the vessel are not
1\ CAUTION moving by using the remote control system.
(1) To prevent initial trouble due to a voltage drop when the electric
power is supplied, turn on the power supply switches on the
switchboard or the distribution board first.
(2) Turn on the power supply switches in the stand/panel.
(3) Shut the doors/covers completely to prevent the entry of dust or

foreign matter and do not to open during operation.

vessel, operate the remote control system to check the operation.
7. Troubleshooting When the Electric Power is Live
WARNING Because carrying out a troubleshooting when the electric power is

live may cause electric shocks or short circuits, the work should be
done by an electrician.
8. In case of fuse broken

1) Turn off the system.
2) Replace the fuse after repairing.
3) Put maneuvering handle(s) in "STOP position
4) Turn on the system.
74SS4S102-01E 11/13
Remote Control system : Adjust/Test O : Repair X;Change

Electric Devices Maintenance Standards 1/3 A : Change after checking the progress
Intervals (year)
Name Inspection/Test, Adjustment, Repair, and/or Change
.5 1
: Check insertion of relays for looseness.
O : Check for contacts condition (carbon adhered).Clean co
Auxiliary Relay ntacts.
O A
(Small capacity) A : If there is no problem on contacts, postpone
schedule and then check them every 6 months
© : Check insertion of relays for looseness.
A : Check for contacts condition (carbon adhered).
Auxiliary Relay A x Clean contacts.
(Large capacity)
X : Renew relays that directly operate sol. valves or moto
rs every 3 years.
: Check for looseness or slip of fixing at 1 month after
delivery and then every 6 months.
Limit Switch O : Clean dirt and dust.
O A
(On the engine)
A : Renew at 5 years after delivery and then check every
6 months.
: Check for looseness or slip of fixing at 1 month after
Limit Switch delivery and then every 6 months.
(Not on the en O A O : Clean dirt and dust.
gine)
A : Renew at 5 years after delivery and then check every
6 months.
O : Check for contacts condition (carbon adhered).
Annunciator O A Clean contacts.
A : If there is no problem on contacts, postpone
schedule and then check them every 6 months.
A : Test timer function and renew fluctuating one.
Timer A X
X : If there is no problem on contacts, postpone
Dimmer : Check for smooth control of light.
(Variable O : Check sliding portion for dust or carbon.
O A
resistor) Clean sliding portion.
A : Renew dimmer that has damage on sliding portion.
: Check insertion of relays for looseness, and dial for
Voltage Sensing slip.
Relay o A O : Test function and renew fluctuating one.
(Meter relay) (Return to NABCO.)
A : Test function and repair or renew fluctuating one.
74SS48102-01E 12/13
Remote Control System : Adjust/Test O : Repair X;Change

Intervals (year)
.5 1
: Check for looseness of screws.
Switch O A Clean contacts.
A : If there is no problem on contacts, postpone
: Check for looseness of screws or pipe fittings.
O : Repair or renew indicator that has error or fluctuation
Indicator O A of indication. (Repaired by NABCO.)
A : If there is no problem on indication , schedule can be po
stponed.
Check for function by test switch daily.
Indicator Lamp o o Check for looseness of terminal screws or dust.
: Check for function by test switch daily.

O : Check for looseness of terminal screws or dust.
Buzzer, Bell o Repair or renew when sound is changed.
Pressure Switch : Check for looseness of terminals and set. value.

O A Clean contacts.
Temperatxire A : Test operation and renew switch that has fluctuation of
Switch setting or damage on contacts.
Load Indicator : Check for bearings.

Transmitter O : Check for wear of springs.
O A Check and clean dust (carbon adhered)
Blade Angle A : Renew only bearings every 5 years.
Transmitter
74SS48102-01E 13/13
Remote Control System : Adjust/Test O : Repair X;Change

Intervals (year)
.5
: Check for bearings.
O : Check for ohm value of resistor.
Potentiometer O x X : Renew every 5 years.
: Clean filters.
A ; Repair or renew when noise is produc
Fan A
AC-DC X ; Renew every 5 years.

Converter If it is fitted on printed card
X Schedule can be postponed.
DC-DC
Converter
: Tighten screws.
Terminal board
: Clean sensor head.

Check and adjust the clearance
Proximity
Switch
X : Renew every 5 years.
Inverter X
'3.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 1/30
M-800 E
MAIN ENGINE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
CUSTOMER HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD

SHIP OWNER : ARCADIA
SHIP KIND : 105K CRUDE OIL CARRIER
SHIPYARD : HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD
SHIP NO. :HHI- 1377/1378/1438
RULE : DNV - EO
MAIN ENGINE : HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C
ENGINE NO. :
MCR : 105 RPM
NCR : 101.4 RPM
OVER SPEED : RPM
TEETH NO. OF FLY WHEEL :
GOVERNOR TYPE : MG-800
REVO. IND. MAX. RANGE : 150 RPM
TIME CHART
NABCO Ltd.
CONTROL SYSTEMS AND PRODUCTS DIVISION
ENGINEERING DEPT
b Page 17,19 were changed 25/10/02 S.W.Kim S.W.Kim &&

a Page 4,6 Approved were applied. 29/04/02 S.W.Kim S.W.Kim £&
— 09/09/01 S.W.Kim M.T $ft
REV.
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
MARK
-/
NABCO
7SH58363-01 2/30
1. General
This main engine remote control system provides the following performances of the main
engine with a micro-computer from the bridge by operating a single telegraph transmitter:
reversing, starting, and stopping electrically-pneumatically; speed setting electrically.
And in case of control room control, main engine is controlled by means of telegraph
receiver for reversing, and by means of maneuvering handle for starting, stopping and speed
setting.
A engine side control system is provided on the main engine for the case of the emergency
in failure of the remote control system or the governor, etc.
There is provided with a safety system which automatically slows down or automatically
shuts down the main engine under electric-pneumatic control at emergency such as
abnormal condition of the main engine.
A manual emergency shut down device is provided to be able to shut down the main engine
under electric-pneumatic control for emergency such as failure of the remote control system.
Furthermore, in case of control room and engine side control, telegraph transmitter on the
bridge is used as normal engine telegraph.
2. Maneuvering method
MANEUVERING SPEED CONTROL SAFETY

METHOD METHOD SYSTEM
Automatic control by Governor control by Manual shut down
means of telegraph electric signal from Automatic shut down
BRIDGE transmitter(Micro-com telegraph transmitter Automatic emergency
puter-pneumatic slow down
control)
Manual control by Governor control by Manual shut down
means of telegraph electric signal from Automatic shut down
C/R receiver and maneuvering handle
maneuvering
handle(Electric-
pneumatic control)
Manual control by Fuel regulating shaft Manual shut down
means of fuel control by fuel Automatic shut down
regulating wheel, regulating wheel
E/S reversing lever and
push
button(Mechanical,
pneumatic control)
NABCO
7SH58363-01 3/30
3. Electric Source
Control room power supply unit
Main source: Control panel

AC220V 60Hz 1
Power consumption Control source
Normal 130VA
Max. 160VA Fan source
Safety panel
Emergency source: Fan source
DC24VBattery Safety source
Power consumption
Normal 1W
Max. 130W Power source unit C/R indicator panel
source
C/R relay panel

source
Bridge power supply unit
Power source unit

Main source:
AC220V 60Hz 1 0 Bridge panel
Power consumption : AC/DC M f o
Normal 11 OVA circuit
Max. 160VA
Illumination of
rev. indicator
Emergency source:
DC24VBattery
Power consumption Telegraph
Normal 1W circuit
Max. 130W
A-3
NABCO
7SH58363-01 4/30
4.System arrangement(installation site)

BRIDGE P. WING S. WING BRIDGE INDICATOR C/E ROOM
& SWITCH PANEL
BELL REVO.
A.
O
INDICATOR
REVO.
1.1
t ©
4
INDICATOR TELEGRAPH
F. WALL TRANSMITTER TELEGRAPH
DIMMER WITH INDICATOR LOGGER
[EbciacEj
B.C.C 6
DIMMER
F4
BRIDGE
CONSOLE
POWER
SUPPLY UNIT F1
i D J
AC SOUCE
I 1 1
DC24V TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
POWER C/R IND. PANEL

C & E C/R TELEGRAPH
SUPPLY UNIT
RECEIVER
AC SOUCE REVO.
COUNTER REVO.INDI.
DC24V •••••••I
AC SOUCE
t 1
DC24V
HANDLE
POS.INDI.
C/R CONTROL PANEL ( > C/R SAFETY PANEL
ACTUATOR GOVERNOR O
DRIVE CONTROL BELL
UNIT UNIT "HLJLJ O
O
RUNN'G
HOURMETE **
o
B )C F1
I
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
RELAY
=1 PANEL
E/S
PULSE
GENERATOR
FOR BMS
LQI
.©.
ENGINE SIDE TELEGRAPH
TELEGRAPH & GONG
INDICATOR BOX
(WITH TELEG.RECEIVER & REV. IND.)
PULSE START AIR PRESS.

GENERATOR TARNSMITTER
JUNCTION FOR GOVERNOR
BOX ON
JUNCTION
GOVERNOR
ACTUATOR BOX ON ENGINE
SCAV. AIR PRESS
TARNSMITTER
SHIELD CABLE
MULTIPLE CABLE
OOP COMMUNICATION CABLE (SUPPLIED BY ENGINE BUILDER)
A-4
NABCO
7SH58363-01 5/30
5.1 Change-over of control position
E/S cont. E/S C/C/R cont. B/R

illuminat. Indicator
Position connect of position
lamp Control
Change- fuel change-over P.B. switch SOUND
position
over lever regulating switch
pos. shaft pos. (valve)pos. C/R B/R E/S C/R B/R
E/S EMERG. EMERG. C/R O E/S
REMOTE // // ® IDs —
V
n REMOTE n O C/R
C/R
C/R n // n o C/R
C
/ V
n // B/R o ® IDs n
R
B/R n n // @ O B/R
n
D B/R n a
"
o B/R
E
R
v
n n C/R ® IDs C/R
a
n n ® o n
C/R
C/R n n n o C/R
;l n n n @ o ® IDs n
R
n n B/R o B/R
B/R
o
R BR n n o n
D
E
R n n ® ® o 11 I\ A/
1 i^»
1 1' *** n
V
C/R
n C/R o C/R
C/R n n // o //
\T/
EMERG. n n ® IDs —
// EMERG. n O E/S
E/S
: Push button switch operation

O : Indicator lamp continuous lighting
® : Indicator lamp flickering
IDs : Telegraph audible equipment sound
NABCO
7SH58363-01 6/30
Note 1. Control position change-over interlock :

Change-over of control position from the control room to the bridge can not be made in
the following cases.
The control system is in abnormal condition (the details are

described later, refer to 6-1-(9)).
The electric source AC or DC is in abnormal condition.
Note 2. Alarm of "IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONTROL " is given when bridge control is ordered
under bellow abnormal conditions.
"IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONTROL " is lit continuously as indicator during control room
control.
During the bridge control, if one and more of following conditions are occurred, this alarm
is given.
(D The control system is in abnormal condition (the details are described later,
refer to 6-1-(9)).
The electric source AC or DC is in abnormal condition.
Engine ready conditions are not fulfilled.

Engine ready conditions :
• The starting air main valve is in the position "SERVICE".
• Turning gear is in the position "DISENGAGE".
• Intermediate valve for starting air distributor is not in
the position "BLOCK".
• Governor connects fuel rack.
N o t e . In case of control position changeover to bridge from cargo & engine control room, operate
the telegraph transmitter so that the indicator lamp "HANDLE MATCH" in bridge lights on.
And in case of to cargo & engine control room from bridge, operate the speed maneuvering
handle on control room console so that the dual pointers handle position indicator on
control room console coincides.
A-
NABCO
7SH58363-01 8/30
(2) Starting interlock
Starting can not be made unless the following conditions are fulfilled.
Engine ready conditions (Refer to Note. 1 (page 6))

Emergency shut down is canceling or not work condition.
(It is included that the main L.O. pressure is normal.)
Fuel oil cut condition.
Starting air pressure normal condition
Starting failure not work condition
When the telegraph transmitter is in stop position under fulfilled above-mentioned

conditions, a indicator lamp "READY TO START" lights on.
An alarm lamp "START BLOCK" is given after a preset time if telegraph transmitter is
operated in the ahead(astern) position without lighting of "READY TO START".
(3) Miss-ignition and restarting
If a preset time passed with the main engine speed dropped lower than ignition level
after the main engine changed into fuel running, it is deemed miss-ignition and restarting
is automatically made.
To ensure the start in restarting, load limit due to the scavenging air pressure for the
governor is cancelled. This cancel is continued for a preset time even after the main
engine changed into fuel running.
Restarting is limited for twice, and starting operation is interrupted if the third starting
fails, and alarm of "STARTING FAILURE" is given.
An indicator lamp "REPEATED START" lights on during restarting.
Reset is made by returning the telegraph transmitter to stop position.
(4) Starting impossible
It is deemed starting impossible that one rotation can not be made by slow turning with a
preset time after starting instruction given or that the ignition level can not be obtained
within a preset time after a regular air-run instruction given, whereupon the starting
operation is interrupted and alarm of "STARTING FAILURE" is given.
Reset is made by returning the telegraph transmitter to stop position.
Xl-8
NABCO
7SH58363-01 9/30
(5) Speed control
• Control of harbor speed
By putting the telegraph transmitter into optional position, the main engine speed
corresponding with that position is set due to governor control.
Usually operation of the telegraph transmitter is set into the central position of each
instruction division, but the engine speed can be continuously changed by putting it into
every other position.
The relation between transmitter position and engine speed has been preset.
F H S D S D S H F N
u A L T L A U •
L L 0 0 0 L L F
L F W P W F L
ASTERN AHEAD
TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER POSITION
NABCO
7SH58363-01 10/30
Acceleration to naviqation speed
By putting the telegraph transmitter into more than load program starting position of NAV.
FULL, the main engine is accelerated instantly as far as the load program starting position,
but it is gradually accelerated more than that position as far as equivalent to the telegraph
transmitter position due to the program loading up mechanism.
The indicator lamp "LOAD UP PROGRAM" lights during loading up the program.
Deceleration from navigation speed
By operating the telegraph transmitter from more than load program starting position of
NAV. FULL for reducing, the main engine is gradually decelerated as far as the load
program starting position due to the program loading down mechanism, and it is instantly
decelerated less than that position as far as equivalent to the telegraph transmitter
position.
The indicator lamp "LOAD DOWN PROGRAM" lights during loading down the program.
In case that the telegraph transmitter is operated into less than program reset level
(include stop or astern side), the program loading down mechanism does not operate.
Program cancel
By pushing the "PROGRAM BY-PASS" push button switch (momentary type) provided
in the bridge and in C/R indicator panel, the indicator lamp turns on and the program
loading up(down) mechanism does not operate even in case that the telegraph transmitter
is operated to(from) the load program position, and the main engine is accelerated
(decelerated) instantly as far as equivalence with the transmitter position.
Limit of setting revolution
The upper limit of setting revolution in the bridge control is limited according as setting
value by tenkey in C/R CONTROL PANEL.
The main engine can be accelerated no further even by putting the telegraph transmitter
more than the position equivalent to limited revolution.
At the same time, the indicator lamp "LIMITED SPEED" lights.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 11/30
Quick passage device of critical speed range
When a speed instruction is given inside of the critical speed range, this device keeps the
engine speed at the lower limit of the critical speed range if in case of increasing
operation, and at the upper limit if in case of decreasing operation.
o
CO
o
LU
LLJ
Q.
CO
UPPER LIMIT OF
a. CRITICAL SPEED
H-
O
LOWER LIMIT OF
CRITICAL SPEED
TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER SPEED SIGNAL
(6) Stopping
By putting the telegraph transmitter into stop position, the fuel is cut off to stop the main
engine.
(7) Normal astern
Reversing in case of putting the telegraph transmitter in astern side while the main engine
is running less than ahead crash astern level, takes the following procedure.
The telegraph transmitter is put into astern position.
The fuel is cut off due to difference between the main engine running direction and the
telegraph transmitter indication.
Upon dropping the main engine speed to the reversing level, the reversing mechanism
and the starting air distributor are changed over into astern position.
Upon dropping the main engine speed to the braking level, the braking air is supplied.
After the main engine reversed and accelerated to astern ignition level, starting fuel is
supplied and starting air is cut off to set into fuel running.
Upon a preset time after set into fuel running, starting fuel setting for the governor is
released and the engine speed commences to follow the equivalence with the
telegraph transmitter position.
/1
NABCO
7SH58363-01 12/30
(8) Crash astern
Reversing in case of putting the telegraph transmitter in astern side within a preset time
while the main engine is running more than ahead crash astern level, takes the following
procedure.
The telegraph transmitter is put into astern position.
The fuel is cut off due to difference between the main engine running direction and the
telegraph transmitter indication.
Upon dropping the main engine speed to the crash reversing level, the reversing
mechanism and the starting air distributor are changed over into astern position.
Still more dropping the main engine speed to the crash braking level, the braking air is
supplied.
After the main engine reversed and accelerated to astern ignition level, starting fuel is
supplied and starting air is cut off to set into fuel running.
Where in the load limit due to scavenging air pressure for the governor has been
cancelled in order to ensure the start.
Upon a preset time after set into fuel running, starting fuel setting for the governor is
released and the engine speed commences to follow the equivalence with the
telegraph transmitter position. And upon another preset time after set into fuel running,
the governor load limit cancel is reset.
(9) Control system monitoring function
In each case of the following conditions, the alarm of" SYSTEM FAILURE" is given, and
the main engine maintains the existing state of things and the each cause indicator LED
light in the C/R CONTROL PANEL.
Micro-computer CPU hard abnormal.

15V line electric source failure.
Communication abnormal.
Telegraph transmitter potentiometer disconnection.
Ahead changeover solenoid valve circuit disconnection.
Astern changeover solenoid valve circuit disconnection.
Start solenoid valve circuit disconnection.
Stop solenoid valve circuit disconnection.
Revolution signal (for control system) abnormal.
(10) Mimic board
A mimic board is provided on the C/R CONTROL PANEL to indicate conditions of the
main engine remote control system and the main engine by means of light emitting
diodes.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 13/30
(11) Electric source failure
Reversing,
Manual Auto, Auto,
starting Speed
Abnormal emerg. emerg. emerg. Remarks
And setting
shut down shut down slow down
stopping
Changing to
emerg.
Main
source failure source and
O O O O O
(AC SOURCE) normal
operation
continue
Emergency
source failure O O O O O No influence
(DC24V)
Main and Maintain the

emergency X X X X X existing state
source failure of things •)£
K : In case of both remote control system and governor control system power source failure,
the governor actuator will be fixed at the previous position before the failure as well as the
P.O. rack position.
Since the main engine speeds can fluctuate depending on the engine condition and/or the
variation of engine loads, immediately shift the control position to the E/S.
(12) Pneumatic source failure
Manual Auto, Auto,

Reversing,
Speed emerg. emerg. emerg.
Abnormal starting and Remarks
setting shut shut slow
stopping
down down down
Maintain the
Control air existing state
X O O O O
failure of things
A-'3
NABCO
7SH58363-01 14/30
6-2. C/R control (Electric manual control)
(1) Starting
•Starting by means of slow turning
To start the main engine by manual slow turning, the following procedure is to be taken.
By pushing the slow turning push button switch(by pushing, switch operates and
by pushing again, the switch returns) provided on the control room indicator panel,
the slow turning solenoid valve is energized.
By putting the telegraph receiver in the "AHEAD(ASTERN)" position, the starting

air distributor is changed over into the ahead(astern) position. And the same time,
ahead(astern) changeover signal air is given to the reversing mechanism.
Next, by putting the maneuvering handle into "START" position, the starting air is
supplied. And the main engine is rotated slowly by slow turning device.
By pushing again the slow turning push button switch, the normal condition
recover.
Normal starting
To start the main engine, the following procedure is to be taken.
By putting the telegraph receiver in the "AHEAD(ASTERN)" position, the starting air
distributor is changed over into the ahead(astern) position. And the same time,
ahead(astern) changeover signal air is given to the reversing mechanism.
Next, by putting the maneuvering handle into "START" position, the starting air is
supplied. And the main engine begins to rotate.
By putting the maneuvering handle into running position after confirming the main
engine speed reaches the ignition level by air running the starting fuel is supplied,
the starting air is cut off, and changeover into fuel running is accomplished.
After a preset time since changing into fuel running, starting fuel setting of the
governor is released and the main engine speed is increased or decreased to be
equivalent to the maneuvering handle position.
(2) Starting interlock
Starting can not be made unless the following conditions are fulfilled.
Turning gear is on the position of "DISENGAGE".

Emergency shut down is canceling or not work condition,
(it is included that the main engine L.O. pressure is normai.)
A
NABCO
7SH58363-01 15/30
(3) Miss-ignition
If ignition fails, restarting is accomplished by putting the maneuvering handle into

starting position once more after returning it to stop position.
And then the load limit due to scavenging air pressure for the governor can be cancelled,
by pushing the "SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL" switch provided on C/R INDICATOR PANEL.
(4) Starting impossible
If main engine speed does not reach to ignition level at starting operation, return the
maneuvering handle into stop position.
(5) Speed control

The governor is controlled according as the position of the maneuvering handle to set
the engine speed. By operating the maneuvering handle, the engine speed is
successively and rectilinearly varies according as its position.
Since no program load up/down mechanism is provided therewith, loading up/down to
navigation speed is accomplished by gradually moving the maneuvering handle by
means of the fine adjuster.
(6) Stopping
By putting the maneuvering handle into "STOP" position, the fuel is cut off to stop the
engine.
(7) Crash reverse
Reversing operation after the main engine is running more than equivalent ahead crash
astern level takes the following procedure.
The telegraph receiver is put into astern position.
The maneuvering handle is put into "STOP" position.
The fuel is cut off. And the reversing mechanism and the starting air distributor are
changed over into astern position.
Putting the maneuvering handle into "START" position after confirming the main
engine speed drops to braking level, the starting air is supplied.
Putting the maneuvering handle into running position after confirming the main
engine is reversed and accelerated to astern ignition level, starting fuel is supplied
and starting air is cut off to set into fuel running. And then the load limit due to
scavenging air pressure for the governor can be cancelled, in order to ensure the
start, by pushing the scav. limit cancel switch provided on the C/R INDICATOR
PANEL.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 16/30
7. Safety System
(1) Manual emergency shut down
• Function of manual emergency shut down
Manual emergency shutdown switches are provided on the following area.
Bridge : Illuminated push button switch

(By operating, the switch works and indicator lamp lights.
And by operating again, the switch returns and indicator lamp turns off.)
Control room : Illuminated push button switch

Engine side : Illuminated push button switch

With above-mentioned switch operated, the fuel is cut off to stop the engine. At the
same time, alarm of "EMERGENCY SHUT DOWN" is given and the each cause
indicator LED "MANUAL SHUT DOWN" lights in the C/R SAFETY PANEL.
This manual emergency shut down can be operated regardless of the control position.
• Reset of manual emergency shut down
Resetting is operated according to the following procedure.
In case of bridge control:

Return the manual emergency shut down switch, and put the telegraph transmitter
in the bridge into stop position.
In case of control room control :

Return the manual emergency shut down switch, and put the maneuvering handle
in the control room into stop position.
In case of engine side control:

Return the manual emergency shut down switch, and put the fuel regulating wheel
in the engine side into stop position.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 17/30
(2) Automatic emergency shut down
• Function of automatic emergency shut down
The main engine is automatically shut down with the fuel cut off in anyone of the
following conditions.
Overspeed
(SH-1): Main L. O. low pressure
(SH-2): Thrust pad high temperature
(SH-3): Exh. VA/ actuator L.O. inlet low pressure
(SH-4) : T/C L.O inlet low pressure
A (SH-5) : Cylinder C.F.W. low pressure
In case of over speed, emergency shut down instantly operates.

In case the others, emergency shut down operates after abnormal condition continued
for a preset time.
If the automatic emergency shut down operates, the alarm of "EMERGENCY SHUT
DOWN" is given and the each cause indicator LED light in the C/R SAFETY PANEL.
This automatic emergency shut down operates regardless of the control position.
• Cancel of automatic emergency shut down
In case of SH-2 ~ SH-5 of abovementioned causes of automatic emergency shut down,

the automatic emergency shut down can be cancelled by operating "OVERRIDE SHUT
DOWN"switch (illuminated push button switch by pushing, switch operates and indicator
lamp lights. And by pushing again, the switch returns and indicator lamp turns off.)
which are provided in the bridge, the control room and the engine side.
The alarms of "SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE" on control room is given.

The indicator of "SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE" on Bridge indicator & switch panel and
Engine side telegraph & indicator box are lit.
The override shut down switch provided on bridge is available during bridge control
condition and it provided on the control room and engine side is available regardless of
the control position.
The cancel of automatic emergency shut down is effective only in the condition that the
indicator "OVERRIDE AVAILABLE" is lit.
Due to this canceling operation, the engine can be run again even still in abnormal
condition.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 18/30
• Reset of automatic emergency shut down
Resetting is operated according to the following procedure.

Resetting is unable unless the abnormal condition has returned normal.
(T) In case of bridge control:

Put the telegraph transmitter in the bridge into stop position.
In case of control room control

Put the maneuvering handle in the control room into stop position.
In case of engine side control:

Put the fuel regulating wheel in the engine side into stop position.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 19/30
(3) Automatic emergency slow down (Operate in case of the bridge control condition)
• Function of automatic emergency slow down
In case under any of the following conditions and such abnormal condition continued for a
preset time, the main engine is slowed down automatically to a preset speed.
(SL-1) : Main L.O low pressure

(SL-2) : Piston C.O low pressure
(SL-3) : Cylinder C.F.W low pressure
(SL-4) : T/C L.O. low pressure
(SL-5) : Main L.O. high temperature
(SL-6) : Piston C.O. high temperature
(SL-7) : Cylinder C.F.W high temperature
(SL-8) : T/C L.O. high temperature
A (SL-9)
(SL-10)
:
:
Exhaust gas high temperature / deviation high
Thruster pad bearing high temperature
(SL-11) : Scav. Air box fire detection
(SL-12) : Piston C.O. non-flow
(SL-13) : Cylinder L.O. non-flow
A (SL-14) : Exh. valve act. L.O. low pressure
(SL-15) : Crankcase oil mist high
(SL-16) : Axial vibration high
If the automatic emergency slow down operates, the alarm of "AUTO. EMERGENCY
SLOW DOWN" is given and the each cause indicator LED lights in the C/R SAFETY
PANEL.
Alarm of "SLOW DOWN REQUEST" is given if the abovementions occur under any
of following conditions. But the main engine is not slowed down automatically.
Main engine running under than abovementioned automatic emergency slow down
speed.
Slow down cancel condition.
Control room control or Engine side control
NABCO
7SH58363-01 20/30
Cancel of automatic emergency slow down
In case of all cause of automatic emergency slow down, the automatic emergency slow
down can be cancelled by operating "OVERRIDE SLOW DOWN" switch (illuminated
push button switch-by pushing, switch operates and indicator lamp lights. And by pushing
again, switch returns and indicator lamp turns off.) provided on bridge and control room
regardless of the control position.
The "OVERRIDE SLOW DOWN" switch provided on bridge and control room are effective
regardless of the control position
The alarm of "SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE" on Control room is given.

The indicator of "SLOWDOWN OVERRIDE" on Bridge indicator & switch panel and
engine side telegraph & indicator box are lit.
The cancel of automatic emergency slow down is effective in the indicator "OVERRIDE
AVAILABLE" is lit in case that the cancel function is effective.
Due to this canceling operation, the engine can be run again at equivalence with the
telegraph transmitter position even still in abnormal condition.
Reset of automatic emergency slow down
Resetting is operated according to the following procedure. Resetting is unable unless the
abnormal condition has returned normal.
In case of bridge control:

Put the telegraph transmitter in bridge into lower than "SLOW" position.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 21/30
(4) Wrong way alarm
If the engine is fuel running higher than ignition speed towards counter direction against
the direction of the telegraph transmitter under the engine side control or control room
control, it is deemed a wrong way condition and after a preset time the alarm of "WRONG
WAY" is given.
(5) Critical speed alarm
Upon a preset time after the engine speed going between the lower limit and the upper
limit of the critical speed range, the alarm of "CRITICAL SPEED" is given.
(6) Fuel cam position abnormal alarm
If the changeover of all cylinders' fuel cam roller was not completed when a preset time
has passed after the main engine was set into fuel running, the alarm of "FUEL CAM
POSITION ABNORMAL" is given and the indicator LED "FUEL CAM POSITION" light in
the control room safety panel.
(7) Load limit by the scavenging air pressure canceling function
By pushing the "SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL" push button switch in control room, the indicator
lamp lights and load limit due to the scavenging air pressure for the governor is cancelled.
By pushing the "SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL" push button switch again, the indicator lamp
turns off and the normal condition recovers.
(8) Safety system monitoring function
In each case of the following conditions, the alarm of" SYSTEM FAILURE" is given and
the each cause indicator LED light in the control room safety panel.
Micro-computer CPU hard abnormal.

15V line electric source failure.
Emergency shut down solenoid valve circuit disconnection.
Manual emergency shut down switch circuit disconnection.
Emergency shut down override switch circuit disconnection.
Emergency slow down override switch circuit disconnection.
Automatic emergency shut down sensor circuit disconnection.
Automatic emergency slow down sensor circuit disconnection.
Revolution signal(for safety system) abnormal.
Communication abnormal.
-»/
NABCO
7SH58363-01 22/30
(9) Bridge alarm repose
In case of the bridge sub telegraph "FIE" is ordered, the bridge alarm is reposed except
"TELEGRAPH SOURCE FAIL." alarm.
(10) Engine speed test for safety
Engine speed test switch is provided on the C/R SAFETY PANEL.

And simulation test engine revolution on the safety system is able to apply.
By pressing the "UP" or "DOWN" push button switch continuously, the mimic speed signal
for the safety system will be increased or decreased gradually.
Normal status will be restored by pressing the test switch again or normal status can be
restored automatically at the preset time from releasing both "UP" or "DOWN" push button
switches.
Note : It does not become the engine speed test condition during the main engine is
running.
-j. j
NABCO
7SH58363-01 23/30
8. Telegraph
(1) Main telegraph
• Fitting
The equipments of main telegraph are provided on the following area
Bridge:
Illuminated lever type transmitter ,Bell
With digital indicator (order indication)
Control room :
Illuminated lever type receiver, Bell
Engine side:
Reply push button switch type receiver, Gong
Division
Ahead side DEAD SLOW, SLOW, HALF, FULL, NAV.FULL
Astern side DEAD SLOW, SLOW, HALF, FULL,

And STOP
Function (Refer to operation pattern)
In case of control room or engine side control, when the transmitter is operated, the
ordered division flickers and the bell and gong sound.
Next, by replying with the receiver, the ordered division turns continuous lighting
and the bell and gong stop sounding.
In case of bridge control, the buzzer and bell, gong sound for 2 seconds at the new
order and ordered division lights continuously.
Control room or engine side control is not necessary to reply.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 24/30
(2) Sub telegraph
• Fitting
The equipment of sub telegraph are provided on the following area.
Bridge :
LED and push button type transmitter
(Installed in telegraph transmitter)
Control room :
LED and push button type receiver
(Installed in telegraph receiver)
Push button switch for sound stop
(Installed in telegraph receiver)
Engine side :
LED type indicator
The bell and gong for main telegraph are common used.
Division
Finished with engine ••• (F/E)

Standby (S/B)
AtSea (A/S)
Function (Refer to operation pattern )
By pushing the push button switch of sub telegraph on transmitter in the bridge, the LED
that is ordered division flickers, and the bell and gong sound.
Under this condition, by pushing the push button switch on receiver that is ordered
division, the LED turns continuous lighting, and the bell and gong stop sounding.
In case of S/B or F/E order, by pushing the sound stop push button switch before
replying, the bell and gong stop sounding but the LED keeps flickering.
Under this condition, by pushing the push button switch of receiver that is ordered
division, the LED turns continuous lighting, and the bell and gong sound for 2 seconds.
The terms and condition for finished with engine
The replying of finished with engine cannot be carried out unless the following
conditions are satisfied.
The main start valve is in blocked position.

Control air is in blow off condition.
Safety air is in blow off condition.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 25/30
Operation pattern of main telegraph at bridge control
BR 1 DGE C/R E/S

SOUND
TRANSMITTER RECE 1 VER RECEIVER
ST
SLOW SLOW n^
LxO f~*\J
\_ n^
Ixw
"¥ ^*~^ ^£
D • SLOW D-SLOW SL x- ^ SL
W \^
O STOP cm O STOP cm
AH © AS
BR 1 DGE
• SLOW
D • SLOW
cm © SLOW
D-SLOW SL
DS
X
© ^ ^\xsl
ST
+
X
DS
*IDs
ORDER
STOP STOP cm
AH © AS
ST
o SLOW cm o SLOW
SL
DS +
^ ^\
DS
s\
D • SLOW D-SLOW
Of \x
STOP STOP cm AH © AS
O ' Lamp continuous lighting

® : Lamp flickering for 2 seconds
* 10~ : Audible equipment sound for 2 seconds
I I : Telegraph lever position
: Telegraph reply push button switch
NABCO
7SH58363-01 26/30
Operation pattern of main telegraph under control room control
BRIDGE C/R E/S

SOUND
TRANSM 1 TTER RECEIVER RECE 1 VER
ST
SLOW SLOW n*\
L/O f~*\
1 1 n^
UO
V ^""^ V
ANSWER D • SLOW D-SLO
COND 1 T 1 ON SL ^ ^
Ir \J SL
cm O 1 1
O STOP STOP
AH © AS
ST
© SLOW cm © SLOW
BR 1 DGE
ORDER
D • SLOW
o STOP
D • SLOW
STOP
DS + DS
.
AH © AS
ST
C/R
o SLOW Cm o SLOW cm DS + DS
ANSWER D • SLOW D •SLOW ^^1 \m mJ XS
STOP STOP
AH © AS
ST
cm o SLOW
C/R
ORDER
©
SLOW
D • SLOW
STOP
D • SLOW
© STOP cm
SL
Of
DS
X
/* -^
X
+
^x
DS
SL .
AH © AS
ST
SLOW SLOW n^
UO vf*^J n<\
L/O
V ^"^ V
BR 1 DGE SL x- "\ SL
D • SLOW D • SLOW
ANSWER
o STOP cm o STOP a
AH © AS
O : Lamp continuous lighting

: Lamp flickering
: Audible equipment sound
: Telegraph lever position
: Telegraph reply push button switch
NABCO
7SH58363-01 27/30
Operation pattern of main telegraph at engine side control
B/R C/R E/S

SOUND
TRANSMITTER RECEIVER RECE 1VER
ST
SLOW DS ^s O DS
SLOW ^^ V
ANSWER SL
X ~X SL
D • SLOW D • SLOW
COND 1 T 1 ON X J ^ X bL
O STOP CD O STOP CD
AH © AS
ST
SLOW n^
LSO .^te_ "I"
* n^
LJO
SLOW 0 x
B/R IDs
ORDER
D • SLOW CD
o D • SLOW
o STOP
STOP CD
AH © AS
ST
SLOW SLOW n<\
L/O "i n<i
L/O
E/S
ANSWER
o D • SLOW CD o D • SLOW SL
X
°^ -x'
f
kA
X
SL-
V
\i ^^
OL
STOP
STOP
° AH © AS
O Lamp continuous lighting

Lamp flickering
I D S : Audible equipment sound
Telegraph lever position
Telegraph reply push button switch
Reply operation
NABCO
7SH58363-01 28/30
Operation pattern of sub telegraph
B/R or C/R B/R or C/R C/R B/R C/R E/S

ORDER REPLY SOUND INDI. LED INDI. LED . OUUIVU
INDI. LED ^ni iwn REMARKS
FE SB AS FE SB AS STOP FE SB AS FE SB AS FE SB AS
© O O O <-
© ® ® O IDs
© ® ® O
O *IDs
© O O
© ® 0 O IDs
© O O O
© 0 0 O IDS
© ® ® O
© O O O *IDs
© ® ® O IDs
© 0 ® O
© O O O *IDS
SYMBOL
Q : Indicator lamp continuous lighting
: Indicator lamp flickering
: Push button switch operation
IDS : Buzzer and gong sounding
*ID£ : Buzzer and gong sounding for 2 second
NOTE E/S indicator lamp displays C/R push button position.

NABCO
7SH58363-01 29/30
(3) Telegraph logger
The telegraph logger is provided on the bridge console.

The telegraph logger is to monitor positions of the transmitter and receiver of main
telegraph and sub telegraph constantly.
If any variation occurs on the position of main telegraph transmitter, the new position
where the transmitter placed is printed together with control position, date, time and
actual engine speed.
Then upon detecting coincidence signal of both position of receiver and transmitter, the
position where the receiver placed is printed together with control position and the time.
While the control position is on the bridge, print in response can not be performed even
if both position of the transmitter and receiver coincide.
Setting of the time can be carried out by push button switches provided front panel of
the telegraph logger.
Furthermore, this setting is not necessary again after it was carried out once.
NABCO
7SH58363-01 30/30
PRINT OUT FORMAT OF TELEGRAPH LOGGER
A . PSTOP
V^ 1 VI o
W
-POWER ON- « SUB TELEGRAPH PRINT

k, C F W ENG
1 < 11 . l_t 1VJ 0
\j
POWFR ON *+- 1. FINISHED WITH ENG. F. W. ENG
17-09-199810:32.5 C STAND BY 0
t ^
17-09-199810:33.5 C D. SLOW -AH 0 4 2. STAND BY STAND BY
@ 17-09-199810:35.5 C D. SLOW -AH 12 1
17-09-199810:36.0 C SLOW -AH 30 3. AT SEA AT SEA
) ^ @ 17-09-199810:36.5 C SLOW -AH 32 1
17-09-199811:06.0 C FULL -AH 42 F
@ 17-09-199811:06.5 C FULL -AH 44 / MAIN TELEGRAPH PRINT
# 17-09-199811:10.0 C FULL -AH 60
17-09-199812:23.0 C N. FULL -AH 60 Fi 1. AHEAD NAV. FULL. N. FULLM-AH
@ 17-09-199812:24.0 C N. FULL -AH 62
# 17-09-199812:30.5 C N. FULL -AH 71 F 2. AHEAD FULL FULL -AH
# 17-09-199812:40.0 C N. FULL -AH 76 E
# 17-09-199813:50.0 C N. FULL -AH 81 3. AHEAD FULL HALF -AH
17-09-199822:38.5 C SLOW -AH 81
@ 17-09-199822:39.0 C SLOW -AH 81 4. AHEAD SLOW SLOW -AH
17-09-199822:45.5 C STOP 25
@ 17-09-199822:46.0 C STOP 25 5. AHEAD DEAD SLOW D. SLOW -AH
17-09-199823:05.0 C F. W. ENG. 0
@ 17-09-199823:05.0 B F. W. ENG. 0 6. STOP STOP
E » @ 18-09-199818:46.0 B F. W. ENG. 0
-TFST
1 L_w 1 PRINT-
I l\ 1 Iv I *
J
7. ASTERN DEAD SLOW D.SLOW -AS
F
18-09-1998 08:20.0 B STAND BY 0 8. ASTERN SLOW SLOW -AS
@ 18-09-199808:20.5 B STAND BY 0
18-09-1998 08:52.0 B D. SLOW -AS 0 9. ASTERN HALF HALF -AS
18-09-1998 09:05.5 B SLOW -AS -20
18-09-199809:17.0 B STOP -23 10. ASTERN FULL FULL AS
18-09-1998 10:10.0 B D. SLOW -AH 0
G 18-09-1998 10:15.5
18-09-1998 10:46.0 B SLOW -AH 0
18-09-1998 10:57.0 B HALF -AH 25 CONTROL POSITION PRINT
-1 ^ # 18-09-1998 11:08.5 B FULL -AH 42 1. BRIDGE B
2. CONTROL ROOM C
K L M M 0 3. ENGINE SIDE E
rf . * rf ^^ * rf * rf V
A IN CASE OF POWER SUPPLIED

B ORDER (PRINTING COLOR : BLACK)
C REPLY (PRINTING COLOR : BLACK)
D REPLY MARK
E TEST PRINT
F PAPER FEED
G TIME PRINT
H REVOLUTION STABILITY
I POWER SUPPLIED MARK
J TEST PRINT MARK
K DATE
L TIME
M CONTROL POSITION
N TELEGRAPH POSITION
0 ACTUAL REVOLUTION
A-30
S.NO. 1377 75H58363-02 1/15
T E N K E Y DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR C O N T R O L
ADJUSTABLE SETTING VALUE

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
000 REV. SIGNAL BACK UP SELECT 0.00 1.00 0
001 SPEED SET. ORDER OF REVO. LIMIT R.P.M. 0.00 150 102
002 FUEL RUNNING DECISION TIMER SEC. 0.05 180 60
003 START TIME LAG TIMER SEC. 0.05 10.0 2
004 MISS IGNITION DETECT. TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 5
005 SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL KEEP AT RESTART TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 10
006 START IMPOSSIBLE DETECT. TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 15
007 START DASH KEEP TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 6
008 REVOLUTION SIGNAL MONITOR TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 30.0 30.0
009 CRASH ASTERN DETECT. TIMER SEC. 0.05 999 10
010 SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL KEEP AT CRASH ASTERN TIMER SEC. 0.05 60.0 30
Oil
012 SLOW TURN ING DETECTING TIMER MIN. 0.05 60 30
013 FUEL CUT RESET TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 5
OK HARBOR SPEED INCREASING TIME SCHEDULE RPM/MIN 1.00 999 144
015 HARBOR SPEED DECREASING TIME SCHEDULE RPM/MIN 1.00 999 720
016 LOAD UP PROGRAM LOWER ZONE MIN. 1.00 999 30
017 LOAD DOWN PROGRAM MIN. 1.00 999 3
018 DECREASING AFTER START DASH TIME SCHEDULE RPM/MIN 1.00 999 144
019 INCREASING AFTER RACING CONTROL RESET TIME SCHEDULE RPM/MIN 1.00 999 72
020 AHEAD/ASTERN ORDER KEEP TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 6
021 AHEAD IGNITION LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 50.0 10
022 ASTERN IGNITION LEVEL R.P.M. -50.0 0.00 -10
023 BRAKING LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150. 30

024 REVERSING LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 30
025 CRASH ASTERN DETECT. LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 89
026 HYSTERESYS 2 R.P.M. 0.00 150 2
027 EXH. GAS H.T. ALARM CANCEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 53
028 CYL. L.O. NON-FLOW ALARM CANCEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 42
029 ALARM CANCEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 10
030 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. FULLMAX. R.P.M. 0.00 150 91
031 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. FULL MAX. R.P.M. 0.00 150 91
032 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. FULL R.P.M. 0.00 150 87
033 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. HALF R.P.M. 0.00 150 70
REVISION READOUT OPERATION OF DATA
I. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOR THE DATA TO BE READ OUT WITH THE
2. KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON THE ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
4. SECTION AND THE DATA ON THE DATA DISPLAY SECTION.
cv
S.NO. 1377 75H58363-02 2/

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
034 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. SLOW R.P.M. 0.00 150 53
035 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. DEAD SLOW R.P.M. 0.00 150 42
036 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. D.S. MIN. R.P.M. 0.00 150 26
037 SPEED SET. ORDER OF STOP R.P.M. 0.00 150 0
038 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AH. D.S. MIN. R.P.M. 0.00 150 26
039 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AH. DEAD SLOW R.P.M. 0.00 150 42
040 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AH. SLOW R.P.M. 0.00 150 53
041 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AH. HALF R.P.M. 0.00 150 70
042 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AH. FULL R.P.M. 0.00 150 87
043 SPEED SET. ORDER OF PROGRAM START POINT R.P.M. 0.00 150 89
044 SPEED SET. ORDER OF NAV. FULL R.P.M. 0.00 150 91
045 SPEED SET. ORDER OF NAV. FULL MAX. R.P.M. 0.00 150 101
046
047
048 SAFETY RATIO FOR CRITICAL SPEED JUMPING RANGE R.P.M. 0.00 2 1
049 LOAD DOWN PROGRAM RESET LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 89
050 GOV. COMPENSAT. VOLT POINT 0 VOLT 0.00 9.99 0.51
051 GOV. COMPENSAT. VOLT POINT 1 VOLT 0.00 9.99 .97
060 GOV. COMPENSAT. REV. POINT 0 R.P.M. 0.00 150 0
063 GOV. COMPENSAT. REV.POINT 3 R.P.M. 0.00 150 53
3.
cV
uot&UsGD ^^ S MO 137'7
O. M W • 1 -*J / J
7SH58363-02 3/
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LI ST FOR CONTROL

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS » LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4

070
071 SPEED SET. ORDER OF SLOW DOWN R.P.M. 0.00 150 53
072 SPEED SET. ORDER OF START DASH R.P.M. 0.00 150 53
073
074 CRITICAL SPEED LOW ZONE LOWER LIMIT REV. R.P.M. 0.00 150 45
075 CRITICAL SPEED LOW ZONE UPPER LIMIT REV. R.P.M. 0.00 150 50
076
077 RACING TRIP RESET LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
078 RACING TRIP ACTIVE LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
079 HANDLE MATCH DETECT. LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 10.0 2
080
081
082 CRITICAL SPEED HIGH ZONE LOWER LIMIT REV. R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
083 CRITICAL SPEED HIGH ZONE UPPER LIMIT REV. R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
084
085
086
087
088
089 SCH. CUT LOWER D/S MIN. DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 60 2.0
090
091
092
093
094 LOAD UP PROGRAM UPPER ZONE MIN. 0.00 999 0.00
095 KNUCKLE POINT OF LOAD UP PROGRAM R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
096
097
098
099
ir, ii , _ _. , „ „, P P A R f 3UT OPERATION OF DAT

REVIS ION HLALH — •'-
. NAE
ICO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF THE DATA TO BE REA[D OUT WITH THE
2. KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON Th€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
RT-3
CV
— ' " — ' •!•• <—— —
•u' • I i V/ •
J I M I J
I "fcrf* /
1 1 /
r
/
7SH58363-02
. — . . — — * . — — . —
4/
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR C O N T R O L

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPT10N UNIT
100 STARTING AIR TOO LOW LEVEL (START INTERLOCK) KGF/CM2 0.00 50.0 10
101 STARTING AIR LOW LEVEL (ALARM) KGF/CM2 0.00 50.0 10
102
103 STARTING AIR COMPENSAT. VOLT POINT 0 VOLT -9.99 9.99 1.96
105 START ING AIR KGF/CM2 POINT 0 KGF/CM2 0 10.0 0
107
108
109
110 HYSTERESYS R.P.M. 0.00 1.50 0.4
III LOWER LIMIT FOR POTENTIO. DISCONNECT. DETECT. VOLT 0.00 1.00 0.2
112 UPPER LIMIT FOR POTENTIO. DISCONNECT. DETECT. VOLT 9.90 9.99 9.99
113 LOWER LIMIT OF REVO. SIGNAL MONITOR VOLT 0.00 2.00 0.5
114 UPPER LIMIT OF REVO. SIGNAL MONITOR VOLT 9.90 9.99 9.99
115
116 START AIR L.P. ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 5.0
117 STARTING AIR TOO L.P. TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 5.0
118 RACING TRIP ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
119 START INTERLOCK ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 3
120 WRONG WAY STOP SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
121 SOLENOID VALVE START DISCONNECT SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
122 POTENTIO. DISCONNECT. RESET TIME LAG SEC. 0.05 10.0 .5
123 TELEG. TRANS. POTENTIO. DISCONNECTION SEC. 0.05 .00 0.5
124 HANDLE STOP HOLD RESET TIMER SEC. 0.05 0.4 0.05
125 SLOW TURNING IMPOSSIBLE DETECT TIMER SEC. 0.05 60 25
126 REVOLUTION SIGNAL MONITOR TIMER 2 SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
127 START AIR TOO L.P. ALARM DETECT AT MISS IGNITION SEC. 0.05 30.0 0.05
128
129 DEAD ZONE OF TELEG. TRANS. VOLT 0.00 0.10 0.03
130 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. FULL MAX. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -7.15
132 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. FULL VOLT -9.99 0.00 -5.21
133 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. HALF VOLT -9.99 0.00 -3.91
nr A H(DUT OPERATION OF DAT •

REVISION KLALM
. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF! THE DATA TO BE REA(D OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON Th€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
KT- 4- ". \
CV
^^ * t i l ^^ • 1 **-* / *
7SH58363-02 5/
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR CONTROL
ADJUSTABLE
TENKEY RANGE SETTING VALUE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
134 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. SLOW VOLT -9.99 0.00 -2.61
135 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. DEAD SLOW VOLT -9.99 0.00 -1.31
136 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. DEAD SLOW MIN. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -0.67
137 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH. DEAD SLOW MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 0.65
138 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH. DEAD SLOW VOLT 0.00 9.99 1.28
139 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH. SLOW VOLT 0.00 9.99 2.59
140 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH. HALF VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.89
141 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH. FULL VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.20
142 TELEG. TRANS. POS. NAV. FULL MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.83
143 TELEG. TRANS. POS. NAV. FULL VOLT 0.00 9.99 6.50
144 TELEG. TRANS. POS. NAV. FULL MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 9.79
145
146
147
148 OTHER SENSOR OFF DELAY TIMER SEC. 0.05 3.00 0.5
149
150 POWER SOURCE DROP TIMER FOR START INTERLOCK SEC. 0.05 5.00 3
151 VOLT TO R.P.M. CONVERT RATIO. 0 200 150
152 R.P.M. TO VOLT CONVERT RATIO. FOR BIP 0 200 200
153 KGF/CM2 TO VOLT CONVERT RATIO. FOR BIP 0 100 50
154 R.P.M. TO VOLT CONVERT RATIO. 0 200 150
155 R.P.M. TO VOLT CONVERT RATIO. FOR IND 0 200 150
156 VOLT TO R.P.M. CONVERT RATIO. FOR C/R HANDLE 0 200 150
157 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT 0 1
158 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT FOR BR 0 1
159 SECOND ALARM INTERVAL TIMER SEC. O.I 10 .0
160
161 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS FULL MAX. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -7.15
162 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS HALF MAX. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -4.52
163 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS SLOW MAX. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -3.27
164 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS DEAD SLOW MAX. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -1.94
165 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS DEAD SLOW MIN. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -0.67
166 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH DEAD SLOW MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 0.65
167 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH DEAD SLOW MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 .90
REVISION r?r AntDUT OPERATION OF DAT

IVL r\U\
1. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOR! THE DATA TO BE REA[D OUT WITH THE
2. KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON ThIE ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
/ *T-,< >
cv
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 6/

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
168 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH SLOW MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.24
169 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH HALF MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 4.57
170 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH FULL MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.83
171 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS FULL FOR VOR VOLT 0.00 9.99 2.56
172 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS FULL FOR VOR VOLT 0.00 9.99 2.56
173 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS HALF FOR VOR VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.17
174 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS SLOW FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.75
175 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS DEAD SLOW FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 4.34
176 TELEG. TRANS. POS. STOP VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.24
177 TELEG. TRANS. POS.AH DEAD SLOW FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 6.14
178 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH SLOW FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 6.72
179 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH HALF FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 7.31
180 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH FULL FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 7.89
181 TELEG. TRANS. POS. NAV. FULL FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 8.48
182
183
184
185 HYSTERESYS VOLT 0.00 1.00 0.01
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
ioii . . .... . r?r AHI

KLAUlDUT OPERATION OF DAT AA
REVISi ION
JCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21
. NAE INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF\ THE DATA TO BE REAID OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON T>iE ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
/? T~ 6
CV
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 7/

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS» LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
200 REVOLUTION SIGNAL ASTERN MAX. VOLT -9.99 9.99 -9.92

201 REVOLUTION SIGNAL STOP CONDITION VOLT -1.00 1.00 -0.00
202 REVOLUTION SIGNAL AHEAD MAX. VOLT -9.99 9.99 9.91
203 REVOLUTION SIGNAL ASTERN MAX. R.P.M. -150 150 -150
204 REVOLUTION SIGNAL STOP CONDITION R.P.M. -150 150 0.00
205 REVOLUTION SIGNAL AHEAD MAX. R.P.M. -150 150 150
5
208 CONTROL SYSTEM ABNORMAL TIMER SEC. 0 1 0.5
209 KNUCKLE POINT SELECT. OF LOAD UP PROGRAM 0 1 0
210 VOLTMETER COMPENSAT. INPUT 0 R.P.M. 0.00 150 0
215 VOLTMETER COMPENSAT. OUTPUT 0 VOLT 0.00 9.99 0.00
217 VOLTMETER COMPENSAT. OUTPUT I VOLT 0.00 9.99 6.9

5
232 SAFETY CPU ABNORMAL DETECT. TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 5.0
5
302 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF FUNCTION OUTPUT R.P.M.
303 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF CRITICAL SPEED JUMP OUTPUT R.P.M.

304 REVOLUTION SIGNAL R.P.M.
5
311 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF LIMITTER OUTPUT R.P.M.
312 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF START DASH OUTPUT R.P.M.

313 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF TIME SCHEDULE OUTPUT R.P.M.
314 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF STOP R.P.M.
315 BRIDGE HANDLE COMMAND R.P.M.

316 CARGO C/R MANEUV. HANDLE POS. R.P.M.
REVISION nr An<DUT OPERATION OF DAT

HI- MUt
. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF1 THE DATA TO BE REAt3 OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON TF€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
/ RT-
cv /
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 8/
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS1 LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
5
320 REVOLUTION SIGNAL VOLT
321 TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER SIGNAL VOLT
322 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF GOV. COMPENSAT. OUTPUT VOLT
323 STARTING AIR VOLT
324 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OP VOLTMETER VOLT
325 BRIDGE ORDER SIG. FOR VDR VOLT
326 TELEG. TRANSMITTER SIGNAL 2 VOLT
5
331 STARTING AIR KGF/CM2
332 START. AIR FOR BIP VOLT
5
401 SLOW TURNING SELECT II USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 1
402 AC/DC INCLUDE CONT. SOURCE FAIL. SELECT. II:NOT, 0:INCLUDE) 0 1 0
403 IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONT. CONDITION FOR IND1. II USE, 0:NOT USE! 0 1 1
404 ENGINE READY COND. SELECT AUX. BLOWER AUTO. UUSE, 0:NOT USE! 0 1 0
405 RACING SELECT II USE, 0 :NOT USE! 0 1 0
•
• .
REVISION r?r Am3UT OPERATION OF DAT M

\\L AUI
* .._ .. ...
. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOFI THE DATA TO BE REAID OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON Tl€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
4. SECTION AND THE DATA ON THE DATA DISPLAY SECTION. .v' .
cv
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 9/
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR SAFETY
TENKEY UNIT RANGE
DESCRIPTION
001
002 VIT CANCEL SIGNAL SEC. 0.05 20 2
003
004
005
008 PRESS. SW. FOR REMOTE TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 3

009 NOT STOP DELAY TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 3
010 HYSTERESYS R.P.M. 0.00 100 2
Oil
012
013 WRONG WAY ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 10
014 CRITICAL SPEED ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 60.0 30

015 FUEL CAM POSITION ABNORMAL ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 10
016
017 EMERG. TRIP SOL. V. SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
018 SENSOR DISCONNECT. MONITOR TIMER SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
019 OVER SPEED ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2

020 SLOW DOWN REQUEST ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 10.0 0.5
021 AHEAD REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 50.0 10
022 ASTERN REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. -50.0 0.00 -10

023 CRITICAL SPEED LOW ZONE LOWER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. 0,00 150 45
024 CRITICAL SPEED LOW ZONE UPPER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 150 50
025 OVER SPEED DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 150 108

026 PISTON C.O. NON FLOW SLOW DOWN CANCEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 42
027 CYL. L.O. NON FLOW SLOW DOWN CANCEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 42
028 EXH. GAS H.T. SLOW DOWN CANCEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 53
029 HYSTERESYS FOR SLOW DOWN CANCEL LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 10.0 2
030 C/R SLOW DOWN RESET LEVEL VOLT 0.00 9.99 4.00 |
031
032 CRITICAL SPEED HIGH ZONE LOWER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
033 CRITICAL SPEED HIGH ZONE UPPER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
3.
R1-?
cv
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 ICV
T E N K E Y DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR SAFETY
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041 AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN CANCEL SELECT. ISH-I) 0 1 0
042 AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN CANCEL SELECT. ISH-2) 0 1 1
044 AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN CANCEL SELECT. ISH-41 0 1 1
045
046
047
048
049
050 TEST REVO. 1 R.P.M. SIGNAL R.P.M. 0.00 .00 0.99
051
052 TEST REVO. RESET TIMER SEC. 0.05 150 60
053 TEST REVO. CONTROL TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 10.0
054 TEST REVO. CONTROL TIMER 2 SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
055
056 E/S CONT. DETECT. TIMER SEC. 0.05 .0 0.2
057
058
059
060
061 LOWER LIMIT FOR REVO. SIGNAL MONITOR VOLT 0.00 9.99 0.3
062 UPPER LIMIT FOR REVO. SIGNAL MONITOR VOLT 0.00 9.99 9.99
063 LOWER LIMIT FOR REVO. SIGNAL MONITOR R.P.M. 0.00 150 4.5
064
065
066
067
r?PAru
ALHDUT OPERATION OF DAT
REVISION HL
1. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF! THE DATA TO BE REA[D OUT WITH THE
2. KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON Th€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
4. S E C T I O N AND THE DATA ON THE DATA DISPLAY SECTION.
/R T -<O
cv
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 11/
1 ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
068
069
070
071 SH-I SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
072 SH-2 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
073 SH-3 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4

074 SH-4 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
075
076
077
078 P.O. CUT SIG. OFF DELAY TIMER SEC. O.I 10 2
079
080 ABS RULE SELECT 0 1 0
081 SL-I SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
082 SL-2 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
083 SL-3 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
084 SL-4 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
085 SL-5 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
086 SL-6 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
087 SL-12 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
088 SL-13 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
089 SL-9 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
090 SL-IO SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
091 SL-II SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
092 SL-12 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
093 SL-13 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
094 SL-14 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
095 SLOW DOWN RESET TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 1
096 CANCEL CIRCUIT RESET TIMER 0.05 1.0 0.5
097 SL-15 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
098 SL-16 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
099 ABS.LR RULE SELECT 0 1 1
3.
cv
Da/A\H5LD S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 127
TENKE Y DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR SAFETY
TENKEY RANGE
DESCR1PTION UNIT
100 REVO. SIG. ASTERN MAX. VOLT -9.99 9.99 -9.92
101 REVO. SIG. STOP CONDITION VOLT -1.00 1.00 0.00
102 REVO. SIG.AHEAD MAX. VOLT -9.99 9.99 9.92
103 REVO. SIG. ASTERN MAX. R.P.M. -150 150 -150
104 REVO. SIG. STOP CONDITION R.P.M. -150 150 0.00
105 REVO. SIG.AHEAD MAX. R.P.M. -150 150 150
106
107
108
109
no REVO. SIG. MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.96
III REVO. SIG. MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 9.92
112 REVO. SIG. MIN. R.P.M. 0.00 150 90
113 REVO. SIG. MAX. R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
114
115
116
117 TEST REVO. MAX. LIMIT R.P.M. -150 150 150
118 TEST REVO. MIN. LIMIT R.P.M. -150 150 -150
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132 CONTROL CPU ABNORMAL DETECT. TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 5.0
133
- • nr Am3UT OPERATION OF DAT

I\LALH
REVISION
. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF! THE DATA TO BE REA[D OUT WITH THE
2. KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON T>•IE ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
R T- '±
CV
Da/AiljLeLD 117".7
S NO
««J • 1 i x/ •
7SH58363-02
1 **J I i
137
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS L 1ST FOR SAFETY
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS '
LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
134 REVO. SIG. AS. MAX. INPUT R.P.M. -150 150 -150
135 REVO. SIG. STOP INPUT R.P.M. -150 150 0
136 REVO. SIG. AH. MAX. INPUT R.P.M. -150 150 150
137 REVO. SIG. AS. MAX. OUTPUT VOLT -9.99 9.99 -9.99
138 REVO. SIG. STOP OUTPUT VOLT -9.99 9.99 0
139 REVO. SIG. AH. MAX. OUTPUT VOLT -9.99 9.99 9.99
140
141 C/R HANDLE COMPENSAT INPUT 0 VOLT 0.00 9.99 2.00
143 C/R HANDLE COMPENSAT INPUT I VOLT 0.00 9.99 6.79
146 C/R HANDLE COMPENSAT OUTPUT 0 VOLT 0.00 9.99 0.00
151 VOLT TO R.P.M. CONVERT RATIO 0 200 150
153
154
155
156
157 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT 0
158 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT FOR BR 0
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
REVIS IHKI
1UN i RF~AHf
nLMUlDUT OPERATION OF DAT
ICO SHOP TEST '02.6.21
. NAE INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF\ THE DATA TO BE REAtD OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADD RESS IS DISPLAY ON ThIE ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
3
< T-
/ '/ j
cv -
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 147
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179 AUTO. SLOW DOWN AHEAD SELECT II:AH ONLY! 0 1 0
180 C/R AUTO. SLOW DOWN SELECT (I4JSE) 0 1 0
181 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-II 0 1 1
182 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-21 0 1 1
183 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-3) 0 1 1
184 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-4) 0
190 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-IO) 0
191 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-II) 0
192 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-12) 0
196 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-I6I 0
197
198
199
REVISION PF A H f 3UT
KC.MLM OPERATION OF DAT A .'
1. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.6.21 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF! THE DATA TO BE REAlD OUT WITH THE
2. KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON T>€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
cv
S.NO. 1377 7SH58363-02 15/15

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS) LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
208 SAFETY SYSTEM ABNORMAL TIMER 0 1 0.5
5
305 REVOLUTION SIGNAL FOR OVER SPEED SHUT DOWN R.P.M.
308 TEST REVO. SIGNAL R.P.M.
5
318 SPEED SET ORDER FOR BRIDGE VOLT
319 REVOLUTION SIGNAL 2 VOLT
321 REVOLUTION SIGNAL FOR OVER SPEED VOLT
322 C/R MANEUV. HANDLE POSITION INPUT VOLT
323 C/R MANEUV. POSITION OUTPUT VOLT
5
401 PISTON C.O. NON FLOW CANCEL SELECT II4JSE, 0:NOT USE1 0 1
402 CYL. L.O. NON FLOW CANCEL SELECT HrUSE, 0:NOT USEI 0 1
403 EXH. GAS H.T. CANCEL SELECT IUISE, 0:NOT USE) 0
REVIS int-i
1UN P T A H f DUT
I \l_MUl OPERATION OF DAT A -. ••

. NAE INPUT THE ADDRESS FOR THE DATA TO BE REA[) OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADD RESS IS DISPLAY ON Tt-IE ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
~ _ A—
R /-AT
CV
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 1/15
(ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
Oil
012 SLOW TURNING DETECTING TIMER MIN. 0.05 60 30
014 HARBOR SPEED INCREASING TIME SCHEDULE RPM/MIN 1.00 999 144
OIG LOAD UP PROGRAM LOWER ZONE MIN. 1.00 999 30

...
023 BRAKING LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 30
026 HYSTERESYS 2 R.P.M. 0.00 150 2
030 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. FULLMAX. R.P.M. 0.00 150 91
033 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. HALF

______________^ _— -^__ _ _ _ _ _M__^^_
R.P.M. 0.00 150 70

3.
RJ-I
cv
Du/^lJCsGD S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 2/
TENKE'r DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR C O N T R O L

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS) LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
037 SPEED SET. ORDER OF STOP R.P.M. 0.00 150 0.04
046
047
REVISION rcrAnc
IsLALMDUT OPERATION OF DAT A
,
'
. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.7.10 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOR THE DATA TO BE REA[) OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADD RESS IS DISPLAY ON Th\£ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
7 ~r _
/\ / •*L
cv
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 3/
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
070
•
073
076
080
081
084
085
086
087
088
090
091
092
093
096
097
098
099
mki , l"?FAnf
KLALH3UT OPERATION OF DAT A -
REVIS lUN
I -

. NAE INPUT THE ADDRESS FOFI THE DATA TO BE REA[3 OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON T>€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
cv
KMlXsD
wi.,,.,'1 . S
J , NO
IN W • -J / V3
1!37£ 7SH58363-02B 4/
T E N K E Y DATA ADDRESS LI ST FOR CONTROL

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
100 STARTING AIR TOO LOW LEVEL (START INTERLOCK) KGF/CM2 0.00 50.0 10
101 START ING AIR LOW LEVEL (ALARM) KGF/CM2 0.00 50.0 10
102
106 STARTING AIR KGF/CM2 POINT 1 KGF/CM2 0 50.0 40
107
108
109
110 HYSTERESYS R.P.M. 0.00 1.50 0.4
115
118 RACING TRIP ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
120 WRONG WAY STOP SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
121 SOLENOID VALVE START DISCONNECT SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
122 POTENTIO. DISCONNECT. RESET TIME LAG SEC. 0.05 10.0 .5
123 TELEG. TRANS. POTENTIO. DISCONNECTION SEC. 0.05 .00 0.5
i

126 REVOLUTION SIGNAL MONITOR TIMER 2 SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
128
REVIS ion
ION _..... ,, PPAPlf 3UT
MLAUl OPERATION OF DAT .
JCO SHOP TEST '02.7.10

. NAE INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF! THE DATA TO BE REA[) OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRE5S IS DISPLAY ON T>€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
cv
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 5/

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
134 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. SLOW VOLT -9.99 0.00 -2.61
135 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. DEAD SLOW VOLT -9.99 0.00 -1.30
136 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS. DEAD SLOW WIN. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -0.65
142 TELEG. TRANS. POS.NAV. FULL MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.84
145
146
147
149
151 VOLT TO R.P.M. CONVERT RAT 10. 0 200 150
157 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT 0 1 1
158 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT FOR BR 0 1 1
159 SECOND ALARM INTERVAL TIMER SEC. O.I 10 1.0
160
161 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS FULL MAX. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -7.23
167 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH DEAD SLOW MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 1.90
3.
CV
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 6/

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
WODRESS LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
168 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH SLOW MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.25
169 TELE 6. TRANS. POS. AH HALF MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 4.57
170 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH FULL MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.83
171 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS FULL FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 2.23
173 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS HALF FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 2.85
174 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS SLOW FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.48
177 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH DEAD SLOW FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.98
181 TELEG. TRANS. POS. NAV. FULL FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 8.48
182
183
184

186
187
188
189
190
191 •
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
3.
CV
RMlJlMLl S. NO. .1378 7SH58363-02B 7/
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
5
209 KNUCKLE POINT SELECT. OF LOAD UP PROGRAM 0 i 0
5
232 SAFETY CPU ABNORMAL DETECT. TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 5.0
5

5
5
REVISION r?r ADIDUT OPERATION OF DAT
IvLMUl 11
. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.7.10 INPUT THE ADDRESS EOFI THE DATA TO BE REALD OUT WITH THE
2.
3.
cv
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 8/
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
$
324 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF VOLTMETER VOLT

325 BRIDGE ORDER S1G. FOR VDR VOLT
5
331 START ING AIR KGF/CM2
5
401 SLOW TURNING SELECT II USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 1
402 AC/DC INCLUDE CONT. SOURCE FAIL. SELECT. II:NOT, 0:INCLUDE) 0 1 0
403 IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONT. CONDITION FOR INDI. IhUSE, 0:NOT USE! 0 1 1
404 ENGINE READY COND. SELECT AUX. BLOWER AUTO. (I USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 0
405 RACING SELECT II USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 0
3.
CV
+*J ft 1 1 \S 9 • S-* * \-/
7SH58363-02B 9/
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
ADDRESS» L OWE R| UPPER 1 2 3 4

001

003
004
005
Oil
012
014 CRITICAL SPEED ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 60.0 30
016
017 EMERG. TRIP SOL. V. SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
018 SENSOR DISCONNECT. MONITOR TIMER SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
019 OVER SPEED ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 .00 0.2
023 CRITICAL SPEED LOW ZONE LOWER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 150 45
030 C/R SLOW DOWN RESET LEVEL VOLT 0.00 9.99 4.00
031
REVISION pr AHf3UT OPERATION OF DAT

itLMm
1. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.7.10 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOF! THE DATA TO BE REA[3 OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON Tf-€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
CV
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B O/
1

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
LDDRESSI
LOWER UPPER 1 2 3 4
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041 AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN CANCEL SELECT. ISH-II 0 1 0
042 AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN CANCEL SELECT. ISH-2) 0 I 1
045
046
047
048
049
050 TEST REVO. 1 R.P.M. SIGNAL R.P.M. 0.00 1.00 0.99
051
053 TEST REVO. CONTROL TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 10.0
054 TEST REVO. CONTROL TIMER 2 SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
055
056 E/S CONT. DETECT. TIMER SEC. 0.05 .0 0.2
057
058
059
060
064
065
066
067
REVISION pfAni
I\L AUlDUT OPERATION OF DAT A
... •
. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.7.10 INPUT THE ADDRESS FQF! THE DATA TO BE REAI3 OUT WITH THE
2.
3.
cv
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B I/
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
068
069
070
071 SH-I SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
072 SH-2 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4

073 SH-3 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
074 SH-4 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
075
076
077
078 P.O. CUT SIG. OFF DELAY TIMER SEC. O.I 10 2
079
081 SL-I SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
082 SL-2 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
083 SL-3 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
084 SL-4 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
085 SL-5 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
086 SL-6 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
087 SL-12 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
088 SL-13 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
089 SL-9 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
090 SL-IO SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
091 SL-II SEC. 0.05 30.0 4

092 SL-12 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
093 SL-13 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
094 SL-14 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
095 SLOW DOWN RESET TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0
096 CANCEL CIRCUIT RESET TIMER 0.05 .0 0.5
097 SL-15 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
098 SL-16 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
099 ABS.LR RULE SELECT 0
3.
CV
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 2/

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
102 REVO. SIG. AHEAD MAX. VOLT -9.99 9.99 9.93

105 REVO. SIG. AHEAD MAX. R.P.M. -150 150 150
106
107
108
109
110 REVO. SIG. MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.95
112 REVO. SIG. MIN. R.P.M. 0.00 150 90
113 REVO. SIG. MAX. R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
114
115
116
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132 CONTROL CPU ABNORMAL DETECT. TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 5.0
133
3.
CV
Du/^]OjgjQ S. NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 3/
TENKE Y DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR SAFETY
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
134 REVO. SIG. AS. MAX. INPUT R.P.M. -150 150 -150
140
153
154
155
156
157 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT 0
158 SECOND ALARM MODE SELECT FOR BR 0
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
REVISION r?r AntDUT OPERATION OF DAT A

KLMUl
.
1. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.7.10 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOFI THE DATA TO BE REAfD OUT WITH THE
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON Th€ ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
CV
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 4/
T E N K E Y DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR SAFETY

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179 AUTO. SLOW DOWN AHEAD SELECT II:AH ONLY) 0 1 0
180 C/R AUTO. SLOW DOWN SELECT (I.-USE) 0 1 0
181 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-II 0 1 1
186 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-6) 0 1
190 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-IO) 0
191 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-II) 0
192 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-12) 0
194 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-I4I 0
| 197
198
199
,
2.
KEYBOARD, AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON THE ADDRESS DISPLAY
3.
CV
S.NO. 1378 7SH58363-02B 5/15
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
5
5
5
401 PISTON C.O. NON FLOW CANCEL SELECT II USE, 0:NOT USEI 0 1 1
402 CYL. L.O. NON FLOW CANCEL SELECT II:USE, 0:NOT USEI 0 1 1
403 EXH. GAS H.T. CANCEL SELECT II USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 1

3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 1/15
T E N K E Y DATA ADDRESS L I S T FOR C O N T R O L
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT

Oil
012 SLOW TURNING DETECTING TIMER MIN. 0.05 60 30
014 HARBOR SPEED INCREASING TIME SCHEDULE RPM/MIN 1.00 999 144
016 LOAD UP PROGRAM LOWER ZONE MIN. 1.00 999 30
023 BRAKING LEVEL R.P.M. 0.00 150 30
026 HYSTERESYS 2 R.P.M. 0.00 150 2
033 SPEED SET. ORDER OF AS. HALF R.P.M. 0.00 150 70
3.
RT-7
cv
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 2/
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
037 SPEED SET. ORDER OF STOP R.P.M. 0.00 150 0.04
046
047

s
2.
3.
4. S E C T I O N AND THE DATA ON THE DATA DISPLAY S E C T I O N .
CV
5.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 3/
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
069 60V. COMPENSAT. REV. POINT 9 R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
070
073
076
080
081
084
085
086
087
088
090
091
092
093
096
097
098
099
3.
CV
5.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 4/
ADJUSTABLE
TENKEY RANGE S E T T I N G VALUE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
100 STARTING AIR TOO LOW LEVEL (START INTERLOCK! KGF/CM2 0.00 50.0 10
101 STARTING AIR LOW LEVEL (ALARM) KGF/CM2 0.00 50.0 10
102
104 STARTING AIR COMPENSAT, VOLT POINT 1 VOLT -9.99 9.99 9.80
107
108
109
110 HYSTERESYS R.P.M. 0.00 1.50 0.4
115
118 RACING TRIP ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
120 WRONG WAY STOP SEC. 0.05 LOO 0.2
121 SOLENOID VALVE START DISCONNECT SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
122 POTENTIO. DISCONNECT. RESET TIME LAG SEC. 0.05 10.0 1.5
123 TELEG. TRANS. POTENTIO. DISCONNECTION SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.5
128
3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 5/
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
134 TELE 6. TRANS. POS. AS. SLOW VOLT -9.99 0.00 -2.64
135 TELE 6. TRANS. POS. AS. DEAD SLOW VOLT -9.99 0.00 -1.33
136 TELE6. TRANS. POS. AS. DEAD SLOW MIN. VOLT "9.99 0.00 -0.67
142 TELEG. TRANS. POS. NAV. FULL MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.86
145
146
147
149
151 VOLT TO R.P.M. CONVERT RATIO. 0 200 150
160
161 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS FULLMAX. VOLT -9.99 0.00 -7.26
167 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH DEAD SLOW MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 1.92
3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 6/
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
168 TELE6. TRANS. POS. AH SLOW MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.21
169 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH HALF MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 4.53
170 TELE6. TRANS. POS. AH FULL MAX. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.85
173 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS HALF FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 2.82
174 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AS SLOW FOR VOR VOLT 0.00 9.99 3.45

177 TELEG. TRANS. POS. AH DEAD SLOW FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.94
181 TELEG. TRANS. POS.NAV. FULL FOR VDR VOLT 0.00 9.99 8.40
182
183
184

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
97
98
199

3.
CV
Rt4
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 7/
T E N K E Y DATA ADDRESS L I S T EOR C O N T R O L

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT

5
209 KNUCKLE POINT SELECT. OF LOAD UP PROGRAM 0 1 0
5
232 SAFETY CPU ABNORMAL DETECT. TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 5.0 1
5
5

5
i. NABCO SHOP TEST '02.12.20 INPUT THE ADDRESS FOR THE DATA TO BE READ OUT WITH THE
3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 75H58363-02C 8/
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
5
324 SPEED ORDER SIGNAL OF VOLTMETER VOLT
325 BRIDGE ORDER SIG. FOR VDR VOLT
5
331 STARTING AIR KGF/CM2
5
401 SLOW TURNING SELECT (I USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 1
402 AC/DC INCLUDE CONT. SOURCE FAIL. SELECT. (I:NOT, 0:INCLUDEI 0 1 0

403 IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONT. CONDITION FOR INDI. IUUSE, 0:NOT USEI 0 1 1
404 ENGINE READY COND. SELECT AUX. BLOWER AUTO. (I:USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 0
405 RACING SELECT II:USE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 0

3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 9/
T E N K E Y DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR S A F E T Y
-if

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
001
003
004
005
on
012
OK CRITICAL SPEED ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 60.0 30
016
017 EMERG. TRIP SOL. V. SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
018 SENSOR DISCONNECT. MONITOR TIMER SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
019 OVER SPEED ALARM TIMER SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
023 CRITICAL SPEED LOW ZONE LOWER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT. R.P.M. 0.00 150 45
030 C/R SLOW DOWN RESET LEVEL VOLT 0.00 9.99 4.00
031

2.
3.
4. SECTION AND THE DATA ON THE DATA DISPLAY S E C T I O N .
CV
FT-
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 107
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR S A F E T Y
ADJUSTABLE S E T T I N G VALUE
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041 AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN CANCEL SELECT. ISH-I) 0 1 0
043 AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN CANCEL SELECT. I5H-3I 0 1 1
045 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT. ISH-5) 0 1 1
046
047
048
049
050 TEST REVO. 1 R.P.M. SIGNAL R.P.M. 0.00 1.00 0.99
051
053 TEST REVO. CONTROL TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 10.0 1
054 TEST REVO. CONTROL TIMER 2 SEC. 0.05 1.00 0.2
055
056 E/SCONT. DETECT. TIMER SEC. 0.05 1.0 0.2
057
058
059
060
064
065
066
067
2.
3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C I/

TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
068
069
070
071 SH-i SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
072 SH-2 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4

073 SH-3 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
074 SH-4 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
075 SH-5 SEC. 0.05 10.0 4
076
077
078 P.O. CUT SI6. OFF DELAY TIMER SEC. O.I 10 2
079
081 SL-I SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
082 SL-2 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
083 SL-3 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
084 SL-4 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
085 SL-5 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
086 SL-6 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
087 SL-12 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4

088 SL-13 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
089 SL-9 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
090 SL-IO SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
091 SL-II SEC. 0.05 30.0 4

092 SL-12 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
093 SL-13 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4

094 SL-14 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
095 SLOW DOWN RESET TIMER SEC. 0.05 30.0 1
096 CANCEL CIRCUIT RESET TIMER 0.05 1.0 0.5

097 SL-15 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
098 SL-16 SEC. 0.05 30.0 4
099 ABS.LR RULE SELECT 0 1 1
3.
CV
5.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C I2/
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR S A F E T Y
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
102 REVO. SIG. AHEAD MAX. VOLT -9.99 9.99 9.93

105 REVO. SIG. AHEAD MAX. R.P.M. -150 150 150
106
107
108
109
110 REVO. SIG. MIN. VOLT 0.00 9.99 5.96
112 REVO. SIG. MIN. R.P.M. 0.00 150 90
113 REVO. SIG. MAX. R.P.M. 0.00 150 150
114
115
116
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
29
130
131
132 CONTROL CPU ABNORMAL DETECT. TIMER 1 SEC. 0.05 5.0 1
133

3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 3/
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
134 REVO. 516. AS. MAX. INPUT R.P.M. -150 150 -150
140
153
154
155
156
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167

3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 4/
TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST EOR S A E E T Y
TENKEY RANGE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179 AUTO. SLOW DOWN AHEAD SELECT II:AH ONLY) 0 1 0
180 C/R AUTO. SLOW DOWN SELECT IhUSE) 0 1 0
18! AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-II 0 1 1
182 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-2! 0 1 1

183 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT 1SL-3! 0 1 1
184 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-4) 0 1 1
188 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-8) 0 1 I
190 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-IOI 0 1 1
191 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-II) 0 1 1

192 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-I2I 0 1 1
193 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT (SL-I3I 0 1 1

| 196 AUTO. EMERG. SLOW DOWN CANCEL SELECT ISL-I6I 0 1 1

197
198
199

2.
3.
CV
S.NO. 1438 7SH58363-02C 15/15
ADJUSTABLE
DESCRIPTION UNIT
5
5
5
401 PISTON C.O. NON FLOW CANCEL SELECT (I:USE, 0:HOT USE! 0 1 1
402 CYL. L.O. NON FLOW CANCEL SELECT IhUSE, 0:NOT USE! 0 1 1
403 EXH. GAS H.T. CANCEL SELECT IhUSE, 0:NOT USE) 0 1 1
3.
CV
NAV.
A FULL
H
E FULL
A HALF
D SLOW
BRIDGE TELEGRAPH D.SLOW
TRANSMITTER STOP
1 D.SLOW
7
S SLOW
T HALF
E Tl
R FULL
N T3
AHEAD SOLENOID VALVE

MI t
ASTERN SOLENOID VALVE
START SOLENOID VALVE

II
STOP SOLENOID VALVE
GOVERNOR STOP SIG.
SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL SIGNAL

ON -i
OFF -1
III I
V.l.T. CANCEL SOL. VALVE
ON —i
(IN CASE OF V.l.T. FUNCTION
OFF -1 IN CASE OF LOAD PROGRAM IN CASE OF LOAD PROGRAM BY-PASS
IS PROVIDED] BY-PASS OR NON-PROGRAM FUNCTION
PROGRAM START POINT

IF
FULL
SPEED ORDER HALF

\
SIGNAL VALUE START DASH \
DEAD SLOW
\
T2 \
T7
AHEAD
BRAKING LEVEL
(REVERSING)
FUEL LEVEL
MAIN ENGINE
SPEED
FUEL LEVEL
BRAKING LEVEL
(REVERSING)
•— A b l t h N
Tl (T003) : START TIME LAG TIMER ~^\ J/ FDR M ft -8 Of) GOV,

T2 (TOI61 : LOAD UP PROGRAM MATERIAL NAME
T3 IT007I : START DASH KEEP TIMER
T4 ITOI7) : LOAD DOWN PROGRAM *JUU!/ '01 ft
a C
4.24 T
— WEIGHT
T5 ITOI4) : HARBOR SPEED INCREASING TIME SCHEDULE STARTING, SPEED SETTING, NORMAL REVERSING, STOP
— '00 * * RELATION NO.
TS ITOI5) : HARBOR SPEED DECREASING TIME SCHEDULE
T7 ITOI8) : DECREASING AFTER START. OASH TIME SCHEDULE
REV.
12.27 T S » CODE NO. DWG. NO.
!
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 74SS48647-OI /3
NABCO Lid.
NAV.
A FULL
H
E FULL
A HALF
D SLOW
BRIDGE TELEGRAPH D.SLOW
TRANSMITTER STOP
A D.SLOW
S SLOW
T HALF
E
R FULL
N
It
T3
19
.
ON -i
OFF -J
\>
H
ON -i 1
ASTERN SOLENOID VALVE OFF -1
ON -i
START SOLENOID VALVE OFF —<
STOP SOLENOID VALVE

ON —i
OFF -1
GOVERNOR STOP SIGNAL ON

(ONLY FOR MG-800 GOVJ OFF
ON
OFF
V.I.T. CANCEL SOL. VALVE
ON
(IN CASE OF V.I.T. FUNCTION
OFF
IS PROVIDED)
FULL
SPEED ORDER HALF

SIGNAL VALUE START DASH
DEAD SLOW
r- AHEAD
BRAKING LEVEL
(REVERSING)
FUEL LEVEL
MAIN ENGINE
SPEED
FUEL LEVEL
BRAKING LEVEL
(REVERSING)
ASTERN
MATERIAL NAME
Tl (T003) START TIME LAG TIMER
T3 IT007I START DASH KEEP TIMER
WEIGHT
T9 ITOIOI SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL KEEP
CRASH ASTERN
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
2
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 74SS48647-OI /3
NABCO Ltd. cv
NAV.
A FULL
H
E FULL
A HALF
D SLOW
BRIDGE TELEGRAPH O.SLOW
TRANSMITTER STOP
A D.SLOW Tl Tl Tl Tl
S SLOW
T HALF T3 T3 T3
E
R FULL T3 T9
N T!0 TIO TIO Til
ON -.
OFF —>
ON -i
ASTERN SOLENOID VALVE OFF -J
+ i I t
ON —| * I
in
j*-
START SOLENOID VALVE OFF -1 J—I • •
ON I I *
t tI I I
STOP SOLENOID VALVE OFF X J.
ON -n
t t
GOVERNOR STOP SIG. OFF —'

ON -,
OFF -J
ON -i
V.I.T. CANCEL SOL. VALVE
(IN CASE OF V.I.T. FUNCTION OFF- 1
IS PROVIDED)
FULL
SPEED ORDER HALF

SIGNAL VALUE START DASH
DEAD SLOW X
"0"
- AHEAD
BRAKING LEVEL
(REVERSING)
FUEL LEVEL
MAIN ENGINE "0"
SPEED
FUEL LEVEL
BRAKING LEVEL
(REVERSING)
- ASTERN
MATERIAL NAME
Tl (T0031 START TIME LAG TIMER
T3 IT007I START. DASH KEEP TIMER TJM_E_CHART _3
WEIGHT
T9 IT005I SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL KEEP
MISS IGNITION & RESTARTING, START IMPOSSIBLE
TIO (T004) MISS-IGNITION DETECT. TIMER RELATION NO.
Til (T006) : START IMPOSSIBLE DETECT. TIMER CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 74SS48647-0 3/3
NABCO Ltd.
74SS48586-01E1/12
NABCO
OPERATION BLOCKDIAGRAM
FOR
M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

(FOR MG-800 GOVERNOR)
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
»
•.
eP
— '00. 4. H cU % #*i.
REV.
MARK
74SS48586-01E2/12
NABCO
NOTE
-1) STARTING (Txxx) TENKEY ADDRESS.
TELEGRAPH TRANS. INDI.

: AHEAD POSITION ANALOGUE VALUE
XXX
INDICATOR
\ UNIT
STARTING
RLOC
AHEAD SOLENOID
TIMER (2 SEC.) VALVE:ON
(003)
START SOLENOID START. AIR GOVERNOR "STOP" GOVERNOR SPEED SET:

VALVE:ON DISTRIBUTOR: AHEAD SIGNAL: OFF START DASH POINT (072)
AND
MAIN ENGINE
TIMER (15 SEC.)
:AIR RUNNING
FUELCAM: AHEAD (006)
I
ENG NO
VOLUTION
VERTHAN
idmxiONLBVEL STOP SOLENOID
VALVE: OFF
START SOLENOID
VALVE:OFF
START SOLENOID GOVERNOR STOP
VALVE: OFF SIGNAL: ON
STARTING AIR
STARTING OPERATION
:CUT OFF
i : INTERRUPTED
74SS48586-01E3/12
NABCO
STARTING FUEL "STARTING FAILURE"

: SUPPLIED ALARM: ON
I
TELEGRAPH TRANS.
: STOP POSITION
STARTING IMPOSSIBLE
MAIN ENGINE :RESET
: FUEL RUNNING ALARM:OFP
;voLunoN\^ NO
OVER THAN AHE^D-
ITION
(021)"
'YES TIMER (5 SEC.)
(004)
TIMER (6 SEC.) TIMER (6 SEC.)

±
STOP SOLENOID
(007) SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL
(020) VALVE .-ON
GOVERNOR "STOP" SIGNAL: ON
SIGNAL :ON
AFTER 10 SEC (005)
SINCE MAIN ENGINE
FUEL RUNNING,
SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL
SIGNAL FOR GOV.: OFF
STARTING
TIMES
STARTING OPERATION
: INTERRUPTED
"STARTING FAILURE1
ALARM: ON
„
GOVERNOR START DASH
i
AHEAD SOLENOID
TELEGRAPH TRANS.
: STOP POSITION
SETTING (072): RESET VALVE:OFF
1
MAIN ENGINE REVOLUTION
MISS IGNITION
:RESET
ALARM :OFF
: INCREASED ORDECREASED TO BE EQUIVALENT
WITH TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER POSITION
ACCORDING TO TIME SCHEDULE (014,018)
74SS48586-01E4/12
NABCO
-2) SPEED CONTROL
TELEGRAPH TRANS.
: OPTIONAL POSITION
POTENTIOMETER
(HANDLE POS. SIGNAL)
FUNCTION CONTROL
OUTPUT VOLTAGE IS
SIGNAL (RPM) NORMAL
NO
IT I I I I 1 I I I I
(EF)F H S D S T D S H F N F INDI.
INPUTVOLTAGE 302 (RPM)
k
LJMITER CONTROL
I
OUTPUT
SIGNAL (RPM) (001)
INPUT SIGNAL (RPM)
"SYSTEM ABNORMAL"
INPUT ALARM:ON
(072)
SLOW DOWN ORDER
D.S. MIN. ORDER • START DASH ORDER

(038)
STOPORDER
INDI.
OUTPUT
314 (RPM)
B-7.
74SS48586-01E5/12
NABCO
\t>
1
TIME SCHEDULE CONTROL Harbor speed increasing time schedule: 014
Load up program lower zone time schedule : 016
Load down program : 017
Harbor speed decreasing time schedule : 015
Load up program upper zone time schedule: 094
TIME
INDI.
313 (RPM)
CRITICAL SPEED AVOIDING CONTROL

O
U
T
P
U UPPER LIMIT
T (075)
V
O LOWER LIMIT
L (074)
T
A INDI.
6
E INPUT VOLTAGE 305 (RPM)
INPUT
(0 RPM ORDER)
4
INDI.
T~"STOPORDER
OUTPUT 303 (RPM)
GOVERNOR COMPENSATION
O
U
T
P
U
T
V
O
L
T
A INDI.
G INPUT SIGNAL (RPM)
E 322 (V)
ELECTRIC GOVERNOR
(VOLT SIGNAL: 0.6-10 V)
74SS48586-01E6/12
NABCO
-3) STOPPING
MAIN ENGINE
: AHEADRUNNING
I
TELEGRAPH TRANS.
: STOP POSITION
1
STOP SOLENOID GOVERNOR "STOP"
VALVE: ON SIGNAL:ON
FUEL
: CUT OFF
MAIN ENGINE
:STOP
74SS48586-01E7/12
ISIABCO
-4) CRASH ASTERN
MAIN ENGINE
:AHEAD RUNNING
TELEGRAPH TRANS.
:ASTERN POSITION
STOP SOLENOID GOVERNOR''STOP-

VALVE: ON SIGNAL :ON
NG NORMAL
VOLUTION
OVERTHANC REVERSING
FUEL RNLE OPERATION
: CUT OFF
VOLUTIO
LESS THAN
VERSING
(02
SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL

EN ASTERN SOLENOID SIGNAL FOR GOV.: ON
VOLUTIO VALVE:ON
LESS THAN
OLE
SCAVENGING AIR LOAD
LIMIT: CANCELLED
FUELCAM: ASTERN
TIMER (2 SEC.)
(003)
5NOID START. AIR GOVERNOR "STOP" GOVERNOR SPEED SET:

VALVE:ON DISTRIBUTOR : ASTERN SIGNAL: OFF START DASH POINT (072)
*
74SS48586-01E 8/12
NABCO
BRAKING (STARTING)
AIR-.SUPPLIED
VOLUTIO
OVERTHAN
_ ON
(022) AFTER A PRESET TIME
'YES "STARTING FAILURE
: ALARM
START SOLENOID STOP SOLENOID

VALVE: OFF VALVE: OFF
STARTING AIR
: CUT OFF
STARTING FUEL
: SUPPLIED
MAIN ENGINE
:FUEL RUNNING
VOLUTIO
OVER THAN A
RESTARTING AFTER
A PRESET TIME
TIMER (6 SEC.) TIMER (6 SEC.) TIMER (30 SEC.)

(007) (020) (010)
74SS48586-01E9/12
NABCO
GOVERNOR START DASH ASTERN SOLENOID SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL

SETTING (072): RESET VALVE:OFF SIGNAL FOR GOV.: OFF
1
MAIN ENGINE REVOLUTION SCAVENGING AIR LOAD
: INCREASED ORDECREASED TO BE EQUIVALENT LIMIT CANCEL: RESET
WITH TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER POSITION
74SS48586-01E10/12
-5) LOAD UP PROGRAM

Main engine
: Ahead harbor zone
mnnini
Telegraph transmitter
: NAV. FULL position
Load program YES

cancel switch
operates
NO
Program acceleration
starts Speed setting signal follows
up the setting value of
telegraph transmitter by
harbor increase speed.
INTERVAL
SPEED
SET.
SIGNAL
ONE STEP
ACCELERATION
VALUE
TIME
Speed
"Setting signal reaches' NO
to title setting value of
telegraph
.transmitter
YES
Program acceleration
finished
: Further upward
BT/3
74SS48586-01E11/12
NABCO
-6) LOAD DOWN PROGRAM

Main engine
: Ahead NAV. FULL
runnin
: downside
Telegraph NO
transmitter position
over than AHEAD
FULL
YES
Load program YES

cancel switch
operates
NO
Program reduction
starts
INTERVAL Speed setting signal follows

SPEED up the setting value of
SET. telegraph transmitter by
SIGNAL harbor decrease speed.
ONE STEP
DECELERATION
VALUE
TIME
Speed NO
"setting signal reaches'
to the setting value of
telegraph
transmitter
YES
Program reduction
finished
74SS48586-01E12/12
NABCO
-7) MAIN ENGINE REVOLUTION DETECT CIRCUIT
JIM
PICK UP SENSOR
L_ t
J
r
I
F/V
INDI.
! CONVERTOR
320 (V)
(VOLT-»RPM)
o
u
T
P
U
T
S
G
N
A INDI.
L
INPUT VOLTAGE
304 (RPM)
COMPARATOR CIRCUIT
AHEAD IGNITION LEVEL DETECT (021)

ASTERN IGNITION LEVEL DETECT (022)
BRAKING LEVEL DETECT (023)
REVERSING LEVEL DETECT (024)
CRASH ASTERN LEVEL DETECT (025)
FLOW CHART
OF
M-800-H
MAIN ENGINE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
REV.
C/R MANUAL
NOTE
&/, 02, f 3
DATE
1 —
DESIGNED
.*w
CHK.
n
APVD.
MARK
NABCO 74SS48659-01 1/9

I INPUT FLOW CHART OF CONTROL SYSTEM OUTPUT
(NOTE 1)
HANDLE ORDER
(VOLT) (VOLT) (RPU) (RPU) SLOW DOWN START DASH (RPU)
TELEG. I REV. LIMIT ORDER
I TRANSMITTER INDI. INDI INDI. INDI.
T|326 RPM TI314
AS 1$ | AH
J TiOOl] /
RPU
-
(NOTE 2) CRITICAL SPEED - (NOTE 3)
TIME SCHEDULER (RPM) (RPM) G0V. COMPENSATION (VOLT)
A VO I DANCE CIRCUIT
1 INDI. INDI.
\ RPU '1
T|313 4
T|303 i
Art i ^^~~ ^^
/ T 075 1
074|
AS tf T
SPEED SIGNAL
ir /-1 . PPU / I™
FOR GOV.
TELEG. POSITION
DETECT CIRCUIT SOL V.
REVOLUTION (VOLT) (RPM)
SIG. FOR INDI. INDI. CONTROL CONTROL SOL . V.
CONTROL T|320 T|304 (NOTE 4) CIRCUIT (AH, AS, START)
REVOLUTION DETECTION CIRCUIT INDICATOR LAMP
JL FOR CONTROL CONTROL
DISCONNECT
CONTROL
MONITOR
CONDITION
CONDITION CIRCUIT
•••••
—o
DISCONNECT MONITOR
ALARM
ALARM
CIRCUIT
ALARM LAMP
FACTOR
mm
—o (ALARM CONTACT)
!±
NABCO 74SS48659-01 2/9
FLOW CHART OF SAFETY SYSTEM OUTPUT
REVOLUTION (VOLT) (RPW

SIG.FOR INDI. INDI.
SAFETY T 320 T|3M
(NOTE 5)
JL i REVOLUTION
FOR SAFETY
CIRCUIT
DISCONNECT
MONITOR (NOTE 6) SOL V.
REVOLUTION (VOLT) (RPM)
OVER SPEED
CIRCUIT
CONTROL V
sia FOR INDI. INDI. CIRCUIT SHUT DOWN
OVER SPEED SOL V.
JL i REVOLUTION DETECTION CIRCUIT

FOR OVER SPEED
DISCONNECT
MANUAL MONITOR
SHUT DOWN MANUAL
SHUT DOWN
CIRCUIT
AUTO
SHUT DOWN AUTO
••
o SHUT DOWN
CIRCUIT ALARM
CIRCUIT
AUTO
SLOW DOWN AUTO (ALARM CONTACT) ALARM LAMP
—CO SLOW DOWN
CIRCUIT
DISCONNECT
MONITOR
INDICATOR LAMP
CONTROL
POSITION CONTROL POS.
OH CHANGE OVER
CIRCUIT
BUZZER
NABCO 74SS48659-01 3/9

(NOTE 1) HANDLE ORDER
131 136 138 142
137 139 140 141 143 144
RPM
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
ti
1 i • i .i i • i• •
037
(EF) F H s DS STOP DS S H F NF
A<;TERN AHEAD
NEGATIVE POSITIVE VOLT
NABCO 74SS48659-01 4/9

(NOTE 2) TIME SCHEDULER
AHEAD
TIME
ASTERN
014 HARBOR SPEED INCREASING TIME SCHEDULE (RPM/MIN)
015 HARBOR SPEED DECREASING TIME SCHEDULE (RPM/MIN)
016 LOAD UP PROGRAM LOWER ZONE TIME SCHEDULE (MIN)
094 LOAD UP PROGRAM UPPER ZONE TIME SCHEDULE (MIN) )
017 LOAD DOWN PROGRAM TIME SCHEDULE (MIN)
I- NABCO 74SS48659-01 5/9

(NOTE 3) GOVERNOR COMPENSATION FUNCTION
VOLT
059
058
057
056
055
054
053
052
051
050
060 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 RPM
NABCO 74SS48659-01 6/9

(NOTE 4) REVOLUTION DETECTION CIRCUIT FOR CONTROL
REVOLUTION SIGNAL
FOR CONTROL (RPM)
CMP AHEAD IGNITION LEVEL

021
022
ASTERN IGNITION LEVEL
BRAKING LEVEL
REVERSING LEVEL
CRASH REVERSING DETECT. LEVEL
HANDLE MATCH DETECT. LEVEL
( RACING TRIP RESET LEVEL )
( RACING TRIP ACTIVE LEVEL )
NABCO 74SS48659-01 7/9

(NOTE 5) REVOLUTION DETECTION CIRCUIT FOR SAFETY
REVOLUTION SIGNAL
FOR SAFETY (RPM)
CMP AHEAD REVOLUTION DETECT.

021
022 CMP ASTERN REVOLUTION DETECT.
ABS
CRITICAL SPEED LOWER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT.

023
CRITICAL SPEED UPPER LIMIT REVOLUTION DETECT.

024
NABCO 74SS48659-01 8/9

(NOTE 6) OVER SPEED CIRCUIT
REVOLUTION SIGNAL
FOR SAFETY (RPM)
t> ABS
025
OR OVER SPEED DETECT.

REVOLUTION SIGNAL
FOR OVER SPEED (RPM)
NABCO 74SS48659-01 9/9

74SS47012-01E-1/5
NABCO
Instructions for
MT-800-III Engine Telegraph System
(Maneuvering Handle System)
NABCO
Engineering Dept.
REV.
NOTE
2001
03/14
DATE
Îr
DESINED
£
*
CHK.
%
APVD.
MARK
NABCO
74SS47012-01E-2/5
Instructions for
MT-800-III Engine Telegraph System
(Maneuvering Handle System)
ui luyc ^ v v i icci
This computerized telegraph is suitable for use in a
House) Telegraph i MT-800 series telegraph system for ordering and
i
Repeater •« replying. (See Figure 1.) In common with the
Telegraph
Telegraph
1i telegraph use,this unit is applicable as a
maneuvering handle in a remote control system by
[
i,._. i equipping a potentiometer for control and limit
I switches for detecting the handle positions. A digital
Telegraph ( Telegraph t speed meter can also built in. Still more, for electric
i i
Receiver • Receiver • shaft driving motor, solenoid clutch can also be
i . i
Engine Engine room included.
Control room The handle is designed as a linear movement type.
F
'9ure1- Before operating the handle, push the fine adjuster
can be obtained by turning the fine adjusting dial; the handle is allowed to be left in any
position when the fine adjusting gear and the rack are engaged which result in no movement
of the handle due to vibration. As the pointer moves together with the handle, operate the
handle by observing the pointer. But in case of the handle has a motor drive mechanism, fine
adjustment of the handle can be obtained by pushing the button for fine adjusts.
The handle's linear movement is converted into a rotational movement by a timing belt to
operate a potentiometer to the telegraph system and the potentiometer and limit switches for
the remote control system. The potentiometer and handle position detecting limit switches are
independent from the telegraph and wired to the connectors for remote control. The
potentiometer for telegraph is wired to the main card.
Maintenance
Once a year, apply such amount of grease on gears and sliding parts as it may not drop down.
Besides, check the timing belt for any degradation in material.
NABCO
74SS47012-01E-3/5
Digital speed meter (Option)
This unit displays main engine speeds digitally using voltage signal input from outside. (See
Figure 2.)
VR1 trimmer for adjusting the slope
/ uo n
HI i i . n
Astern mark
Figure2
Specifications
Display range: ±199.9 or ±1999
Resolution: 0.1 or 1
Input impedance: 8.8RQ
Maximum allowable input voltage: ± 15Vdc
Power supply: 24Vdc ±10%
Adjustment
This unit is fully adjusted by the manufacture; however, if there is necessity to readjust for any
reason, readjust it as follows:
(1)Remove the top cover according to the procedure on page 2/5
(2)Apply an input voltage and then re adjust VR1 to obtain the correct indication.
NABCO
74SS47012-01E-4/5
Troubleshooting
a) Order and/or reply divisions is/are not the same as the handle position
Check that the voltage between the

NO Wrongs wiring of the power supply
external terminals P-N(TB3) on the
lines or trouble with the power supply.
telegraph handle is 24±4.8V.
YES
Check that all wires to the external

terminals on the TLG-401 card are NO Connect the wiring to the external
correct (no breakage and no terminals.
incorrect grounding.
YES

NO The TLG-401 card is wrong.
terminals 1-3 of the connector
Contact NABCO
CN3 on TLG-401 card is 4.5±0.2V.
YES
NO
Connect the internal connectors
Check that the internal connectors
securely.
are securely connected.
YES The TLG-401 or TLG-402~405 card

NO
Check that the lamp test can be is wrong.
done. Contact NABCO
YES
The TLG-401 card is wrong.

Contact NABCO
NABCO
74SS47012-01E-5/5
Troubleshooting
b) There is no indication of LED divisions.
Check that the internal connectors NO Connect the internal connectors

are securely connected securely.
i YES
Check that all order/reply LEDs are NO Carry out the troubleshooting a).
extinguished.
i YES
Check that the lamp test can be The TLG-401 or TLG-402^405 card is
NO
done. wrong.
Contact NABCO
YES
The TLG-401 card is wrong

Contact NABCO
c) Gongs and buzzers are continuously sounded although the order and reply indication is
good.

external terminals B7 (TB1)-N (TB3) YES
Normal
on the telegraph handle is OVdc
(short-circuited condition).
NO
Check that the voltage between

the external terminals A7 (TB2)-N YES The gongs and buzzers are wrong or
(TB3) on the telegraph handle is their wiring is wrong.
24Vdc.
NO
The TLG-401 card is wrong.

Contact NABCO
NABCO B -> 9
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 1/11
Specifications
for
ML-8GOEI-A-G1 Telegraph Logger
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
'01 —
%%> 5J1 3E#
6/6
REV. NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK APVD.
MARK
8-30
ED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 2/11
1. Outline
The ML-800HI-A-01 telegraph logger is designed to always scan the positions of transmitters and
receivers used in the main and sub telegraph system; when any of the transmitters is operated, the
new position will be printed together with the control position, date, time, and actual engine speed; then,
when the receiver is operated to correspond with the transmitter position, the receiver position will be
printed together with the control position, date, time, and actual engine speed.
The required input signals are three: signals from the telegraph system (control position, main and sub
telegraph positions), signals from the master dock and an engine speed signal.
2. Specifications
No. Items Specifications

1 Corresponding telegraph MT-800HI telegraph system (NABCO)
system
2 Communication with telegraph Serial signal (two-conductor)
system
3 Display LCD dot matrix
4 Control switches Sheet (touch) switches built in panel
5 External I/O terminal block Spring type (available up to 1 .5-mm2 wires)
6 Outside dimensions W315xH240xD107
(including noise filters behind the body)
7 Weight Approximately 4.5 kg
8 Power supply 24VDC±15%
9 Working temperature range 0-40°C
10 Printing method TTiermal serial dot type
11 Winding-up method Automatic winding-up by DC motor
12 Possibility of writing letters on Possible to write letters on paper at the opening.
paper
13 General inputs 4
14 Analog inputs 4of±10V
15 Clock signal Clock signal from external master dock
16 Abnormal condition outputs 1 alarm contact (normally open) indudes:
CPU abnormal, telegraph communication error, and printer
error.
ON (dose) at abnormality.
ED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 3/11
3. Operation
(1) When Power Is Turned on:

When the power is turned on, the printer fieeds one line without printing and then prints the
current positions of main and sub telegraphs together with "P" mark that means power
supply.
The display shows "EE: EE. E" that requests to adjust the current time and date according to
6-(1) and 5-(2). When time adjustment begins, the display changes to "00:00.0".
While "EE: EE. E" is being displayed, the dock signal from the master clock will be ignored.
(2) Normal Operation

Any of the transmitters and receivers built in the main and sub telegraph system is operated, the
printer prints the new transmitter order position and the receiver response position together with
the control position, date, time, and actual engine speed. The new transmitter and receiver
positions will be detected when the position remains for 1 second or more.
Note: During bridge control, there will be no response in the main telegraph system.
6-
ED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 4/11
4. Functions
(1) Paper Feed

When replacing the paper roll or cutting the paper to paste it on a log book, press the PAPER
FEED button feeds the paper one line without printing.
Further pressing the button lets the paper to advance continuously.
(2) Test Print

Pressing the TEST PRINT button causes a division of the main or sub telegraph transmitter (that
has been printed before pressing the button) to be printed together with the control position, date,
time, actual engine speed, and the T mark that means test print.
Further pressing the button performs test print continuously.
(3) Time Print

Pressing the TIME PRINT button causes the displayed time and date to be printed. If the time
setting is not completed ("EE: EE. E" is displayed), a press of the button feeds the paper one line
without printing.
Further pressing the button performs time print continuously.
(4) Display Switching

With the FUNCTION button (A button) pressed, each press of the FEED button (B button)
switches among the time display, date display, and actual engine speed display.
"Time > Date > Actual engine speed
t J
(5) Actual Engine Speed Printing
When the engine speed variation becomes within 3 rpm after the engine speed changed 3 rpm or
more comparing with the previously printing engine speed, the actual engine speed will be printed
together with the telegraph divisions and the T mark that means the settlement of engine speed.
Note: When the engine speed is 20 rpm or less, the engine speed will be printed at 0 rpm (engine
at a stop).
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 5/11
5. Setting the Current Time and Date
A A A
D button TEST (SET
C button TIME (FIGURE)
B button FEED (DISPLAY)
9 e A button FUNCTION
(1) Setting the Current Time
Select the time display. \ I /

See 4-(4). T IME 1 1:31.5
/ I \
With the A button pressed, pressing the C button causes an hour digit to flicker.
While the A button is being pressed, each press of the C button lets the flickering point to
move according the sequence below. Since the flickering part can be set, press the C button
to select the flickering part with the A button pressed.
Hour Minute > Second Normal mode
With the A button pressed, each press of the D button causes the value of the flickering part
to increment. Continuous press of the button enables fast increase. Since there is no carry,
adjust each digit individually. (For the second digit "0" or "5" is displayed alternately each
time the button is depressed.)
Repeat the above steps (D and @ to adjust the current time.
p-34 TED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 6/11
After completing the time adjustment, select the normal mode by carrying out the step
(no flickering condition).
NOTE: Since the second digit is changed every 30 seconds, 0 to 29 seconds

are displayed as "0", and 30 to 59 seconds are displayed as "5".
Displayed value range

Hour digit 0 - 23
Minute digit 0 - 59
Second digit 0 or 5
(2) Setting the Current Date
Select the date mode. \ I /

See4-(4). DATE 01-12-24
/ I \
With the A button pressed,
press the C button causes the year digit to flicker.
While the A button is being pressed, each press of the C button lets the flickering part to shift
according to the sequence below. Since the flickering part can be set, press the C button to
select the flickering part with the A button pressed.
Year Month Day Normal mode

t
With the A button pressed, each press of the D button causes the value of the flickering part
to increment. Continuous pressing the button enables fast increase. Since there is no carry,
adjust each digit individually.
Repeat the above steps (D and @ to adjust the current date.

I ' '
After completion of adjusting the date, select the normal mode by carrying out the step
(no flickering condition).
Displayed Value Range

Year digit 0-99
Month digit 0-12
Day digit 0-28,29,30, or 31
(Depending on the setting of year and month digits)
ED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 7/11
6. Signal from the Master Clock
After completion of the current time, the time will be controlled with two signals (dock signal and
reverse signal) from the master dock. Input the clock and reverse signals as shown below.
(1) Normal
0.5 sec. or more

+24V
Clock signal 0V
-24V I 30 sec. I 30 sec, i
Reverse signal 0V
(2) During Time Adjustment
0.5 sec. or more

+24V
Clock signal 0V —
-24V
0.5 sec. or more 0.5 sec. or more
ov
Reverse signal -24V
Normal Reverse
B - 36
NAB CO 74SS48669-01E 8/11
7. Logger Abnormal Condition Outputs
If there is an error in communication with MT-800HI telegraph system, a printer error, or a CPU
abnormality, a logger abnormal condition signal will be outputted (ON at abnormality). This signal can
drive a load of 24 V DC with 70 mA at the maximum.
(Output form is "Open collector" by the photo-coupler.)
(1) Error in Communication With MT-800IETelegraph System

RXD ERR : Error display
The errors in communication with MT-800in telegraph system include cable disconnection, no
power supply to the telegraph system, repeatedly receiving of abnormal data, etc.
When the communication with MT-800IH telegraph system returns to normal, the display will also
return to normal.
(2) Printer Error

PRT ERR ' : Error Display
The printer errors include cable disconnection, paperjam, etc.

If printer error occurs, first turn off the logger, dear the trouble cause, and turn on the system again.
(3) CPU Abnormality

If CPU abnormality occurs, there is no error display (ordinary display).
To reset the trouble, turn off the logger and then turn on ft again.
8. Precautions
(1) Even if the logger is turned off, residual voltage will remain for a while.
Do not touch the inside charged parts immediately after turning off.
After turning off the logger, wait for more than 15 seconds and then turn on it again.
(2) This product is adopted with thermal paper so that the paper should not be stored in a place with
high temperature and high humidity.
(3) If the amount of paper becomes less (approximately 50 cm), a red mark will appear on the right
end of paper that means paper end. When you find the red mark, replace the paper as soon as
possible.
ED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 9/11
9. Printing Pattern of Telegraph Logger
Sub Telegraph Print

,v
r p CTfiD
\j olUr 0
pnuirn nit ,L
-rUWtn U>n ^ --- I
1 1. FINISHED WITH ENG. F.W.ENG
vr r0 r1 . wn. PUP
LWu 0
PfHA/FD UN"
-rUKKtK HM- +
^
r
2. STAND BY STANDBY
B », 20-02-2001 10 : 32. 5 C STAND BY 0
C ^
@OA_no ofifii iiv
Zlr-UZ ZUUI QQ 0K 0r OlANU
IU*OO. CTAKIR DT
RY 0 3. RUN UP RUNUP
20-02-2001 10:35. 5 CD. SLOW -AH 0 AT SEA AT SEA
D >@ 20-02-2001 10:36 0 C D.SLOW -AH 12 WORKING WORKING
20-02-2001 11:05.50 SLOW -AH 30 NAVIGATION NAVIGATION
@ 20-02-2001 11 :06. 0 C SLOW -AH 32 t
20-02-2001 12:23. OC FULL -AH 42 O 4. TRY ENGINE TRY ENG
@ 20-02-2001 12:24.0 C FULL -AH 44
# 20-02-2001 12:30.0 C FULL -AH 60 Q£
LU
Main Telegraph Print
20-02-2001 12:55. 5 C N. FULL -AH
@ 20-02-2001 12:56. 0 C N. FULL -AH
60
62 1 1. NAV. FULL N.FULL -AH
# 20-02-2001 13:00.0 C N.FULL -AH 71 AHEAD FULL AGAIN FULL A -AH
20-02-2001 13:27. O C RUN UP 71 RUNG UP RUNG UP
@ 20-02-2001 13:27.50 RUN UP 71 AHEAD FULL AWAY F. AWAY -AH
20-02-2001 13:27.5 B STOP 25
20-02-2001 22:45.56 F.W.ENG 0 2. AHEAD FULL FULL -AH
1 ^ L\-\)c
> 01_nO ZUUI
Ofifll fiQ->fA
Uo-W. UA D
D r.n.
r UU tNb
EKIft 0
TCCT DDIMT-
Itol rKINI
j 3. AHEAD HALF HALF -AH
^
21-02-2001 08:20.0 B STAND BY 0 4. AHEAD SLOW SLOW -AH

@ 21-02-2001 08:20.5 B STAND BY 0
21-02-2001 08:52.0 B D.SLOW -AS 0 5. AHEAD DEAD SLOW D. SLOW -AH
21-02-2001 09:05.5 B SLOW -AS -20
21-02-2001 09: 17. OB STOP -23 6. STOP STOP
21-02-2001 10: 10. OB D.SLOW -AH 0 NEUTRAL NEUTRAL
G ^ oi_/v} ZUul
^ ZI^/Z onni in-iR
lu- 10. R
0
21-02-2001 10:46. OB SLOW -AH 0 7. ASTERN DEAD SLOW D. SLOW -AS
21-02-2001 10:57. OB HALF -AH 25
H ^-H- 01-/YJ ZUUI
*+£ L\^JfL Ofiftl 11-nfi R D
II -UO. 0 R rULL
ni 1 -AH
nil 42 8. ASTERN SLOW SLOW -AS
K L M N 0
9. ASTERN HALF HALF -AS
A ^^ ^^ ^tf *. 4 *
A Power Supplied K Date

10. ASTERN FULL FULL -AS
B Order (print, color: black) L Time
C Reply (print, color: black) M Control Position
11. EMERGENCY FULL
D Replay mark N Telegraph Position
E. FULL -AS
E Test print 0 Actual engine speed
EM-CY FULL
F Paper feed EMERGENCY ASTERN EM'CY -AS
G Time print CRASH ASTAERN CRASH -AS
H Engine speed settlement mark HARD FULL HARD FULL
I Power supply mark ASTERN FULL AGAIN FULL A -AS
J Test print mark
Control Position Print
1. BRIDGE B
2.CONTROL ROOM C
3.ENGINE SIDE E
4. WING W
ED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 10/11
10. Printing Letters Setting List
Sub Telegraph
Division Names Equivalent to RUN UP

Set1 Set 2 Sets Set 4
RUNUP AT SEA WORKING NAVIGATION
Main Telegraph
Division Names Equivalent to N.FULL-AH

N.FULL-AH FULL A -AH RUNG UP F.AWAY -AH
Division Names Equivalent to STOP

Set1 Set 2
STOP NEUTRAL
Division Names Equivalent to EMERG. FULL

EMERG. FULL E.FULL-AS EM'CY FULL EM'CY -AS
Set5 Set6 Set? Set8

CRASH -AS HARD FULL FULL A -AS
If there is no specification, the set 1 will be adopted.
ED
NABCO 74SS48669-01E 11/11
11. Wiring Diagram
Telegraph communication signal

(from MT-800IE telegraph system)
Telegraph Logger
1
TB1 8 SIGNAL
J Clock Signal
GND
10
11 GNDNAL ] Reverse S'9nal
12
13 24VDC Logger
70mA MAX abnormaIi ty
GND
signal
+15V ~] Power supply for

-15V J Potentiometer
SIGNAL Actual engine
AGND speed signal
v- WITH (-10-+10V)
SHIELD
Power supplies for potentiometer are prepared at:
TB2 TB2-1(+15V),TB2-2(-15V), and
TB2-6(+15V),TB2-7(-15V).
Use these if needed.
Maximum allowable current of power supplies for

potentiometer is 60 mA in total.
Two of 1 kQ potentiometer, or
four of 2 kQ potentiometer.
24V Q 24VDC
TB3 24VDC±15%
0V GND
(GND)
0-40
ED
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 1/11
Instruction Manual
for
ML-800in Telegraph Logger
NABCO Ltd.
'01 — EJgi rE#

4/26 £*
REV. NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
MARK
ED
B-41
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 2/11
1. External Input/Output Terminal Blocks
Spring type terminal blocks are adopted for external input/output terminal blocks.
Be careful that the terminal block body has two openings; one for wire insertion and
one for tool insertion.
16
II ^ For wire insertion

PQ
1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 J <4
<*— For tool insertion
CN1
1 1 1 1 For tool insertion
rr
h^(
\
<
• •
II •
II II • • • • • • • • • •
For wire insertion
16
Figure 1: Terminal Block Arrangement (View from Rear of ML-800HI)
2. How To Replace Paper
2.1 Paper Replacement
Never try to print without paper, which causes malfunction.

When the paper end mark (red mark at the side of paper) appears, replace the paper
as soon as possible.
2.2 Replacement Procedures
1) Open the front panel of the telegraph logger.

2) Carry out the FEED operation so that the lastly printed line moves to a position
where paper can be cut easily.
3) Cut the discharge-side paper at the dot line part (Figure 2).
4) Then, cut the feed-side paper at the arrow point (Figure 3).
**** **** **** **** **

***** **** **** **** **** **
***** **** **** **** **** **
Printer Side
Feed Discharge
Roller Roller
Figure 2: Cut Discharge-side paper Figure 3: Cut Feed-Side Paper

(Front View) (Side View) ED
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 3/11
5) Carry out the FEED operation to discharge paper left in the printer.
6) Pressing it to the left side slightly, remove the discharge roller.
Spring Discharge roller
Guide plate
Figure 4: Remove the Discharge Roller (Front View)
7) Remove the discharge roller by raising the guide plate forward.
Guide plate
)
Printer
Feed
Roller
Figure 5: Remove the Feed Roller (Side View)
8) Pull out the old paper from the feed roller and attach a new paper roll. Then, set the
feed roller as shown in Figure 6. (Be careful with the paper direction.)
Guide plate
s ** X
\
; o ;.
/ \
Printer
Feed
Roller
Figure 6: Attach the Feed Roller (Side View)
ED
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 4/11
9) Fold the end of paper as shown in Figure 7.
Feed roller
Figure 7: Fold the End of Paper (Front View))
10) Feed paper into the printer.
Feed roller
Figure 8: Feed in Paper (Side View) Figure 9: Feed in Paper

(Front View of Printer)
11) Fit in the guide plate and carry out the FEED operation until the paper length of
discharge-side becomes enough to be wound up by the discharge roller.
Figure 10: Feed Paper (Side View)
ED
B-44
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 5/11
12) Insert the tip of new paper into the slit of the discharge roller from which the old
paper has been removed and wind it two or three times.
13) Pressing it to the left side slightly, attach the discharge roller.
Discharge roller Discharge roller
Figure 11: Wind Paper onto Discharge Roller Figure 12: Wind Paper onto Discharge Roller
(Front View) (Side View)
Spring Discharge roller
c
Guide plate
Printer
Feed Discharge
roller roller
Figure 13: Attach the Discharge Roller Figure 14: Completion of Replacement
(Front View) (Side View)
14) Carry out the FEED operation several times to take up the slack of discharge side.
15) Carry out test print to check the printing and wind-up functions are performed
properly.
16) Attach the front panel of the telegraph logger.
ED
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 6/11
3. Maintenance
3.1 Maintenance of Printer
3.1.1 Cleaning
Remove foreign matters, lint, and dust.

Vacuum cleaning is recommended (use of a vacuum cleaner). Sack up foreign matters
on the surface.
3.1.2 Inspection
(1) Daily Check
Check whether the printer works properly according to "Printer Check Procedures"
described in "4. Trouble and Solution".
(2) Regular Check
Check the following items regularly once every six months.
1. Foreign Matters, Lint, or Duct Adhered to Each Part

• A lot of foreign matters, lint, or dust are not to be adhered.
• Paper guide does not include foreign matters such as broken pieces of paper.
• There should be no deformation.
2. Printing Operation Check

• No abnormality in printing operation.
• No abnormality in paper feeding.
• Check that there is no abnormal movement due to worn or bent parts, clogged
paper, etc.
ED
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 7/11
4. Trouble and Remedies
This telegraph logger unit has stable performance since it consists of electronics parts;
however, if you find any trouble as shown below, check it referring to the Check
Procedures.
Contact NABCO for trouble that you could not repair.
4.1 Trouble Symptoms
Symptoms Remedies Remarks

No display on time indicator Check power supply (4.2.1).
Check connectors.
Time does not change by external clock Check external clock signals (4.2.2).
signal and external clock reverse signal. *
Revolution counter does not change. Check external input signal (4.2.3).
*
Data for analog input signals are Check external analog input signals
abnormal. (4.2.4). *
No print of order nor reply. Check printer (4.2.5).
Order and reply are printed incorrectly. Check wiring with telegraph system.
No test print. First check power supply (4.2.1) and then
No time print. check printer (4.2.5). If printer has no
No paper feed. trouble, consult NABCO.
Print does not stop. Turn off power once and than turn on it
• after a while.
The items with * mark in Remarks column differ depending on specifications.

Check the specifications of the telegraph logger in use and then carry out the operation
check.
I5-4-? ED
Q 1+ +15V DC Power supplies for potentiometer TB2-1 TB1-1 Communication with telegragh
Z
a
O
-15V DC Power supplies for potentiometer TB2-2 TB1-2 Communication with telegragh 09
O
CD
CO
w
Analog input 1 TB2-3 TB1-3 External 24V DC o
ro
O Analog ground(AGND) TB2-4 TB1-4 General digital input 1
Z
D
Frame ground(FG) TB2-5 TB1-5 General digital input 2
Q +15V DC Power supplies for potentiometer TB2-6 TB1-6 General digital input 3
-15V DC Power supplies for potentiometer TB2-7 TB1-7 General digital input 4
Oi
73 •
Analog input 2 TB2-8 TB1-8 External clock signal
CD Z
CD o
5' (D Analog ground(AGND) TB2-9 TB1-9 External clock signal
31
E
o 5T
Frame ground(FG) TB2-10 TB1-10 External clock reverse signal
CD
Q
o
3
O Analog input 3 TB2-11 TB1-11 External clock reverse signal
Q)
CD Analog ground(AGND) TB2-12 TB1-12 Logger abnormal condition output

CD CD
Frame ground(FG) TB2-13 TB1-13 Logger abnormal condition output
en
Analog input 4 TB2-14 TB1-14
00
CD CD O>
Analog ground(AGND) TB2-15 TB1-15
O>
i
O
Frame ground(FG) TB2-16 TB1-16 m
00
•0 . CD
<D
o- »
"* -a
Q) O
^ 5;
O CD
CO Q.
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 9/11
4.2 Check Procedures
4.2.1 Checking Power Supply
Measure the voltage between terminals TB3-24V and TBS-OV(GND) on terminal blocks
behind the telegraph logger.
When the voltage is 24 V DC±15%, the power supply is normal.
Open the front panel of the telegraph logger, and set the power switch to the ON position if
it is set in the OFF position.
If the condition does not change after setting the switch to the ON position, consult
NABCO.
Check Items Remedies

Check voltages on power If voltage is abnormal, check wiring from power supply.
supply terminals.
Check power switch is set If not, set switch to ON position.
at ON position.
No abnormality in check Consult NABCO.
items.
4.2.2 Checking External Clock Signal
When external clock signals are inputted, measure the voltage between terminals TB1-8
andTB1-9 behind the telegraph logger. When the voltage changes as OV-*+24V-»OV->-
24V-»OV, the signal from the master clock is normal. If not, check the wiring from the
master clock.
Take off the wiring of external clock signal, make temporary wires from terminals TB3-24V
and TB3-OV(GND), touch them with TB1-8 and TB1-9 respectively, and check whether the
time changes. If not, inform NABCO of symptoms.

Check input signals on If input signal is abnormal, check wiring from master clock
terminal blocks. and others.
Forcibly input signals. If time is not changed, consult NABCO.
ED
(3 - 4-7
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 10/11
4.2.3 Checking External Input Signals (e.g. Pulse Signal for Revolution Counter)
With the external input signals inputted, measure the voltage between TB1-3 and TB1-4
behind the telegraph logger. When the voltage changes as 0 V-»+24 V-»O V, the signals
from external devices are normal. If not, check the wiring from external devices.
When the ON/OFF speed of external input signals is too high, watching the ON/OFF could
be difficult. In this case, check the ON/OFF in the frequency range.
Take off the wiring of external input signals, make temporary wires from terminal TB3-
OV(GND) behind the telegraph logger, touch it with terminal TB1-4, and then check whether
the revolution counter indication advances. If not, consult NABCO.

Check input signals on If input signal is abnormal, check wiring from external
terminal blocks. devices and others.
Forcibly input signals. If operation is not normal, consult NABCO.
4.2.4 Checking External Analog Input Signals (e.g. Analog Input 1)
With the external Analog input signals inputted, measure the voltage between TB2-3 and
TB2-4 behind the telegraph logger. When the voltage changes as OV-++1OV-»OV(OV-*-
10V->OV), the signals from external devices are normal. In this case, consult NABCO. If
not, check the wiring from external devices.

Check input signals on If input signal is abnormal, check wiring from external
terminal blocks. devices and others..
No abnormality in check Consult NABCO.
items.
ED
NABCO 74SS48673-01E 11/11
4.2.5 Checking Printer
Symptoms Possible Causes (Malfunctions) Remedies

1. No printing. 1. Completely no printing
a) Flat cable for printer becomes detached Reinsert connector.
from connector part on PCB.
b) Head cable becomes detached from Reinsert connector.
head connector part.
c) Disconnection of power supply wires in Replace printer PCB
head cable.
d) Head failure. Replace printer PCB
2. No printing of specified dots
a) Disconnection of flat cable for printer. Replace cable.
b) Disconnection in head. Replace PCB.
2. Sometimes no 1. Contact failure between flat cable for printer Reinsert connectors.
printing. and connectors.
2. Contact failure between head cable and Reinsert connectors.
connectors.
3. Uneven printing 1. Worn or broken gears. Replace printer PCB.
4. Paper feed failure 1. Paper feed failure. Use genuine parts.
2. Paper feed mechanism failure. Replace PCBs.
5. Lighter printing 1. Head failure due to aged deterioration. Replace printer PCB.
6. Winding failure 1. Detached or broken winding-up belt. Correct or replace.
2. Setting failure of discharge roller. Reset correctly.
3. Paper setting failure to discharge roller. Reset correctly.
4. Slipped winding-up belt. Clean or replace.
ED
NABCO 74SS48658-11E 1/6
INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
MICRO-COMPUTER SYSTEM
M-800- H TYPE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
•
C/R MANUAL
^4
——
—
UT-800III '«/./*/* *,7. %
REV.
REVISION DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
MARK
B
NABCO 74SS48658-11E 2/6
1. Features
The control section includes the following features due to employing microcomputers:
(1) Easy Setting and Reading out of Data with Ten-key Numerical Pad
A ten-key numerical pad is provided on the control room control panel (also on the control room
safety panel) for easy setting each numerical value and reading out the data.
(2) Protection Against Sudden Drop in Power Supply
The microcomputer is protected from going out of control even if the power supply voltage for
the system drops instantaneously.
(3) Data Protection Against Power Failures
Nonvolatile memories (E-EPROM, Electrically Erasable PROM) are equipped to protect data
that is input by ten-key when the power supply to the system has failed.
(4) Self-Monitoring
The microcomputer system is continuously monitored as follows for keeping in proper

operating condition:
1) Watch Dog Timer

The operation of microcomputer is monitored at regular intervals.
(5) Monitoring of Major Input and Output Devices
The major input and output devices are always monitored for the following abnormal
conditions:
1) Any potentiometers equipped in the maneuvering handle or others have a break.

2) Any major solenoid valves have a break.
3) Any pick-up sensors(inductive switches) for speed detecting are abnormal.
4) Any sensors for safety system have a break.
(6) Prevention of Abnormal Inputs from Ten-Key Pad
Even if any data (constants) that affect a bad influence on the main engine are entered from
the ten-key pad, they will be avoided by the restriction of input range.
(7) Measures Against Noises
The following measures are taken to protect the system from malfunction due to noises:
1) Photo couplers are adopted in the digital inputs/outputs from/to the outside.
2) Severe noise tests are applied to all systems before delivery for confirming noise-resistant
performance.
NABCO 74SS48658-11E 3/6
2. Control system
(1) Order revolution at each divisions of the telegraph handle

037 039 041 043
038 044 045
1 144
1
1
1
1
1
A NAV. .-»_ft..
H
11
FULL .«.-!1-
E FULL ••—f I—*-*-™3M41
A New line after changing
HALF — -*-T 140 data in Address 041
SLOW
___+«
D.SLOW 1^
STOP
„..!_
A D.SLOW
r\
S SLOW
T HALF
FULL (•MMtM ••
N (E/F)
130
036
035 033 031.
030
Setting points are indicated on the figure.
The relation between handle positions and their order speeds is shown above.
The setting of telegraph transmitter positions, 130-144, has already been completed before
delivery and its readjusting is not necessary except in the case that the potentiometer will be
replaced with a new one.
When change of order speed is required, the new data for Addresses 030-045 is to be input in
R.P.M. unit according to the data change procedure described later.
For example, when the data for 041 is changed, a new polygonal line is obtained as shown by
the dotted line in the figure.
NABCO 74SS48658-11E 4/6
If the potentiometer in the telegraph transmitter is replaced for any reason, the new one is
necessary to be set and adjusted for the data in addresses 130-144 as follows:
Note:Data adjusting should be done in C/R control condition.
1) Place the Bridge telegraph transmitter in the center of the STOP division(click point).
2) Use a digital tester (never use an analog tester) to set the potentiometer. Set the
voltage between terminals TBS, 2(OV) and 4 for approx. 0 V (correctly, -0.02 to +0.02 V)
by moving it and then fixing it.
3) Confirm the output voltage polarity by moving the telegraph transmitter, it should be
positive in the AHEAD direction and negative in the ASTERN direction.
4) Turn off electric source switch for Bridge Indicator & Switch Panel and then, memorize
setting points of rotary switches (SW1, SW2) on printed board in Bridge Indicator &
Switch Panel.
5) Set these rotary switches (SW1, SW2) to "0" position.
6) Turn on electric source switch for Bridge Indicator & Switch Panel.
The digital indicator on the Bridge Indicator & Switch Panel show setting value of output
signal (voltage) from telegraph transmitter.
7) Confirm the digital indicator show "0.00"(v) at center of stop division (click point) of
telegraph transmitter. If it does not coincide, adjust a trimmer, VR1 in order to coincide
them.
Adjust a trimmer, VR2 in order to coincide in the digital indicator to "9.80"(v) when the
telegraph transmitter put on ahead max position.
8) After above adjustment work, turn off electric source switch for Bridge Indicator &
Switch Panel again and then, return rotary switches (SW1, SW2) to previous setting
points.
9) Turn on electric source switch for Bridge Indicator & Switch Panel.
10) Display the data in Address 321 on C/R control panel with the ten-key pad.
11) Read out all data in Address 321 when placing the handle in positions 130-144. (unit-
V)
12) Change the data in Addresses 130-144 with the ten-key pad.
(Enter the data taken in step 11)
13) Changing data procedure is completed.
B-
NABCO 74SS48658-11E 5/6
(2) Setting Time Schedulers
This system provides time schedulers to adjust the rate of change for governor setting
speeds.
The rate of change is determined by input from the ten-key pad.
The following are provided in this system:
014 (unit: R.P.M./min.) : Time scheduler for increasing speed in harbor speed range
and for canceling load up program.
015 (unit: R.P.M./min.) : Time scheduler for decreasing speed in harbor speed range
and for canceling load down program.
018 (unit R.P.M./min.) : Time scheduler for decreasingspeed after starting dash
019 (unit: R.P.M./min.) : Time scheduler for inccreasing speed after racing control
reset.
LOAD UP PROGRAM
209 : the data "0"(lnitial setting) means that time schedulerfor load up program range is
applied.
016 (unit: min.) : Time scheduler for load up program range
209 : the data "1" means that time scheduler for load up program range is devided
between upper zone and lower zone
094 (unit: min.) : Time scheduler for load up program range in upper zone(more
than presetting revolution(095(RPM):KNUCLE POINT)
016 (unit: min.) : Time scheduler for load up program range in lower zone(less
than presetting revolution(095(RPM):KNUCLE POINT)
LOAD DOWN PROGRAM

017 (unit: min.) : Time scheduler for load down program
(In case of not using load down program, the speed
decreasing according to decreasing speed in harbor speed
(015).)
NABCO 74SS48658-11E 6/6
3. Safety System
Please note that the setting data after delivery suit the regulation of ship's classificaton.
It is necessary to pay attention if the setting data is changed.
The automatic emergency shut down items in this system can be canceled by set data in 041 -04 *;
the data "1" means cancelable, "0" as noncancelable.
041 :For(SH-1)
042 : For (SH-2)
SH-1 ~SH- * : Check the specification
s Check the setting data on the tenkey list
04* :For(SH-*)
(The following ten-key setting for automatic slow down cancel function is optional item.
Before re-setting, check the your system by "ten-key data address lisf wherether this function is
applied or not.)
The automatic emergency slow down items in this system can be canceled by set data in 098; the
data "1" means cancelable, "0" as noncancelable.
098 : For crankcase oil mist high

Check the setting data on the tenkey list
4. Read out and display of data

Refer to operation manual for keyboard.(74SS48202-01 E)
5. Change of data
Refer to operation manual for keyboard.(74SS48202-01 E)
6. Setting data
Refer to the setting table for ten-key data-address.
74SS48615-01E 1/13
Instruction Manual
for
C/R Control Panel
[M-800 n M/E Remote Control System]

(for B&W Engines)
NABCO Ltd.
'00 YM ## ®m
.
7/20
MARK
'-U.
74SS48615-01E 2/13
This manual contains information about LEDs (light emitting diodes) and various buttons on
the C/R Control Panel for the M-800 H M/E Remote Control System.
The document has been made to explain the basic design philosophy of NABCO systems
and how to arrange their components not for any actual vessel.
Accordingly, even if some names of LEDs might be different from the actual vessel, the
reader can understand the meaning of them by referring this manual and the specifications
since the basic design philosophies are the same.
The explanation w i l l proceed block by block; for the whole contents, see the next
page.
B-
Option: Ten-key pad and data indication..
See page 4. Seepage 13.
See the separate 74SS48202-01E
AHEAD AHEAD AHEAD PROGRAM

ADDRESS DATA
ORDER SOL.V. START LEVEL LOAD UP
SLOW START
•O- FUEL LIM1T B B B B B B B
STOP TURNING SOL.V. RUNNINO BY-PASS 5PEE
See page 8
SOL.V.
-r-O -- •-—• N
LOAOOOM B S C
-€>- ©H -O
ASTERN MRITE 7 8 9 R
1— © swum
GOVERNOR CRASH
STOP REVERS. 4 5 6 W
SCAV, •
ASTERN ASTERN
LIMIT
CANCEL sflJT
rrni (r^
I UP 1 I DOWN t 1 2 3 D
ORDER SOL.V. WOSSIBU
I" T~l
.Jt
iLrJj iL-Jj
Seepage 12.
0 • V. E
CONTROL POSITION' _ REMOTE _ MONITOR
—ELECTRIC SOURCE — ~ START INTERLOCK
See page 5 O UAIN
SOURCE (ACI BRIDGE O SHUT DOWN NOT WORK CPU HARD
O EMERG. SOURCE IOCI CONTROL ROOM O TURNING GEAR DISENGAGED 15V SOURCE ABN.
O CONT. SOURCE O ENGINE SIDE O P.O. CUT WIRING ABNORMAL
O SUB TELEGRAPH NOT F/E COMMUNICATION ABN. This figure shows the
See page 5 ADDRESS DESCRIPTION UNIT
-REMOTE CONT. CONDITIONS-*!
O TELEG. TRANS. POTENTIO.
basic arrangement not
001 BRIDGE MAX. SPEED SET. RPM
O W START VALVE SERVICE o TELEG.RECEW. POTENT 10.
302 TELE6. HAMOU ORDER RPM O WX. BLOWER AUTO. o REVOLUTION SIGNAL any actual project.
303 SPEED ORDER FOR GOV. RPM
O AIR TO 01ST. OPEN
304 M/E REVOLUTION RPM The letters might be
O I1UMIMI .AMP,
O teST
different from the actual
M-800-lTS^lENGINE C
but the function of each
z block would be the same.
Major ten-key address table See page 6. See page 7. Option: Option:
Order and actual engine speeds See page 12. See page 12
and others are listed here.
74SS48615-01E 3/13
C/R CONTROL PANEL for M-800 n: Contents
Sequence Indication

ORDER SOL.V. START LEVEL LOAD UP
Example: START
SOL.V.
FUEL
RUNNING
LIMITED
SPEED
STOP
SOL.V.
STOP
ORDER I
—^
I :
I ASTERN
O Green
I {START LEVEL
GOVERNOR CRASH I I : Red

STOP
REVERS. 1
SCAV.
LIMIT L
CANCEL 5TART
ASTERN ASTERN l.__— IMPOSSIBLE
ORDER SOL.V.
I 2 I
MISS
IGNITION
The sequence indication shows the operating condition of the main engine and the remote control system.
When an LED lights upt the main engine or the remote control system will become the condition
indicated near the LED.
The LED "XX SOL. V." will be lit when an energizing signal has been given to the XX solenoid valve from
the remote control system.
Green LEDs light up under normal running conditions- An LED such as "XX SOL. V. "
Red LEDs light up under unsteady conditions such as starting failure and emergency reversing.
There is no sounding function on this panel.
flickers when the wiring to
each solenoid valve is judged
Some typical LEDs on the sequence indication are explained as follows: to be disconnected.
•AHEAD ORDER: Lights up when the maneuvering handle has been set in the AHEAD area.
•STOP SOL V.: Lights up when a signal has been given to the stop solenoid valve.
•MISS IGNITION 1: Lights up when the first starting attempt has been failed
oo
*
OS
74SS48615-01E 4/13
Electric Source Indication
•ELECTRIC SOURCE
These LEDs show electric source conditions.
MAIN SOURCE (AC)
Each LED lights up when the electric source is normal.
EMERG. SOURCE (DC)
The system is supplied AC and DC electric sources; the "AC"
CONT. SOURCE
and "DC" LEDs show their conditions.
The "CONT. SOURCE" LED lights up when the control sources
(5 V, 15 V, and 24 V) are normal.
Control Position Indication

CONTROL POSITION
Example: BRIDGE The control positions are indicated by LEDs.

CONTROL ROOM An LED that is lit now shows the current control position.
ENGINE SIDE The actual names showing control positions can be different
from the left names.
CP
74SS48615-01E 5/13
Indication of Remote Control Conditions
REMOTE CONT. CONDITIONS

This section includes LEDs showing conditions that must be
Example: tr»r
MAIN START VALVE SERVICE satisfied to operate the main engine remotely.
AUX. BLOWER AUTO. When the condition is satisfied, the corresponding LED will light
TURNING GEAR DISENGAGED
up.
These conditions might be different vessel by vessel.
o For the actual conditions for you vessel, see the specifications.
If the conditions are not satisfied, the control

position cannot be shifted from the C/R to the
bridge.
Under the unsatisfied conditions, the
"IMPERFECT REMOTE CONT." alarm will be
given.
C
74SS48615-01E 6/13
Indication of Starting Interlock Conditions
REMOTE CONT.
START INTERLOCK
This section includes LEDs for indicating conditions that must be satisfied
Example: SHUT DOWN NOT WORK
to start the main engine.
TURNING GEAR DISENGAGED When all conditions are not satisfied, the main engine cannot be started.
F.O. CUT Each LED lights up when the condition has been satisfied.
SUB TELEGRAPH NOT F/E The left conditions might be different vessel by vessel.
For the actual conditions for you vessel, see the specifications.
74SS48615-01E 7/13
Abnormal Monitoring Indication
MONITOR .
Example: CPU HARD

This section includes LEDs for indicating abnormal causes that have been
detected in the system.
15V SOURCE ABN.
The left abnormal causes show the standard; some vessels can be
WIRING ABNORMAL different from these.
COMMUNICATION ABN.
TELEG. TRANS. POTENTIO. Resetting the indication can be possible by pressing the "CAUSE RESET"
button in page 12.
TELEG. RECEIV. POTENTIO.
REVOLUTION SIGNAL
The lighting conditions for these LEDs are

described in the next page.
How to reset the indication is also explained
there.
74SS48615-01E 8/13
About the Lighting of LEDs in the MONITOR Section
Name of LED Lightening Condition How To Reset

Turn off the CONTROL power switch and then shift the
control position to a position where automatic control is not
CPU HARD Lights up when the CPU is judged abnromal. adopted. At a safety sea area, turn on the switch and then
check whether the condition is the same as before. If the
condition continues, it is necessary to replace the CPU card.
Shift the control position to a position where automatic
control is not adopted. At a safety sea area, turn off and on
Lihgts up when 15 V source is judged
15V SOURCE ABN. the CONTROL power switch and then check whether the
abnormal.
condition is the same as before. If the condition continues, it
is necessary to replace the power source card.
Flickers when any wiring to the start, stop,
ahead, or astern solenoid valve or the speed Check the wiring to solenoid valves or potentiometers of
WIRING ABNORMAL
order potentiometer in the telegraph handle is which LED flickers.
judged disconnected.
If the data in ten-key address 997 is "1", the communication
to the Bridge Panel will be abnormal. The data "1" in ten-key
Lights up when the communication process is
COMMUNICATION ABN address 998 shows the communication abnormality to the
judged abnormal. See page 11.
Safety Panel.
Check the wiring used to the communication.
Flickers when the wiring to the speed order
TELEG. TRANS. potentiometer in the telegraph transmitter is Check the wiring to the speed order potentiometer in the
POTENTIO. judged disconnected. The above "WIRING telegraph transmitter.
ABNORMAL" LED also flickers.
Flickers when the wiring to the speed order
TELEG. RECEIV. potentiometer in the telegraph receiver is Check the wiring to the potentiometer in the telegraph
POTENTIO. judged disconnected. The above "WIRING receiver.
ABNORMAL" LED also flickers.
Lights up when the speed signal is judged Check the wiring for the pickup signal line.
REVOLUTION SIGNAL
abnormal. For how to backup the speed signal, see the next page.
For detailed information about how to avoid any abnormality and how to reset it, see the separate "TROUBLE SHOOTING" manual.
74SS48615-01E 9/13
How To Solve Trouble With Engine Speed Signal for Control
A failed engine speed signal can be backed up in the M-800H system:

If the engine speed signal for control failed, the signal for safety can also be used in the control circuit.
Change the data in ten-key address 000 on the C/R Control Panel from "0" to "1".
(For how to change data, see the separate Ten-Key Pad Operating Manual.)
Then, the main engine control can continue by using the engine speed signal for safety.
However, during the backup operation, the alarm CONTROL SYSTEM ABNORMAL will be kept and the LED "REVOLUTION
SIGNAL" will flicker.
When the engine speed signal for control is restored, change the data in ten-key address 000 from "1" to "0
C/R SAFETY PANEL
F/V Con- Control

Section
version Backup M/E speed signal
Pickup signal
Switched by entering "1" in

ten-key address 000
L
-O
F/V Con- to control circuit
version
Pickup signal
Ox
C/R CONTROL PANEL
74SS48615-01E 10/13
About the Communication
The M-800 n remote control system employs triangular communications (right).

BIP
This means that even if one communication line fails with the remaining lines normal,
the ordinary control can continue without trouble.
The -»• mark in the right drawing shows the direction of a signal (inputs and outputs)
Where, BIP : BRIDGE INDICATOR & SWITCH PANEL w
CCP <4 „ CSP
CCP : C/R CONTROL PANEL
CSP : C/R SAFETY PANEL Triangular Communications
Example) If a communication line from CSP to CCP fails:
BIP
CCP CSP CCP CSP

ON
! Failed ! The signal will be relayed in the

direction: CSP -» BIP -> CCP.
QQ
74SS48615-01E 11/13
Pushbuttons
This button is used to reset the lighted or flickered LEDs in the

CAUSE MONITOR section.
RESET
After restoring the normal condition, press the button to turn off the
LED.
Press this button to light up all LEDs on the panel.

LAMP
TEST
iCAV? This button is provided as an option.

LIMIT I
(CANCEjj Pressing the button causes the governor fuel limit by scavenging air
pressure to be cancelled.
ITURNINGI This button is provided as an option.

(CANCELj
vXJ Pressing the button causes the starting by slow turning to be cancelled.
74SS48615-01E 12/13
Pushbuttons
These buttons are provided as an option.

LIMITED SPEED SET:
Pressing these buttons can set the upper limit of order engine speeds.
Even if the handle is operated above the upper limit, the actual engine speed
UP cannot exceed the upper limit value.
It—y To operate these buttons, proceed as follows:
1. First, indicate ten-key address 001. The current upper limit value will be
displayed.
2. Then, press both buttons simultaneously for approximately 3 seconds.
3. To increase the set value shown in ten-key address 001, press the UP
button.
Conversely, to decrease the set value, press the DOWN button.
One push equals to 1 rpm.
4. When a desired engine speed is displayed, the operation will be
completed.
5. Do not touch these buttons for approximately 1 minute since the setting
was completed.
When 1 minute has passed, the upper limit setting data will not be
changed even if these buttons is touched.
\)
74SS48615-01E 13/13
74SS48615-02E 1/12
Instruction Manual
for
C/R Safety Panel
[M-800IIM/E Remote Control System]

(for B&W Engines)
NABCO Ltd.
'00 YM *&# «ft

- —
7/20
MARK
p-?/
74SS48615-02E 2/12
This manual contains information about LEDs (light emitting diodes) and various buttons on
the C/R Safety Panel for the M-800 n M/E Remote Control System.
The document has been made to explain the basic design philosophy of NABCO systems
and how to arrange their components not for any actual vessel.
Accordingly, even if some names of LEDs might be different from the actual vessel, the
reader can understand the meaning of them by referring this manual and the specifications
since the basic design philosophies are the same.
The explanation w i l l proceed block by block; for the whole contents, see the next
page.
Ten-key pad and data indication
See the separate 74SS48202-01E
See page 6. See page 7
A/
See page 4. !
ELECTRIC SOURCE
SAFETY SOURCE
vV SLOW DOWN
PREWARNING
/
/
I UON1TOR
CPU HARD
ADDRESS DATA
/•
O SL-I i5v SOURCE ABN. ieiereiel

WIRING ABNORMAL
OEAC N B 5 C
SL-3 COMMUNICATION ABN.
SHUT OOWH
PREWARNING SL-4 REVOLUTION SIGNAL
7 8 9 R See page 12.
MITE
BRIDGE i SL-5 SHUT DOWN DEVICE UftE 4 5 6 W
See page 5. C/R
MANUAL
SL-6
I 2 3 0
SHUT DOWN
E/S SL-7 BRIDGE 1
WING - SL-8 C/H SHUT DOWN 0 • V. E See page 11.

CANCEL SW.
OVER SPEED SL-9 E/S •ENGINE SPEED TEST

SH-I SL-IO BRIDGE
SLOW DOWN
SL-H
CANCEL sw. CAUTION IITESTII
SH-2 C/H
BEFORE CARRYING
SH-3 SL-tf OUT THE ENGINE
SPEED TEST, THE SPEED
SH-4 SL-13 FUEL CAM POSITION UAIM ENGINE SHOULD
BE SET IN
STOP CONDITION.
SH-5 SL-U WRONG WAY
has i c arrangement not any
CANCEL CANCEL
CANCEL AVAILABLE CANCEL AVAILABLE actual project.

The letters might be
1 1
[wit*! iStOlM, UAWflJ CAUSE LAUPJ
KMKELJ tWCELJ pi UK RESET TEST]
d i fferent from the actua I
i-800-E
but the function of each
block would be the same.
Opt i on:
See page 11.
Co
C/R SAFETY PANEL for M-800 H : Contents 74SS48615-02E 3/12
Electric Source Indication
ELECTRIC SOURCE This LED shows electric source conditions.

SAFETY SOURCE It I ights up when the safety sources ( 5 V , 15 V, and
24 V) are normal.
74SS48615-02E 4/12
SHUT DOWN Indication
These LEDs show the conditions of emergency shut down causes. If an emergency
SHUT DOWN shut down operates, an LED corresponding to the shut down cause will light up
continuously. Then, immediately solve the abnormal condition.
PREWARNING
Even after the cause is solved, the LED will continue lighting. To turn off the LED, press
BRIDGE the CAUSE RESET button after resetting the shut down. When the emergency shut
C/R down has been reset, the LED will go off.
MANUAL
SHUT DOWN
E/S
In a case where emergency shut down will operate a specified time after an abnormal
WING condition is detected, the "PREWARNING" and abnormal cause LEDs will flicker at
OVER SPEED
intervals of 0.3 seconds during counting.
SH-I o
c
d) 0 If any manual/automatic shut down cause LED flickers at intervals of 0.5 seconds, the
O)
3
SH-2 0)
E O signal line for the cause will be disconnected. Then, the SYSTEM ABNORMAL alarm
V o> C
SH-3 r °
•*3
$o will be given and the "WIRING ABNROMAL" LED on the panel will flicker (page 7).
CO •D
E •*-» Immediately repair the disconnected signal line.
SH-4 "3 (0
SH-5
j
The "CANCEL" LED will light up when any emergency shut down is cancelled by the
emergency shut down cancel operation. Meanwhile, the "CANCEL AVAILABLE" LED
CANCEL
will light up when the main engine is stopped by a cancelable cause.
CANCEL AVAILABLE
The left indication shows an example; for the actual names of causes and LEDs, see
the outline drawing.
74SS48615-02E 5/12
SLOW DOWN Indication
SLOW DOWN
These LEDs show the conditions of emergency slow down causes. If an emergency
PREWARNING slow down operates, an LED corresponding to the slow down cause will light up
continuously. Then, immediately solve the abnormal condition.
SL-I
Even after the cause is solved, the LED will continue lighting. To turn off the LED, press
SL-2
the CAUSE RESET button shown on page 11 after resetting the slow down. When the
SL-3 emergency slow down has been reset, the LED will go off.
SL-4
SL-5 In a case where emergency slow down will operate a specified time after an abnormal
o
c
<D <D condition is detected, the "PREWARNING" and abnormal cause LEDs will flicker at
SL-6
SL-7
§ intervals of 0.3 seconds during counting.
C
o
SL-8 (0 -o
SL-9
I If any manual/automatic shut down cause LED flickers at intervals of 0.5 seconds, the
signal line for the cause will be disconnected. Then, the SYSTEM ABNORMAL alarm
SL-IO will be given and the "WIRING ABNROMAL" LED on the panel will flicker (page 7).
SL-II Immediately repair the disconnected signal line.
SL-12
The "CANCEL" LED will light up when any emergency slow down is cancelled by the
SL-13
SL-14 J emergency slow down cancel operation. Meanwhile, the "CANCEL AVAILABLE" LED
will light up when the main engine is slowed down by a cancelable cause.
CANCEL
CANCEL AVAILABLE The left indication shows an example; for the actual names of causes and LEDs, see
the outline drawing.
74SS48615-02E 6/12
Abnormal Monitoring Indication
MONITOR
CPU HARD
15V SOURCE ABN. This section includes LEDs for indicating

The lighting conditions for each
WIRING ABNORMAL abnormal causes that have been detected in
LED are shown in the next page.
COMMUNICATION ABN
the system.
The left abnormal causes can be different
REVOLUTION SIGNAL
vessel by vessel.
SHUT DOWN DEVICE
BRIDGE
C/R SHUT DOWN

CANCEL SW. When any CANCEL switch has been operated,
E/S the corresponding LED w i l l be lit.
BRIDGE If the wiring to a CANCEL switch is
SLOW DOWN
CANCEL SW. disconnected, the LED w i 1 1 fI joker.
C/R
FUEL CAM POSITION LEDs that i nd i cate abnormaIi t i es for

WRONG WAY maneuvering the vessel could be provided
here.
\>
74SS48615-02E 7/12
About the Lighting of LEDs in the MONITOR Section
Name of LED Lightening Condition How To Reset
Turn off the SAFETY power switch and then shift the
control position to a position where automatic control is not
adopted. At a safety sea area, turn on the switch and then
CPU HARD Lights up when the CPU is judged abnromal. check whether the condition is the same as before. If the
condition continues, it is necessary to replace the CPU
card.
Shift the control position to a position where automatic
control is not adopted. At a safety sea area, turn on and off
15V SOURCE ABN. Lihgts up when 15 V source is judged abnormal. the SAFETY power switch and then check whether the
condition is the same as before. If the condition continues,
it is necessary to replace the power source card.
Flickers when any wiring to the emergency stop Check the wiring to solenoid valves or potentiometers of
WIRING ABNORMAL solenoid valve or emergency/slowdown sensors is which LED flickers.
judged disconnected.
If the data in ten-key address 997 is "1", the communication
to the Bridge Panel will be abnormal. The data "1" in ten-
COMMUNICATION Lights up when the communication process is
judged abnormal. See page 10. key address 998 shows the communication abnormality to
ABN.
the Control Panel.
Check the wiring used to the communication.
Lights up when the speed signal is judged Check the wiring for the pickup signal line.
REVOLUTION SIGNAL
abnormal. For how to backup the speed signal, see the next page.
Flickers when the wiring to the emergency shut Check the wiring to the emergency shut down solenoid
SHUT DOWN DEVICE
down solenoid valve is judged abnormal. valve.
For detailed information about how to avoid any abnormality and how to reset it, see the separate "TROUBLE SHOOTING" manual.
74SS48615-02E8/12
How To Solve Trouble With Engine Speed Signal for Safety
A failed engine speed signal can be backed up in the M-800II system:

If the engine speed signal for safety failed, the signal for control can also be used in the safety circuit.
Change the data in ten-key address 000 on the C/R Safety Panel from "0" to "1".
(For how to change data, see the separate Ten-Key Pad Operating Manual.)
Then, the safety circuit control can continue by using the engine speed signal for control.
However, during the backup operation, the alarm SAFETY SYSTEM ABNORMAL will be kept and the LED "REVOLUTION
SIGNAL" will flicker.
When the engine speed signal for safety is restored, change the data in ten-key address 000 from "1" to "0".
PANEL
. F/VCon- 1 J Control j
^ Pi Section r
version |: Ii Backup M/E speed signal
Pickup signal • *
Switched by entering "1" in

ten-key address 000
L—o
F/V Con- to control circuit
version
Pickup signal
N3 PANEL
74SS48615-02E 9/12
About the Communication
The M-800 n remote control system employs triangular communications (right).

BIP
This means that even if one communication line fails with the remaining lines normal,
the ordinary control can continue without trouble.
The -» mark in the right drawing shows the direction of a signal (inputs and outputs)
Where, BIP : BRIDGE INDICATOR & SWITCH PANEL
CCP CSP
CCP : C/R CONTROL PANEL
CSP : C/R SAFETY PANEL Triangular Communications
Example) If a communication line from CSP to CCP fails:
BIP
CCP CSP CCP CSP

\ X
Failed The signal will be relayed in the

direction: CSP -* BIP -* CCP.
74SS48615-02E 10/12
Pushbuttons
This button is provided as an option.

Pressing the button enables the emergency shut down circuit to be cancelled
(SHUTDOWN!
CANCEL However, the cancelable causes have been set in advance.

law OWN!
Pressing the button enables the emergency slow down circuit to be cancelled.

.MANUAL,
1
SHUT OWN Pressing the button causes the manual shut down to operate.
, "•
This button is used to reset the lighting or flickering LEDs in the MONITOR
CAUSE
RESET section.
After restoring the normal condition, press the button to turn off the LED.
LAMP Press this button to light up all LEDs on the panel.

TEST
74SS48615-02E 11/12
Engine Speed Test Pushbuttons
ENGINE SPEED TEST

Operating the left switches enables the main engine speed test to be
carried out.
CAUTION IITESTII
BEFORE CARRYING
However, the test is possible only whi le the main engine is at a stop (0
OUT THE ENGINE rpm). In addition, even in this test mode, it w i l l be cancelled
SPEED TEST, THE SPEED
MAIN ENGINE SHOULD automatically if the actual engine speed exceeds 5 rpm.
BE SET IN
STOP CONDITION. UP
Procedures:
DOWN
Check that the main engine is at a stop.
2. Press the TEST button.
(When the condition is satisfied, the TEST button w i l l be lit.)
3. Select ten-key address 308 to indicate the mimic engine speed in the
DATA section.
4. Press the UP (or DOWN) button to increase (or decrease) the mimic
engine speed.
5. When the UP or DOWN button is not pressed for 1 minute or more, the
test mode w i l l be cancelled automatically, resulting in the mimic
engine speed 0 rpm.
6. When carry ing out an over speed test, increase the mimic engine speed
up to the over speed setting, which results in the lighting of the
"OVER SPEED" LED on the Panel.
74SS48615-02E 12/12
NABCO 74SS45898-11E 1/1
Engine Speed Test for Main Engine
The engine speed test switches for main engine are provided below the ten-key
numerical pad on the C/R SAFETY PANEL
The test switches enable you to carry out an engine speed test for main engine;
however, any tests attempted except the main engine stop condition (0 rpm) are
ineffective.
How To Use .
Garry out the test according to the following procedures:
1. Confirm the main engine is stopped.
2. Push the TEST illuminated pushbutton switch on the C/R SAFETY PANEL
( Confirm the TEST switch is lit.)
3. Set "308" in the ADDRESS section by pushing the ten-key numerical pad.
The mimic engine speed will be displayed in the DATA section.
4. The mimic engine speed will increase (or decrease) by pushing the test switch UP
(or DOWN).
Seethe DATA section forthe mimic engine speed.
Each time the UP switch is pushed the mimic engine speed will increase (or decrease)
by one rpm; pushing the switch for one second or more will make the mimic engine
speed increased (or decreased) smoothly.
Pushing the UP switch will increase the mimic engine speed ahead side ;
pushing the DOWN switch decrease it astern side.
5. When the switches UP and DOWN are nottouched for one minute or more, the test
mode will be cancelled automatically so that the mimic engine speed will become
"0" rpm
OVER SPEED TEST
Push the UP test switch until the mimic engine speed reaches the over speed setting
so that the cause LED "OVER SPEED" on the C/R SAFETY PAN EL will be lit.
_^^__> _, _l_ m
o \ o "^ o ! I II I I
FTESTj SWITCH
O ~
/^
o o o 4W • ^•v
"L"
s^
o o o
*
4
^^ f UPJ SWITCH
o o o -r
o o o .^_
j-
o o DOWN J SWITCH
Outline of the C/R SAFETY PANEL

NASCO 74SS48202-01E 1/4
OPERATION MANUAL
FOR
KEYBOARD C M-8 O O - H TYPE
NABCO Ltd.
CONTROL SYSTEMS DIVISION
ENGINEERING SECTION
— ? .
'ft. 04. 18 tf /#S&
MARK REVISION DATE DESIGN CHK. APVD.
6 -H
MABCQ 74SM82Q2-01E 2/
1. Construction of keyboard
Read-out and change of each set value memorized in the micro-computer can be
carried out by the keyboard operation. And the data can be displayed on the
digital indicators.
Name of key Description
Digital indicator
N (Next) : Increases the number of address
A
ADDRESS/
* \y DATA
by one.
B (Before): Decreases the number of address
i- j 1-4 1-*
t i by one.
I.S I.J i., t - J i.j t..r
S (Spare) : Special key for maker's
maintenance service.
This key is not neccesary for
O READ N B S C user to handle.
©WRITE 7 8 9 R C (Clear) Clears the data shown on the
display during data input
©WRITE 4 5 6 W operation.
ENABLE
1 2 3 D R (Read) Changes the mode from "WRITE"
to "READ". If this key is
0 • E operated, the mode can be
* changed to "READ" even if at
the condition of "WRITE ENABLE".
W (Write) : Changes the mode from "READ" to
Keyboard "WRITE". This is available at
"WRITE ENABLE" condition only.
D (Data) : Data input command.
O : LED (Green) This operation declares that
the input figures are memorized
: LED (Red) data.
E (Enter) : Enter key.
input data cannot be memorized
until this key operation.
0~9 : Address or data input key.
Key switch
: A decimal point input key
during data input operation.
(This switch is provided on
the back of keyboard) : A minus sign input key during
data input operation. By
pushing this key, "I* and "-"
is repeated alternately. But
in case of V, indication of
sign is suppressed at display
5-83
74SS48202-01B 3/
2. Read out of data

Input the address numbers of the desired data with the keyboard, and the
address number is indicated in order of the higher-digit. When three-digit
numbers have been set, the memorized data of the address is indicated.
If input the address numbers from 0 to 999, the address numbers should be
input in three digit numbers, (for example "000", "001", or "099")
In case of pushing of T key ("B" key), the address number increases
(decrease) one by oiie.
When the non-used address number is input, the following mark is indicated
on the data area of the digital indicators.
The data are classified into address 000 ~~ 999.
3. Change of data
Change of data is available at "WRITE" mode only, and the procedure is as
follows.
(1) Changeover to "WRITE" mode.
(D Switch for "WRITE ENABLE" to be on.
LED for "WRITE ENABLE" turns on. Mode is changed to "WRITE ENABLE",
and "W" key is available.
© Push the T key.
LED for "READ" fails and "WRITE" turns on. Mode is changed from
"READ" to *"WRITE", and "D" key is available.
(2) Input the address mumbers of the desired data with the keyboard.
Input address numbers are indicated on the address area of the digital
indicators and the memorized data is indicated on the data area of the
digital indicators respectively.
(3) Push "D" key.
Data area of the digital indicators is changed to blank and the computer
awaites orders.
B-
74SS48202-01B 4/4
(4) Input a new data with the keyboard.

The new data is input and indicated in order.
Data should be input in order of the highest-digit without fail.
When the data is first entered, it will be*displayed at the least signi
fleant digit of the data area. •'
When the following digit is entered, the data display so far is raised
to the upper digit sequentially, by which the value entered last is
entered to the least significant digit for display.
The data input is acceptable in any digits, however, the valid data is
that displayed at the data column.
The "." (period) key is acceptable only while "." is not used at the
data display unit.
T and "-" are repeated alternately every time the "+/-" key is
depressed.
(5) Push "B" key.
The data which is indicated on the indicators is memorized in the micro
computer. If the data is not reasonable, the data is not memorized,
and the following mark is. indicated on the data area.
E r r
When a mistake is found before the "B" key operation, the data is
cleared by pushing the "C" key.
Enter the new data in accordance with the previous step-(4), and depress
the "B" key.
Since the data will not be modified until the "B" key is depressed, turn
off the "R" key or WRITB-BNABIB switch to display the previous data.
In this case, the data has not been changed.
(6) Enter the address desired to change, and then perform the previous step-
(3). (4) and (5) repeatedly.
In this case, it is possible to change the addres by using the T key
and "B" key in the same manner as data-reading.
(7) Reset the "WRITE ENABLE" switch to "OFF".
LBDs for "WRITE" and "WRITE ENABLE" fail and "READ" turns on. Mode is
changed to "READ".
When the "WRITE ENABLE" switch is reset to "OFF", the period mark "." is
indicated on the second-digit of address indicator for about one minute.
When the period mark is indicated, the electric power source should not
be selected to off without fail. When fail, the power should be
supplied again. Then, the period mark is indicated again. The power
should be selected to off after the period mark disappears.
If the electric power is selected to off before the period mark
disappears and more over the power is kept off condition for about one
week, the changed data will be reset to former data.
B -S
SZH
NABCO
& i ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTION
FOR
SS45210-08E 1/2
'98.7.28 PLOSE GENERATOR
(TYPE PG-40*)
1. Installation :
This Pulse Generator should be mounted tightly on the mounting
bracket which is not included in NABCO supply scope.
The mounting bracket must be designed as the accerelation of
vibration for the Pulse Generator is less than O.lg and the gap
between pick up and wheel is kept 3.040.2 mm even in the vibration
caused the engine running.
Installed position should be designed as figure 1,
PULSE GENERATOR
CENTER LINE OF TURNING

J65
3. OiO. 2 mm
FIGURE 1
2. Adjustment
Adjustment should be made after power is supplied for the
remote control system. (See Fi$. 2)
2-1. Loosen Nut (al).
2-2. Rotate Nut (a 2) to move Pick-up (A) towards the face of
the turning
2-3. Ascertain that the LED turns on then loosen Nut (al) 1/2
turn. more.
2-4. Fasten Nut (a2) to fix Pick-up tightly.
2-5. Adjustment of Pick-up (B)(C)«(B) should bfc /made sevwie as
Note : *• Be careful not to change the wirings between Pick-ups

and terminal board in overhauling or adjustment.
If the wiring is changed, rotation direction sensing is
made incorrectly.
Knock pins should be set after the adjustment is completed.
6.9
-force. \ Uv»der {70
ED
NABCO SS45210-08E 2/2
NUT <aO HUT
TERMINAL BOARD
PICK-UP
PIN PICK-UP
TJED TURN-ON POSITION
FINAL SETTING POSITION
FIGURE 2
ED
COMPONENTS LIST
FOR
ENGINE HYUNDAI MAN-B&W 6S60MC-C

S.NO. HHI-1377/1378/1438
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
e Page4/,/5,6/, 19/06/2002 S.W.KIM S.W.KIM ^>ti}

d PageS/6, DS no was added 09/05/2002 S.W.KIM S.W.KIM ^>tii
c Page 3/6,5/6,6/6 Approved commentswere applied. 26/04/2002 S.W.KIM S.W.KIM ^>tii
Page 5 DC Converter for Handle position indicator was
b 31/03/2002 S.W.KIM S.W.KIM ^)tt
added
a Page 5 Handle position indicator was added 02/03/2002 S.W.KIM S.W.KIM S?fi
'- 09/09/2001 S.W.KIM ttT &m
REV. MARK NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
SH58363-00 1/6
REF. CODE PAINTING PIPING SUPPLIED
NABCO PC.NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE Q'TY REMARK
NO. NO. COLOR / MARK JOINT / MARK BY
BRIDGE CONSOLE SHIPYARD
(F3062437) BRIDGE INDICATOR INSTALLED ON

no 120 73071206-01 & SWITCH PANEL M-800 1 1 -W 1 MAKER'S STANDARD BRIDGE CONSOLE NABCO
N4.0 TZZ
INSTALLED IN
111 931 74747664-51 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT TBU-W 1 MAKER'S STANDARD BRIDGE CONSOLE NABCO
N1.0 TZZ TB1
(F4747687) FOR BRIDGE IND. &
112 930 74747687-06 FLAT CABLE L=4000 2 SWITCH PANEL NABCO
Qt=10 (CN3,5)
Qt=40 (CN6)
Qt=26 (CN7)
-
(F3798 104-07) INSTALLED ON

120 771 73798104-07 MT-800-III0407 MT-800-III 1 MAKER'S STANDARD BRIDGE CONSOLE NABCO
MS49334-02 TELEG. TRANSMITTER Nl.O TXX
(F3755804) INSTALLED ON
130 796 73755804-01 ML-800III-A 1 MAKER'S STANDARD BRIDGE CONSOLE NABCO
TELEGRAPH LOGGER N4.0 TZZ
INSTALLED ON
140 170 74061861-12 (PSU-22) PSU 1 MAKER'S STANDARD BRIDGE CONSOLE NABCO
POWER SOURCE UNIT N4.0 TZZ
200 725 74753031-03 DLQ144-pc-NB DQ 1 MAKER'S STANDARD BRIDGE CONSOLE NABCO
(F4753037-0*) REVOLUTION INDICATOR Nl.O TXX RIGHT-AH ISOmin-l.rpm
210 725 74753034-03 DLQ192-bc-NB DQ 1 MAKER'S STANDARD FRONT WALL NABCO
(F4753037-0*) REVOLUTION INDICATOR Nl.O TXX RIGHT-AH 150min-l,rpm
220 170 74063886-01 DIMMER PANEL 1 MAKER'S STANDARD FOR ITEM 200 NABCO
DARK GLAY TXX
7SH58363-00 2/6
230 170 74063886-02 DIMMER PANEL MAKER'S STANDARD FOR ITEM 210 NABCO
DARK GLAY TXX
(F4753233) FITTED ON
240 725 74753233-03 BRW-1 MAKER'S STANDARD STBD WING NABCO
(F4753037-0*) REVOLUTION INDICATOR Nl.O TXX RIGHT-AMI 50min-l,rpm
(F4753233) FITTED ON
250 725 74753233-03 BRW-1 1 MAKER'S STANDARD PORT WING NABCO
(F4753037-0*) REVOLUTION INDICATOR Nl.O TXX RIGHT-AH 150min-1,rpm
INSTALLED IN
260 725 74064961-03 DQ144-C 1 MAKER'S STANDARD CHIEF ENG'R BED ROOM NABCO
(F4753037-0*) REVOLUTION INDICATOR BOX Nl.O TXX RIGHT-AH 150min-1,rpm
INSTALLED ON
270 907 74736937-01 0120 MAKER'S STANDARD BRIDGE CONSOLE NABCO
TELEGRAPH BELL 7.5BG 7/2 TZZ
INSTALLED IN
280 725 74064961-03 DQ144-C MAKER'S STANDARD CHIEF ENG'R DAY ROOM NABCO
(F4753037-0') REVOLUTION INDICATOR BOX Nl.O TXX RIGHT-AH 150min-1,rpm
C/R CONSOLE SHIPYARD
300 170 73071207-01 C/R CONTROL PANEL M-800II-C MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
N4.0 TZZ
INSTALLED IN
301 931 74069240-51 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT TBU-C1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
Nl.O TZZ TB1,TB2,TB5,TB6
INSTALLED IN
320 931 74747195-51 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT TBU-C2 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
Nl.O TZZ TBS,TB4
(F4747766) FOR C/R CONT. PANEL
330 930 74747766-04 FLAT CABLE L=4000 Qt=60 (CN4,5) NABCO

340 930 74747766-05 FLAT CABLE L=4000 Qt=50 (CN3,6) NABCO
7SH58363-00 3/6
NABCO PC. NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE Q'TY REMARK
350 930 74747687-06 -LAT CABLE L=4000 1 Qt=10 (CN7) NABCO

360 930 74747687-07 FLAT CABLE L=4000 1 Qt=20 (CN2) NABCO

(F3062439) A INSTALLED IN
400 170 7307 1 208-0 1^—^C/R SAFETY PANEL M-800II-S 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
N4.0 TZZ
INSTALLED IN
410 931 74069240-52 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT TBU-S1 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
Nl.O TZZ TB11, TB12,TB15,TB16
INSTALLED IN
420 931 74747195-52 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT TBU-S2 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
Nl.O TZZ TB13, TB14
(F4747766) FOR C/R SAFETY PANEL
430 930 74747766-04 FLAT CABLE L=4000 2 Qt=60 (CN4,5) NABCO

440 930 74747766-05 FLAT CABLE L=4000 2 Qt=50 (CN3,6) NABCO



INSTALLED IN
500 711 74058344-1 1 PSU-24, PSU 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
POWER SOURCE UNIT N4.0 TZZ
7SH58363-00 4/6
NABCO PC. NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE Q'TY REMARK
NSTALLED ON
510 170 73071209-01 C/R INDICATOR PANEL 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
N4.0 T25
INSTALLED IN
520 170 74751813-02 RELAY PANEL 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
(FOR C/R MANEU. CONT.) N4.0 T25
(F3798117-04) INSTALLED ON
530 771 73798117-04 MT-800-IIIR1704 MT-800III 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
TELEG. RECEIVER Nl.O TXX
540 725 74753030-03 DQ144-C DQ 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
(F4753037-01) REVOLUTION INDICATOR Nl.O, TXX A RIGHT-AH 150min-1,rpm
INSTALLED ON
550 725 74753098-01 REVOLUTION COUNTER 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
TXX
INSTALLED IN
560 920 73063866-01 SOLID STATE RELAY PANEL 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
N4.0, TZZ
INSTALLED IN
570 728 74063484-04 A DC CONVERTER 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
TXX
INSTALLED IN
580 728 74063484-13 DC CONVERTER FOR VDR 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
TXX
INSTALLED ON
590 725 74742216-04 RUNNING HOUR METER 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
TXX
INSTALLED ON
600 904 74745170-01 HANDLE POSITION INDICATOR /\ 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
(DOUBLE ARROW VOLTMETER) TXX
(F3042 102-03) INSTALLED ON BRIDGE,
610 984 74042102-03 MANEUVERING INSTRUCTION 2 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R NABCO
PLATE TXX
INSTALLED ON
620 926 74751808-01 CONT. POS. CHANGE-OVER SW. 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
(FOR C/R MANEU. CONT.) TXX
7SH58363-00 5/6
NSTALLED IN
630 907 74736937-01 <D120 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
TELEGRAPH BELL 705BG 7/2 TZZ
NSTALLED IN
640 728 74063484-20 DC CONVERTER A 1 MAKER'S STANDARD C/R CONSOLE NABCO
TXX
MOUNTED ON
700 170 73071210-03 E/S TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR 1 MAKER'S STANDARD MAIN ENGINE NABCO
BOX N4.0, T25
LEFT-AH
-1 TELEGRAPH INDICATOR (1)
LEFT-AH150min-l,rpm
_o 725 74753029-13 DQ96-C DQ (1) MAKER'S STANDARD
(F4753037-T) REVOLUTION INDICATOR N4.0 TXX
720 907 73750620-01 <t>150, GONG 1 MAKER'S STANDARD A TELEGRAPH GONG" NABCO
(74DS40733-14) y£\ 7.5BG 7/2 TZZ /e\
A
FITTED ON ENGINE
730 727 73750626-01 PG-40A PULSE GENERATOR PG 1 MAKER'S STANDARD GLAND SIZE PG 13 NABCO
N4.0 TZZ
FOR DISCONNECT
800 913 74013802-01 3.9KQ, 1/4W 24 MAKER'S STANDARD MONITOR NABCO
RESISTER TXX
900 74Y53832-01 SPARE PARTS 1 MAKER'S STANDARD NABCO

7.5BG7/2 T02
7SH58363-00 6/6
Symbols for Piping Diagram
$$45^9-01-%
No. Symbol Main representation Note
1 Pipe passage Broken line especially

expresses the oil piping
Connection of pipes
Intersection of
pipes
Outlet of which top

end is closed
Air reservoir
(Air bottles)
Stop valve
(BALL valve)
Pressure gauge
(Single arrow)
8 Pressure gauge
(Double arrows)
Spring Springs are scarcely used

independently but used in
combination with other
symbols.
10 Variable tension This symbol is used when

spring tension of the spring can
be varied.
11 oo
Pressure switch Expresses a, b, and c type
contact point from the left
rT i
12 oo Limit switch Expresses normal position
o o and operated position from
W fl the left.
13 -Filter This expresses a filter

that accompanies the
draining device.
D-l
£5455*9-01-
14 & Check valve If flows from the right to

the left but not reverse
direction.
i—i
15 Relief valve*
(Safety valve)
16 Reducing valve,
adjustable type with
relief valve
17 Reducing valve,
adjustable type with
relief valve
(Mechanical action
through a rod)
18 Choke valve
(orifice valve)
19 Variable choke valve This represents a choke

that can vary its orifice
opening.
20 Double check valve

(shuttle valve) -He
21 Orifice check valve Controlled flow
Free flow
22 Check-choke valve Controlled flow
(choke valve with
checking function)
Free flow
23 3-port/2-position Normal Operated

switching valve position position
(Manual action
through a lever)
L When actuating factor comes

to work on the switching
valve, the block closest to
the factor symbol is connect
ed with the pipe passage.

(Push button action
spring return system)
0
When actuating factor comes to

work on the switching valve, the
block closest to the factor
symbol is connected with the
pipe passage.
25 3-port/2-position
Normal Operated
switching valve
position position
(Mechanical action

block colsest to the factor
symbol is connected with the pipe
passage.

—O (Pneumatic pilot
action spring return
system)
symbol is connected with the pipe
passage.

(Pneumatic pilot
action air spring
return system) A—j
/*"*

block closest to the factor .
pipe passage.

switching solenoid position position
valve (Example of
sequential action air
i.t z
pipe passage.
No Symbol Main representation Note

switching solenoid position position
valve (Electromagnetic
action spring return
system)
(External work on the switching valve,
Pilot Type) the block closest to the factor
pipe passage.
30 Cylinder Single motion (With spring)
31 Cylinder Double motion
32 Exhaust choke valve
33 Differential pressure
switch
H
D-4
Symbols . for Electric Diagram
No Symbol Main representation Note
51 Switch
•-4-Mark : operate position
52
i Push button switch A : "CLOSE" at pushed
(a contact)
?
A B
B : "OPEN" at pushed
(b contact)
53 Fuse
54 Auxiliary relay
55 Power relay
56 Timer
57 Flicker relay
58 Indicator or alarm
lamp
59 LED (Light emitting

diode)
$545520-01-%
60 DC motor
N
61 Pressure switch "CLOSE" at operated

(a contact)
B : "OPEN" at operated
(b contact)
B
62 Limit switch A : "CLOSE" at operated

(a contact)
B B : "OPEN" at operated
? (b contact)
A B
63 Variable resistance
V^W
64 Resistance
65 Potentiometer
—YAW
66
1 Condencer
T
67 Diode
68 Coil of solenoid
valve
69 Rectifier
70 Transformer
SSASSZO- Of -3/3
71 Contact of auxiliary "CLOSE" at operated

relay or power relay (a contact)
B "OPEN" at operated
(b contact)
B
72 Contact of timer Af.ter a prefixed time

elapse, the contact
is closed
? B After a prefixed time
elapse, the contact
A B
is opened
73 Contact of flicker
relay
0-7
BRIDGE MANEUV. STAND C/R CONSOLE
4C
C/ft CONSOLE
2C
PAGE1 C/R RELAY PANEL
BRIDGE AC220V.60HZ.10
INDICATOR TELEG. CONTROL POVER 2C C/R SAFETY TELEG.
£ SOURCE INDICATOR PANEL RECEIVER
SWITCH TRANSMITTER PANEL UNIT DC24V BATTERY PANEL
PANEL 2C
4C 2C
FLAT CABLE FLAT CABLE 4C FLAT CABLE
(X4) (XT) (X7)
o o
M
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
BC 45C
TO
PAGE1 C/R CONSOLE
u
CM
O
CM
U
CM
u 8
CM CM
RUNNING
HOURMETER
1C C/R CONT. POS.

2C AC220V.60HZ.1* C/0 SWITCH I HANDLE
C/R POSITION
5C POWER DC24V BATTERY MANEUV. INDICATOR
SOURCE HANDLE 19C
UNIT (ENGINE
5C MAKER
TO SUPPLY)
C/R CONSOLE 6C RELAY
2C PANEL 5C TO
C/R CONSOLE
2CS DC
CONVERTER o
CM
VDR
2CS DC DC
CONVERTER
2CS CONVERTER
^HA
4C ^jr-v rAcri
MATERIAL NAME
A PAGEUVW/S W« life &•» 3BL
REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
A PAGE 1/5 23/03/02 tub UU
%
WEIGHT
OUTLINE (1/2)
RELATION NO.
HHI-1377 CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
HARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD, SCALE 73H58363-91 1/5
'.
NABCO Ltd.
C/ft CONSOLE E/S
2C LS TURNING GEAR
DISENGAGED
4C MAIN START. VALVE
S3 SERVICE/BLOCK
2C SV-5 ;. SHUT
DOWN SOL V.
J 2C START AIR DISTRIBUTOR
C/R U BLOCKED
INDICATOR N
PANEL C
T
19C I 2C CONTROL POS.
PS P2 C/0 LEVER EMERG. POS.
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT 0
N 2C E/S REGULATING
WAFT EMERG. POS.
2C E/S P.O. HANDLE
B S11 STOP POS.
0 2C FUEL CUT
X P1R
P16
SIGNAL ACTIVE
2C
MV NQ- SEAUNG AIR SOLV.
2CS START AIR

LS PRESS SIGNAL
2CX4 AUTO. EMERG. BOX E/S OR C/ft CONSOLE

CRTS SHUT DOWN ITEM.
2CX16 AUTO. EMERG.
PS CRTS SLOW DOWN ITEM.
7C VALVE
2C BOX (ENGINE MAKER SUPPLY)
RELAY
PANEL
2C J/fc MV SLOW TURNING SOL V.
25C E/S TEUEG. *

INDICATOR
BOX
2C
J MS N0.1 CYL AH.
U
N 2C
MS N0.1 CYL AS.
C
T
13C I > 6 CYLINDER
0
N 2C MS N0.6 CYL AH.
B
0 2C MS N0.6 CYL AS.
X
4CSX2 PULSE
GENERATOR
6C nw/%«
12C BLOWER
STARTER
MATERIAL NAME
REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
WEIGHT
rn RELATION NO.
OUTLINE (2/2)
i CODE NO. DWG. NO.
\ REV.
HARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD, SCALE 73H58363-91
^^^— _ ___—_-___-_________— ^__
NABCO Ltd.
2/5
BRIDGE MANEUV. STAND C/R CONSOLE
J
U 2C
TELEGRAPH SOURCE N MAIN START VAL\€
LS BLOCK
C/R C
G. TCLEG. T
I 2C CONTROL AIR
BELL BELL PS P11
P11
BLOW OFF
0
2C 2C N
B 2C SAFETY AIR
PS BLOW OFF
2C 0
CLOCK SIGNAL X
2C 2C
4C
E/S
TCLEG. INDICATOR 2C
TCLEG. TCLEG. BOX G.
LOGGER TRANSMITTER GONG
11C
2CS 2CS
2C.2mnrf 2C,2mrrf
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
.:w
ELATION NO.
OUTLINE
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
U,
REV.
HARK
NOTE DATC DESIGNED CHK SCALE 73H58363-91 3/5
NABCOLtd.
FRONT WALL S1BD C/R CONSOLE
PORT
VMNG WING
REVO. REVO. REVO.

INDICATOR INDICATOR INDICATOR REVO.
INDICATOR REVO. REVO.
REVO. COUNTER REVO. SIGNAL FOR
COUNTER SIGNAL SIGNAL NAM.SYS.
8
CM
8
CM
8
CM
o
CM O
CM|
OT
8
CM o
SOLID STATE DC DC E/S INDICATOR BOX
8 CM RELAY PANEL CONVERTER CONVERTER
8
04
o 8
CM fc
BRIDGE 2CS
q O MANEUV. TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
CM CM
STANDS
REVO.
2CS INDICATOR
DC24V 2C
DIMMER DIMMER C/E BED ROOM
2CS
= REVO.
INDICATOR
REVO.
INDICATOR
C/E DAY ROOM
TELEGRAPH 2CS
LOGGER
REVO.
INDICATOR
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
OUTLINE
T10N NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK APVD. SCALE 73H58363-91 4/5
NABCOLM.
C/R
2C _ TO
C/R CONSOLE
DC24V (FROM C/R POWER SOURCE UNIT)
2C 3CS
C/R
2C MANEUV.
HANDLE
o
2C
2CS DC C/R CONT. POS.
FUEL LOAD SIGNAL FOR AMS CONVERTER C/0 SWTCH
GOVERNOR
2CS CONTROL
UNIT o
F.O.RACK 10C
INDICATOR TERMINAL
2CS BOARD UNIT
5C
2CS
3CS
CM
o ENGINE
CM SIDE
JUNCTION
BOX
GOV. SCAV. LOAD

AC220V.30 4.0mnf ACTUATOR GOV, PULSE CHANGE
DRIVE ACTUATOR GENERATOR PRESS. DEPENDANT
3C TRANS.
UNIT LUBRICATION
f ENGINE N
( MAKER )
VSUPPLYX
"NABCO'SUPPLY
MATERIAL NAME
GOVERNOR SYSTEM
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
OUTLINE
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
C
REV,
HARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO SCALE 73H58363-91 5/5
NABCO Ltd.
BRIDGE MANEUV. STAND
POWER SOURCE UNTT
TB1
MAIN SOURCE AC220V 60HZ
TO1
TB1 S. SOURCE DC24V BATTERY
TB1 N
TB2 P2 PAGE2.
TB2 N2 PAGE2.
TELEGRAPH SOURCE <
TB2 P2 PAGEZ
TB2 N2 PAGE2.
BRIDGE UNIT BRIDGE INDICATOR ft SVHTCH PANEL

SOURCE
TB1 P1 TB1
TB1 N1 TB1
S) PAGE4. FG TB1
JJ PAGE4.
JJ PAGE20.\ FOR ILLUMINATION TERMINAL BOARD UNIT F
§5 PAGE20./ REV. INDICATOR
BRIDGE UNIT BRIDGE UNIT TB1 P1 TB2
SOURCE SOURCE TB1 N1 TB2
TB1 P2 TB2
TELEGRAPH
SOURCE
TB1TN2 TB2
13 PAGE3.
C/R CONSOLE
TB2 9 COMMON
TS
TELEGRAPH SOURCE FAIL -o o- TB2 10 TELEGRAPH SOURCE FAIL (CLOSED AT NORMAL)
"| TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER
SUB TELEG. F/E SIGNAL

SUB TELEG. F/E SIGNAL TB1T A9 (ON AT F/E)
MATERIAL NAME
30/M/B2 ItKh UUQi M
20A22A23/ at
PACE0/,17/1»/M WEIGHT
/5.?fM9?_?^
PACE17/.19/
25/W/Q2 illta
11/08/02 iUto
at
at
W.
25/12/01 sta.
.ELATION NO.
HHI-1377 CODE NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
DWG. NO.
PAGES/
29/05/02 SMb REV.
HAM
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK W>VD, SCALE 73H58363-01 1/
NABCO Ltd.
BRIDGE MANEUV. STAND MASTER CLAOCK
TELEGRAPH LOGGER
—1 +24V
TB1 8 TCI +\ /> n ftttf î£MAi
IA.WUIV OlvrlMl.
— —i i— *—i i— ov
2A.
TB1 9 TC2 nv
TP1 m TTX .s 1
TB1 11 TC4
<COPAGC2. COUNTER CLOCKWISE
TB3 24V
TB3 OV C/R CONSOLE
TELEGRAPH
TB1
TB1 A11 TB1
B11 TB1
TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER 24V TB3
OV TB3
TB2 A5 A1 TB2
TB2 A6 A2 TB2
U-..
TB2 A4 —i PAGE1.CC A3 TB2
TB1 A11 PAGE1.CD B1 TB2
TB1 B11 B4 TB2
TB3 24V 7QPAGE1 A7 TB2 SOUND SIG.
DC24V B8 TB1 F/E REPLY CONDITION
TB3 OV If) PAGE1
TB2 81 A9 TB2
TB2 B2 A10 TB2
TB2 B3 i— B5 TB2
TB2 A1 B6 TB2
TB2 B4 B7 TB2
TB2 A3 TO BRIDGE MANEUV. B8 TB2
TB2 A7 STAND BODY B9 TB2
A8 TB1 RELAY P.B SIG.
A10 TB1
TELEGRAPH BELL
B9 TB1 SUBTELEG.
A9 TB1
TELEGRAPH BELL f
2.0mm* 0120 BELL

TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX
TB1 PAGE2.
DC24V TB1 PAGE2. JUNC BOX
TB1
TB1
o o- P11
TB1
TB1
c CONTROL AIR BLOW OFF
(CLOSED AT BLOW OFF)
> F/E REPLY
TB1 8 -o o P13 SAFETY AIR BLOW OFF CONDITION
(CLOSED AT BLOW OFF)
TB1
TB2 -o o- S4 MAIN START. BLOCK POS.
(CLOSED AT BLOCK)
TB2
TB3
TBS 11
TBS 12
0150
TELEGRAPH GONG
MATERIAL NAME
GGNEWSCMfCKB WEIGHT
1DE/5 B.AMDL BOX 30/M/Q2
3d
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
HARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK APVDJ SCALE 73H58363-01 2/
NABCOLtd.
BRIDGE MANEUY. STAND
TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER POTENT10
TB2 A9 1
TB2 A10 J
TQA. 1 77
A/ TOO
10^ COMMON
ID* s*\ ""^s^ ^^
^
5?°2
o o TDJ. m 9ft
«o TR9 TELEG. TRANS. STOP POS.
TELEG. TRANS. STOP POS. ID* 1U IDZ ^^
^
44
ID* 11
IUU.U1
TD.J- 4O XI.
o* TO9 TEIJEG. TRANS. STOP POS.
TELEG. TRANS. STOP POS. ID* 12 IDZ
TD..4
Id* S
TELEG. TRANS. BELOW THAN AH. SLOW O TD4.
ID* 9Q
£9 TDO
IDA ^^ BELOW THAN AH. SLOW
TD.4.
ID*
•JUHUB
TB4. in TQ*5 .^
TELEG. TRANS. AHEAD POS. ID* •9U ID^ TELEG. TRANS. AHEAD POS
i^ ^ T« fc
TELEG. TRANS. ASTERN POS. TDA
ID* ^.^^ «?i TR9
IDA ^^ TELEG. TRANS. ASTERN POS
COMMON KAtitl.Vi/ x^"
19
14 TDO
|DZ
CONTROL POS. C/0 SOUND SG./*RONG WAY ** mi

TD4 Q7
O/
1*%
10 TOO
IDZ C/0 SOUND SIGNAL/WRONG WAY
IX TR7 — *»
BRIDGE CONTROL ^^
^ TD4
IDI
Aft
AD 10 ID& u u CONTROL
E/S TD1
ml Qfi TR7
IDZ w u
^* DO
{
TD1
lol
TELEGRAPH F/E ?^^»
o o TD1
IDI DO
HZ
7
/ TR7
ID&
• a TR1 Rt
TO Rp|^c^
DI\IUuC
MJ
i^*
TP1
IDI
MANEUV. STAND. J F
BODY '
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
S NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD SCALE 73H58363-01 3/

NABCO Ltd. AC
I BRDGE MANEUV. STAND C/R CONSOLE
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT

TERMWAL BOARD UNIT
> FOR SAFETY SYSTEM
FOR CONTROL SYSTEM
TTYCS-4
1/4W3.9K
31 TB13|
MANUAL SHUT DOWN P.B.SW. 32 TB13 MANUAL SHUT DOWN P.B.SW.
COMMON
CONTROL SOURCE FAIL CONTROL SOURCE FAIL
SAFETY SOURCE FrtL TB2 83 SAFETY SOURCE FAIL
TELEGRAPH TRANSMITTER
TO DIGITAL INDICATOR
(M/E ORDER REVOLUTION)
PAGE1, (S
PAGEI.rf
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. SCALE 73H58363-01 4/
NABCO Ltd. A0
BRIDGE INDICATOR ft SWITCH PANEL FLAT CABLE (NABCO SUPPLY) TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
BCN3
CN3 CN3
CN5 CN5
CN6 CN6
B
CN7
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
73H58363-01 5/
i|
•S*.
REV. NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. SCALE
MARK
NABCO Ltd. ACl

CONSOLE"
C7R"CONTROL1»ANEL FLAT CABLE 4m (NABCO SUPPLY) TERMINAL BOARD UNJTgFOR CONTROCSYSTEJfl * f
CCN1 CCN1
CN1 CN1 TB4
CN2 eat CN2 TB4
CN3 CN3 TB2
CONNECTOR CN4
CQ44 cow CN4 TB1
CONNECTOR
CN5 CN5 TB2

CN6 CN6 TB3
CN7
21 TB1
22 TB1 •o o- CONTROL SOURCE NORMAL
37 TB2
38 TB2
63 TB1
64 TB1 •o o- CONT. SYS. CPU ABNORMAL
15 TB3
16 TB3
TERMINAL BOARD UNlflFOR SAFETY SYSTEMf f
31 TB12
32 TB12
63 TB11
64 TB11 •o o SAFETY SYS. CPU ABNORMAL
37 TB12
38 TB12
21 TB11
22 TB11 -o o SAFETY SOURCE NORMAL
C/R SAFETY PANEL FLAT CABLE 4m (NABCO SUPPLY) I
SCN7B
CN7B TB14
'SCN1 *~~ ~~™
CN1 CN1 TB14
CN2 CN2 TB14
CN3 CN3 TB12
CONNECTOR < > CONNECTOR
CN4 CN4 TB11
CN5 CN5 TB12
CN6 CN6 TB13
CN7 CN7A TB14
MATERIAL NAME
CHANGED IB NO. WEIGHT
A 23/10/02 SJUth HXb
A INPUT OUTPUT LIST
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV. NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD SCALE 73H58363-01 6/
NABCO Ltd. AC
"C/R CONSOLE"
POWER SOURCE UNIT
MAIN SOURCE SW.
AC/DC
TB1 MAIN SOURCE
TB1 AC220V. 60HZ, 1*
TB1 EMERGENCY SOURCE
TB1 N 0V DC24V BATTERY
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT FOR CONTROL SYSTEM
EMERG. SOURCE SW.
TB2 51 TB2 COMMON
AC 55 TB2 MAIN SOURCE
CONTROL M™ «J« DC
TB2
SOURCE SW. EMERG. SOURCE o o- TB2 54 TB2 EMERG. SOURCE
TB1 P1 TB1 TB1 TB2
TB1 N1 N TB1 N TB1 N TB2
TB3 TB3 TB4
N TB3 N TB3 N TB4
CONTROL PANEL
TB1 P1 TB1
FOR CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT
TB1 N1 TB1
TB1 P1F TB1
FOR VENTILATION FAN
TB1 N1F TB1
TB1
TO C/R CONSOLE
BODY
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT FOR SAFETY SYSTEM
SAFETY
SOURCE SW.
TB2 P2 TB11 TB11 TB12
TB2 N2 N TB11 N TB11 N TB12
TB13 TB13 TB14
N TB13 N TB13 N TB14
C/R SAFETY PANEL
TB1
FOR VENTILATION FAN
TB1
TB2 P2 TB1
FOR SAFETY SYSTEM CIRCUIT
TB2 N2 TB1
TB1
TO C/ft CONSOLE
BODY
C/R INDICATOR PANEL
TB2 P3 PAGE12. 1 TB1 -0-24V

•CS* TB2 N3 TB1 0V
FOR C/ft RELAY PANEL
MAIN SOURCE FAILURE |AC

TB4 COMMON
NORMAL •o o- TB4 MAIN SOURCE FAILURE TO ALARM
aosE TB4 COMMON CIRCUIT
EMERG. SOURCE FAILURE DC •o o-
TB4 EMERG. SOURCE FAILURE
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
^
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK APVD SCALE 73H58363-01 7/
NABCOLId.
CONSOLE"
" FTERMINAL BOARD UNIT | ~C^ INDICATOR~PANEL~I
, 1
TB1 11 3 TB1 COMMON
(NOT USE) TB1 12 4 TB1 (NOT USE)
LOAD PROGRAM TB1 13 5 TB1 LOAD PROGRAM
(NOT USE) TB1 14 6 TB1 (NOT USE)
LIMITED SPEED TB1 15 7 TB1 LIMITED SPEED
MAIN START VALVE SERVICE TB1 16 8 TB1 MAIN START VALVE SERVICE
MAIN START VALVE BLOCKED TB1 17 9 TB1 MAIN START VALVE BLOCKED
SLOW TURNING REQUEST TB1 18 10 TB1 SLOW TURNING REQUEST
START AIR DISTRIBUTOR BLOCKED T01 10 11 TO1 •i START AIR DISTRIBUTOR BLOCKED
mil 11 1Z IOI ^ IAJMMUN

BRIDGE CONTROL TB11 1O
1Z 13 TR1
IDI m DRirvsF rnMTOm
C/R CONTROL TB11 13 14 TR1
IDI . »» r/& pflNTRrti
E/S CONTROL TB11 15 TB1 . i . *• r/t fWJTOfti
FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD TB11 15 16 TB1 .„.,_:». nin PALJ pni t PR AMP An
FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN TB11 16 17 TB1 •» nin PAU PHI i m A^TFPM
SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL TB11 17 18 TB1 _.._..». CTAV i IUIT rAwrn
COMMON TB2 31 13 TB2
TB2 32 14 TB2 *^""1
| .ft?i. _:.! A1IY
MUA. Rl fiWTR "5W
AUX. BLOWER AUTO. POS. | T DU.wTTL.f\ C»ff.
TB2 23 1 TB3 •»» r/ujunw

TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE o o TB2 24 2 TB3 ^ TiimjiMC PTAP niCFkiÂr*r
TURNING GEAR ENGAGE TB2 25 3 TB3 •^ TitPMiNir rrAP rwrArr
(NOT USE) TB2 26 4 TB3 ^ /fci/\T t \^T\
(NOT USE) TB2 27 5 TB3 •^ /MrtT 1 1*^">
AUX. BLOWER AUTO REQUEST TB2 28 6 TB3 ^ A i IY DI OU/TP AI ITA prni ircT
COMMON TB2 72 7 TB3
(NOT USE) TB2 73 8 TB3
SCAV. UMIT CANCEL P.B. TB12 39 10 TB3
PROGRAM BY-PASS P.B. TB2 65 12 TB3 O
O rt.—
O —. DPAPPAU
KKUUKAM nV™DAt»
UT KASK» D D
r.tf. /A
Aj>
—:
TB£
IDO 13 COMMON
AUX BLOWER AUTO REQUEST TO*
IO3 14 AUX BLOVER AUTO REQUEST (FOR AMS) ^
SUNnumNCREOUESI MATERIAL NAME

Axi NOTAPKJEO 30/M/Q2 SilQi SlXhi
PIKX BY-PASS WAS
/ay u» SUfc ^ \MOGHT
^J\
AOOQ) 23/12/02 «n|l
ÊUVTION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
A» 1ASADOO) ES/IO/DZ SUta S.Ute
3KL CODE NO. DWG. NO.
^
SLWTVJRHWGflEQUEST
APPUED
9/D6/Q2 iUte
^ 1HARK
REV, NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. AFVD. SCALE 73H58363-01 8/
NABCOLtd.
C/ft CONSOLE
C/R INDICATOR PANEL [ AUX. BLOWER STARTER
TB2 J11
—. _
TB2 2 J12 AUX. BLOVfcR I RUNNING
TB2 5 D1
AUTO^STPP UANU. D4
AUX. BLOWER I AUTO. POS. t 1 TB2 6 AUX. BLOYfcR I AUTO. POS.
11 j_VL
AUX. BLOY^R I STOP -_-

7 D3 -^ AUX. BLOWER I STOP
(OPENED AT STOP) TB2
AUX. BLOWER I RUNNING TB2 8 D2 AUX. BLOWER I RUNNING
(CLOSED AT RUNNING)
TB2 3 J21
TB2 4 J22 O f\ ,„_ AUX, BLOWER II RUNNING
TB2 9 06 COMMON
1 1 AUTO.AS1PP,MANU. D9 AUX. BLOWER II AUTO. POS.
AUX. BLOWER II AUTO. POS. f 1 1 TB2 10
11 11 f4
AUX. BLOWER II STOP

(OPENED AT STOP)
AUX. BLOVTCR II RUNNING n
1 TB2 11 D8 AUX. BLOWER II STOP
(CLOSED AT RUNNING) TB2 12 D7 AUX. BLOWER II RUNNING

__L
TBO
ID^ 17 |
C/R MANUAL SLOW TURNING 1 TB9
IDZ 18
RELAY PANEL
TB3
TB3
TB4 -^ COMMON
SUB. TELEG. F/E SIG.(CLOSED AT F/E) TB4 •^ SUB. TELEG. F/E SIG.(CLOSED AT F/E)
TB1 15 -»- COMMON
AT SHUT DOWN o o- TB1 16 SHUT DOWN
TB2 15 COMMON
OPEDED AT SHUT DOWN -o o- TB2 16 SHUT DOWN
SUBTELEGR.
TB1 COMMON
F/ESIG -o o- TB1 13 SUB TELEG. F/E SIG. (CLOSED AT F/E)
TB1 14 SUB TELEG. F/E SIG. (OPENED AT F/E)
TB3 13
TB3 14
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
TB11
CLOSED AT SHUT DOW -o o- TB11 8
MATERIAL NAME
30/04/02 WEIGHT
RGMPME11 2t!L
DELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK APVD. SCALE 73H58363-01 9/
NABCO Ltd.
cTft CONSOLE"
| TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
TBS 1 . COMMON
OPENED AT CONTROL SOURCE FAILURE TBS 2 . CONTROL SOURCE FAILURE (AC & DC INCLUDE)
l TBS COMMON
OPENED AT STARTING FAILURE ' A_ft TBS 4 . STARTING FAILURE
TBS 5 . COMMON
OPENED AT ENGINE NOT READY CONDITION
TBS ENGINE NOT READY CONDITION
TBS COMMON
OPENED AT START BLOCK
TBS START BLOCK
TBS COMMON
OPENED AT CONTROL SYSTEM ABNORMAL m
TBS CONTROL SYSTEM ABNORMAL
TBS ii
44
COMMON
IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONTROL TBS 17
1£ IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONTROL
TB15 4
1 COMMON
OPENED AT SLOW DOWN REQUEST A * SLOW DOWN REQUEST
TB15
TB15 3 COMMON
OPENED AT SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE [1
•_. TB15 4 SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE
OPENED AT SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE

TB15 5 COMMON
TB15 6 SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE
TB15 7 COMMON
OPENED AT SAFETY SOURCE FAILURE TB15 8 SAFETY SOURCE FAILURE
TB15 9 COMMON
OPENED AT FUEL CAM POS. ABNORMAL TB15 FUEL CAM POS. ABNORMAL
1 TB15 11 COMMON
OPENED AT SAFETY SYSTEM ABNORMAL *_. TB15 12 SAFETY SYSTEM ABNORMAL
OPENED AT AUTO. SLOW DOW

TB16 1 COMMON
TB16 2 AUTO. SLOW DOWN
OPENED AT EMERG. SHUT DOWN
TB16 3 COMMON
TQ1A
IDlO 4 EMERG. SHUT DOWN (MANUAL * OVER INCLUDE)
TQ1R
IDIO S COMMON
TD1A
IDlO 6 OVER SPEED
TD1C
IDlO 7 COMMON
OPENED AT MANUAL SHUT DOWN TR1R
IDlO 8 MANUAL SHUT DOWN
TP1R
IDlO 9 COMMON
OPENED AT CRITICAL SPEED TD1A
IDlO 10 CRITICAL
TD1A
IDlO 11 COMMON
OPENED AT WRONG WAY TQ1A
IDlO 12 WRONG WAY
TP1
IDI 24
CLOSED AT M/E LESS THAN RPM 1P1 25 M/E RUNNING SIGNAL (CLOSED AT M/E LESS THAN D/S rpm OR STOP ORDER)
(FOR ALARM BLOCK OF CYL LO. NON-FLO^)
OPENED AT M/E LESS THAN RPM 7P1
IDI 26
TD1
IDI 27 M/E ASTERN SIGNAL (CLOSED AT ASTERN RUN)
CLOSED AT M/E LESS THAN RPM 28 (FOR ELECTRIC BALANCER)
OPENED AT M/E LESS THAN RPM • !• TR1 29
CLOSED AT LESS THAN RPM | ZZ
TR1
IDI 30 M/E RUNNING SIGNAL
TR1 31 (FOR EXH. GAS ALARM CANCEL)
TB1
IDI 33 M/E RUNNING SIGNAL FOR ALARM REPOSE
OPEN AT RUN TO1 34 (OPEN AT RUN)
CLOSED AT RUN TO! 35 I
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. WVD, SCALE 73H58363-01 10/
NABCO Ltd. AC
CONSOLE'
ISOLATION UNIT
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT N1
TB14 52 11 + OUT+ 51 M/E REVOLUTION SIG. TOR AMS

TB14 55 12 - OUT- 52 (AS. MAX-AH. MAX./4-20mA)
REVOLUTION SIGNAL TB14 58 -es 41 21 L.—.
TB14 59 42 W- - 22
L-.
TB14 57 --J
41 W+ + 11
U 42 W- 12
OUT+ 51 M/E REVOLUTION SIG. FOR NAVI.
OUT- 52
1— - ---
UL
1
(AS. MAX.-AH. MAX./-10V ~+10V)
TB14 REVOLUTION COUNTER

TB14
TB14 21 +24V
TB14 22 SIG.
—i
TB14 16
0V
SOUD STATE RELAY PANa
_—
13 fpi\
{Kl)
8
12 u n~
*T
1 —i
n
UL*~ "
~ _ f
DC24V\ M/t REVO. COUNTER SIGNAL
SIG. / (IPULSE/IREVO.)
ISOLATION UNIT
TB14 32 C/R MANEUV. HANDLETOJGINE MAKER SUPPLYVT

TB14 34 12
TB14 37 51 OUT* 41 PAGE22.
TB14 38 52 OUT- IN- 42 '00 PAGE22.
TB14 39 *—i
7B12 52
7B12 55 10 •o a- C/R HANDLE STOP POS.
TB12 54 PAGE1Z c/R PONT.

PAGE12.CP 23 C/R CONT. POS. C/0 SWTCH
C/R i ± B/R
TB12 53 24 if BRIDGE POS.
HANDLE POS. INDICATOR(DOU8LE ARROW METER)

TB14 62
TB14 60
TB14 61 Li BRIDGE HANDLE POSITION
FOR HANDLE POSL INDICATOR < •*•
TB14 63
C/R HANDLE POSITION
TB14 64 ^^ri— -»
TB14 65 .—_j
RUNNING HOURMETER
TB11
CXOSE AT M/E MORE IHAN IGNITION LEVEL [
-o a TB11
DCOCNVER1EX MATERIAL NAME

&2 VMS ADDED. 50/M/Q2 SLlXh SWfa ^
3C- M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
HANOI POS, MX A WEIGHT
&2 WASADOCD. 23/12/02 vvlpvi^^
^ 5CL
ELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APM) SCALE 73H58363-01 11/
NABCO Ltd.
C^CONSOLE
\NIX£ (ENONE MAKER SUPPLY} | KfcLAY HANU. |
/ , DA/SC*7 /^TN TIM

fV**lJ\/ J AV*t/« v * J x 1
^^ i QAf^CT ^^?^ TP1 DC24V
^— r Awl /• kj^x 2
MV 11 "TP9
2«5
TW7
DC24V
24V OJ
*^
12
START POS. (CLOSED AT START POS.) lo 4 TP1 C/R HANDLE START POS.
STOP-START POS. (CLOSED AT STOP-START POS.) 1
1O1 5 TO1
IDI C/fc HANDLE STOP-START POS.
3ST]£ C/fc HANDLE START DELAY SIGNAL
START DELAY SIGNAL 4O
l«f 1 TR4.
TTJJ
START DELAY SIGNAL 01
<tl 2 ID^ C/R HANDLE START DELAY SIGNAL
TELEGRAPH RECEI>^~
TB4 6 6 TO1
IDI COMMON
AHEAD POS. TB4 7 7 TR1
IDI TELEGRAPH AHEAD POS.
ASTERN POS. TB4 8 8 TB1 TELEGRAPH ASTERN POS.
1 C/FCONtrPOSC/O SWITCH
11 9 TB1 COMMON
C/R j. B/R 10 TB1 C/R CONT. POS. C/0 SWTCH C/R POS.
C/R CONT. POS C/0 SWITCH C/R POS. T 12
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
TB11 CM2 11 TB1 COMMON

BRIDGE CONTROL TB11 18 12 TB1 BRIDGE CONTROL
TB11 33 1 TB2 COMMON
SHUT DOWN UNOPERATC TB11 35 2 TB2 EMERG. SHUT DOWN UNOPERATE
TB2 9 1 TB3 +24V COMMON
TB2 10 2 TB3 AHEAD C/0 SOL. VALVE ON SIGNAL
TB2 11 -
3 TB3 ASTERN C/0 SOL VALVE ON SIGNAL
TB2 13 4 TB3 START SOL VALVE ON SIGNAL
TB2 14 5 TB3 STOP SOL VALVE ON SIGNAL
TD*>
COMMON IDZ 42 TB2
TPO SOL VALVE ON SG. AT C/R CONTROL
SOL VALVE ON SIG. AT C/R CONTROL IDZ 47 TB2
TD1 1 44
COMMON ID1Z 51 11 TB4
TT31 0 PRESS. SW. FOR REMOTE
PRESS. SW. FOR REMOTE I01Z 47 1O
1Z TB4
DAf?F11 /^pS
TB4
pAr^n'rSS C/R HANDLE STOP-START POS.
r AV^Ll 1 • \^*^/ TB4
TB2 6 TB4 COMMON
TB2 7 1A
111 TB4 SLOW TURNING SOL V
TB2 70 1*K TB4
1O i
C/R MANUAL SLOW TURNING OPERATE
TB2 71 TB4
TB2
RELAY PANEL SOURCE FAIL
TB2
I
COMMON
RELAY PANa SOURCE FAIL
(C/R CONTROL ELECTRICAL SOURCE)
IATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
J1ON NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV,
MARK
NOTC DATE DESIGNED CHK. SCALE 73H58363-01 12/
NABCO Ltd.
CONSOLE
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT START AIR PRESa TRANSj
15V TB4 32 START AIR PRESS. SIGNAL

SIG. (4-20mA) T84 33 4-20mA/0-40kgf/cm»
TB4 35 I—i
RELAY PANEL VALVE BOX (ENGINE MAKER SUPPLY)
TBZ O »
TOO
TBZ
11
11 O n...... -i -.-IT-I REMOTE CONT. AIR NORMAL (CLOSED AT NORMAL)
1O m m
TOT
Too
^^
ID«5
n\ o AHEAD C/0 SOL V,
TOT
TOO
irt
1O f*^
TOT
mo 44
II
ft A Q ASTERN C/0 SOL V.
TOT 19 1
I DO 1Z 1
0*^
I. n rtAirt START SOL V.
ft nAî STOP SOL V.
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
I
"X.
REV.
MARK
NABCO Ltd. AC
C/R CONSOLE E/S TELEG. ft IND. BOX |
~T~TERMINAL »DARD UNIT A

1B2 13 3 TP9
ID£ COMMON
4 TR7
TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE TB2 J^-FHd» TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE
TURNING GEAR ENGAGE TB2 1R
1O 5 T¥W
IOA T *ter* TURNING GEAR ENGAGE
_n-UiJW
TB2 1
IOA 9 TB1 —o o-J "^
+• TB12 1>;
ID 6 TB7
IP* COMMON
IT iî**
EMERG. SHUT DOW TB12 7 TB9 [^ tKl ^ EMERG. SHUTDOWN
14 8 TR9 SLOW DOWN REQUEST(NOT USE)
SLOW DOWN REQUEST(NOT USE) TB12 ID& , _yjW '
TB11 1
SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE I TB11 9 TR9 SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE

SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE o o TB11 10
IDA
TR9
ID A.
'•^-?H^
1 . ^ "^^j SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE
BRIDGE CONTROL TB12 1-7
i/ 11 TB2 BRIDGE CONTROL
•in •î^r 5 *
C/fc CONTROL TB12 IO 12 TB2 - ^ "^* J C/R CONTROL
E/S CONTROL Cr TB12 10
la 1 TB3 ^ jr>J^j| E/S CONTROL
FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD TB12 20 cTb-i. j «l^1 FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD
V (NOT USE)
FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN T812 21 FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN
WtONG WAY T812 22 4 TB3 rt îJI^N WRONG WAY
7B12 16 5 TB3 ^—o o-J '^
^
COMMON TB13 1 8 TB3 1/ 9K
V-
MANU. EMERG. SHUT DOWN SW.
f SG
TB13
TBH
2 9
10
TB3
TB3
C; M,\NU. EMERG. SHUT DOWN P.B.SW.
RPM SIGNAL )
TBH 15 •^_ _U,_ ,_-U^ î,—_
11 TB3 "(SI)* M/t REVOLUTION INDICATOR
TBH 27 —1 1
3 TB3
COMMON TB13 3 TB3 1 /mu ^ o^
EMERG. SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE P.B.SW.•

X:^/
TB13 4 TB3 v u^ EMERG. SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE P.B.SW.
COMMON1 TB12 48 m
1U TB1
44
FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEDAi TB12 49 ii TB1 FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD
FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN1 TB12 50 10
iz TB1 FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN
•
PULSE GENERATOR |
TO C/R CONSOl£ JUNC BOX
TB4 1 BODY
TB4 +L ^
*
TB4 4 L
FOR CONTROL
TB4 5 CD1
trl
TB4 6 T
— —— _Y
V- EP2 ^ •/
TB4 2 —1 -~ I PULSE GENERATOR
1 N
TBH • +U ^
TBH 4
. tKO
rot FOR SAFETY
TBH 5 ^*
TBH 6 t *T
r=i t—a — - w^
EP4 ••
TBH 2 .J \ —i
TBH 1
TO C/R CONSOLE
BODY
^m *
J/felASOQfTH) MATERIAL NAME

&« 30/64/02 tl» ilXta I M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV,
HARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD, SCALE 73H58363-01 14/
NABCOUd.
E/S TELEGRAPH A INDICATOR BOX ITS"
JUNCBOX
COMMON
NO. 1 CYL FUEL CAM AH.
NO. 1 CYL FUEL CAM AS. TB4

3 NO. 1 CYL FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD
). 1
NO. 2 CYL FUEL CAM AH.
NO. 2 CYL FUEL CAM AS.

TB4
a NO. 2 CYL FUEL CAM ROLLER
NO. 2 CYL FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN
NO. 3 CYL FUEL CAM AH. NO. 3 CYL FUEL CAM
NO. 3 CYL FUEL CAM AS. 3 CYL FUEL CAM ASTERN
NO. 4 CYL FUEL CAM AH. ^ TB4 t CYL FUEL CAM ROLLER
NO. 4 CYL FUEL CAM AS -TTB4 I 8 NO. 4 CYL FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN
NO. 5 CYL FUEL CAM AH. TB4

5
NO. 5 CYL FUEL CAM AS. TB4 10 ». 5 CYL FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN
NO. 6 CYL FUEL CAM AH. TB4 11 .6 FUEL
NO. 6 CYL FUEL CAM AS. 12 NO. 6 CYL FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN
• MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NABCO Ltd. ACl
OfiTcONSOLE W"
1 TERMINAL BOARD
JUNCBOX
TB12 ;. SHUT DOW SOL v.

1B12
COMMON TB2 TURNING GEAR DGSENGAGE (CLOSED AT DISENGAGE)
TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE TB2 -o o-
COMMON TB2
}
MAIN START. VALVE SERVICE POS, (CLOSED AT SERVICE)
MAIN START. VALVE SERVICE POS. TB2
MAIN START. VALVE BLOCK POS. 7B2 36 MAIN START. VALVE BLOCK POS. (CLOSED AT BLOCK)
COMMON TB12 42 —o P2 E/S CONT. POS. C/0 LEVER EMERG. POS.

E/S CONT. POS. C/0 LEVtR EMERG. POS. TB12 43 -o (CLOSED AT EMERG. POS.)
E/S FUEL REGULAT. SHAFT EMERG. POS.
EA FUEL REGULAT. SHAFT EMERa POS. *•- TB12I 44 •o o- (CLOSED AT EMERG. POS.)
E/S F.O. HANDLE STOP POS. (CLOSED AT STOP)
E/S F.O. HANDLE STOP POS. TB12 46
COMMON 1B2 45 FUEL OIL CUT OFF (CLOSED AT CUT)
FUEL OIL CUT OFF 1B2 50 •o o-
TB12 12 IJ SEAUNG AIR SOL V. (POS. NO. 190)
TB12 11 T^™^-^
oô
COMMON TB3 START AIR DISTRIBUTOR BLOCKED

START AIR DICTRIBUTOR BLOCKED TB3 -o o (CLOSED AT BLOCKED)
T84 SLOW TURNING SOL V.

SLOW TURNING SOL V. TB4 8 o\o
ATERIAL NAME
;«OGHT
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV,
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. M>VOJ SCALE 73H58363-01 16/
NABCO Ltd.
C/R CONSOLE
1 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT JUNG BOX E/S r

I
TDIJ I 5
I I I .
I I 1/4W3.9K
.' wr ,
THCM •» r1 a |
L J SH-1 MAIN LO. LOW PRESS. (NORMAL OPEN)
FOR SHUT DOWN
I TDIO o 1 1| ,,- Sn^
^ **
I
TB13 1 7 1 1/4W3.9f
• /.M Hyjr .
SH-2 THRUST PAD HIGH TEMP. (NORMAL OPEN)

Toio o | '^b'o^ FOR SHUT DOWN
I .
1 ID15 1
TD1 *t I O
9 ' •1'/4W 3 91
ftiT
^ ..... v SH-3 EXH. \'/V ACTUATOR MLET PRESS LOW (NORMAL OPEN)
1 ^S o^
I TD4 T T 4 A
iDl O | 1O .. FOR SHUTDOWN
11
I ID1*5 1
TQ1 T 1 H
11
1 /4W
;' 3 91
flyjr
X^ ..,,,,.,„ j* SH-4 T/C LO INLET PRESS LOW (NORMAL OPEN)
1 - -. >o o^
I TP1 T 1 1*5
IDIO | 1Z FOR SHUT DOWN
i 1
v-
I TrSTrT" *•»
lDl«9 | 1O 1
1 /4W 3 9
' fflaT
A { L
I
N.
s /
> SH-5 CYL C.F.W, PRESS LOW (NORMAL OPEN)
I
f TO1
IDIOT|I 1A
1O I I I 5Tr
^° "^ FOR SHUT DOWN
_J
&
CHANODIBMNALM i
23/10/02 SMb '& MATERIAL NAME
SJUto 2C.
A SH-5 WASADOED 11/00/02 SLIKta &Ub ^
50.
WEIGHT
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
L REV.
MARK
NABCO Ltd.
17s
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT JUNC BOX
1 I1 | ,
I TD4T
1015
4*7
17 1 ' l /i/__?j
1l
p—'
.9K
SL-1 MAIN LO INLET PRESS LOW (NORMAL OPEN)
IOl3 1 lO , 11 J >c
^ FOR SLOW DOWN
TolO 1 19
I1 |
' v <
1/T 1.9K
TB13 1 20
, Jz -2
I
ê
T
SL-2 PISTON CO. INLET PRESS LOW (NORMAL OPEN)
FOR SLOW DOWN
1015 21
I1
'/ T,
1/1 *.9K
1 Tol«5 1
TD4Y 1 0*5
22 I
1 1
r ^J
^
SL-3 CYL C.F.W. INLET PRESS. LOW (NORMAL OPEN)
FOR SLOW DOWN
1 | |
I TDIO
TTM^ Of
2o 1 1
' 1/1 L9K
ts
'/ ^
SL-4 T/C LO PRESS LOW (NORMAL OPEN)

l
I TQ4T
TDlt?
*>A
24 1 1 1 ^ FOR SLOW DOWN
CyE"CONSOLE
TB13I 25
SL-5 MAIN LO INLET HIGH TEMP. (NORMAL OPEN)

TB13I 26 FOR SLOW DOWN
TB13 27
SL-6 PISTON C.O. HIGH TEMP. (NORMAL OPEN)

TB13I 28 FOR SLOW DOWN
TB12I 56
SL-7 CYL C.F.W. OUUFT HIGH TEMP. (NORMAL OPEN)

ITB12I 57 FOR SLOW DOWN
ITB12I 58
SL-8 T/C LO. OUTLET HIGH TEMP. (NORMAL OPEN)

|TB12| 59 FOR SLOW DOWN
NAME
INPUT OUTPUT LIST

CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
HARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK 73H58363-01 IB/
NABCOLtd.
C/FCONSOLE
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT
TB12 60
SL-9 EXH. GAS HIGH TEMP/DEVIATION HIGH (NORMAL OPEN)

TB12 61 FOR SLOW DOWN
TB12 62
SL-10 THRUSTER PAD BEARING HI. TEMP. (NORMAL OPEN)

TB12 64 .9K
SL-11 SCAV. AIR BOX FIRE DETECTION (NORMAL OPEN)

TB12 66
SL-12 PISTON C.O. NON-FLOW (NORMAL OPEN)

TB12 68 1/4
SL-13 CYL LO NON-FLOW (NORMAL OPEN)

TB12 70
SL-14 EXE. VA ACTUATOR LO. HIGH TEMP. (NORMAL OPEN)

TB12 72
SL-15 CRANKCASE OIL MIST HIGH (NORMAL OPEN)

JUNG BOX E/S
TB13 13
SL-16 AXIAL VIBRATION. HIGH (NORMAL OPEN)

MATERIAL NAME
SL-9 HAS REVISED

__
11/W/Q2 SJUfe WEIGHT
SL-14 WAS ADDED
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
v., REV.
UARK
NAI3CO Ltd.
PORT WING
(ILLUMINATION :DC24V)
BRIGHT BRW-1
M/E REVOLUTION INDICATOR
PAGE1. CL DARK
PAGE1. CM
NABCO SUPPLY STARBOARD WING
(3m) (ILLUMINATION :DC24V)
1 DIMMO?~SWP ANEL BRIGHT BRW-1

M/E REVOLUTION INDICATOR
DARK
BRIGHT FRONT WALL

FOR FRONT WALL (ILLUMINATION :DC24V)
I DIMMER SW.PANEL
(DLQ192-bc~NB)
DARK M/E REVOLUTION INDICATOR
FOR BRIDGE MANEUV. STAND

C/R CONSOLE
\NABCO SUPPLY
~
(DQ144-C)
MAIN ENGINE REVOLUTION INDICATOR
(DLQ144-PC-NB)
M/E REVOLUTION TERMINAL BOARD UNIT F
INDICATOR
(ILLUMINATION : DC24V)
CHIEF ENGINEER DAY ROOM
(DQ144-C)
1 CHIEF ENGINEER BEDROOM
(DQ144-C)
MATERIAL NAME
A REV. MLWS ADDED 30/M/M Slfli ami 1. M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
*/A
AN WEIGHT
/0V 23/12/02 SIKH sun 3tS.
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
V
REV.
MARK
NABCO Ltd.
C/R CONSOLE 1
ISOLATION UNIT TERMINAL'BOARD UNIT"!"

N1 (M/E ORDER
FORVDR)
VDR SYSTEM
M/E ORDER / •*
(4~20mA) \ -*
I i—i
JLL
51 JOUT+
52 JOUT- W-
41
42 D
^T
63
64
65
TB4
TB4
TB4
I—-
REFER FOLLOWING TABLE 11 TB4
12 TB4
21
22
N2 (M/E RESPONSE
FORVDR)
11
12
M/E RESPONSE
(AS150RPM~AH150RPM: 4~20mA) —i •nri—- i—i
n 51 OUT+
52 OUT-
41
42
i—
14
15
16
TB4
TB4
TB4
B/R MANEU>A STAND

TERMINAL BOARD UNlt"(*5"T
COMMON 16 TB2
TB2 _J BRIDGE CONTROL (aOSED AT BRIDGE CONTROL)
BRIDGE CONTROL 17
COMMON 18 TB2
| C/fc CONTROL (CLOSED AT C/K CONTROL)
C/fc CONTROL 19 TB2
COMMON 9 TB2
10 TB2 | E/S CONTROL (CLOSED AT E/S CONTROL)
E/S CONTROL
AS AH
TELEGRAPH HANDLE POSITION DEAD DEAD NAV.

FULL HALF SLOW SLOW STOP SLOW SLOW HALF FULL FULL
M/E ORDER SIGNAL (mA) 4~8 8-9 9~10 10~11 11~13 13~14 14*^15 15~16 16^17 17-20
CONTROL POSl IAS MATERIAL NAME

ADDED 25/10/02 StJfc SIKta
ISOLATION UIT1AS ^!?_^?!^
23/12/01 SUdi SIKhi WEIGHT
OQ£TD)
TION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UMK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD, SCALE 73H58317-01 21 /
NABCO Ltd.
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT GOVERNOR CONTROL UNITf
TB2 52 B5 TB3 GOVERNOR SYSTEM ABNORMAL

•m9 S3 AS TB3 ._* 1 (CLOSED AT NORMAL)
TB1 B4 TB1
TB1 B6 TB1 STOP1
BRIDGE SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL -o o- TB1 B5 TB1 SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL 1
TB2 B8 TB1 BRIDGE
BRIDGE CONTROL { B9 TB1
TB2 81
TTB12 23 A4 TB1
EMERG. SHUT DOWN TTB12 24 63 TB1 DOWN
EMERG. SLOW DOW TTB12 25 B2 TB1 DOW
C/R SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL SW. TTB12 26 A5 TB1 '. LIMIT
VIT CANCEL(NOT USE) o o- TB12 27 A6 TB2 VIT
TB4
TB4
58
n B14
ac
SPEED 9GNAL 0-10V (SPEED ORDER 1)
MAKER
MAX ?=^ B15 TB1 +15V

TB1 SIGNAL 0-10V ORDER 2) AT C/fc CONT.
MIN. L.. B12 TB1 0V
1 --- 1 L——. B11 TB1 --- 1
11
STOP 2 (C/R HANDLE STOP 12 A6 TB1
|c/RCONT."p6sTc/6
13
B/R A 8 | TB1>
C/R CONTROL POS. C/0 14
C/R CONTROL POS. C/0 SWITCH B/fc 34
33
MATERIAL NAME
DC CONVERTER IAS
AW ADDED 30/EH/M SlKh ilWi ^ WEIGHT
3tS.
""•""1
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
HARK
NABCO Lid.
C/SOWSOLE
GOVERNOR CONTROL UNITf
DC24V
1 POV€R SOURCE UNIT
{*-- TB2 N3
J N
TOO
TBO
TBO
GOVERNOR SYSTEM ABNORMAL

TO ALARM CIRCUIT < GOVERNOR (CLOSED AT NORMAL)
B8 TB3
P.O. RACK INDICATOR (AMMETER) AOUT 2 (4^20mA)
B7 TB3
ISOLATION UNIT
N2 (P.O RACK SIG.)
j
P.O. RACK SIGNAL (4-20mA) /+ •*f~T"p| 51 OUTf 41
PORAMS I- «W-J 52 DUT- IN- 42
-—i 11 PAGE23
12 PAGE23.
JUNCTION BOX
POR LUBRICATOR / ,LOAD

nAn muGF
B2 TB3
rnuTpru S CHANGc LOAD CHANGE SIGNAL
CONTROL \ DEPENDENT LUBRICATION A2 TB3 •o o- (OPENED AT NORMAL)
.J
DC CONVERTER HAS MATERIAL NAME
Axi HOMDTDPACE11 30/W/02 &IKIi SUP ^
3t!L M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
BOUTWHUMT1AS
An 23/l2/t)2 SWh SAfe ^ WEIGHT
ADDED. 3tS.
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
V
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. M*VD, SCALE 73H58363-01 23/
NABCO Ltd.
CABL£(5m)
"TACTUATOR DRIVE UMIT TTYC-4S [NABCO SUPPLY)
GOVERNOR ACTUATOR f
JUNG BOX
• _ .• . . — — . _ . , . — — — » — — t— > CN1
TB4 TB2 R1
j X X X X X X X X
TB4 _« ^ _..^,, m _ L U M J TB2 R2 B CN1
TB4 TB2 F6
1B4 7B2 SI CN1
tf ^ x >c- CN1
TB4 TB2 S3
TB4 TB2 FG
TB4
y-rr- ^
, TB2 S2 CN1
ci x x x X X X X X
1B4 8 J TB2 S4 CN1
TB4 1B2 FG CN1
T62 U TB1 U CN2
TB2 TB1 B CN2
TB2 W TB1 W CN2
TB2 TB1 FG CN2
TB2 BP TB2 BP CN2
1B2 BN 1B2 BN CN2
TB2
MflTH CABl£(5m)
(NABCO SUPPLY)
F GOVERNOR CONT. UNIT
TB1 A15 TB2 TB

TB1 A14 1B2 TB
TB1 A13 TB2 TB
TB1 A11
PAGE25
I—. ^
—I
V: TB2
PULSE GENERATOR f
~
TB1 B17
TB1 816
> FOR GOVERNOR
TB1 A18
TB1 B18 EP2
A16 L—I «. J
TB1
GOV. ACTUATOR DRIVE U.
TB3 810 TB3

TB3 B9 TB3
TB3
TB3 B4 TB3
7B3 A4 TB3
TB2 B9 TB3
TB2 B10 8 TB3
TB2 86 TB3
*4mm2 ./ ^
MATERIAL NAME
*T5 11HWO
30/M/02 SUh sim & WEIGHT
AW CHANGED 3B.
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
f
fw'
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. M>VD SCALE 73H58363-01 24/ 1
NABCO Ltd.
CONSOLE
GOVERNOR CONTROL UNIT SCAV. PRESS. TRANS.

JUNG BOX
TB1
TB1
A10
B10
i—
D N
T) PAGE24
MATERIAL NAME
WDGHT
_
RELATION NO.
INPUT OUTPUT LIST
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
U,
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK SCALE 73H58363-01 25/25
Q) NABCO Ltd.
"CN» '
TBI
wwp-nrn.** r.Apn 173748395 - • • !
in o
5
CNI CN2
CNI CN2
M C A - 1 0 2 - * * CARD
CN3 CN4 CN5
l CN3 CN4 CN5
CN3 CN4 CN5 '
L
^î I^^^^M
•
o
o
N
H
M
u . o
o o
Ul in n
tf>•»
•»
i a D ^
is =
M « ^ ?S
O i ' i * i
£
) !^S )
- ) -1 )
( ( 3(1 < S 5| S
c c; U^ W t
< K
t
QL
!j
u
-J
U-
W
H
^
CNI CN4 CN2

CNI CN4 CN2
O CNI CN4 CN2
JG
*
T
B2 MCA-S02-«* CARD
TBI
P N .
1 CN3 | ' CN5 1 CN6 1 CN7 lUFGl
MATERIAL NAME
BRIDGE INDICATOR & SWITCH PANEL
. _ _WTHJWIN6j:£NTRÔL
WEIGHT
WIRING DIAGRAM
'98 RELATION NO.
6.24 YM tt CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK, APVO SCALE W3062437-OI V\
NABCOLtd. M-800-Z
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT ITBU-I05)
TERMINAL BOARD
(TBl)
\1
DOC 2
3
A2
B2
Al
SERIAL 4 Bl I CONNECTOR
COMMUNICATION 5 A4 ' (CN5)
DOC 6 B4
7 A3
DOC o DO
^ D*t
0V
10 B2
-I5V
II B5
SIG.
12 A2
13 1
MAX. ^ -I5V
1-4 A4
TELEGRAPH
>. ov Bt
TRANSMITTER 15 L CONNECTOR
POTENT10. tl •15V
16 A5 (CN3)
M1N. SIG.
17 Al
^
L _ .
18
19
OV
20 B3
21
SIG.
22 A3
23
24
4*-
i
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT ITBU-I05)
MATERIAL NAME
I/O L I S T
42H '02 WEIGHT
I I . I K.T T BRIDGE I N D I C A T O R S Y S T E M
'02 RELATION NO.
M:73H58446-3I K.T
4. T HHI-1377 CODE NO. DWG. NO.
]
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 73H58363-3 /3
NABCO Ltd.
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT ITBU-106)
TERMINAL BOARD
COMMON
VDR E/S CONTROL
INOT USE)
COMMON
BRIDGE CONT.
TELEG.
TRANS. E/S CONT.
BUZ2ER SIG.
COMMON
BRIDGE C O N T R O L
VDR
COMMON
C/R CONTROL
TELEG. r _. c , r k l A ,
r/E 51GNAL
TRANS."
TELEGRAPH SOURCE
PSU
B)P SOURCE
CONNECTOR
(CN6)
HANDLE STOP POS.

HANDLE SLOW D. RESET
HANDLE AH. POS.
TELEG. HANDLE AS. POS.
TRANS.
HANDLE STOP POS. 0705

0706
0707
0710
0711
0712
0557
0560
0561
OUT PUT INOT USE) 0562
0563
0564
0565
STBU - MANUAL SHUT DOWN SW
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
a WEIGHT
X2
BRIDGE INDICATOR S Y S T E M
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV. 2
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE 73H58363-3 /3
NABCO Ltd.
*s^1
s
1
1
1 PI 1
TERMINAL BOARD
(TB2) \
\ ww ^r-j —1
V VT V ^^"^
f COMMON 40 |0566 1
TELEG. PORT WING
CONTROL 41 1
RELAY < STBD WING CONTROL 42 »
w w
— |J I-S
n (i
|ft*i^\
*^S->'
i N—
• •" -' n i|
u 0567
PA 43 —1
[NOT u4Ll
INOT USE1
COHT
- POS' C/0 ALARM SIG
'
1 W/H CONTROL 44 r» rt PM fit^Y -^ * "^ 0570
„„._ *r?Ci
| COMMON 45 T/VW P|
—[
BRIDGE CONTROL 46 A~ o n ir* ffTif\ 0571
u t^ HIJ ^5ii*x l-Jr*"
ft ~~H. i' DIC i ^tAAftf ^^PM
C/R CONTROL 47 O V~" 11 lo -nmT ix|
WING 1 I | "^3
INOT USEI E/5 CONTROL 48 A
u v ft ni7
HI/ ?f*
ii^ ^T^^
&^*ly 10572 |
{ PORT WING CONTROL 49
50
O f\ —. n io MAM . ,7T^.r>l
—i
[0573]
51
52 ,' _ 7f
«LU
—i
tfl?V
"^VIAT
•
( COMMON 0574
BRIDGE CONTROL 53 n n .— ^ . D I R i MAAA-— TXIM..
—1
T C/R CONTROL 54 * Lil |0575 1
W |NG 1
INOT USE) E/S CONTROL 55 O rt_— i ,
U—-~-^— <D' I7
M | / 'WkAA. TT?.!^ |^
"TflnW
~[
56 AD 0576
[ STBD WING CONTROL 57 O ri i D |Q i ,.,.., AAAJLA^.^^rSj
"~1
X.' • O?rt ?f* I^5SV- ^ r»*r
58 - U*J 0577
59 IM)
60 ft f*
P/W bHU 1 U. LANULL F'^'UiAAf^^ At> CONNECTOR 0730|073I
•»"
61 — (CN7)
r/W bLOW U. LANUtL '•^wjff^^ 62 |0732 0733
k iunT UaLJ
sINUI iicci ^^ —
1_^~ 63
A ">
b/W bHU I U. CANLLL r"^wuS ^"> 64 M/ 0734 10735
TV"
65
5/W SLOW D. CANCEL . • "ps^YiJ?""^
1 66 U/ 10736 10737
*"' ' YrVr
67
Aft
P/W HANDLE M U" INUI UbLI O o 68 MO 0714
no
r/W SLOW U. RLbLT INUI UoLJ" o o 69 uo 0715
. j-S
P/W CONT. CONFIRM (NOT Ubtl • "• O O 70 AJ 0716
71
72 DO
5/W HANDLE STOP (NOT U5U • —o o Li.J 0717
73 A Irt
5/W SLOW D. RESET (NOT U5tt ™"° ° AIU 0720
5/W CON 1. CUNMNM (NUI UbLI • ' '" '*> ° 74 ..™, _ n
L> t1 n
U 0721
75
,, ....... AII
P/W PROGRAM CANCEL ' o o 76 Al 1 0722
i|
P/W HANDLE STOP >(NOT USE1 °° 77 B 11 0723
78
..,„ A (->
5/W PROGRAM CANCLL o o 79 Alt 0724
f\fi D 1 "?
5/W HANDLE 5TUP ^ o ° ou LS !<!. 0725
8 11
Q"5 — A l1^
CTBU CONTROL bOURCE r A I L . " ""'« o Ot A J 0726
5TBU b A F E l T bUURCt rAIL. * ô o ft
O "5
J B i*a
iJ 0727
Nl
I
1 I
1 I
1 i
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (TBU-106)
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
WEIGHT
BRIDGE INDICATOR SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
3
UARK NOT
___ —_
E DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE 73H58363-3 /3
NABCOLtd.
.r.zsi EE
-fc— \
fey
A BRIDGE UNIT
MAIN SOURCE AC/DC CONVERTER SOURCE
, MMMMMHHMM
fti** *^fc
^^)
^J
^^^^*-«^— |»W^»
j^^"
O
^^
^3 ^)f O ^\\
^^B^%ib*^rl ^k. I
^^* ^î O ^\I
*•• ^lftcl* ^^ j
W.
^^k ~
*••*
^^*
f^^^^^^^^^9V
^^^^
f% C7l9
I^*V«\b4\rf
^»1 »^^^^^^^^"
•& •
*••.•..' .. .1 Y(2.0) Y12.0) •îijcr-^ Y12.0) ... i Ri2.0I * i t * 1i '

U.CI
ISA!
Ar* i
AC 1 i
01
Wl
1
• UP
SAI
kl I
N1
UA1N SOURCE
AC20Q-220V ,
i
<»** I
| —.
TBI
C/1 /C(\U7
DU/oUni Iw IM
TB sIM F2 ^ „ .i F
n^n aô
w
r^n L PLE24HSZPr u
°wtB(2.o) ^< <M
•—F6^ «B(2.o> '
—O-^H
\ YJ2.01 ' YI2.0I l<Tj..
^r ^* I
YI2.0) 5 '" BC.OI <,«-^£Jv 1
-^—
I5A) ~r£ OAI
I6 TELE6.
EMERG. SOURCE SOURCE
^Bl t S2 g | F3^ SR(J!O) 6IM10 ^ « F7 ffR(20) TBI
/
Bl? fll "iTO ^^x^ I • î Uto L.XT f ^X^ * *•
> yp i
cTOA) 02 !» .VJPJ.
ITOAI —-.
y^^\
EUERGENCY * ' /-re \
SOURCE 1 1 ( TS )
DC24V BATTERY 1 ' V J
TBI z
i 5; F4 <» i ^- F8 ^r «s* TBI
M o>3 ~ ^ 28(2.0) %1 ^\ \ zB(LO)
\ BP ni RI? ni ^ BI2 01 <r_. ' •• i— -,.,n,.,.-mr
UC .VJPA M
a k TDO
IIOA) IIOAI D TB?
PI ...- P7
TB2
M7
^-*" ""^
TB2
D9
^>»^ rt
TB2
u?
Nt
o TB2
©a b
Si R
D
WIRING COLOR PI Pi
Y:YELLOW
RftED
Q 421 llP
,
— —„ SB,, ri>
K *QI Af*V
•oi»m* iv ftiiD
dUD *n?i rc r/t
ILLto. r/r ci/s
3lu* Ftr
rt 'i , ' **i• o-r™"
—.— — « -o r»— .•»1 . T/
W^VHITE •!• 5f" O
ZUKAHut
- "' . il
H:GRAY D
TCI CA CAiiorr
I tLtu. 5OUKCLCAII
rAIL. TC
Ib *""- - - -- . rs° rt° S ,, in
10
G:GREEN
WIRING SIZE
z
INDICATES IN ( ). i U.L OF UNIT IS mn
ALL WIRES ARE 0.!>mm' EXCEPT INDICATED
v
b tZH: AC/DC T "02 T A TT •*. MATERIAL NAME
xl 3^/\"-? ££;i* u
8. 26 Y B\ r * PSU-22
_ _. ._ „ POWER SOURCE UNIT FOR W/H
. t>^ ^ xjt 4.20 V"M * ft WEIGHT
WIRING DIAGRAM
'38 v » # » RELATION MO.
_\ Y M
1.26 ' ^ 5ft CODE NO. DWG. NO.
.- V . WIRING NO :I01-I?Q n«~t> 1 A f ^ /\ f** I f\ f^ 1 -^ 1 /.
^ NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. M>VO. SCALE W306I86 -12 '/I
^ &• M M4ttft • A Jl • •
NABCO Ltd. rn
C O P - O O I - I I CARD 173748385-01) "CN*
CNI CN2
CNI CN2 1L-20I-2S
TB
M C A - I 0 3 - O I CARD (73751080-01) a o
•z o
o
CNIO CNII
CNIO CNI
TB
M C A - 9 0 1 - ' * CARD Q o
CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9
Z
O
o
CN CN CNG CN7 CN8 CN

o
o
\ \ \
f*l
0 <M rg (SJ rg
f«. X X x
rsj o O O O
IP in
IN* _
in in
(M
UJ rsi a m
r^ O o o
o in in in
? <o
a
IM CV) CM
in in
fNJ
O O o o
i— h- t-
< < <
cn _J _j
u. LL,
00
N-K CN6 CN7 CN8
M < rsj
CN4 (PS-301 CN5 CNG CN7 CN8 Q_ o
CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 o O o
CsJ
O o
o z o o
o >•
MCA-40I-OI MCA-50I-OI MCA-204-II MCA-203-II MCA-202-II MCA-20I-II MCA-60I-OI

VENTILATION
CARD CARD CARD CARD CARD CARD CARD FAN (MD4IO-24I
(73747629-01) (73747S30-OI) (73748450-01) (73748449-011 (73748448-OH (73748447-01) 173748383-01)
CN
in in
(SI no
CN9 IPS-161 DC
CN Al CN A2 CN Dl C N 02 CN 03 CN 04 CN Bl CN PI
CN9
*
FAN
M C A - O O I - I I CARD (73748382-01)
FAN-
TBI
CN CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CNG CN7 CNIO 51413121
WIRING COLOR
R:RED
B :BLUE
KiBLACK MATERIAL NAME
WIRING SIZE C/R CONTROL PANEL

INDICATES IN ( I. ALL OF UNIT IS mm1 WEIGHT
WIRING DIAGRAM
'98 RELATION NO.
YM
6.24 CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE W3062438-OIV\
(X NABCO Ltd. M-800-2 El
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT ( T B U - I O I )
DC24V
T E R M I N A L BOARD
lien
Al 0240
COMMON
STOP A2 024
GCU
BRIDGE SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL A3 0242
A4 0243
COMMON
BTBU
CONTROL SOURCE FAIL. A5 0244
COMMON
LOAD UP PROGRAM (NOT USE) A6 0245
LOAD PROGRAM A7 0246
PROGRAM BY-PASS INOT USE) A8 0247
LIMITED SPEED Bl 0250
MAIN STARTING V, SERVICE B2 025
MAIN STARTING V, BLOCKED B3 0252
SLOW TURNING REQUEST INOT USE B4 0253
START AIR DISTRIBUTOR BLOCKED B5 0254
B6 0255
COMMON
STBU
CONTROL SOURCE NORMAL
B7 0256
COMMON
CYL. LUB. NON-FLOW ALARM CANCEL

B8 0257
C/R COMMON
M/E ASTERN SIGNAL
FOR ELECT. BALANCER AI5 0260
CONNECTOR
COMMON ICN4!
M/E RUNNING SIGNAL
IFOR EXH. GAS ALARM CANCEL) AI6 0261
C/R
M/E RUNNING SIGNAL
FOR ALARM REPOSE AI7 0262
COMMON PAGES. 001
A18 0263
CONTROL SOURCE FAIL. PAGES.
(AC & DC SOURCE INCLUDE) A19 0264
STARTING FAIL. PAGES. 003 A20 0265
ENGINE NOT READ PAGES. 004 A2I 0266

CONDITION
START INTERLOCK PAGES. 005 A22 0267
INPERFECT BRIDGE CONT. PAGES. (10? BIS 0270
AUX. BLOWER AUTO. PAGES. (108 B16 0271

REQUEST
BI7 0272
BI8 0273
619 0274
B20 0275
CPU CHANGE (NOT USE)
CONTROL SYSTEM ABNORMAL PAGES

CPU ABNORMAL
COMMON
STBU
CONTROL SYS. CPU ABNORMAL
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
a '02 WEIGHT
K.T
(XI) I/.3/.8/ IJI T CONTROL SYSTEM
'02 tt RELATION NO.
4. K.T
T HHI-1377
CODE NO DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. AFVO. SCALE 73H58363-4 J/8
NABCO Ltd. L - 3 / EZ
Nl
AI3
A27
TERMINAL BOARD
(TBi)
B
B27
PAGE 3.
PAGE 3. N A9
AIO
Al
CONNECTOR
? (CN4)
B9
BIO
Bit
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT ITBU-IOI)
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
WEIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE 73H58363-4I V*
NABCO Ltd.
E-
T E R M I N A L B O A R D UNIT ( T B U - 1 0 2
TERMINAL BOARD
AI.A2 0400
A3.A4 0401
INOT USE) < A5.A6 0402
A7.A8 0403
A9.AIO 0404
E/S SLOW TURNING SOL. BI.B2 0405

B3.B4 0406
AHEAD SOL. V. B5.B6 0407

ASTERN SOL. V. B7.B8 0410
CRP <
START SOL. V. B9.B10 0411
STOP SOL. V. Atl.BH 0412
LAMP TEST
TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE A17 0413
EIB TURNING GEAR ENGAGE AI8 0414
AI9 0415
A20 0416
A2I 0417
A22 0420
COMMON
CONNECTOR
TURN. GEAR DISENGAGE (CN3) BI7 042
TURN. GEAR ENGAGE B18 0422
OP < (NOT USE) BIS 0423
(NOT USE) B20 0424
AUX. BLOWER AUTO. REQUEST B2I 0425
GOV.
GOV. BRIDGE CONTROL
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
a WEIGHT
XI
CONTROL SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO DWG. NO.
REV. 3
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK, APVD. SCALE
73H58363-4 /8
NABCO Ltd.
f-3? E
TERMINAL BOARD
(TB2)
r N2 P2
|
\*ai
Ji
ABU AUX. BLOWER AUTO. 1 *55
Jc B l1 Al 0210
*a*i
jJ . Q')
tSt A2 10211
^4 i
JT I
MAIN START V. SERVICE •ae;
JO - O
n*a
J A3 0212
E/S
MAIN START V. BLOCKED •ac
do - Q4
OT A4 10213
^J7/
J
I
I
STBU — SAFETY SOURCE NORMAL *3O

do . DO
QC; A5 0214
îO
J3 . D.C
DO A6 10215
4(^
*fU 1
1
TELEG. RECEIVER STOP (NOT USE)j 4 QQ
DO A8 10217
47
*Tt 1
ri
LI i<
REMOTE CONT. AIR NORMAL (NOT USE) 4*a
TO
A7
At B2 0237
44 A"3
*r*f AJ B3 0300
4c;
*rO
i
1
BACK UP CONTROL INOT USE) 4C

*fO A4
AT- B4 0301
SOLENOID V. ON SIG. AT C/R 47 AE; B5 0302
CRP A3
4,fi
*ro I
E/S TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE 4Q AC

Ao B6 0303
E/S *t3
P.O. CUT SIGNAL C;A A7 B7 0304

E/S Du A /
5 11
1^9
Ot
GOV. GOV. SYSTEM ABNORMAL 6^*3

O J AO
Ao B8 0305
(^4 D
Ol1*3 AI3
PSU EMERG. SOURCE FAIL. D** J 0355
c:c; Q 14 AI4
MAIN SOURCE FAIL. 3D Din 0356
*^c
DO B l1 7
/ AI7 0330
START AIR LOW PRESS. INOT USE)I c;7
o/ O IQ
D IO AI8 0331
C/R C;Q
DO n?n
Dtu A20 0332
BILGE WELL HIGH INOT USE) t;o
33 Q9 1
Dt 1 A2I 0333
en
bu Q9O
tat J A23 0334
C
ol1 ,, Q94.
Dt*r A24 0335
c^ n?C ^ CONNECTOR
Ot DtO
f ICN5) A26 0336
CT
bJ Q7"7
Dt / A27 0337
1
C4
bT AIT
Al / BI7 0340
PROGRAM BY-PASS
! CR
oO A IQ
AIO B18 0341
cc
bb A7f&
AtU B20 0342
C7 A7I
AHEAD AIR RUN P.B.SW. (NOT USE) b/ At 1 B2I 0343
JTO A 9 T 0344
bo At J B23
CO
ASTERN AIR RUN P.B.SW. INOT USE!
Li b3 A94
AtT B24 0345
7rt A5C
1 /U AtO B26 0346
C/R MANUAL SLOW TURNING I TI
/ 1
A57
At / B27 0347
OPERATE T> A7Q
1 /t At 3 B29 0350
CIP ROUGH SEA P.B.SW. (NOT USE)
I 7^J
/J A*an
A JU B30 0351
ACt
A3
AIU
A 111
Al
A \*>
Alt
AIT
Al J
A 14
Al*r
1
1 AlC
AIO
A IO
AI3
A95
Att
A5R
AtD
A9fi
AcO
net
D3
1 mn
I DILI
B 1i 1i
ca 15
D l«£
D
D 1C
ID
Q IQ
D 13
D99
DtC
D9C^
ota
I
MATERIAL NAME
1/0 LIST (DIGITAL IN)

WEIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM
RELATION HO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 73H58363-4I 4/8
NABCO Ltd.
TERMINAL BOARD
ITB3)
A2 0220
START AIR DISTRIBUTOR OPEN INOT USE) A3 0221
A5 0222
START AIR DISTRIBUTOR BLOCKED •o o- A6 0223
B8 A8 0224
A9 0225
Bll AM 0226
8 812 AI2 0227
BI4 A I 4 0230
(NOT USE) BIS A15 0231
II AI7 0232
BI8 AI8 0233
B20 A20 0234
B2I A2I 0235
B23 A23 0306
STBU — SAFETY SYS. CPU ABNORMAL -o o- 16 B24 A24 0307
17 A24 B24 0327
A23 B23 0326
A2I B2I 0325
A20 B20 0324
AIS BI8 0323
3*$
AI7 BI7 0322
AIS BIS 0321
AI4 BI4 0320
1NOT AI2 BI2 0317
CONNECTOR
Al ICN6) B l l 0316
3w£ 27 A9 B9 0315
28 A8 B8 0314
A6 B6 0313
A5 B5 0312
31 A3 B3 0311
**=5-l 32 A2 B2 0310
Al
A4
A7
AIO
AI3
AI6
AI9
A22
BI
B4
B7
BIO
BI3
BI6
BI9
B22
TERMINAL BOARD
(TB3)
PAGEG.
PAGES.
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
WEIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM
RELATION MO.
CODE NO, DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE 73H58363-4 5/8
NABCOLtd.
E-4.1
PHI i
POWER SOURCE 1 'cW •*•
FOR ISOLATION UNIT ^ PH2
ov
k T?
5 ' <^p^>
SLXn
"
b
B . /iTS
vJJ^y —
. BOARD /
/
i
ITB4) \ I
|
\ 1
1
±
'9T
r*> AI
Ml
1
A"?
A^
PULSE GENERATOR < t
A<d
A*t
^^r
Q.A
ti^
7
/
AQ
A3
Ifl
IU A 1A
AIU
1
CONNECTOR
ICN2)
RPM SIGNAL (V) ir
IU \">
\£.
(NOT USE) _. n
Id m
IP - — — — —^~^
IU \
H Q.O
tii?
U/E RESPONSE FOR VOR IR a in
- . _ _. —
V iO DlU
1C
lo
1*7
1 / ac
DO
REV. COUNTER I pulse/ Isignol tft >
IO
(NOT USE)
10
IJ D.7
ti/
REV. COUNTER I pulse / lOrev
INOT USE)
*>f\
C\J B iI
Q^
DC
?i
c.\ AQ
AO
REV. COUNTER Ipulse/ I rev 1'?
CC
(NOT USE*
f
MATERIAL NAME
I/O L I S T
WEIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO, DWG. NO.
REV. e
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE 73H58363-4I /8
N ABCO Ltd.
TERMINAL BOARD
(TB4) \j
15V B9
INOT USE! Bit
BI7
AI7
Al 0001
A2
-I5V BI3
BIS
819
AI9
ov 810
812
814
816
818
820
AI8
A20
(NOT USE) A3 0002

A4
START. AIR SIGNAL

(DIGITAL INDI.) A5 0003
A6
CONNECTOR
INOT USE) f ICNI) A7 0004
A8
INOT USE) A3 0005

AtO
INOT USE) All 0006

AI2
(NOT USE) A t 3 0007

AI4
CMP TELEG. RECEIV. POTENTIO. AI5 0008

INOT USE I AI6
Bl 0001
GOV. SPEED ORDER SIG.
82
BRIDGE ORDER SIG.
B3 0002
MTB
B4
B5 0003
BRIDGE ORDER SIG. FOR VDR
B6
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT tTBU-104)
MATERIAL NAME
I/O L I S T
WEIGHT
CONTROL SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 73H58363-4 7/8
NABCO Ltd.
TB5
COMMON 1 Aj*-Vix r «UL t
^>
CONTROL SOURCE FAIL. 2 Îri^ PARF i
COMMON 3
S T A R T I N G FAIL. 4 . , /TrTT^ PA ftp 1
COMMON 5 ^
ENGINE NOT READY CONDITION 6 , , d?^r\ p/tCir i

COMMON 7 ^
C/R < 8
*">
d?^» PAfiF 1
START INTERLOCK
COMMON 9
"">
CONTROL SYSTEM ABN. 10 /IftT^l PAPiF 1
COMMON li
"">
1MRERFECT BRIDGE CONT. 12 fTnTî PAHF i
COMMON 13
AUX. BLOWER AUTO. REQUEST 1.4 ../Trtî P A R F I
TB6
10
12
13
WIRING SIZE
ALL WIRES ARE 0.5mm2
MATERIAL NAME
1/0 LIST
a *ZH WEIGHT
XI
C O N T R O L SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NABCO Ltd.
S A P - O O I - I ! CARD 173748384-01
"CN*
CNI CN2
CN CN2
TB
M C A - I 0 3 - O I CARD (73751080-01) Q u
•z. o
o
CNtO CNII
CNtO CNI
TB1
M C A - 9 0 1 - * * CARD
o
CN4 CN7 CN9 o
CN5 CNG CN8
CN7
CN
o
m
CN CNG
\ \
CN8
\
CN
N
0 rsj r\i fM
X x X X
rsi O O o o
in
in
<M _ in
r\j in
fsl (SJ
o rn
r*. O \ t ^
fsi ' (SJ / ** o in in in in
/ —
(
<£ fM <M
U) ^ UJ UJ *** UJ a
—t ^
* tr
3|
o !T
9o ?
^^*
.**
o
3
Q_ - 00
< < o
_j _j *
r-
u. u. CO
K
L
)
t—
CN CN6 CN7 CN8

( £— m
CN4 (PS-301 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 OL o o
t- CM CM n m
CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 v> o O o O o P
o a* o z
o o Z o o
MCA-40I-OI MCA-50I-OI MCA-204-II MCA-203-II MCA-202-ll MCA-20I-II MCA-60I-OI

VENTILATION
CARD CARD CARD CARD CARD CARD CARD FAN (MD4IO-24)
(73747629-01) (73747630-01) (73748450-01) (73748449-OM 173748448-01) (73748447-01) 173748383-01)
CN
in in
CM
CN9 IPS-161 tr
CN Al CN A2 CN Dl C N 02 CN 03 • J C N 04 CN Bl CN PI
CN9 »
u.
FAN*
M C A - O O I - I I CARD (73748382-01)
FAN-
TBI
CN CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CNIO 5 4 3 2 I
WIRING COLOR
R:RED
B :BLUE
K8LACK MATERIAL NAME
WIRING SIZE £/R_SAFETY PANEL

WEIGHT
INDICATES IN I I. ALL OF UNIT IS mm'
WIRING DIAGRAM
•98 RELATION NO.
6.24 YM CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE W3062439-OI '/I
NABCO Ltd. M-800-2
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT ( T B U - 1 0 ! )
OC24V
N
TERMINAL BOARD
PHI
COMMON ITEM) • » —VW/-^{>}
SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE -o o Rl PH2 Al 0240
EIB •«•-
SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE -o o- R2 PH3 A2 0241
COMMON ——o o
C/R M/E MORE THAN IGNITION LEVEL -o o-
FOR RUNNING HOUR METER R3 PH4 A3 0242
COMMON o
CRP o o-
SHUT DOWN 8 R4 PH5 A4 0243
COMMON o o
BTBU
S A F E T Y SOURCE FAIL. 10 -o o- R5' PH6 *PH7 A5 0244
COMMON II o o—
BRIDGE CONTROL -o o- R6 A6 0245
CONTROL ROOM CONTROL -o o- R7 A7 0246
ENGINE SIDE CONTROL 14 -o o- A8 0247
C1P <
CM
FUEL CAM AHEAD 15 -o o- RS Bl 0250
FUEL CAM ASTERN 16 -o o RIO B2 02SI
SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL 17 •o o 4RI1 PH8 B3 0252

PHJO
x COMMON CM2
CRP
\ BR1DG CONTROL 8 o o- R12 B4 0253
C/R CONTROL INOT USE) o o- •-RI3 B5 0254
SAFETY SOURCE FAIL (NOT USE) 20 •o o- B6 0255

COMMON
CTBU
SAFETY SOURCE NORMAL o PHI2 B7 0256
PHIS
SLOW DOWN REQUEST PAGES. A8 B8 0257
SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE PAGES. BIS CONNECTOR AI5 0260

ICN4)
SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE PAGES. BI6 AI6 0261

COMMON
EMERG. SHUT DOWN UNOPERATE

PHI7 AI7 0262
COMMON PAGES,
SAFETY SOURCE FAIL. PAGES,
R20
38 AI8 0263
40
FUEL CAM POS. ABNORMAL
PAGES. PHIS AI9 0264
PAGES.
AUTO. SLOW DOWN PAGES. A20 0265
EMERG. SHUT DOWN PAGES. 45 R23 A2I 0266

PH20
47 R24 A22 0267
PHIS
48
49 R25 BIS 0270
OVER SPEED PAGES. 51 R26 BI6 027
MANUAL SHUT DOWN PAGES. 53 R27 RH2I BI7 0272

COMMON PAGES. 54 o o
CRITICAL SPEED PAGES. 55 R28 BI8 0273
WRONG WAY PAGES. 57 R2S 619 0274
B20 0275
58
CPU CHANGE INOT USE) 59 -o o- RSI PH22
60
SAFETY SYSTEM ABNORMAL PAGES 61
_R32^^R30.
CPU ABNORMAL 62
R33
COMMON 63
CTBU
•o o- 2C
SAFETY SYS. CPU ABNORMAL 64
R33
N! PI
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
'02 WEIGHT
K.T
T SAFETY S Y S T E M
'02 RELATION NO.
M:73H5844G-4Z
4.1 K.T
T HHI-I377
CODE NO, DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD, SCALE 73H58363-42 J/9
NABCO Ltd.
Nl
TERMINAL BOARD A27
(TBII)
B27
PAGE 3.
B
PAGE3. N A9
AIO
Al
CONNECTOR
r (CN4)
BIO
B!
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT (TBU-IOI)
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
WEIGHT
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 73H58363-42 Y*
NABCOLtd. CT1
CONNECTOR
PAGE 2. (CN2I)
PAGE2.
A1.A2 0400
(NOT USE) < A3.A4 0401
A5.A6 0402
A7.A8 0403
A9.AIO 0404
SHUT DOWN SOL. V. BI.B2 0405

B3.B4 0406
E/S <
VIT CANCEL SOL. V. (NOT USE) B5.B6 0407
SEAL. AIR SOL. V. B7.B8 0410
EMERG. SHUT DOWN 39.BIO 0411

SLOW DOWN REQUEST AII,Btl 0412
EIB < BRIDGE AI7 0413

C/R A1S 0414
E/S AI9 0415
AHEAD (NOT USE) A20 0416
ASTERN INOT USE A2I 0417
WRONG WAY A22 0420
COMMON
CONNECTOR
EMERG. SHUT DOWN ? (CN3)
B17 |042I
EMERG. SLOW DOWN BIS [0422

GOV. <
C/R SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL BI9 104231
VIT CONTROL CANCEL (NOT USEI B20 10424
I B21 10425
MATERIAL NAME
1/0 LIST
WEIGHT
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO, DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 73H58363-42 3 /9
NABCO Ltd.
TERMINAL BOARD
(TBIZ)
P2
\
31
.
CPU ABNORMAL ) C 32 Bl Al 0210

RECEIV, SLOW D. RESET (NOT USEJ .) > c 33 B2 A2 0211
34
4 C/R L B/R
B3 A3 0212
CONT. POS. C/0 SW. BRIDGE POS. (NOT USE)
jLJ 35
CONT. POS. C/0 SW. C/R POS. , 36 B4 A4 0213
T
(NOT USE) 37
CTBU — CONTROL SOURCE NORMAL > c 38 B5 A5 0214
CJP — SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL P.B.5W. > c 39 B6 A6 0215
40
41 B8 A8 0217
42
E/S CONT. POS. LEVER EMERG. ) C 43 A2 B2 0237
E/S FUEL REGULAT. SHAFT EMERG. POS.
5. '< > c 44 A3 63 0300
E/S 45 1
E/S HANDLE STOP > c — •• • 46 A4 B4 0301
CRP — PRESS. SW. FOR REMOTE > c 47 A5 B5 0302
48
FUEL CAM AHEAD > c 49 A6 B6 0303
E/S 5 C 50 A7 B7 0304
FUEL CAM ASTERN
51
52
C/R CONT. POS. C/0 SWITCH B/R POS. 5 C 53 A8 B8 0.305
C/R
CONSOLE M. HANDLE STOP-START POS. fl 54 BI3 AI3 0355
M. HANDLE STOP POS. 3 ( 55 BI4 AI4 0356
56 BI7 A!7 0330
SL-7 : ON AT ABNORMAL 57 B!8 A!8 0331
crlJ&v
58 B20 A20 0332
SL-8 : ON AT ABNORMAL cZl (w 59 B2I A21 0333
60 B23 A23 0334
SL-9 : ON AT ABNORMAL c^j&V 61 B24 A24 0335
B26 CONNECTOR
V
62
ICN5)
A26 0336
SL-IO : ON AT ABNORMAL 63 B27 A27 0337
$w ^=a
[T±i
BI7 0340
C/R < 64 A17
SL- ON AT ABNORMAL 5~1 65 AI8 BI8 0341
WK
66 A20 B20 0342
SL-12 : ON AT ABNORMAL D (
WA
67 A2! B2I 0343
68 A23 B23 0344
SL-13 : ON AT ABNORMAL 3 ( 69 A24 B24 0345
ww
70 A26 B26 0346
SL-14 : ON AT ABNORMAL D <
WK
71 A27 B27 0347
72 A29 B29 0350
SL-15 : ON AT ABNORMAL D (
w^ 73 A30 B30 035f
A9
i AIO
All
AI2
i AI3
AI4
i AI6
i AI9
i A22
i A25
A2S
B9
BIO
Bll
BI2
BI6
BI9
B22
B25
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT ( T B U - 1 0 2 )
MATERIAL NAME
1/0 LIST (DIGITAL IN)

a WEIGHT
XI
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
N ABCO Ltd.
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT (TBU-103)
DC24V
TERMINAL BOARD
(TBI3
A2 0220
MANUAL EMERG. SHUT DOWN P.B. IE/51 A3 0221
E1B A5 0222
EMERG. SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE IE/5) A6 0223
A8 0224
SH-I : ON AT ABNOR. A9 0225
All 0226
SH-2 : ON AT ABNOR. AI2 0227
AI4 0230
E/S < AI7 0232
A20 0234
SL-16 ; ON AT ABNOR. A2! 0235
A23 0306
SH-5 : ON AT ABNOR. A24 0307
B24 0327
SL-I : ON AT ABNOR. B23 0326
B2I 0325
SL-2 : ON AT ABNOR. B20 0324
BI8 0323
SL-3 : ON AT ABNOR. BI7 0322
C/R < BIB 0321
S L - 4 : ON AT ABNOR. BI4 0320
, CONNECTOR BI2 0317
SL-5 : ON AT ABNOR. f ICN61 Bi! 0316
B9 0315
SL-6 : ON AT ABNOR. B8 0314
36 0313
B5 0312
B3 0311
BTBU - MANUAL EMERG. SHUT DOWN P.B. (BRIDGE B2 0310
TERMINAL BOARD
(TBI3
PAGE?.
PAGE7.
MATERIAL NAME
1/0 LIST
WEIGHT
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO, DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 73H58363-42 5 /9
NABCO Ltd. E -so G2
Al
Bt
A2
82
A3
B3
A4
A5 , CONNECTOR
r 1C N101
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
At
Bl
A2
B2 I CONNECTOR
' ICN2II
A3
B3
A4
> CONNECTOR
ICNIOI
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
WEIGHT
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV. 6
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE 73H58363-42 /9
N ABCO Ltd.
PHI
-r PH2 i
C/R REV. COUNTER --
^1^ x^xR _
Vj^X Q
R xT|N **
* ^-!Lx
. BOARD /
i
ITBI4I \
i
\i
I i
,L
*& r 2 .•
yA«v
3 , A1
Ml
A?
Ac
PULSE GENERATOR <
A4.
AT
H*^
1 n^t
ta^t
7
AQ
A3
\f\
IU Airi
AIU
Ii CONNECTOR
r• 11
•A
10
-— — — — j4v l^
1C
ICN2I
RPM SIGNAL (V) 1*3
^-^ U
D.Q
Ib O3
RPM SIGNAL (V) 1C a in
to DlU
i 1C
lo
1 1-7 Q.C
I 1/ DO
REV. COUNTER Ipulse/ Isignot 1 IQ
INOT USEI lo
i to
IS
D
D^/
REV. COUNTER Ipulse / lOrev
I l
(FOR LOGGER) ?f\
C\J B 1
(NOT USE) Q9
r*> 21 A8
REV. COUNTER Ipulse/ |rtw —1i 1
1 ?7
C£. •
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
WEIGHT
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO, DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVd SCALE 73H58363-427/9
N ABCO Ltd.
'X.
TERMINAL BOARD
(TBl4T\J
K^J
i
^.
Ay
AQ
1
15V B9
(NOT USE) •- ^^.
c4 A 111
Al Bll
m *
^
•5K A 17
cb Al / BI7
^c
tb B I7 AI7
V
•77
Cl Al 0001
A2
AIO
Al J -I5V BI3
AIR
AID Bt5
Aiy
A IO
Bid
B IQ
13 AI9
AIU ov BIO
A 1^
Al<: BI2
A \A,
Al*> 814
A 1C
AID BI6
A IO
AIO BIS
SWI A5rt
AtU B20
a to
C3IO AI8
1
o'o DÂ
O£\J A20
f"> ">Q
£O
iI
•
INOT USE) b. <iy
OQ QO
A3 0002
4 sr* DJ
'
V
O/"\
JU
i
iL_o'rt_
? . D.A
D** A4
O9
Jt
t
OO 1 QC
JJ DD A5 0003
OA DC
J^r
! T
DO A6
OK
JD L_o3o- -
lf"> OC
Jb , CONNECTOR
C/R — M. HANDLE d
O7
J/
Q7
D/ r ICNII A7 0004
OO
Jo no
DO A8
V I A
1 L_o 4 o_ .
jy
OQ
f**) A.r\ 1 1
TV 1 1
F.O. RACK TRANSMITTER oy
C3.Q
A9
E/S INOT USE) « 41 p005\
A.*> Rl/*i
f **£
T * DIU AIO
t Ô
*r J L_o b o--
-*-fc ^Jl
^*r
INOT USE)
4
4
jiK
4D B i1 1i AH 0006
4b mo
old AI2
V
^.7
4/ D 0
v^-v
4o i i
INOT USE) 3-*- — 43 a to
til J AI3 0007
-
QIA
V bu T 7 Ol*» AI4
1a
5 (1 L-o'o- -
ibv C9
b£
POWER SOURCE bJ Q 1C
DID AI5 0008
C/R FOR ISOLATION Rift
UNIT b4 DID AI6
0V bb TL_o& o- -
cc
bb
tf
r• C7
b/ PUO
Jf A fMJ .-
bo A1
* •• ^ t A l B 0001
REV. SIGNAL
M_ sI I
by
CO A9
Ac B2
? ^^ en AO
BRIDGE ORDER SIG. FOR INDI.. jS i1 1 bU AJ 63 0002
C/R 1 B4
ICONSOLE *r
c.*>
be i
I
( ^.^ CO
bJ Ad
B5 0003
C/R ORDER SIG. FOR J. \
INDI. ) iI 1
1 CLA.
AD
k V b4 AA
AO B6
i CK
oD i
1
A ** cc
o^^v AO
tL bb AJ A3
t.
C7
b / no
DJ B3
\i CO. A<d
41 bo A4
Jl by
CO a^
DT TO SAFETY B4
COMMUNICATION <
A 7f"»
/u
> CONNECTOR
Al
ICN7) At
4 .
- 711
B l1 Bl
3 ,
1 ~f>
/ £> A?
At A2
7O
/J n^
O£ B2
V
/n
A4
AT A4
Q.^1
ti*t B4
AO
1 AJ A3
no
DJ TO CONTROL B3
A 1l
> CONNECTOR
A
ICN7) Al
l
B I Bl
A5
A£ A2
n^
C3t B2
1
t
MATERIAL NAME
I/O L I S T
WEIGHT
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO DWG. NO.
REV. 8
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVDj SCALE 73H58363-42 /9
N ABCO Ltd.
Jb -
TBI5
COMMON 1 — ••—^juy TMOCI
SLOW DOWN REQUEST 2 ^ ,.., nm\ PACT
,.., "—"\^\j£j i
i Mut_i.
COMMON 3
"*> ... . , ftn^ PAfir i
SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE 4
COMMON 5
*"> /Tn^> pAf^r i
SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE 6
C/R < 7
COMMON
""> ,,/in?^ PAf^r i
SAFETY SOURCE FAIL. S
COMMON 9
*">
FUEL CAM POS. ABN. 10
COMMON 11
/frt^s. n*/M- i
SAFETY SYSTEM ABN. 12
13
14
TBI6
COMMON I — VJiU THVX.I.
AUTO. SLOW DOWN 2 ^

i . . i yjifc>
/Tt?*! PAGE!.
COMMON 3
*> M"^^
EMER6. SHUT DOWN 4 ^_J^ PAGEI.
COMMON 5
**> /1T^ E7 A f^^> 1
OVER SPEED 6 xU_i/ I ^ " V^* I *
C/R <
COMMON 7
/rr?\
MANUAL SHUT DOWN S V4>^ PAGEI.
/•n>\
COMMON 9 Viî/PAGEI.
CRITICAL SPEED 10 nir^ PAGEI.
COMMON II
/TTSs
WRONG WAY 12 VLiii^ PAGEI.
13
14
WIRING SIZE
ALL WIRES ARE 0.5mm'
MATERIAL NAME
I/O LIST
WEIGHT
SAFETY SYSTEM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 73H58363-429/9
NABCOLU. cv
UAIN SOURCE CONTROL
SOURCE
AC/DC- CONVERTER
TBI SI S3 F5 TBI TB3
ac PI
YI2.0I KJOI
Nl UAIN SOURCE AC
UAIN SOURCE a. B
^W T B I
(Z.< EUERG. SOURCE DC
AC200V-AC220V RI2.0)
50/60HZ 1* TBI (M _, PI
rl
O
* N i1
YC2.0J Yt2.01 m
Rf?
^
TBI
8
P2
N2
-„
c*B TB4
EUERG.
SOURCE VAIN SOURCE AC
TBI 32
O|t>— EMERG. SOURCE DC
RC2.0) RIZ.O)
EUERGENCY
SOURCE
DC24V BATTERY
TBI
LO BC.O) 8(2.01
8
10
WIRING COLOR
Y BELLOW
BfiLUE
K SLACK
WMHITE
0 GRANGE
H:GRAY
6«REEN TB2
SB
WIRING SIZE UAIN SOURCE AC
INDICATES IN I ). ALL OF UNIT IS
EUERG. SOURCE DC
ALL WIRES ARE 0^m> EXCEPT INDICATED
tZH. MATERIAL NAME

PSU-24
f
xl
iZH
tZH
AC/OC CONVERTER
"02
8.26
'01
f U ^0052097-01
WEIGHT
RELATION
WIRING DIAGRAM
7.24 FOR U6. 60V. 74055277
CODE NO. OW6. NO.
WIRING NO. :|0t-l24 SW. '98
4/20
Y
N
to REV.
MAW
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE W3058344-I
NABCOLtd. B.STD.SCH.PU.II
ED
WIRING COLOR
Y:YELLOW
R:REO
B:BLUE
K SLACK TBI LOCATION
RIO,751
W:WHITE P2 TB2 POW.SOURCE U
DC24V
0:ORANGE N2 TB2 POW.SOURCE U
H :GRAY TB TERM. B. U.
G:GREEN (NOT USE) 12 TBI (NOT USE) TERM. B. U.
LOAD PROGRAM 13 TBI -o o- LOAD PROGRAM TERM. B. U.
W I R I N G SIZE (NOT USE) 14 TBI -o o INOT USE! TERM. B. U.
INDICATES !N I ). ALL OF UNIT IS ram2 LIMITED SPEED TB -o o- LIMITED SPEED TERM. B. U.
ALL WIRES ARE 0.3mm 2 EXCEPT INDICATED MAIN START VALVE SERVICE TB! -o o- MAIN START VALVE SERVICE TERM. B. U.
MAIN START VALVE BLOCKED 17 TB o o MAIN START VALVE BLOCKED TERM. B. U.
£*/7 <X SLOW TURNING REQUEST 18 TBI o o- SLOW TURNING REQUEST TERM. B. U.
START AIR DISTRIBUTOR BLOCKED 19 TBI -o o START AIR DISTRIBUTOR BLOCKED TERM. B. U.
TBI TERM. B. U.
BRIDGE 12 TBI -o o- BRIDGE TERM. B. U.
CONTROL ROOM TBII -o o CONTROL ROOM TERM. B. U.
ENGINE SIDE TBII -o o E/S CONTROL TERM. B. U.
AHEAD 15 TBII o o FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD TERM. B. U.
ASTERN 16 TBII -o o- FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN TERM. B. U.
SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL 17 TBII -o o SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL TERM. B. U.
LAMP TEST
INOT USE!
SCAV. LIMIT CANCEL
LOCATION
AUX.BLOWER S
AUX BLOWER I RUNNING -o o AUX. BLOWER I RUNNING AUX.BLOWER S,
AUX.BLOWER S
AUX BLOWER II RUNNING -o o- AUX. BLOWER II RUNNING AUX.BLOWER S,
COMMON AUX.BLOWER S,
AUX. BLOWER I AUTO. POS. AUX. BLOWER I AUTO. POS. AUX.BLOWER S
AUX. BLOWER I STOP AUX. BLOWER 1 STOP AUX.BLOWER S.

AUX. BLOWER I RUNING AUX.BLOWER S,
AUX. BLOWER I RUNNING COMMON AUX.BLOWER S.
AUX. BLOWER II AUTO. POS. AUX. BLOWER II AUTO. POS. AUX.BLOWER S.
AUX. BLOWER II STOP AUX. BLOWER II STOP AUX.BLOWER S,

AUX. BLOWER II RUNNING AUX.BLOWER S.
AUX. BLOWER I! RUNNING 31 TB2 TERM. B. U.
AUX. BLOWER AUTO. POS. 32 TB2 AUX. BLOWER AUTO. POS. TERM. B. U.
PROGRAM BY-PASS
TB3 COMMON RELAY P.
MANUAL SLOW TURNING TB3 C/R MANUAL SLOW TURNING RELAY P.
MATERIAL NAME
_CONTROL R O O M INDICATOR PANEL

*ZH '02 WEIGHT
K.T
2/ST2E It. I T W I R I N G DIAGRAM
OUTLINE •02 RELATION NO.
73071209 4.1 K.T CODE NO. DWG. NO.
M:W307H88 T HHI-1377
*
WIRING NO.: 901-942 (921-922) REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD, SCALE W 3 0 7 209 1/2
CN
NABCO Ltd.
PAGE . PAGE . PAGE .
TB3 LOCATION
SP 1 £J 1 L5tL I LHM. 13. U.
1UHN INu oLAH UroLNUAOL L/ " ^ X^- ^1 n o ~n «^T- 1 Lid u (J -> lUnNINU uLAn UloLNoAUL ILnM. D. U.
1 UK NINO ULAK LNUAUL Lo " ^ ^v^ ^. _ _ r^^. (i-J 1 U<1 (J u ' lUnNinu ULAK LNUAuL ILnM. b, U.
K A t l N u INUI UjLJ L °t " L /^^ ^j n~* n co 1 LStl v tr <' K AC INU INUI UbLI ILnM. b. U.
£. f \ LJ£- ' o u '' nuumi JLA INUI UJLI ILKM. b. U.
AUX. bLUWLIf AU 1 U. KLUUL J 1 L. / ^ J"-^ ^ t n*?"7 n <io I U<L *J *-> AUA. ULUnLK AU 1 U. KLUULbl ILKM. b. U.
^1 LJ<—i o> L)
/ 1~ \ \l£. ^^ LUMMUN INUI UJLI ILKM. b. U.
KUUbll btA INU 1 UjLJ 1 U<iU o o ft: 8 71
/ J Tfi"?
1 LJ^. -_ .., ,, j»
-» o m i P J i JLA
KUUUI1 ^rAiM n T1 U
INU iicn
JLI TCDU
1 LnM. n
D. \\U.
rr» "
nU lUld. -*^ LUMMUN ILKM. b. U.
oLAV. L I M l i LANLLL lUU <J ° Sîp IU JJ ILJI^ -*" jLAV. L 1 M I I LAKLLL ILnM. D. U.
m"
11 b'l 1 Ud -*^ LUMMUN ILnM. b. U.
rnUUKAM bY 1 Ajb \\}£t o o I<L bj 1 U^. -*" lltUUlfAM LIT 1 AJJ ILKM. D. U.
13
14
15
16
17
18
MATERIAL NAME
rO
^ WN
l ^ T1 R OlI_
l\W IRDOM
\VJU1VI IMDIPATOR
J l M L J l L / M I \j\\ PANFI
FrAINL^L-
Xt
W I R I N G DIAGRAM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
W I R I N G NO.: 960-970 REV

-
MARK
NnTF
3 (j / £_ (j y /2.
NABCO Ltd.
I—11—11—11—I DC24V
*1LiaJ
a J ai!
! [si! J (5i!
Jl d J
LiS Liij Li2j
m us; CD 3
vB 304
^— 5« *„ *_ ^«
**r-. +»n Mr- I
s1
^ -,-n
crw\j
^
•if «s »» 8 on
ro o» ^1 (
ELECTRIC SOURCE
K v a1 '
S *5 S
C/R CONTROL
TELE& RECEIVER
AHEAD
ASTERN
STOP
START
VALVE
NRGIZED
ro
GtA
AHEAD SOL. VALVE
ASTERN SOL. VALVE

en
START SOL. VALVE
STOP SOL. VALVE

QD
C0
ro
ro
331 BRIDGE CONTROL
£8
<*»
ro
CO
CO
O)
*
^
CO ro
en
CO
CO MANUAL SLOW TURNING
OPERATE
r\»
SLOW TURNING
SOL. VALVE
ro
CO
-REMOTECONT.AIR
8 L. P. DETECT TIMER
O
-I
m
REGULAT.HANDLE
START POS.
i
BPffiKT
REVERSING ORDER
RELEASE TIMER
REVERSING ORDER
RELEASE TIMER
m
344
SHUT DOWN
Q
rn
CO
O i TELEa TRANSMITTER,
CO
CO m
en
co ro
i
co O>
SUB TELE& F/E
to
co OJ
10
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 no 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 17B 179
MATERIAL NAME
RELAY PANEL
WEIGHT
. WIRING DIAGRAM 3
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
WlNa401-421
ft ft NOTE DATE DESIGNED CMC Apva SCALE 73H58363-34 3/3
MABCOLhL
•^^^^^^•F^F ^•^HBB
ED
BV V
r«uc L. v^y
TL6-108 CARD PB-3 TBI LOCATION
24V 7 -^ ii *• 1 1 TTELEGRAPH
fc 1 ^ T
0V 9
2BI0.75I »- jr SSOURCE
^ DC24V
-2§o°o— LAMP TEST TB2
PB-3 ^^,^W" 'DI5
A/5 ' 1 AIO TBI ^ A
TELEG. RECEW.
5/B '
*^S
Pi
^-w— DIG
a B9 TBI » e
S/B TELEG. RECEIV.
TB3
D.7 *B ». rr/E
F/E 2 A9 TBI TELEG. RECEW.
TBI
«B
3 3 B8 TB2 TELEG. RECEW.
B
4 C
2B
4 B7 TB2 TELEG. RECEW.
REPLY SW.
B
8 7 A8 TBI TELEG. RECEW.
2
IB 8 B9 TB2 TELEG. RECEIV.
< OL 9 16 TB2 TERM. B.U.
PAGt 10 48 TBI2 »- fCOMUON TERM. B.U.
PAGt-•? /TTTV.,,,..
.£. v<3V U 49 TBI2 *- iFUEL CAU ROLLER AH. TERM. B.U.
PAGI 12 50 TBI2 < »- TFUAL CAM ROLLER AS. TERM. B.U.
TB2 LOCATION
-
m
3 15 TB2 TERM. B.U.

DC24V
5 eotj 17
TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE LIO ^
^^^
W no
Uv
o.
eo^
1/ TB2 TURN ING GEAR DISENGAGE TERM. B. U.
TURNING GEAR ENGAGE LI3 ^ in
lo TB2 o n TURNING GEAR ENGAGE TERM. B. U.
W
"-*H D9
58^0. BtO.751
PB-3
PAGE2.
(NOT USE! TB2 LOCATION
15 TBI2
EMERG. SHUT DOWN 13 TBI2 EUERG. SHUT DOWN TERM. B.U.
SLOW DOWN REQUEST (NOT USE) 14 TBI2 •o o- SLOW DOWN REQUEST (NOT USE) TERM. B, U.
SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE TBI -o o- SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE TERM. B, U.
SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE TBI -o o SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE TERM. B, U.
BRIDGE CONTROL 17 TBI2 •o o BE DOE CONTROL TERM. B. U.
C/R CONTROL 18 TBI2 •o o C/R CONTROL TERM. B. 0.
19 TBI2 -o o E/S CONTROL TERM. B. U.
WIRING COLOR
Y:YELLOW MANUAL SHUT DOWN
RflED
BSLUE OVERRIDE SHUT DOWN
K :BLACK
W:WHITE ENGINE SIDE CONTROL
0: ORANGE AHEAD
H :GRAY ASTERN
G:GREEN WRONG WAY 22 TBI2 WRONG WAY TERM. 8. U.
PAGE 2. 16 TBI2
WIRING SIZE TBI3 COMMON TERM. &. U.
EMERG. SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE SW. TBI3 EUERG. SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE SW. TERM. B. U.
INDICATES IN t ). ALL Of UNIT IS mm1 I/4W 3.9K
ALL WIRES ARE 0.3ram'EXCEPT INDICATED TBI3 COUUON TERM. B. U.
MANUAL SHUT DOWN SW. PBII TBI3 MANUAL SHUT DOWN SW. TERM. B. U.
I/4W 3.9K
14 TBI4 TERM. B. U.
M/E REVOLUTION i - ™ 15 TBI4 TERM. B. U,
INDICATOR 27 TBI4
DIODE
ALL DIODES ARE ISI830 EXCEPT INDICATED NAME
MATERIAL
m-K ENGINE SIDE TELEGRAPH & IN[MCATOR BOX

i*Mm-rA t*1SI830»JU a *ZH •02
K.T — 4t « WEIGHT
(XI) I/.2/JI3E 6.4 T W I R I N G DIAGRAh/I
* RELATION NO.
M: W307II89
•02
K.T « «
4.1 T CODE NO. DWG. NO.
HHJ-1377
*
WIRING NO.: 802-820. 831-851 REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE W307I2 0 1/2
NABCO Ltd.
•«-v$jj^) rAULl.
TB3 LOCATION
J*""
13
Ic E/S
RYI
r- -O O-- ID ' PAGE I,
L 1*7
B .
AHEAD 1' PAGE I
f— IQ
lo *• ( PAGE I
ASTERN L —tK— _ 1Q
TB4
ii MO.l CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD E/S
0 0 , ,, NO.I CYL.FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN E/S
N0.2 CYL. FUEL CAU ROLLER AHEAD E/S
8 N0.2 CYL. FUEL CAU ROLLER ASTERN E/S
ESO-IOI N0.3 CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD E/S
N0.3 CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN E/S
N0.4 CYL.FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD E/S
10 N0.4 CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN E/S
N0.5 CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD E/5
1U N0.5 CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN E/S
11 N0.6 CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER AHEAD E/5
12 1? o n N0.6 CYL. FUEL CAM ROLLER ASTERN E/S
B
PAGE I.
14 PAGE I,
RYI
r- -O O 20
B
AHEAD PAGE I.
r--OC>- - 22 B
ASTERN L _R-Y2_ - 23 PAGE I,
TB5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 LOCATION
PAGE I. 63 11 11 + „,. .., E/S
t?
\£. ^*w
Sf*\
^sip' E/S
I V Tn7 . . -te. SOUND 5IG. TELEG. REC
MATERIAL NAME
BOX
*ZH WEIGHT
WIRING DIAGRAM
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
WIRING NO.: 751-765 REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE W307I2IO
NABCO Lid.
tl
, 'J
"? C "3 i£ ^ E^" ^^ d? y
ffT ^f & 3 0 ^
3a 12CJ W T ±0.3 $ i 7 5 7 vvv S.35 (l.6a)
0.5W-t o f r ± 0 . 1 120 731 3IEi W T ±0.5 tt±E* Rmax (Re) w 255 (6.3fl)
T &73X 3 0 W T to.? "3IS 7 3 X I O O C) W T ±0.8 ww 0.85 (0.2e) V 1005 (25e)
27 0 249.2
63 14 4
144 1.6 150 25 151.5 8 bb 49.5
en
or
i
.
> < L /* 4 \
U LJ U U
>T r ^
=8 i
5 !
— P Ml
—JI LN J in
:r^*._. P M R
—i L IN j in
5
J^
r MC Ii—
LNb —:~—.
> in 1
'N
j o LO ro
r c
L M7
N / Lr—
CO
<*)
P^
1 •
TRI (~~ —!i
<D CD L J
1 A A
OPEN * *74.5 ^
4-7DRILL
260
A
58 144
u>
DC24V
/" ^
I
TB FG
T E R M I N A L BOARD
CO
m
ARRANGEMENT
PAINT COLOR : N4.0

- t
Xj -MS
MATERIAL NAME
PANEL CUT M-800- H - W
BRIDGE IbJJJ1CÂJO_R & SWITCH PANEL
WEIGHT
6.9kg OUTLINE
'98 5
fA
RELATION NO.
M-800-2 YN
3.11 CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 120 F3062437 1/2
NABCO Lid. M-800-2
*J *?Cl-£flE?# #SI 3 0 7 3 1 I Z O W T ±0.3 » ® 7 7 V vvv G.35 (l.6a)
') (Ra) w
0.5w-t 6 w T ± 0 . 1 120 7 3 Z 3 I 5 W T ±0.5 tt-tc* R max 255 (6.3e)
to
T S"i 3 0 W T ± 0 . 2 3 l 5 ^ 3 z t O O O w T ±0.8 WW 0.85 (0.2e) V 1005 (25a)
MCA-602.CARD
CARD REMARKS
WHP-OOI-++ CARD I N D I C A T O R LAMP C A R D
MCA-I02-++ CARD INPUT/OUTPUT C A R D
MCA-602-** CARD POWER SOURCE C A R D
FUSE
OFF O
ON E L E C T . SOURCE SWITCH
MATERIAL NAME
M-800-
WEIGHT
INSIDE A R R A N G E M E N T
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
2
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE
:2
120 I F3062437 /2
NABCO Lid.
m *ftf£<»Ea KSi 30931 120WT ±0.3 ft S 7 5 7 VW 6.3S (l.6«)
(6.3a)
i0.5w^ 6«T ±0.1 120 ?3i 3I5WT ±0.5 tt.tC* Rmax (Re) W 25S
T 6?3x 30w7 ±0.2 3l5?3ilOOO«T ±0.8 WW 0.8S (0.2a) V IOOS (25e)
/T\
^ VN
~T -niJTI INF : RFFFR TO nWR.NO. F10K7417
COVER COLOR : RED

5At L I T ' 1 LUNiKUL ' ^
^
EDGE COLOR : RED
! ; UANUAL ~* SHUT DOWN SLOW DOWN
' SHUT DOWN Pftt WARN ING PRCWARNIN6 BRIDGE
' l_ _ — — —I
^/yyyyyy^y^^J
UAHUAL AUTO. AUTO. JUPERFECJ CONTROL HANDLE

SHUT DOWN SHUT DOWN SLOW DOWN VtlMt CONT. ROOM MATCH
s
SHUT DOWN
OVERRICE R«r UwRmM »
,g
\ ^
1
["OVERRIDE" . OVERRIDE
ISHUT DOWN] AVAIL ABU SLOW DOWN STARTING
1
k. , STARTING AIR
l g l g l g Lf/ C m
r /M-*«M3
*
CONTROL
SYSTEM PAH.. niflffRi. SYSTEM fAl. &LOCK
FUEL CAW WRONG

POS. ABN. WAY
\
SPEED
J : DIGITAL INDICATOR
ACTUAL REVOLUTION
A
v Ifllfllfllmin"
yy==yyrpm . INDICATING LAMP OR
' ALARM LAMP
ROW AM
.^3tR I IALS
^
ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
1 LOADDOWN (MOMENTARY TYPE)
BR IQHT "s ^" LAMP TEST PROGR AM
DARK S
S°TU0MP°
ALARM
TEST
CRITICAL
SPEED fit PROGRAM I
BY-P*SS
(ALTERNATE TYPE, WITH COVER)
f ^^__
U-800-I UAIN ENGINE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
OD
I
i! Jj (MOMENTARY TYPE, WITH COVER)
MATERIAL NAME
M-800-n-W
*ZH '02 tt ft
BRIDGE INDICATOR d SWITCH PANEL
a C
7.29
K.T —
T
WEIGHT
#***££ PANEL ARRANGEMENT
— '02 K *
tt RELATION NO.
M :73070807 3.4
K.T
T CODE NO. DWG. NO.
HHH377
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE
*
DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE
1 :2
120 7307 206 1/2
NABCO Ltd. rev
3Q?3X I 2 0 M T ±0.3 ft ffi r 6.35
±0. 20 3I5UT ±0.5 Rmax (Re) vv 255 (6.3a)
30«T ±0.2 31573x1000 WT ±0.8 vvw 0.85 (0.2a) 1005
LETTERING INDICATING ILLUMINATING LETTERING ND1CATING ILLUMINATING

BLOCK DESCRIPTION APPLICATION BLOCK DESCRIPTION APPLICATION
COLOR LEO COLOR LED COLOR COLOR LED COLOR LED COLOR
SAFETY MANUAL SHUT DOWN PUSH BUTTON BLACK RED YELLOW CTADTlklO
b 1 AR T 1 N b DCAHV
Kt AUY Tf\
1U C
b TIA
AnDT
1 . KI n i r A T noLAMr
i1NUIUAIUK i AUD Dl API/
bLAUK vci i nuu
TtLLUW
ALARM LAMP BLACK RED 1 CTADTlUf*
b l A R 1 INb C" A II II DC
r AlLUKt Al AD LJ 1 A kJD
ALAKM LAMP Dl ATI/
bLAUK DC n
Kt U
SHUT DOWN PREWARNING
Al AD IJ 1 A 1JD
ALAKM LAMP DlAPI/ DC n
SLOW DOWN PREWARNING ALARM LAMP BLACK RED START BLOCK bLALK KLU
MANUAL SHUT DOWN ALARM LAMP BLACK RED DCDCATCPi C T A D T
REPEATED 5TAR 1 . TMnir'ATHD 1 AUD
J N U I U A I U K LAMr Dt API/
bLAUK DC n
Kt U
CTADT A tD 1 fMAf DDCCC A I An it I A LID
ALAKM LAMP DlAPI/ DC n
AUTO. SHUT DOWN ALARM LAMP BLACK RED S T A R T . AIK LOW PHtbb. bLALK Kt U
AUTO. SLOW DOWN ALARM LAMP BLACK RED SLOW TURNING CANCEL PUSH BUTTON BLACK RED YELLOW
SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE ALARM LAMP BLACK RED core
orctun iL IM
lu IITF
I CnU
Q.PFF n
jiutU INniPATflR
jnuiL.Miur\ 1uwwr AMP Rl API^
DL. HUr\ RFH
n c. U
SLOW DOWN REQUEST ALARM LAMP BLACK RED IL UAU
H A H ur
IIP rnUOnAM
PPHftPAU IMniPATOR 1 AUP
J N U I U A l U n Lr\Mr Rl APl^
DLMUN YFI 1 HW
I CLU UVt
IMniÂTHD 1 AilD vn i AIAI
SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE ALARM LAMP BLACK RED JNUILAI UK LAMP TtLLUW
Al AD t J t A ilD DC n
OVERRIDE SHUT DOWN PUSH BUTTON BLACK RED YELLOW ALAKM LAMP Kt U
L f\ A n nrttAiKi
DOWN oori^DAiJ 1 klH IP A T HD
1 AUD Dl API/ VCI 1 A\Al
OVERRIDE AVAILABLE INDICATOR LAMP BLACK RED OAD PRUbRAM JNDILA 1 UK LAMP bLALK TtLLUW
ikiniPATno
INDICAI OR iLAMP
AUD DC n
OVERRIDE SLOW DOWN PUSH BUTTON BLACK RED YELLOW KtD
PUSH BUTTON YELLOW ^niTIOAl CQCTT n Al A D k J t
ALAKM AUD
LAMP DlAPI/ DC n
CONTROL CRITICAL brELD oLALK KtU
BRIDGE PUSH BUTTON BLACK YELLOW DO f\f*Q AM D V D A C C
PRUoKAM bY-PAbb Dl ICU tiU
PUbH Dl iTTriKl
M UN Dl API/
bL AUK. VCI1 flVW
YtLL UW
YELLOW i ki n i r 1AUK
T noLAMP
i AUD DC n
PUSH BUTTON 1NDILA KtU
CCCniTIAI C DO T^LJT Dl ICU Dl ITT AM Dl API/
T t L LiUnui
vci
IMPERFECT BRIDGE CONT. ALARM LAMP BLACK RED LSbtNTIALb bR I GH 1 PUbH tiU 1 1 UN bLAUK W
YELLOW n if* i/cn CTr\o Dl ICU D I I T T A k l ni API/ T t L Li Unui
vci
CONTROL ROOM PUSH BUTTON BLACK FLICKER STOP PUbH bU 1 I UN bLALK W
BLACK YELLOW 1 A ttO TCCT
LAMP TEST Dl ICU Dl ITT Akl
PUbH bU 1 1 UN DlAPI/
Y t L Li Unu/
vci W
HANDLE MATCH INDICATOR LAMP bLALK
Dl ICU Dl i T T A k l DlAPI/ VCI1 AIAI
ALARM LAMP RED DARK PUSH bU 1 I ON bLALK YtLLUW
OIICU D I I T T A k l DlAPI/ VCI1 ftUU
ENGINE SIDE INDICATOR LAMP BLACK YELLOW SOUND STOP PUbH bUl 1 UN bLALK YtLLUW
ALARM LAMP RED A l A D 11 TtTCT
ALARM IEST Dl ICU Dl ITTAkl
PUbH bU 1 1 UN DlAPI/
bLALK vci t nvju
YtLLUW
ALARMS CONTROL SYSTEM FAIL. ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
SAFETY SYSTEM FAIL. ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
GOV. SYSTEM FAIL. ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
FUEL CAM POS. ABN. ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
WRONG WAY ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
ALARM LAMP RED
ELECT. CONT. SOURCE FAILURE ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
SOURCE SAFETY SOURCE FAILURE ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
TELEG. SOURCE FAILURE ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
CONTROL SOURCE INDICATOR LAMP BLACK YELLOW
SAFETY SOURCE INDICATOR LAMP BLACK YELLOW
INDICATOR LAMP YELLOW
MAIN SOURCE INDICATOR LAMP BLACK YELLOW
EMERG. SOURCE INDICATOR LAMP BLACK YELLOW
MAIN/EMERG. SOURCE FAIL. ALARM LAMP BLACK RED
MATERIAL hIAME
M-800E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
EJRIDGE INDICATOR & SWITCH PANEL
WEIGHT
COLOR LIST FOR PARTS
RELATION NO.
CO DE NO. DWG. NO.
2
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE 20 73071206 /2
NABCO Ltd.
I20«T ±0.3 vvv 6.35 (l.6a)
*
± 0 . 120 7 D i 3 I 5 W T ±0.5 ft-tE* Rmax (Ra) W 255 (6.3a)
±0.2 3I573IIOOOWT ±0.8 VVVV 0.85 (O.Za) V 1005 (25a)
NOTE COLOR : MUN5ELL

CONNECTOR : -7>tJUNI.O
"26 276
CN5\CN3 CN6 CN7
tP
LO
LO DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD
CD
TB2
DRILL
3-4.5*'J
TERMINAL BOARD AUX. RELAY TERMINAL BOARD
COVER
*I
I
I
*i
0
r
O
'i
o
rlc
1
o o o o
MATERIAL NAME
TERMINAL BOARD UNIT

WEIGHT
1.4kg
jSfr-Ffn'IL"
1—1 —*- — «y
-1111 J X h
I (TRU-W)
1 1 U\J 111
'98 RELATION NO.

Y.M
9.6 m 74MS5I74I
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV. *
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE , _
1 :5 93 74747664-5
NABCO Ltd. cv
'i1n
I
-' U
f\ .ci*i ^ fi OKA
*>KA Jl LMT*r -t-fi i iTfi^
-I-U.l i&vv n
-J _x.
^*» 7T?L*1~K
Oi.o>v> I "t-fl ^ fl*
-UUt*J &*!?•&
ix^^pwry Rmax (Ra) VV 25 S (6.3*) 1
T
1^ A^
OJ n^L
-J •*• ÔW~F —-hO
OVÂ 1 2 w
L.V/»*» 315^
A v ^ nilOOOtlT
-^ -*• JLV\rt/*%A 1 ±0U * w
-1— 8 WW
v -v v v 0.8S (0.2«) v 1(X)S (25«) 1
JtL IRIH6 BIAfrRflh
COMwECToirA' CONKKWB"
A 1 ^Q\ /S\ A4
T1^ /^l
81 £1
A n.
O
I
!
O
O O
'97. 12.19 s f e ^ C
10 1000+50 20 XtiAjtf,
OOHNECTOfTB'
«y 4-9$ ISO 20
Itl TWIST fLAI 08 7 30 i SO /6

01 3960x60 20
Ok S960±dO 10
COHNECTOR "^ 05 24.7$ ±80 ^0
04 2474:±^0 50
03 IMS 180 10
L
02 4î50 30
01 4ft±$0 10
VTEH SIZE OF 'L: No. OF CONDUCTOR REMARKS
*ZH:No.OF '02 MATERIAL NAME

2.5
FLAT CABLE
'16 WEIGHT
*
Mt) RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE
DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
TECHNICAL DEPART.
SCALE
930 F4747687
NABCOUd. D
•J ±0.1 1205 a x 315WT ±0.5 (Ra) 2SS
10 O.SiaJ;
I ±0.2 ±0.8 0.8S (0.2.) 100 S <*•)
WIRING DIAGRAM
CONNECTOR'A" CONNECTOR'S
Al >)', Al
Bl Bl
A2 > A2
62 1 1 B2
1
\ 1
1 •
An An
Bn , Bn
01 »
CONNECTOR'S
1.27 FLAT CABLE 06 • •
—• te,
*
on -
ot 3000 -So 10 4V#1U
CONNECTOR'A' 05 ^P-?, 30
04 1 ooo 4. 10
03 4000^ Zl>
02 4000:?. 40
01 ^so.^ ^0
ITCH SIZE OF *LT No. OF CONDUCTOR REMARKS
MATERIAL NAME
FLAT CABLE
»ZH:Ho.OF '02
¥
> • • • * * * + * * * » * # * * * - • • * * • • * • * • * • • • • • * * « « * » * 4
WEIGHT
2.5
* RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK!
NOTE
DATE DESIGNED CHK. APV1X
TECHNICAL DEPART.
SCALE
930 F4748445
HÎ^^MlP^P^^ BHWVMi ED
to. • •r 7 y
.i taax W tttfil
LAM3
TEST
PUSH BUTTON SHITCH
M4or6DRILL LED BRIGHT
4HOLES
COLOR OF SCALE PLATE

OJ ID
226 14 GROUND: WHITE
AHEAD: BLACK
PANEL CUT
STOP: RED
H ASTERN: RED
CS-l; 5)
A-H
PC.NO.
B
73798104-07
VIEW A TB1B VIEWJ3 ^ "1-800-1^0407
TB4 Il|g|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|l0|llll2l I l|g|3M|5|6|7|B|9|l(Hll|l2J OUT Lltf.
|l3llM9|8|7|6|g|4|3|2|l * JLJL
TB1A TBSA 11/06 JL CODE NO.
UI2|3MI5|6|7|8|9c REV.
NOTE DATE DESICK5OK 771 F3798104-07
NABCOLML
Jt iamz 3gif
23221. i
to.3 tin
10.a ww 10
Nal I w
74DS407e5-01-3'Jifly3l-
74KK47098-01r3JHtt»L> 3
C (1: g-5)
OvT
52 I 53 I 54 55 I 56
A A
A
MATERIAL
(1: 1.5) ^-800-1 T0407 1????i,1^«1^

WtlGHT
A&'Y
566l 0 _ ± RELATION NO.
Jtl •
- -
11AJ6 IttF379ai04-07 CODE NO. OMG.NO.
* H ttB3E798l<M-07
nev.
NOTE
*
CUTE ESHMEC *
CH< tf*O 771 73798104-07(1/2)
u^^^ "t'&ita.a
NJttCOLM.
0. 3K1 61T
30tT tOi
10. =1 ****
frTSs
w
1_J2-
(1:2)
MATERIAL
TELEEWH TWNSWTTEB
WEIGHT
ASS'Y
ffl ± RELATION NO. 1 ft •
* n F3798K>4-07 CODE NO.
REV.
NOTE * 771 73798104-07(2/2)
a O. Mi 6*T
iO. a 3t*»3i two
to. 3 tit* rt«x *R5)| W
LOOS C23ft)
JJB. CODE 10 PC. NO. DESCRIPTION 'TY RDURS Hff.Cpff » PC. NO. DESCRIPTION (rn flENMS WMpDE«| PC. NO. OESCftlPTION i'TY POURS PJUflDEW PC. NO. DESCRIPTION B'TY fBMS
A i £ t I t
t *
I * a-F & 1
£ *
•• ei A *
•1 e 9 • « 3-F £ 1 E «
-53871 72755112-01
COMMON PARTS CP
set 42 931 74593113-20 TERMINAL BOARD i W--152P »J^13|871 73755115-02 LIMIT 5M1IL£1
* * LH
1 C ^ L T^^t^ i^J' Iset
1 871 73755110-01 1 43 0031-1103015-64 lo& daw) ftfc inUt SJh 2 M3xl5 201 871 74067060-01 xNbUR UAHP BASfc
1
jfj2f\Asl?YY
2 970 74732304-02 %A*fti4>*0 2 M6xiO 44 975 73057040-01 U«^jrLT 1 i 202 0151-2010040-34 |™jp> WAsftR 4 M4
FV u v vC T L&Ali Dn T
3 0002-0106010-51 ifWFl t€AD BOLT 22 M6xlO 45 984 74748922-03 MAKE PLATE 1 203 0002-0104010-51 ^^JV • ^f^p^^^^m 1 *^t*^^J ÎU^B *
4 M4X10
4 6251-4-601345-03 LNG HASHER
22 M6 204 971 747412426-03 SPACER SQ-O6 4 >mm
ift88 ***»••/{*•* *x.3ULKtT UiAU BOL1 4 M4x5 DISPLAY CARD CP
5 871 72755046-01 "W y*, fBl
1
1 - 47 0002-0104005-51 I61MO 871 73755116-04 iset 205 784 73795261-02 rUG— 305—O48 ^Xv 1
871 74068534-01 SHAf - T HOLDER IAJ
ftflftNJEJrfr
t'^MV-w*
TCS-402-oiO CARD
161 785 73754837-04 TLG-402-fMO *Hv 1 206 0032-U4030Q6-6* nuranKfliMiii 4VHPBW
M3x6
6
LL6LUHOiK 5Uw
MSfc
1
SPACER iSfiiitTMiîtfy
CAW
4
7 0031-4 103006-W 2 M3x6 49 970 74755272-01 CLIP| 4 TU-180-1 162 971 74742719-04 4 6mm 207 071 747484 17-01 2
trn BT>* **J
5HAI rLuUntyiWLt H_AIt 1 CAM
/tt
a 973 74067062-01 - T HOLDER IB)
y?**
¥ (Rl 1 50 871 74755118-01 v9^\^9^*W^*
fit 2 163 986 74069263-02 1 208 871 74748418-01

/It 3
9 871 74067050-01 PULLEY SHAFT 1 51 984 74755481-01 NAME PLATE 2 164 0032-1403006-64 •Bmifiusiimit HI M3x6
4 209 871 747484 id-OS CAM 1
0061-3103006-51 itx.sdcKtr sti su-tw
rtlA.bULXti itl bLMlH
10 2 M3x6 52 984 74755482-01 NAME PLATE 3 165 0031-1103010-64
tfftft****" ^ j 2 M3xlO 210 0051-0103006-51 6 M3x6
11 871 73067045-01 1 53 984 74755482-02 Rlfti &.ATE 3 166 0150-1010030-14 ffl? 1 2 M3 211 931 74755270-02 1 12P
;fc5-ING Wft-Jt
12 0256-0040032-80 a*y PIN
1 *4x32 54 984 74755482-O3 NAME PLATE 3 167 0031-4103010-64 fit utaaul H*i HXR kfta ^ M3xlO 212 970 74730434-17 w«> vtstii ilJD iwtK wd 2 M2.3xl2
13 871 74069586-02 BLO & 2 55 984 74755482-O4 Rife? &.ATE 3 213 971 74720436-02 SPRING HASHER 2 M2.3
?D7
14 971 74742719-21 SPACER ^%^\^MAA
9 cUnnn 56 984 74755483-01 flAME PLATE 4 !7M* 871 747486 18-08X NAME F^-ATE CP iset
*a!V/tV CP
I%X. SOCKET H;AU BOLT 984 74748922-04 NAME PLATE 171 984 74747833H&6 NAME PLATE 11 LATEST
15 0002-0103006-51 8 M3x6 57 1
E *iY/Cv 1 *
16 0151-2010030-34 §PRING
H>»*
WASHER
29 M3 58 984 74748922-05 *^^S*t 1
17 0032-1403006-64 BUcUUflKllCfnEn 15 M3x6 221 871 73755111-02 BASE ASS'Y
5-J ASS^Y 1
tffllîTM****^ RACK
18 871 74067059-01 CARD SASt 2 174 984 74747833-03 l!J^vPLATE 1 F/E 222 871 73067753-02 1
?7?
IOH20 871 73755113-01 HANDLE CP iset 175 984 74747833-02
NAME PLATE
1 S/B 223 986 73068521-01 SCALE 1
20 971 74742426-03 SPACER SQ-Ob 224 785 73754835-01 TLG-ÔI-OIA
HANDCt BODY NAME PLATE CARD
6 6mm 101 871 73068523-01 1 176 984 74747833-15 1 AT SEA 1
^PAWH
21 871 74068912-01 3« ^WC>™
2 102 871 73067080-01 BWJY FIN ADO. 1 225 871 73068671-02
rn*»rt- 1
22 871 73067752-01 DECORATIVE SHEET 1 103 871 74735828-01 WORM HOLDER i] I7H* 871 74748619-01X NAME PLATE CP iset 226 905 74755263-01 POTtNuO i£TEH CP 1 JC30S
iff **//}v CP HrVtfSjl-$CP
23 871 73067902-01 RAIL BRACKET
l/~ ^"i^^r^t K 1 104 0002-0104006-51 IfX.SUCKET HEAD BOLT
2 M4x6 177 984 74747833-04 NAME PLATE 1 BRIGHT
24 871 73067905-01 PLAlllNEAR
IJ
Nil ilK
1 Mil 105 974 74735829-01 1 178 984 74747833-05 NAME^ PLATE 1 DARK
tJ iL 5?Â
ttX.SOOCET tt:AU BOLT PUSH BUTTON
25 970 74754561-02 6 M2.5xlO 106 871 74067065-01 1
26 871 73068713-01 ftwHE EUSE BRACKET 1 107 0180-0000050-01 RETAINING RING 2 *e 5 IBM91 871 73755114-01 POTENT IO hCTER CP JMt
*5_"7 «*ft
27 970 74754561-01 SOCKET HEAD DGLT 8 M2.5x4 108 871 74067069-01 RAftDL GRIP(B) 1 181 905 74755262-01 WftNIIO MtTER CP a CPP-45B
8CL ff**Jt
*" flfl
jfifVVfl/'fCP
28 871 74067053-01 T FOLLOWER
ffi 2 109 971 74589454-07 2 MGSON 182 0032-1403006-64 KHWUSftBIIIHR HU 3 M3x6
«*
29 0002-0103010-51 t€x.5(XXU ttAU UULI
19 M3xlO 110 871 74067064-01 DJ.AL FILE AUO. 1 183 975 74734496-05 i UJ6-6
30 871 73068519-01 HANDLE BASE 1 184 871 74067057-01 «^*âv^ i
SvfE v ? ^
BRACKET GEAR fcX.S[tK£ f ftAD BOLT
31 871 74069258-01 1 112 974 74735831-01 1 185 0002-0104010-51 8 M4xlO
BB An Air ^
32 871 74068634-01 POINTER 1 113 973 73594132-05 1 NB0509XJ 186 0151-2010040-35 SPRlNB WASHER 8 M4
t'li
33 970 74755367-02 SUtl DUIlbl ItJU U^ kj«
£ftntt£9v£i'V 3 S8C83-6 114 871 74735837-01 1 187 970 74067063-01 HEXAGONAL POST 4
^|VTV*Y
34 871 74067058-01 BEARING
^TJJV^T
SHAFT
1 115 974 74735830-01 WORM WHEEL 1 188 971 74743301-12 SPACER 2 4EO-15
35 0101-0110080-04 NOT 1 M8 116 0256-0016012-80 SPRifle PIN 1 1.6x12 189 931 74755270-01 TERMINAL BOARD 1 8P
Zlj:
SPf=tING WASHER
36 0151-2010080-34 1 M8 117 871 74067070-01 2 190 970 74720434-07 UU3O W3BK1I NUU MUwt 2UW
2 M2.3x25
Atfitui
y4- IING WASHER
rtfK
HANDL GHIPIAJ ^j^^rÂi ^%7 f^^^^jt w^n
37 971 74720436-03 6 M2.6 118 871 74067068-01
t (
/\^ JKi?j m 1 191 971 74720436-02 2 M2.3
38 973 74067074-01 BEARING 6 W-613ZM 119 0002-0104050-51 IJX.3ULKET htAD BOLT
2 M4x50
39 871 74O67O"5 1-O1 COLLAR 3 120 979 74747804-01 %vif- 1
U-Q •
rW-y KU
._.
40 0181-0000040-01 RETAINING RING 3 iftf 4

41 910 74748396-03 HOI* FILTER 1 ttr-32-22
MATERIAL
^3t_QfY\.nr TfljtfV? iBJEUwTl IrwSUHfcH
Ml OlAJ 111 IU4U/ ; L 4 ? i j i « t t i i
WIGHT
PARTS LIST
-
^001 B RELATION NO. n a•
" 11A6 t *
V i
» ltt73*»&tS7 CODE NO. DMS.NO.
!«* *** DA1E DEStOCDC WC W^fl >SCAUj. 1 c 771 B3798 104-07

NABCO1M.
vw
I *et2fi#
0. 5Ht 6BT
6931 30BT
fttt 30731 120BT tO. 3
*
• 7 7 ?
tO.l 120«i 315BT tO. 5 ftiEt Rnex CRa)
tn ? 315731 lOOOBT tO. 8 ww 0.8S (0.2a)
w
V
6.3S (1.63)
255 (6.3a)
100S (25a)
POTENTIOMETER
FOR TELEGRAPH
AH
«—
TLG-402 CARD
(INDICATION CARD)
POTENTIOMETER
FOR REMOCON.
1 AH
CN3 (3P) CN4 (4P) CN2 (40P) VvVWvV
TB5 1 2 3 5 6 8
TLG-401 CARD TLG-305 CARD

(LIMIT SWITCH CARD)
(CPU CARD) j*
\i
i i t
i j <
4
i
i >
125~
• u i<:> d s A i
REVOLUTION IN TELEGRAPH REPEATER DIVISION

F/E SLAY METER COM: N OUT ABN. COMMUNICATION COM: P METER
CCX2N.O.?N.C.? N COM t/SI BB8 M.IJ B/B tT/El COMCOM
Bl B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9 B12
CAWCAM.FGTER.LSB 1 2 MSBFLC. SIGGND FG
Bl B2B3B4 B5B6B7B8B9 B12
TB4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a 9 10 11 12
STOP STOP
CNil CN12 TB1 Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 TB2 Al A2A3A4 A5A6A7A8A9 A10A11 A12 SLOSTTSOWN
pOHl 111 H.C.I.. P SIQ.Bfl mm,?® CAWCAM. FG FG.. + - .GCN§NTC7 H/HSIG.IHGNO FG RESET
F/E RELAY REVOLUTION IN OUT ABN, TELEGRAPH LOG.GONG TENTIO

METER COM: N COMMUNICATION COM. OUT MMON
NOISE OR
(flNGHNOJE
:
ILTER,
1 POTWriOQUT
TELEGRMPH
MATlRI/iL NAhC
Kf- TRANSMITTER
TB3 24V 0V
SOURCE 24V WIRING DIAGRAM
2001 RELATION NO.
11/06 »
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
flEV.
NOTE DATE IGNED OK. SCALE 771 W3798 104-07
NABCOLtd.
• ttftifia ff81 f
i• vw 6.35 11 .ba)
I
30531 120ttT tO. 3 77
i 0. 5CU: 6tt T tc).l 130531 315BT tO .5 ft±£t Rmax VK7 25B 16 .3a)
i tc>.2 to.e 0.8S 100S a5a)
f
6931 30& T 315*31 lOOOttT W\A^ V
1
CfJ
*
rD
~_r JK3( i
i i it t I
r^î ^
-I
45
AC
ir ^^
JL JU
PP^R
C.Cj*J
PAINIED QLOR MN€EL
^V JT fn
i P 1- f
\\ ttttA. T7sytT JlJM^ O
^^^^^ ^^^
^l -i
, I 1 I rr X9ZC. xyLyMN^.VJ
,
.
_s* 4-
o cT) r>s
*
rn O
m CD oo
en en
oj
CD
315
7DRILL 4WLES 300 PANEL CUT
4-07
(S-l: 5)
FEED TIIC TEST

«-
-,
^r- -r
- + - • - ^_
=±r
ram
± r4=
. *._
-H
omw FIOIC SET IP
O O
^r en
CXJ
imEWVHLOHHJ - J-
1
PC.NO.
73755804-01
MATERIAL TELEGRAPH LOGGER
HEIGHT
ML-80CD ill—
111 MA -fl/^/^"?
) \s j / y nff-
LJ /7
2001 S ± RELATION NO. "^jnf

—
REV.
7*DW7 07/23 S ! f tt •U 73755804 oooe NO.
t?J _r_n_M
owG.ro.
NOTE DATE |DESIGr€D OK. APVD SCALED
1 fi 796 ______^__^____
F3755804
NABCO Ltd.
"** TELEGMPH
K.-8001-A r 1/777 011-
73755804
NABOOLM.
U O, SHI EOT iO.Sjl l2Dnz 3t3«T 1*0.3 tilt
6V3Z 30KT iO.a 319m lOQttn 1*0. a ww
toaxl (RAM W
0. 85 Ito. Sail v
2SS |«.3ft)l
ioosl (2&a*l
ffA ODE*. PC. NO. DESCRIPTION <J'TV FBMflKS BFJt HE 10. PC. NO. DESCRIPTION •TY REHMS
3-K ft 1 ft « •1 c * ft i ft 4 It e i
896 72755465-01 41 910 74748396-03 NOISE FILTER 1
i
*§y 1
UlPlM'
2 896 73755468-01 s§j|5 1 42 931 74593113-20 TERMINAL BOARD l H.-15-2P
3 896 72755466-01 fife/ 1 43 0031-1103018-64 (ff i» U-ftCBLn tfjy J bUi
+: WtfA' l*V • a M3xl8
0031-1104008-S4 MACHINE SCREW ! i
4
5 0151-2010040-34
+!8ft?5**?
SPRING WASHER
6
6
M4x8
M4
44 896 73754845-01
45 896
}PB^ jB8*y
73754847-01 JLG-407-Q1 J-FASS'Y i
tf*73i
6 896 74755462-01 SHAFT HOLDER 1 46 930 74755260-01 FLAT CABLE ASf'Y i
fftftf" L
7 0031-4103006-64 LHUS5 ttlKfitU tt«U SWI
4 M3x6 47 930 74755260-02 FLAT CABLE ASS'Y
•3^7^"?*1S
i
8 896 74755476-01 SHAFT ID)
1 48 0031-1103010-64 MACHINE SCREW i M3xlO
it ?> <Q)
PAPER GUIDE ASS'Y
**'\ri?'5**^'
9 896 74755478-01 1 49 984 74755480-01 NO. SEAL 2
10 896 74755461-01 WASHER 2 50 984 74755481-01 SEAL 3
Y
?W^t
11 896 74755475-01 PULLEY 1 51 984 74748922-01 1
''-I" ^yv/<#Y/iy
12 0031 -i 103006-64 MACHINE SCREW 18 M3x6 52 984 74748922-02 NA»C HATE 1
13 0151-2010030-34 SPRING WASHER 20 M3 53 984 74748922-03 ^§§Sv 1
14 902 74755474-01
V"*- JF 1 54 896 74755484-01 f*-* 1
15 970 74720434-18 MACHINE SCREW 2 M2.3x5
16 971 74720436-02 SPRING WASHER 2 M2.3
rtfifli
HASHER
17 971 74720435-06 2 M2.3
S5M?
DRIVING PULLEY M3X4
18 896 74752076-01 1
19 0150-1010060-14 1 M6
5378*
20 896 74755459-01 BRACKET 1
21 896 74755473-01 SHÛfJ 1
il2t (W>
22 985 74755464-01 SPRING 1 WR8-20
23 896 74755460-01 PAPER GUIDE 1
24 0150-1010040-14 fc*S« 1 M4
25 896 74752074-02 HELL 1

26 896 74755471-01 GUIDE 1
JW£
27 0031-1103006*64 MACHINE S_CREW 2 M3x6
28 979 74747815-02 tf?Sr!*v** 2 TL-118
29 970 74720434-19 MACHINE SCREW 4 M3. 5x6
30 971 74720436-13 SPRING WASHER 4 M2.6
31 971 74720435-17 4 M2.5
t'Yil
32 896 74755470-01 SHAFT (A) 1
33 896 74755472-01
f^m^"
fLt-^08-01 CATO AS5T
1
34 896 73754849-01 TLG-4Q8-Q 1 >- FASS ' Y 1
35 0032-1403006-64 BB Kffl II 5H A BflnSH" 16 M3x6
36 926 74754986-01 ONC SlAMjAffc SHITCH
DMC zt*jf-Yz4<9* 1 DT-4
d/ 896 72755469-01 FTCM^ SHEET 1
38 896 73755467-01 COVER 1
39 970 74755274-03 LWSWWIUDIMBFBIDefl 4 £J*"W
40 0401-1000450-00 o?v5 1 P45
H ••*j»ftiL a2°02| S
LI •^jHBPXJr D \C/Af]l C
0
A
*
tt
± MATERIAL
M
nw€
im f^f\/\m A
TQfGWPH
* • ! * * ——
LOGGER
«•
JD/OJ o ¥ W » - M — HOni— A TUV"7^ n/J"
MX4t77475 Wl^ ffi t ± IVTBJT UA./^ » / \ / l/y >y U«
>t
ity11
9 MBO-OesiJB R $ff& S ~ S M "* DAOTQ I TQT
=XX>1 S B * *f i C L A T I O N«. ___. •"
X F
jj;
M
NOTE 0*TEb=Sie€DCW<«0 SCALE _ /96 B3/55804
MABCOLJUL
1 vetiiBft
(XSttJt 6HT
6531 30BT
**t 30531 120HT tO. 3 ft 1 7 7
±0.1 120f3i 315ttT tO. 5 ftlE^ Rnax
tO. 2 315?3i lOOOttT tO.B ww 0.8S
V
(Ra)
(0.2a)
vw
w
V
6,3S (1.6d)
255 (6.3a)
100S (253)
TLG-408 CARD TLG-406 CARD STANDARD SWITCH

(PRINTER CARD) (CPU CARD)
CN4 CNl
0. 5rrrfx20 0.5mrrfx40
CN3 CN4 CNl
TLG-407 CARD
(POWER SOURCE CARD)
DIGITAL IN
COtN CLOCK REVERSE ABN
TxDRxD P INI INS IN3 IN4"SIG GNffSlG
TB1 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TB3-1TB3-2 TB2 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
+15V-i5V,gIGAOO FG,*15V-15V.glGAGto FG.glGABO FG.glGAOO FG.
P O T T I O ANALO3 IN 1 POTgfTIO ANALOG IN 2 ANALOG IN 3 ANALOG IN 4
>€TER
NOISE
r
ILTER.
1
MATERIAL NAME
Ml -ftnnill-A TELEGRAPH LOGGER
TB3 24V 0V _ _ _ ? _ _ _ " _ _ _ I jf j[ 2
WIRING DIAGRAM
SOURCE 24V RELATION NO,
2001
08/2 CODE NO. DWG. NO.
rev. NOTE DATE OK. HPVD SCALE 796 W3755804-0 1
NABCO Ltd.
PAINT COLOR : N4.0
10 28 0
z^ IODRILL-4HOLE5
1
o fK\ 41» Nl
i
1
rn ^zr ^ i PSU-22 POWER SOURCE UNIT
1 11
(i
V) T
fK
rn T f i
i i i i i <5> N5
xk
®^!
t\P INPUT OUTPUT
it ii il it ii IN C.
i
I I I I 1 \
R-S AC V PI-NI DC 24V
L J-l-1 _j NH
<3> ^15 P-N DC24V P2-N2 DC 2 4V
IN O
>
J
1
J
J rn T i 1
C\J
i i i i <5> N5 NAME PLATE
i i
ti ti
i
ti
ii KM
IN *t
1
.i
1
1
T
LJ 1 i XT NR .
<5> T
/-h ! ^ 1» ft)
^•P 1
-1.* AC200V~AC22bV,50/60Hz,l 0
• t ^
1
-Q* ACIOOV~ACII5V,50/60Hz,l0
T E R M I N A L BOARD ITEM POWER SOURCE FOR MAIN REMARKS

NAME PLATE C A U T I O N PLATE
COVER IOPx2 WW ±«$W£
E*
LETTERING OF NAME PLATE LETTER.

N.NO. COLOR
wmw& X=*fe
BLACK
HI MAIN SOURCE
oo SERIAL *
oo NO. PLATE N2 EMERG. iSOURCE
BLACK
m
BLACK
N3 BRIDGE UNIT SOURCE
00 m
1 *
N.4
N5
TELEGRAPH SOURCE
ON
OFF
BLACK
jut
BLACK
ft
MATERIAL NAME
PSU-22
P O W E R S 0 U R C E U N IT
'98
1859183—188 c 3/18 T.M
WEIGHT
'97 RELATION NO.

12.4 Y.M CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
X)
MARK
I :5
70 406 86
NABCO Ltd. ED
POWER SOURCE OUTPUT OF CONTACT WIRING DIAGRAM REMARKS
ITEM FOR MAIN
asij Z 535 BEE
ftjfeffi* 15*
-01 AC SOURCE, DC SOURCE W3061861-01
-02 TELEG. SOURCE, F/E SIGNAL W3061861-02
-03 AC & DC SOURCE , TELEG. SOURCE W3061861-03 '98.2.2 te^.^rfe
-04 TELEG. SOURCE (X 2 ) , F/E SIGNAL (X 2) W3061861-04 '98.2.2 &*/£&
AC100V-AC115V,
-05 50/60Hz,1^ AC&DC SOURCE , TELEG. SOURCE , BACK UP SOURCE W3061861-05 'CO. 12. 5 A**
-06 TELEG. SOURCE, BRIDGE SOURCE (X 2) W3061861-06 'OU.19 J£^t
-11 AC SOURCE, DC SOURCE W3061861-11

-12 TELEG. SOURCE, F/E SIGNAL W3061861-12
-13 AC & DC SOURCE , TELEG. SOURCE W3061861-13 '98.2.2 te^^ffe
-14 TELEG. SOURCE (X 2 ) , F/E SIGNAL (X 2) W3061861-14 •98.2.2 &*,£•;&
AC200V-AC220V,
-15 50/60 Hz, 1# AC&DC SOURCE , TELEG. SOURCE , BACK UP SOURCE W3061861-15 '00. 12.5 Mv^
-16 TELEG. SOURCE, BRIDGE SOURCE (X 2) W3061861-16 '01.3.19 Mt
• •-
MATERIAL NAME
PSU-22
WEIGHT
RELATION NO,
POWER SOURCE UNIT
CODE.NO. DWG.NO.
>1
REV
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 920 74061861 2/2
NABCO Ltd. ED
; 0. 5tU BfelT ±0. 1 1 20931 315HT 10. 5 tt±E*
6?3i 30HT ±0. 2 315531 lOOOttT 10. 8 ww
Rma x (Ra)
0. 8S ( 0 . 2 a )
W
V
2 5 S (6. 3a)
I O O S (25a)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
8 69
MAX. 12 22. 5 INDICATION 'REVOLUTION
RANGE : - 1 0 V ~ 0 ~ H O V D C
TERMINALS :
ADJ H0% Al :+
VOLTAGE SIGNAL
A2=-
} I L L U M I N A T I O N DC24V
CO
CO NDICATIONS ACCURACY^
11. 5% OF FULL SCALE
138
INSIDE ARRANGEMENT
CO
CO
PANEL CUT
(S=1 '
b tZH '00 d. MATERIAL NAME

x2 9/19 DLQ144-P
tZH '99 Y WEIGHT
5/13 Y 0. 385k9 OUTLINE
'98 Y R E L A T I O N NO.
8/19 N CODE NO. DWG. NO.
111
REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E DESIGNED CHK. APVD S C A L E
1 '5X0. 7
725 F4753031
NABCO Ltd. ED
il ires 3V7-JJ. •PC an v v v va/
II 0, Bfell BttT iO. 1 315HT ±0. 5

±0. 2 315931 IOOOHT iO. 8 \AA7V
Rma x
0. 8S
(Ra)
(0. 2a) V
25S
100S
(6. 3a)
(25a)
AHAED S I D E ^BLACK
ASTERN S I D E : R E D
o POINT :BLACK
DIAL GROUND'WHITE
150 150
m
r pm
ASTERN AHEAD
MATERIAL NAME
DIAL PLATE
WEIGHT
R E L A T I O N NO.
C O D E NO. DWG. NO.
C
REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E DESIGNED CHK. APVD, S C A L E 725 F4753037-0
NABCO Ltd. MC
•I u 'l ** 10- /J
1 *' V y •! «*. I fc V '^
u 0. 5feU 6tlT ±0. I 3I5«T iO. 5 Rma x (Ra) W 2 5 S (6. 3a)

3 0 W T ±0. 2 1000«T 10. 8 ww 0. 8S ( 0 . 2 a ) V 100S (25a)
AHAED S I D E ^BLACK
ASTERN S I D E ^ R E D
o POINT :BLACK
DIAL GROUND^WHITE
150 150
m
r pm
AHEAD ASTERN
MATERIAL NAME
D A L P L A TE
WEIGHT
R E L A T I O N NO.
Y DWG. NO.
/u t
®N
CODE NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E DESIGNED CHK. APVDJ S C A L E 725 F4753037
NABCO Ltd. MC
RSI 30?Di 1 20*:u 10. 3 * uu r s 7 V V V W * W W . . . w ».
JJ 0. 5 Hi 6W T ±0. 1 120531 3l5ttT iO. 5 t t ± E ^ Rmax (Ra) W 25S (6. 3a)

I 6?3i 3 0 HT ±0. 2 315931 IOOOBT 10. .8 WW 0. 55 ( 0 . 2 a ) V IOOS (25a)
8 82. 5
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION '
192 MAX. 12 22. 5
INDICATION 'REVOLUTION
T ADJ ±IO» WANK;!- :- i fw-ft-"f invnr.
TERMINALS
A1 : +
VOLTAGE SIGNAL
CM A2 = -
or* CO
XI 1
I L L U M I N A T I O N DC24V
X2
NDICATIONS ACCURACY^
±1. 5X OF FULL SCALE
186
1
CO
CO
MM-j}-
MATERIAL NAME
DLQ192 -bc-NB INDICATOR
tZH '99 Y <fo WEIGHT
A %?eiH?g£ C
5/13 Y
—
cts 4
9& OUTLINE
'98 Y s $ R E L A T I O N NO. mmm
8/19 N iij CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E DESIGNED CHK. APVD S C A L E
*
1 '2
725 F4753034
NABCO Ltd. MC
ITI
0, 5 H± 6ttT ±0. 1 I 20931 3I5HT 10. 5 Rma x ( R a ) W 25S (6. 3a)

3 0 U T ±0. 2 1000HT 10. 8 WW 0. 8S ( 0 . 2 a ) V IOOS (25a)
4- 70
-I
-f-
A C R Y L ( G R O U N D : D A R K GRAY) Ii
5DRILL-4HOLES o
in
co
D I M M E R . Rkn 2 . 5 W
80
1f 1
J^
WIRING DIAGRAM
CABLE=3m
Rkn. 50W
•WW
NABCQ N A M E PLATE (SSH) R B

(74725533-01)
A B c
WIRING PIAGRAM
LENGTH OF C A B L E S ^ S m
APPL I ED R I N G M A R K A. B. C.
MATERIAL NAME
D I MMER PANEL
WEIGHT
M R E L A T I O N NO.
f C O D E NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E D E S I G N E D CHK. APVD. SCALE
•2
1 70 74063886 1/2
NABCO Ltd. ED
3 0 ? DI I ;> U fl f a u •? v V VV U . J O \ I . U0 /
0, ±0. 1 20^31 3I5HT iO. 5 Rma x (Ra) w 25S (6. 3a)

3 0 H T ±0. 2 315531 IOOOHT 4 0 . 8 0. 8S ( 0 . 2 a ) V 100S (25s)
Ik INDICATOR 01.1.31
11 (METER)
REVO. INDICATOR >> '00.4.17
-10 Ik PORT WING EDGE SIDE
REVO. INDICATOR
-09 Ik PORT WING EXIT
REVO. INDICATOR
-08 Ik STBD WING EDGE SIDE
REVO. INDICATOR
07 Ik STBD WING EXIT
HANDLE POS. INDICATOR
-06 Ik BRIDGE CONSOLE
REVO. INDICATOR 99.9.13^
05 Ik PORT WING
Ik REVO. INDICATOR
-04 STBD WING
START. AIR '99.6.25
-03 Ik INDICATOR 5
T *
^
-02 REVO. I N D I C A T O R
Ik
FRONT WALL
-01 1k REVO. I N D I C A T O R
B R I D G E CONSOLE
TEM R 'NP. " L E T T E R I N G REMARKS TEM R ' NP. ' L E T T E R I N G REMARKS
£ (kn) ff fl £ I (kn) 0 11 * &
MATERIAL NAME
D I MMER PANEL
WEIGHT
R E L A T I O N NO.
C O D E NO. DWG. NO.
v- REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. S C A L E 1 70 74063886 2/2
NABCO Ltd. ED
1 2 0 W T ±0. 3
• 7 vw 6. 3S ( 1 . 6 a )
0. 501 6tiT 10. 1 120931 3l5ttT 10. 5 Rma x (Ra) W 2 5 S (6. 3a)
3 OUT ±0. 2 315931 1000UT 10. 8 WW 0. 8S ( 0 . 2 a ) V OOS (25a)
T i
INDICATION DEVOLUTION
RANGE :-10V-0--HOVDC
T E R M I N A L S :SEE AT
INSIDE ARRANGEMENT
WATERPROOF: i
o O> in I N D I C A T I O N S ACCURACY :
en ^
> ^ t l . 5* OF FULL S C A L E
o
V ,
INSTR. ILLUM.
O
-
°/ XI
o o
«
12
, n.
-^—
1 3 84
7DRILL-4HOLES
4-7^'J (S)
PG13. 5 NSIDE ARRANGEMENT
CABLE GLAND PG11-PG2I
(J I S F 8 8 0 1 15b-25b)
20a
tZH '99 Y MATERIAL NAME
5
XI /13 N 111
'99 Y WEIGHT
'/26 N 111 OUTLINE
'98 Y a R E L A T I O N NO. *'
10 C O D E NO. D W G . NO.
/28 N
'99
X3
tZH 11,
6
Y
/23 Y
REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E D E S I G N E D CHK APVD S C A L E
:5
725 F4753233
NABCO Ltd. MC
9DRILL-4HOLES TERMINAL BOARD 4P
__ _J
in
CD
"*— V
1 ^^ 1 •^ ii *- 1 I
1 —••_•_ 1
2 20 At
t ,L\
|(T)
@
|H
A2
A1 A2
i_ _j
WIRING DIAGRAM
MATERIAL NAME
REVOLUTION INDICATOR BOX •
VIEIGHT
(DQ144-C)
«nn
wJ
S• <$> RELATION NO.
T
^
•••Vw••«•
2/12 F CU *
ft CODE. NO. DW& NO.
V 1%(k NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. *

APva ^1=3 179 7 4 0 6 4 9 6 1 - * * 1/2
•^•^WI^^B^^B^ iMMihi
ITEM DIAL PLATE MEASURING SCALE SCALE REMARK* S
DWG. NO. RANG TYPE
1
-01 ±DC10V SB 100 riff
1
-02 ±DC10V SBi 20 riff '00 ibafc
8.23f*)^C-
-l
-03 ±DCIOV AH 1 t - n min
ASl3U rpm
•
r°~\
{ + \
AS AH
min
-11 ±DC10V £Binn
AS'uu rp(T1"' I'00 ^ A
k23 rt$e
1
-12 iDCIQV
AH 4 n
A S l ^ nU
min"
rpm
^*
M
AH 1c;n min
-13 ±DC10V AS lau rpm
r°^
< + }
AH AS
MATERIAL NAME
REVOL UTION INDICATOR BOX
WEIGHT
(DQ144-C)
RELATION Ntt
CODE. NO. DWG. NO.
R&fk NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHJC APVD. SCALE 179 7 4 0 6 4 9 6 1 - ** 2/2

NABCOUd.
16»C*. 63JMT ±0.3 W 12. 6- S
63* C* 250UIT ±0.5 VVVV 0.8-S 35-S
±0.8 VVV 6.3-S
JI5 F 8501 i
PROTECTION GRADE : IP55
HUH SELL
ITEM aECT. SOURCE POWER CONSUMPTION REMERICS

•B^JB * ^fe3
*tL 'nr>
ft *l &*
DC Z4 V *6V
*
-.1
-.? DC 100V 5W
.3 AC 100 V 6VA
NO. NAME MATERIAL REMARK'S

1 BODY CAST IRON 7.5BG£ PAINTING
2 • BOTTOM COVER STEEL -00-
3 .TERMINAL BOX ADC - 00-
ABOUT 14 2
4 TERMINAL COVER ADC - 00-
5 GONG STEEL -DO-
6 GLAND HEAD PBT JIS 8801
7
8
TERMINAL BLOCK
BELL COIL
JISF8812O202P
•
tZH 42I77-OU3-J
1200 WATERPROOF BELL
5>ry*
'02.2.13 WEIGHT 120«S
tZH '01.02.08 I5J® f* % 2.3 *
«<MTJE'/. IP GRAOEJBK CODE NO. DWG. NO.
II 907 74-7369 37
NABCOLtd ED
^^ 1 8*S£ 3 0 7 3 J 120*T±0.3
PT t_ *J 3S ^^ tL ^* « « 7 ^ T | VVV 6.35 (I.Ga)
Mo.5w± 6*T ±0. 120 ?3i 315WT ±0.5 tt±C^ Rmax (Ra) | ^7 255 (6.3a)
zl6'3x 30WT ±0.2 315 ?3ilOOOuT ±0.8 WVV 0.85 (0.2a) 1 V 1005 (25a)
420 402
9 , 402 1.6 300 25 6 390
4-7DR1LL 4-M6
in1
rn oo
t in
e
o
r*- cc
<\J
PANEL CUT
OPEN
NAME PLATE
-B (
\ 40 65 65 60 60
\ \
1
M-800-I-C
V E N T I L A T I O N FAN r
\
\ 1 in
MAIN ENGINE CONTROL PANEL
o
* TBI
s
i
•
in
CCN4 CCN6 C C N I • i
DC24V I
• .
ro LO *N
1 O
*-'
-I f 1CCN7 CCN3 CCN5 ICCNZ '
• ,
TBI LJ • \
IL J N A M E PLATE
u u PAINT COLOR : N4.0
A
MATERIAL NAME
M-800-I-C
tZH •98 it PANEL
WEIGHT
7r 9.21 T di OUTLINE
'98 RELATION NO.
M-800-2 YN
3.1 di CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
:5
170 F3062438
NABCO Ltd. M-800-2
frgg 30 73.1 ±0.3 ft» 7 vvv 6.3S
O.SU-t ± 0 . 1 120 3I5WT ±0.5 Rmax (Re) vv 255 (6.3a)
30UT ±0.2 3157DHOOOUT ±0.8 vvvv 0.8S (0.2a) 1005 (258)
h-
r
H
VENTILATION TAN
A\
CARD
NO. CARD REMARKS
COP-OOI--H- CARD INDICATOR LAMP CARD
A MCA-GOI-++ CARD POWER SOURCE CARD A-A
MCA-OOI-++
CARD
C MCA-203-** CARD DIGITAL OUTPUT CARD
D MCA-204-++ CARD DIGITAL OUTPUT CARD
E MCA-202-** CARD DIGITAL INPUT CARD
F MCA-20I-+-*- CARD DIGITAL INPUT CARD MATERIAL NAME
•6 MCA-401-** CARD ANALOG IN/OUT CARD M-800-n-C
H MCA-501-** CARD FA CONVERTER CARD WEIGHT
MCA-OOI-++ CARD MOTHER BOARD CARD INSIDE ARRANGEMENT
RELATION NO.
MCA-I03-+* CARD CPU CARD CODE NO. DWG. NO.
MCA-90I-++ CARD INPUT/OUTPUT CARD 2
REV.
UARK
I :2
170 F3062438 /2
NABCO Ltd. cv
I20WT ±0.3 ffi 7 VVV 6.35 (I.Ga)
Ib.SW-t ±0. 120 3 I 5 W T ±0.5 Rmax (Ra) W 25S (6.3a)
ft
30WT ±0.2 ±0.8 vvvv 0.85 (0.2a) 1005 (25a)
"OUTLINE : REFER TO DWG.NO. F3062438

ORDER SOL.V. START LEVEL LOAD UP ADDRESS DATA
STOP
SLOW
TURNING
START
SOL.V.
rOn FUEL
RUNNING
-On
BY-PASS
LIMITED
SPEED
eefl
SOL.V.
CRITICM.
SPEED LUODQH N B S C
-o-
• ASTCflN 7 8 9 R
GOVERNOR CRASH
STOP REVERS.
——.^LlMlf
I 4 5 6 W
CANCEL
ASTERN ASTERN 1 2 3 D
ORKR SOL.V.
uiss
IGNITION 0 * V. E
CONTROL POSITION- ^^ START BLOCK ___ MONITOR
ELECTRIC SOURCE — 1—1
CONDITIONS "~~^
: K E Y BOARD
MAIN SOURCE IACI O O ENGINE READY CONDITION CPU HARD
EUERG. SOURCE (DC) CONTROL ROOM O SHUT DOWN NOT WORK 15V SOURCE ABN.
CONT. SOURCE ENGINE SIDE O f-0- CUT WIRING ABNORMAL
O START. AIR PRESS. NOR. COMMUNICATION ABN.

B\B\B\ : DIGITAL INDICATOR
/•ENGINE READY CONDITION
WftSS DESCRIPTION UNIT

U
*IK START V. SERVICE O TELEG. TRAH5. POTENTIO.
001 BRIDGE UAX. SPEED SET. RPM . G. DISENGAGE ELECT. SOURCE 4 WOKITOR O : LIGHT EMITTING DIODE, GREEN
302 TELEG. HAKDIE ORDER RPM START. DIST. V. OPEN O REVOLUTION SIGNAL
303 SPEED ORDER TOR GOV. RPM : LIGHT EMITTING DIODE, RED
GOVERNOR CONNECT BRIDGE CHANGE-OVER
304 M/E REVOLUTION RPM INTERLOCK
O LAMP
TEST
O .PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
TEU
U-800-H MAIN ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM NADOO '(MOMENTARY TYPE)
. ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

'(ALTERNATE TYPE, WITH COVER)
.PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

'(MOMENTARY TYPE, WITH COVER)
MATERIAL NAME
M-800-H-C
CONTROL ROOM PA NEL
WEIGHT
PANEL ARRANGEMENT
'02 RELATION NO.
>! M ;730694I3 3.4 K.T
T CODE NO DWG. NO.
HHI-1377
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVO. SCALE
:2
70 73071207
NABCO Lid.
M 30731 ±0.3 VVV 6.35
'J (Ra) VV 255
±0. 20 ±0.5 Rmax (6.3a)
±0.2 315 73IIOOOWT ±0.8 WVV 0.8S (0.2a) V IOOS (25a)
NOTE COLOR : MUNSELL
NOTE
P N P N
0.75°(R)
0.75°(B)
HOTEL
TERUINAL BOARD TERVINAL BOARD TERMINAL BOARD TERUINAL BOARD
COVER
1
h
o
o
f 'i
o
o
o
o
rc
o
^ >
>
OD
•
FOR SAFETY SYSTEM

-^ 52 TBII TBI2 TB15 TB16 $±«K3
FOR CONTROL SYSTEM
-> 5! TBI TB2 TB5 TB6 ww*m%
ITEM TERMINAL BOARD NO. OF T TERMINAL BOARD NO. OF T TERMINAL BOARD NO. OF f TERMINAL BOARD NO. OF "D" REMARKS
11*1 "A"awffc*^ "B"S5itti*a** 11
C " 85*^6*^ 11
D " S5KIK* ft*^- C*
MATERIAL NAME
a
•tZH
m*w..
Wt^^HfiE
"01
C 06.26
"01
? —
t&
WEIGHT
2.0kg
RELATION NO.
T E R M I N A L BOARD UNIT
wmmm^nt
MrfrfalL
-TTT] J I—I —i ~ Vs V\
BU-SI\
\(1
T
BU-Clj
01.16 K.T. ? t CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE . _
1 :5 93 74069240- 5*
NABCO Ltd. -
D
7 VVV 6.35 .6a)
SWT ± O . 20 3 I 5 W T ±0.5 ft±Bt Rmax (Ra) VV 25S (6.3a)
i G93i 30WT ±0.2 3 l 5 7 3 i l O O O w T ±0.8 VVVV 0.85 (0.2a) V IOCS (25a)
NOTE COLOR : MUNSELL

CONNECTOR
FOR SAFETY FOR CONTROL
560
NOTE
276 276
P N P N
NOTEI.
CN2I CNIO V CN6 CN2 CNI CN7 CN7 0.75°(R)
" LO
CZD 0.75°(B)
ID
n D
a "B"
i l_ -
DRILL TERMINAL BOARD TERMINAL BOARD
COVER
>
I
) .
1
1
m
o
c\T
r^j
1 1
o
o
r
o
o
1
~i
o
o
r
a
o
r rsj•
-» 51 TB3 TB4
FOR CONTROL SYSTEM
wmm.%
ITEM TERMINAL BOARD NO. OF "A" T ERM INAL BOARD NO. OFT REMARKS
MATERIAL NAME
TER MINAL BOAF^ D U N I T

WEIGHT
1.5kg . — ,
•^^Ll ^r *-..± ~~i
iT3Kî™~ r""""T*
-5Tu J i—i —' /
""•
**/
/T
1 / 1
r* 1 BU-S2\
V TBU-C2J
'98
Y.M
s RELATION NO.
9.6 m 74MS5I74I
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV. *
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE . ,_
1 :5 93 74747 9 5 - 5 *
NABCO Ltd. cv
IM i*fcr-t&E# rp$n30? a i 120UT ±0.3 * S T 7* vw 6.3S (1.6»)
0.5U± 6WT ±0.1 120? 3 i 31 5 JUT ±0.5 tt-hlEit Rmmx (R«) w 25 S (6.3t)
I 6 ? 3 i 30iUT ±0.2 315?3ilOOOiaT ±0.8 WVV 0.8S (0.2«) V 100 S (25t)
WtRlNfr DIGRAM
L COHNECTOR'A" COHHECTOR'B
O= 81
61 o o Al 97. 12. 19
A2 o o BZ 10 1000.»0 50 ' 1 &&
a B1 B2 o o A2 I "H St.
a< I
o
o
09 10004 60
Bx S
08 3504o 40
07 350 1 50
Jan, \
ok 4000.1 32
05 4-ooo.So 5-0 /W-.//.7 1Z^
CONNECTOR "A" CABLE t

04 4000 -36 60
03 ^S"0-jo fO /
CABLE 2 CONNECTOR *B'

02 4-000 4 60
01 4000.So 40
ITEM SIZE OF " L* No. OF CONDUCTION REMARKS
MATERIAL NAME
FLAT CABLE
*ZH:No.OF '02 WEIGHT
CONOUCTION:£* 2.6
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE
DATE "DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
TECHNICAL DEPART.
SCALE
930 F4747766 ED
^^BJI^^BBi^^^^^l^ HHvwBB
m •&.
' 7 \S * } v'fe
C. —4* fX5r7
US.£Y
x/ HP^H 30fî 120WT ±0.3 * ffi 7 7 -t \7^7T7 6.3S (1.6i)
0.5WJ: 6 W T ±0.1 120? î 315UIT ±0.5 fiJlIC^" Rmax (Ra) ^^7 25 S (6.3t)
i 6 ^ 3i 30UT ±0>2 31 5 f riilOOOWT ±0.8 K7WV 0.8S (0.2a) V 100 S (25«)
uylfflWft RIA/HMM
f\\ 81
B A1
/1 21 O 32
B7
O 81.
Bv O
COHHECTQR M" •97. 12. 19 , fc £

02 1 000-§o 40 1<-*\-&
01 40004 40
ITEM SIZE OF "I" No. OF CONDUCTOR REMARKS
MATERIAL NAME
*ZH:No.OF '02
FLAT CABLE
WEIGHT
CONDUCTOR:^!! 2.6
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
c/s.
REV.
MARK
P4148S27
NABCOUd. D
«l <*C-tJfcaEa **fi 30*3* I20*T ±0.3 ft 1 7 ? V VVV 6.35 (l.6a)
l|o.5«Jt SWT ±0.1 120 ?3i3!5ttT ±0.5 tt-tE* Rmox (Ra) vv 25S (6.3a)
ill673x 30W7 ±0.2 3l5?3xlOOOttT ±0.8 ww 0.8S (0.2a) V 1005 (25a)
420 402
9 402 1.6 „ 300 25 6 390
4-7DRILL I in
4-M6
i . /
m
10
/
/ [ in •
CO
in
/
/
3 e < •—4 V
O «
;
^
^ —
OJ iL o
CD •«*" '
PANEL CUT
OPEN
NAME PLATE
-^ 1
\ 40 S5 65 60 60
\ M-800-I-S
\ ^
MAIN ENGINE SAFETY PANEL
VENTILATION FAN r 1
TBI
O
+ SCN4 SCN6 SCNI +
^1
in in DC24V
(M CM
SCNIO in (M
1
— en
in
ro
J f 1SCN7 JSCN3 |SCN5[ JSCN2 in DC 2 4V
• TBI J I J
•
L J NAME PLATE
U u
PAINT COLOR : N4.0
MATERIAL NAME
M-800-H-S
tZH
?
98 CONTROLJOOMÂFEJ1IXSTEM PANEL
a 9.21
WEIGHT
T 12.1 kg OUTLINE
?
98 ffi RELATION NO.
M-800-2
3.11 YN dj CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
:5
70 F3062439 '/2
NABCO Ltd. M-800-2
IZOWT ±0.3 WV 6,35 Ct.6a)
6*7 120 3I5«T ±0.5 ft-tE* Rmax (Ra) VV ess (6.3a)
±0.21315 ?3xlOOOfitT ±0.8 VVW 0.85 (0.2s) IOOS (25o)
h-*
r
H
VENTILATION FAN
^ ,.,.. .,^T ^ ^ ^^ Jj
CARD
NO. CARD REMARKS
SAP-OOI-+* CARD INDICATOR LAMP CARD
A MCA-60I-++ CARD POWER SOURCE CARD . A-A
MCA-OOI-**
CARD
C MCA-203-++ CARD DIGITAL OUTPUT CARD
D MCA-204-++ CARD DIGITAL OUTPUT CARD
E MCA-202-** CARD DIGITAL INPUT CARD
F MCA-20I-++ CARD DIGITAL INPUT CARD MATERIAL NAME
Q MCA-40I-+* CARD ANALOG IN/OUT CARD M-800-I-S
H MCA-501-** CARD F/V CONVERTER CARD WEIGHT
CO NTR OL_R OOM ^ AFEJ1 SY§I§ M.LAJiEJi
MCA-OOI-++ CARD MOTHER BOARD CARD INSIDE ARRANGEMENT
RELATION NO.
MCA- 103-** CARD CPU CARD CODE NO. DWG. NO.
MCA-90I-++ CARD INPUT/OUTPUT CARD 2
REV.
UARK
I :2
70 F3062439 /2
NABCOLtd. "cTl
I
sftrâae^ frS8|30 * 3 x I2QWT ±0.3 * 1 7 ? ? B VV7 6.35 (i.6a)
O.5«-t 6wT ±O.IJI20 ? 3 x 3I5*T ±0.5 it±E^ Rmax ( R a ) I VV 25S (6.3a)
S?3I 3 0 W T ±0.2[3I5 *3ilOOOwT ±0.8 VVV7 0.8S (0.28) 1 V IOOS (25a)
"OUTLINE : REFER TO DWG.NO. F3062439
ELECTRIC SOURCE ••SLOW DOWN MONITOR

ADDRESS DATA
SAFETY SOURCE PREWARNING CPU HARD
o MAIN L.O. L.P. 15V SOURCE ABN.

fllglel lglg[glg
PISTON C.O. L.P. WIRING ABNORMAL
OREAD N B S C
CYLINDER C.F.H. L.P. COUUUNICAT10N ABN.
MITE 7 8 9 R
TA; L.O. if. REVOLUTION SIGNAL
MAIN L.O. H.T. SHUT DOWN DEVICE 4 5 6 W

MANUAL > PISTON C.O. H.T, BRIDGE
SHUT DOWN
1 2 3 D
I CYLINDER C.F.W. H.T. T DOWN
i C/R RRIK SW.
I T/C L.O. H.T. l E/S 0 * */. E
OVER SPEED 4 I EXH. GAS H.T./DEVI. H). I BRIDGED
•ENGINE SPEED TEST
»* .—WHKSf.
: KEY BOARD
MAIN L.O. L.P. ) THRUST PAD H.T. C/R "^
I \
CAUTION ITESTI
THRUST PAD H.T. I SCAV. AIR BOX OETE. FUEL CAM POSITION
BEFORE CARRYING 1 I
T/C L.O. 1HLET L.P. I PISTON C.O. NOH FLOW WRONG WAY OUT THE ENGINE
SPEED TEST. THE SPEED
EXH. V. ACT. L.O. L.P. I CYLINDER L.O. KOK FLOW PRESS. SW. FOR REVOTE MAIV ENGINE SHOULD MB g|5|gj : DIGITAL INDICATOR
BE SET IN
STOP CONDITION. UP
CYL. C.F.W. UP. \ EXH. V/V ACT. L.O. H.T.
OVERRIDE > CRANKCASE 01 MIST H. OVERRIDE O : LIGHT EMITTING DIODE, GREEN

OVERRIDE AVAILABLE > AXIAL VIBRATION HI. OVERRIDE AVAILABLE
: LIGHT EMITTING DIODE, RED
AUP
EST
.PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
U-800-D UAIN ENGINE SAFETY SYSTEM '(MOMENTARY TYPE)

(ALTERNATE TYPE)
COVER COLOR : RED

EDGE COLOR : RED
b '02 MATERIAL NAME

X3 9.21 K.T T M-800-E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
'02 tt WEIGHT
CONTROL JOOM ÂFEJl f.AFJr
7.23 K.T
PANEL ARRANGEMENT
•02 -tt tt RELATION NO.
>1 U :7307I200 3.4
K.T
DWG. NO.
T HH1-1377
CODE NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE
*
DESIGNED CHK. APVD SCALE
I :2
70 73071203
N ABCO Ltd.
', I ^ • _."*
--!- i K i
61UT ±0.11120? 3 x 315WT ±0.5 Rmix 25 S (6.3.)
30WT ±0.2«31553ilOOOUT ±0.8 0.8S (0.2.) 100 S (25.)
PAINT COLOR : NU.O

350
IODRILL-4HOIE5 SERULMo.
330
CAUTION (J-NP)
PLATE PSU-24 POWER SOURCE UNIT

tyV ^=£
Ni INPUT OUTPUT
0 N5
R-S AC V P1-N1 DC24V
P-N DC24V P1F-N1F DC24V
N3 P2-N2 DC24V
CD o N5 P3-N3 DC24V
CM
<NJ N4-
N5 NAME PLATE
NAME PLATE, i^ ^MA ^M I
T8 f T82
TB TB4. ON
N5 OFF BL/^CK
2.3 N4 SAFETY SOURCE
BO/)HD BL/^CK
188 N3 CONTROL SOURCE BLflCK

10Px4. AC 2OO/?Zgy
-IX HC200V- licMOv, 50/60 H? , 1 $ NZ EMER&. SOURCE BLACK
AC 100/11 Cm!
CIOOV~ACI ISV.SO/SOHE, If
Ni MAIN SOURCE 8LPCK
!
ITEM POWER SOURCE fiOR MAIM N.NO. LETT£fllN& OF WhE PLATE LETTER.
&?&»&*& COIOR
'98 Y MATERIAL NAME

PSU-24
1/1 N
.P.DWEJR..50L)RCE UNIT
'97 iL W EIGHT «,
8.27 ABOUT2tof
RELATION NO.
M:74055277 JOJ7 fc CODE NO. DWG. NO.
c
Ixl 8TIE.I/.2/
'98
4.7
REV.
MARK
NOTE
DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
TECHNICAL DEPART.
SCALE j . 711 74058344
NABCOLUL ED
ITEM POWER SOURCE OUTPUT OF CONTACT WIRING REMARKS
FOR MAIN DIAGRAM £*
MS'! jf&ffi*
fcfc®
±**«E
-01 AC100V-AC115V A C , DC SOURCE (X 3) W3058344-01 FORMG800GOV.
-02 50/BOHz 14 A C , DC SOURCE (X 3) .AC/DC SOURCE (XI) W3058344-02 FOR PG GOV.
-03 AC, DC SOURCE (X3) W3058344-03 FOR MG800 GOV. "otlw £ t&
N,
f -11 AC200V-AC220V AC ,DC SOURCE (X 3) W3058344-11 FORMG800GOV.
-12 50/60HZ Itf AC , DC SOURCE ( X 3), AC/DC SOURCE (XI) W3058344-12 FOR PG GOV.
-13 AC. DC SOURCE (X3) W3058344-13 FORMG800GOV. '^^^rft
MATERIAL NAME PSU-24

POWER SOURCE UNIT FOR C/R
'97 WEIGHT
11/26 y h
BACK UP SOURCE RELATION NO,
CODEJTO. DWGJIO.
c REV.
NOTE DATE DESIOfED CHK. APVD. SCALE 711 74058344 2/2
Ixl MARK
NABCOUd.
150
135 3.1 135
6 HOLES It*
6-M5
imimimmm 135
L1 L2 L3 I T
L4 L5 L6 a
-x>
»—<
..120 «w
L8 L9
1
T
4T
L10 L11 L12

O
o OJ
TB1 TB3 vX ro
L13 L14 LI 5 ,— .— —
TB2 r
.,,1
' A.
o L16 LI 7 L18
•«f-
CO PANEL CUT
VIEW IN ARROW "A'
L19 L21
TERMINAL BOARD
18P X3
o
vO
AUTO. STOP MANUAL INDICATOR LAMP 9

10
12
(NABCO) PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
(MOMENTARY TYPE)
15
AUX. BLOWER 16
I ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH

(MOMENTARY TYPE, WITH COVER)
17
135 TB1-TB3
<r
/ < 150 ILLUMINAILU KUbH bU 1 IUN 6WIUH

(ALTERNATE TYPE, WITH COVER)
/ NAME PLATE (SSH)
Ik MATERIAL NAME
A PACE
AOOD
2/2 U71AS
25/10/02 SUQi SUte
% CONTROL ROOM INDICATOR PANEL
PAGE 2/fc SUWWIWt
A IAS ADDED 29/06/02 SIXta WOGHT
f\ &
RELATION NO.
04/12/tol$JUJ» S.Ute
»t-1J77 CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK.
^
SCALE 73071209 1/2
NABCO Ltd. AC
L20 RED — RED RED
PB20
LI 9 SCAV.
UMIT RED BLACK RED RED
PB19 CANCEL
SLOW LEMON
L18 TURNING WHIT! BLACK GREEN
REQUEST YELLOW
AUX. BLOWER
L17 AUTO RED BLACK RED RED
REQUEST
SCAV.
L16 RED BLACK RED RED
L
— LEMON
L15 WHITE GREEN
YELLOW
LH RED — RED RED
LEMON
L13 WHITE — GREEN
YELLOW
START AIR
L12 DISTRIBUTOR RED BLACK RED RED
BLOCKED
MAIN START
L11 VALVE RED BLACK RED RED
BLOCKED
MAIN START LEMON
L10 VALVE WHITE BLACK GREEN
YE1LOW
SERVICE
UMITED BLACK
L9 SPEED RED RED RED
TURNING
L8 GEAR RED BUCK RED RED
ENGAGE
AUX. TURNING LEMON
PB27 BLOWER II RED BLACK — — L7 GEAR WHITE BLACK GREEN
STOP DISENGAGE YELLOW
L26 AUX. LEMON LOAD LEMON
BLOWER II WHITE BLACK GREEN
YELLOW L6 PROGRAM WHITE BLACK GREEN
YELLOW
PB26 RUNNING
LAMP —
PB25 TEST GREEN BLACK — L5 ASTERN RED BLACK RED RED
AUX. LEMON
PB24 BLOWER 1 RED BLACK — — L4 AHEAD WHITE BLACK GREEN
STOP YELLOW
L23 AUX. LEMON ENGINE LEMON
PB23
BLOWER 1 WHITE BLACK GREEN
YELLOW L3 SIDE WHITE BLACK GREEN
YELLOW
RUNNING
L22 PROGRAM CONTROL LEMON
PB22 BY-PASS RED BLACK RED RED L2 ROOM WHITE BLACK GREEN
YELLOW
L21 MANUAL LEMON LEMON
PB21
SLOW WHITE BLACK GREEN
YELLOW L1 BRIDGE WHITE BLACK GREEN
YELLOW
TURNING
FILTER LETTER INDI.LED INDI. FILTER LETTER INDI.LED INDL
LNO LAMP LETTERING COLOR COLOR COLOR COLOR LNO LAMP LETTERING COLOR COLOR COLOR COLOR
MATERIAL NAME
CONTROL ROOM INDICATOR PANEL
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK, *PVO, SCALE 73071209 2/2
NABCO Ltd.
400 APPROX. 250
FUSE
380 O 2.3
TERMINAL BOARD
TIMER RELAY 16Px4
JL CUM i
•-
' Y . Y7
<US?rh
N2
-<&
I N1
I
f -h
a- cv CJ
CD
CVJ
CD
CO
m GO
Ld
-»• - — T- - -
HLML
•f*!
OPEN
/ AUX. RELAY
8DRILL-4HOLES O
I'
Au
LO UJ<
CO
SERIAL NO. PLATE
WIRING STAY
A-A
u n I-CL
zcn
N3
REMOTE CONT. BLACK
AIR L. P. DETECT.
N2
ON BLACK
O
OFF
N1 POWER SOURCE BLACK
-H I N.NO. NAME PLATE LETTERING COLOR
tZH: '00 MATERIAL NAME

4/28 RELAY PANEL
tZH: '00 WEIGHT
-N4, N5«i 4/17
'99 RELATION NO-
M:74751813-01 6/30 CODE. NO. DWG. NO.
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APva SCALE f-5 1 70 74751813-02

MHMM
Vv^^HVÎ^^^ •MnHi
EC
ftfltlt 10. • tT 11. MJ
o. sat iO. 11130*11 3t3ffT tm tftft) I W 39S (6.3a)
30H7 *0.H VWV o.as loTaSJI v 1005
SOLKD
STOP
LAKP PUSH BUTTON SWITCH
TEST
M4or6DRILL LED
4HOLES
8
m
212 21
in COLOR OF SCALE PLATE

(O
226 GROUND: WHITE

AHEAD: BLACK
PANEL CUT
STOP: RED
ASTERN: RED
IS-l: 5)
PC.NO.
73798117-04
VIEW A VIEW B MATEPIAL
flKEI\€R
TB1B TB2B
>t TB4 112131415|6T7I819|lOTllUa |l|2|3|4|5|6|7|6|9|10|ll|12| our tire
12|11|10|9|8|7|6|5|4|3|2|1| TB1A TB2A aooi
10/18 COOE NO.
» B •
owe. NO
|l|2l3|4|5|6|7|8|9|lO|llUa |1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10|11|12 ttfcBGEnetl
flEV.
Mtf* NOTE OftTE DESI9CCOK SCAL5. P
* c *:
rq 771 F3798117-04
NAMOLM. TO1
• • r T vw
0. 3tti 6CT iO. 555
fivai 30«7 iQOOff *0. To5s
74DS4076S-0 1za
74KK47098-OU3JHtt«l/3
A-A
(1: 1.5) MATERIAL
"w-eoo*
ASS'Y
3001 t RELATION NO US
10/18 9 ODOE NO. [M?
REV
NOTE DATE RESIGNEQOK SCALE 771 73798117-04ci/a
1
0. 5«1 BttT (toi.ffliaft»a« 31WT 40
30ttT iO.aattnx IQOSF ftO I Rftsx
O.BS (0. 2a) 100S
v—i (1:2)
N-D
(l: 1.5)
MATERIAL
"1-800-1 R1704
WEIGHT
ASS'Y
«LATION MS: 1 fl •
10/18 coa: NO. OwC.NO.
rev.
NOTE
: 15(1: a 771 73798117-04(2/2,
NABCOLM.
iO.ijl taorat 3iSer *o.d tin Ftaax! CRa) 1 w 29S 1 (6.3a)|
if 0. 3Ct ftVT
693X 30 *T iO.al 315*31 tflOOBT 10.8 WW o.asko.£«)l v JOOS 1 C25a) 1
flffJO. mm PC. NO. DESCRIPTION *TY (EMMS ».«, OEM PC. NO. DESCRIPTION •TY REMFKS (ffA IDE 10 PC. MO. DESCRIPTION •TY PEMAS IffJUOBQEie PC. NO. DESCRIPTION flams
• f 1-F £ 1 £ t I I e $ f 1 A t £ S 1 ei I 5 3-F £ 1
A *
•1 K « 1 t 3-F £ ft • T« t $
l-5€ 871 72755112-01 C»WON PARTS CP
set 42 931 74593113-20 TERMINAL BOARD
1 H.-152P 201^d871 73755115-11 LIMIT SWITCH CP set
HMH CP
U ASS'Y
JXlljW *f J!P
SENSOR UAHU UAbt
1 871 73755110-01 fSSV
TfclAI 1
A £*£* * V/ 43 0031-1103015-64
LTAff?5*lSrr LJ
2 M3xl5 201 871 74067060-01 l
"IMING BELT 0151-2010040-34 SPRING WASHER
2 970 74732304-02 SOOCET ^€AU LW 5Ut» 2 M6xlO 44 975 73067040-01 1 202 /Hit 4 M4
htlrfirJcT HEAD BOLT 984 74748922-03 *vvfv*/rfv E 1 203 0002-0104010-51
ExTSDCKET tCAO BOLT
3 0002-0106010-51 22 M6xlO 45 4 M4xlO
4 6251-4-601345-03 sK3 HASHER 22 M6 161M66 871 73755116-31 DISPLAY CARD CP set 204 971 74742426-03 SPACER SQ-O6 4 6mm
MMMi
LEfill?r
KAtlAtl*
5 871 72755046-01 1 47 0002*0104006*51
tCX. SOCKET htAU BOLT
4 M4x5 161 785 73754839-01 TLG-40j-O;{b CAW
TLS-4O3-01B *rtv 1 205 784 73755250-01 TLG-3(»-03A CAH}
"l_G^3O5~iO3A ^/(v 1
6 871 74068534-01 SSiT F HOLDER IA) 1 162 971 74742719-10 SPACER 4 llmm 206 •BiranunMiii
0032-1409006-64 U*vtai-TJiii*-c**y 4 M3x6
y?o* (A)
7 0031-4103006-64 (TOtGSU) ftlu WOuH 9Ki 2 M3x6 49 970 74755272-01 CLIP( 4 TL-180-1 207 871 74748417-01 CAM 2
l**n p**9 lUUUUIKHIIIWI Af
CAM
8 973 74067062-01 SHAF TfRlAOLDER IB) 1 50 871 74755118-01 2 164 003M 403006-64 4 M3x6 208 871 74748418-01 3
PULLEY SHAFT
If fit
CAM
g 871 74067050-01 1 51 984 74755481-01 NAME PLATE TE 2 165 0031-1103006-64
ta«*S*!^^ 2 M3x6 209 871 74748418-02 1
10 0051-3103006-51 2 M3x6 52 984 74755482-01 i!St-* 3 166 0150-1010030-14 ** p iu 5iw
2 M3 210 0051-0103006-51
WL
fex.saacti bti SUM 6 M3x6
+fys§?*a? * *
11
871 73067045-01 PULLEV NAME PLATE
^Jl^tf?!*!*^
11 1 53 984 74755482-02
if*V"* 3 167 0031-4103006-64 2 M3x6 211 931 74755270-02
ll^fl
1 12P
12 0255-0040032-80 5PRI MG PIN
§^<IV êv 1 #4x32 54 984 74755482-03 NAME PLATE
*lf^V"A
3 212 970 74720434-17 wwtfeSS-T** !BW 2 MS. 3x12
13 871 74069586-02 LOGK IB)
2 55 984 74755482-04 *4AME PLATE 3 I7M16 871 74748618-58X
NAME PLATE CP iset 213 971 74720436-02 SPRING WASHER 2 M2.3
?Q7? (B1 V :P
*?</J J
14 971 74742719-21 9 20mm 56 984 74755483-01 ÂME PLATE 4 171 984 74747833-06 NAME PLATE 1 LATEST
15 0002-0103006-51 I%X.5UCXET HtAU BOLT
8 M3x6 57 984 74748922-04 ÂME PLATE 1 172 984 74747833-07 NAME PLATE 1 SttfOSTQP
16 0151-2010030-34 H»1JNG WASHER 29 M3
17 0032-1403006-64 fflMTwl nn
•BIIWItH 15 M3x6 174 984 74747833-03 NAME
**VrfV
PLATE 1 F/E 221 871 73755111- 12 BASE AS^'Y 1
/5?7lftft****9
18 871 74067059-01 *rtv ^—3 2 175 984 74747833-02 NAME PLATE 1 S/B 222 871 73069250-02 LATCH R.ATE 1
SAME PLATE
KH-K6 871 73755113-02 HANDLE CP. 1 AT SEA 223 986 73068521-09 «9\***4*>iL*
1 176 984 74747833-15 1
20 971 74742426-03 SPACER 50-06
35-* §0-66 6 6mm 101 871 73068523-01 HANDLE BODY 1 224 785 73754835-02 TLG-401-01B CARD 1
TUfc,^9A-fiAB^^>
21 871 74068912-01 SPACEfT 2 102 871 74068537-01 HANDL GRIP (D)
1 225 871 73068671-52 ACRYLIC CflvER a
A3-:?RATIVE
tSECa
22 871 73067752-01 SHEET
1 103 871 74068536-01 HANDC GRIP 1C) 1 226 905 74755263-02 POTtHuOJCTEH CP i JC30S
23 871 73067902-01 RAIL BRACKET
t/-jn***fr 1 104 0002-0104045-51 IjX.StJtKtT HEAD BOLT 2 M4X45
24 871 73067905-01 R.AL I NEAR 1 Ml
RM)
WE
105 979 74747804-01 R.QflroA 1 I4ti b KU
25 970 74754561-02 HfcX.SoCKtl
1
HtAU 9ULT
6 M2.5xlO
•"MM*!
26 871 73068713-01 HANXE BASE BRACKET
Ayrj^-2 ?5*-»|. 1
27 970 74754561-01 FEx.8
^ A4b J|
UUKt! htAU WJLI 8 M2.5x4
41
28 871 74067053-01 SECT FOLLOWER 2
Lf?y 'fi.
s TKF T HtAD BOLT
29 0002-0103010-51 19 M3xlO
fiWUI
L^f
HAHC LE BASE
30 871 73068519-01 i\ v !>* 1 t 1
BRACKET
31 871 74069258-01 1
32 871 74068634-01 $WTEH 1
33 970 74755367-02 sijiti tkiiiut ttMi ur sote
MflftttX^vJCfct 3 S8C83-6
34 871 74067058-01 BEAF tlNC.i SHAFT
J'7Vi 1
W
35 0101-0110080-04 NUT 1 M8
/Ii
SPRING WASHER
36 0151-2010080-34 1 M8
37 971 74720436-03 5PRINU WASHER 6 M2.6
/WMt ,
38 973 74067074-01 BEAFU^G
>4 6 IPF-613ZZ-5
871 74067051-01 COLLAR
39 3
40 0181-0000040-01 RETAINING RING 3 *e 4
41 910 74748396-03 Ho I SE FILTER
J41 Tib* 1 W-202-22
MATERIAL NAJ *Ê .^^ in C£QtflJ QCTPTWD

lT_nÂ_>nr n4Tfijl ICLCUI^m rlJLLlnji
WEIGHT -
PARTS LIST
2001 0 _ RELATION NO. •fti
10/16 * * ±
M7WH17-/U
coce NO. DWG. NO,
ft *
NOTE DATE DESH>€CCH< «M3 SCALE y 771 B37981 17-04
^ NABCOLML
mi 30*31 iaottT 1 I 7 *r7 wv
1 *t'^tSft
0. 5tt± 6ttT
6*31 30HT
to.i 120*31 315&T
tO. 3
±0.5 ft±E$ Rmax (Ra)
10.2 315*31 100WT iO. 8 ww 0.8S (0.2a)
w
V
6.3S
25S
100S
(1.63)
C6.3a)
(258)
POTENTIOMETER
FOR TELEGRAPH
AH
TLG-403 CARD
(INDICATION CARD)
1
CN3 (3P) CN4 (4P) CN2 (40P)
TLG-401 CARD TLG-305 CARD

(LIMIT SWITCH CARD)
(CPU CARD)
J1 k
4 J 4 >u
k
(
r
J
<
1
J
i
i
t
IL •
12 11 10 9 7 6 s A 3 S 1
REVOLUTION IN TELEGRAPH REPEATER DIVISION

F/E RELAY METER COM: N OUT A8N, COMMUNICATION COM: P METER
COH2N.Q.2N.C.? N COM BB> BEJ S/B ff/B COMCOM OMJCAM-FGTER.LSB 1 MSBFLC.SI6GNDFG
TB4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Bl B2B3B4B5B6B7B8B9B10311 312 Bl B2B3B4 B5B6B7 B8 89 310 311312
STOP S OP
CN11 CN12 TB1 Al A2A3A4 A5A6A7A8A9A10A11 A12 TB2 Al A2A3A4 A5A6A7 A8A9 A10A11 A12
1.0.1 N.C.I P S I B / W MB RAB.N.C.O.^ CANHCANLFG GONGN.C. K/HSI6.INGNO FG
F/E RELAY PfVDLUTIDN IN OUT ABN. TELEGRAPH LOG.GONG
METER COM: N COMMUNICATION COM. OUT
NOISE OR
MNGHMIE
ÎLTER.
1 TELEGfWPH
MATERIAL
TELEGRARH RECEIVER
TB3 24V 0V WEIOTT
7 l, ^ 7 7 *>" i 5/ v
SOURCE 24V
WIRING" DIAGRAM
2001 ± RELATION NO
CODE NO. DW3.NO.
10/18 f
* It
REV.
NOTE DATE OK. AfMD SCALE 771 W3798117-04
NABCO Ltd.
I 0. 5 W ± 6ttT ±0. 1 120?DI 315HT 10. 5 tt±E^
6 3 D X 30ttT ±0. 2 3I59DI lOOOttT 10. 8 WW
Rma x (Ra)
0. 8S ( 0 . 2 a )
W
V
25S
100S
(6. 3a)
(25a)
8 53
•
(
•
I N D I C A T I O N 'REVOLUTION
PRO' RANGE :-10V~0~+10VDC
COV
/ TERMINALS :
>
•
VOLTAGE SIGNAL
I N D I C A T I O N S ACCURACY:
±1. 5% OF FULL SCALE
CO
CO
^f ^r ^f ^r . ^ r ^^ r ^ r ^^F A
T
ADJtlOX /
MAX. NSIDE ARRANGEMENT

40 42
1 i
CO
CO
J ^
PANEL CUT
(3=1 :2)
MATERIAL NAME
•
DQ144-C INDICATOR
A tn$£iH?gi
ZH •99
c 5/13 Y — &> WEIGHT
OUTLINE
Y <u 0. 4 0 k f l
'98 Y — 3 §
^
R E L A T I O N NO. mmm
8/19 N 111 C O D E NO. D W G . NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD S C A L E
*
1 '5X0. 7
725 F4753030
NABCOLtd. MC
m
S 0. 5tt± 6BT ±0. 1 12 0931 315HT 10. 5 ttlE*

6931 30ttT to, ? 3I55DI tOOOHT iO. 8 WW
Rma x (Ra)
0. 8S (0. 2 a )
W
V
25S
(6. 3a)
IOOS (25a)
M A K E R 'OMRON
TYPE :H7HP-C8DB
100 3 ACRYL (GROUND: DARK GLAY) COLOR 'BLACK
DIGITS'8
TYPE=Y92F-33
TYPE=Y92S-33 ADAPTER COUNTER U N I T : X 1 R E V O L U T I O N
RUBBER PACKING
REVOLUTION COUNTER M3. 5 SCREW
o
o • PANEL CUT
2-M4TAP
4E-
XI TERMINAL COVER
REVOLUTION NABCO LO
NABCO NAME PLATE (SSH) ID

(74725533-01)
to
I
I
• W I R I N G DIAGRAM • DIP SWITCH

NO. DESCRIPTION OFF ON
6 1
DC24V 1
5
1 PNP 2 FREQUENCY 30Hz 5kHz
1 3 I M 1*' III 1 nl rw lal
MODE)
u _ ^s^_ i uni IT /nkin 3 MODE NPN PNP
*™ "O T3" ™ 3 1i Nrl
MI v1 1i (HNH
»? tir MODE)
NPN
tZH M MATERIAL NAME
"XI REVOLUTION '00 *
8.23 T R E V O L U T I O N COUNTER
'99 WEIGHT
PNP. NPN9*f E2* 11.1
R E L A T I O N NO.
kit) C O D E NO. DWG. NO.
9,14- T
REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E D E S I G N E D C H K . APVD. S C A L E
1 =2
725 74753098
NABCO Ltd. ED
309 120^7 ±0.3 WV 6.3S
±0. 120? ±0.5 Rmax (Ra) VV 25S (6.3a)
X ±0.2 ±0.8 WVV 0.8S (0.2a) V 100S (25a)
P A I N T I N G COLOR'HUNSEL N4. 0
200 PCE NO. OF S O L I D STATE R E L A Y : R E F E R TO FOLLOWING FIGURE
186
R E L A Y PANEL
170 15
55 30 r
R3 8 O-r LOAD—®
1 SOLID STATE
RELAY
to 13 12
LO
C>
!L "
o
o
o R2 R3 I* R2 8 g—© OfL
CM
in
SOLID STATE I
CO
RELAY O
13 12
4-04 in
er>
N2 N3 «r B
ftff
O CO
CM
M R1 » LOAD © O£ *
t => CM
RELAY NO. SOLID STATE S
j^v s
W- WJ
}
RELAY **^ O
re 13 12 o -«c
LO _,
W I R I N G DIAGRAM
—AO
O/ N t1 R i1 DCU
Rev. ftfllfUTCO
CUUNItH ki
N2 o o
KZo REV. COUNTER
SIGNAL TO CRT
MO
N3 SOLID STATE TYPE :G3FM-2R5SLN
DC24V
_
"0A 11 N i1 R i1 OC\I l^nilklTCD
KtV. tUUNItK MO
NZ MO
N3
ITEM N. RELAY LETTERING N. RELAY N. RELAY LETTERING WIRING REMARKS

NO. NO. NO. NO. LETTERING NO. NO. DIAGRAM
tZH %-JO'ieit 01 K MATERIAL NAME

7.26 t S O L I D STATE RELAY PANEL
'01 111 WEIGHT
5.22 rt
'98 « RELATION NO.
9. I I n *
CODE NO. OWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE I: 920 73063866
NABCOLtd
0.510± 6 KIT dbO.l 3 x 315iUT ±0,5 RMX 25 S (6.3»)
±0.2 ±0.8 0.8S (0.2t) 100 S (2S»)
STOPPER HAET SINK
1
PART OF ADJUSTyENT
ia v
107
+ OUT
DC CONVERTER (2PCS) Jl
- OUT
C2») II
74750194- VIEW IN ARROW 'A'
9 TO 30
COM
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(2SETS)
(2-t-yfO
tZH '01 MATERIAL NAME
A 3*56*1 C 4/4 tK
— f DC CONVERTER
A tZH '99
*
c 4/2 - *^£ 1 ^
& WEIGHT
'98
dl i"Vj
RELATION NO.
DI
7.13
lL
f $ CODE NO. DWG. NO.
A tZH '02
4/22
K
t f
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE v 728 74063484 1/4
^ NABCOLid.
^B ^Bl^^^^lH^^r^^pr^^^^r ^Hi^^^^^pBIV
D
I iJlO.SKU: 6 1UT ±0.l|l»93 x 3I5KTF ±0.5 f±±C*
I|«*3i 30EIT ±0.2|315*3 ilOOOJUT ±0.8 WW
Ran
0.8 S
(Ra) I w
(0.2*) I v
25 S
100 S
(6.3.)
(2S»)
'00.12.19
-09 Nl M/E ORDER RPM BLACK 0-1 OV 0-1 OV N2 M/E RPM BLACK -IOY~*IOY -10Y~»10V
^^* *^5rfT^
• ^Î^^^P
'00.11.28
-08 Nl CHARGE AIR SIGNAL BLACK 0-1 OV 4— 20mA N2 LOAD IND. SIGNAL BLACK 4— 20mA 4«*^-/ 4*/IDTlA
vi i in
i
'00.8.24
-07 Nl M/E RPM (FOR ALC) BLACK 0-1 OV 4-20mA N2 U/E RPy(FOR JOYSTICK) BLACK 0-1 OV 4— 20mA It
'00.8. 17 ,
-06 Nl M/E RPM BLACK IOV~+10Y 4-20mA N2 LOAD IND. SIGNAL BLACK 0-1 OV 4— 20mA
ox *&* \
J^^^%
v*^m&t
^T^^^
'00.7. 31
,
-05 Nl M/E RPM BLACK -IOY~*IOY -10V~+IOV

N2 M/E RPM BLACK -10V~+IOY 4— 20mA
a^
'99. 12.27
-> -04 Nl M/E RPM BLACK -IOV~*10V 4— 20mA N2 LOAD IND. SIGNAL BLACK 4-20.A 4— 20mA ^
JL *fe
'99.9. 15
-03 Nl M/E RPM(B/R) BLACK -IOV~*10V -10Y~*IOY N2 M/E RPMCC/R) BLACK -IOY~+10Y 4— 20mA •4
u
'99.7. 9
-02 Nl M/E RPM BLACK 0-1 OV 4- 20mA N2 M/E ORDER RPM BLACK 0-1 OV 4— 20mA 4
u
-01 Nl M/E RPM BLACK 0—1 OV4— 20mA N2 LOAD IND. SIGNAL BLACK 0-1 OV 4— 20mA
LETTER INPUT OUTPUT LETTER INPUT OUTPUT

ITEM N.NO, LETTERING COLOR SIGNAL SIGNAL N.NO. LETTERING COLOR SIGNAL SIGNAL REMARK
MATERIAL NAME
r
DC CONVERTER
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
D cfe^*m%
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
M _ T _.
N TE
°
DATE DESIGNED CHK. ;U»VD. SCALE ^ 728 74063484 2/4
Go-
NABCOLId.
• ^•^••^Î^^B^ ••••••
ED
w'J ±0.3 VVV 6.3S
m ±0.5 Rmax (Ra) VV 25S (6.3a)
i x 306m±0.283159 3110006TF ±0.8 0.8S (0.2a) V 100S (25a)
-18 Nl PORT CPP PITCH BLACK 4— 20mA 4- 20mA N2 STBD CPP PITCH BLACK 4— 20mA 4— 20mA
>'02.2.16
-17 Nl P.O. RACK SIGNAL BLACK 4- 20mA 0-1 0V N2 CPP PITCH SIGNAL BLACK 4-20mA 4- 20mA £,
*K
C/R MANEUV. '01.11.05
-16 Nl M/E RPM BLACK -10V-+IOY 4— 20iJ N2 BLACK 0-1 5V 0-10V
HANDLE SIG.
?H
'01.10.30
-15 Nl M/E RPM BLACK 0-1 0V 4— 20mA N2 LOAD IND. SIGNAL BLACK 4— 20mA 4— 20mA
L **1^t
'Ol.lO.lO
-14 Nl LOAD INO. SIGNAL BLACK 4— 20mA 4— 20mA N2 SCAV. AIR SIGNAL BLACK 4- 20mA 4— 20mA
1? &
'01.8.24
-13 Nl M/E ORDER FOR VDR BLACK 0-1 0V 4— 20mA N2 M/E RESPONSE FOR VOR BLACK -10Y-HOY 4-20mA
?*
'01.7.29
-12 Nl M/E RPM BLACK -10V-+10Y 4- 20mA N2 y/E RPy(FORNAV.SYS.) BLACK -10Y-+10Y -10V~*10Y
?
r #
$&'
'01.6.6
-11 Nl M/E RPM ORDER BLACK 4— 20mA 0-1 0V N2 LOAD IND. SIGNAL BLACK 0-1 0V 4— 20mA
4d-\ ? ^
T ^2-
'01.4.4
-10 Nl START AIR SIGNAL BLACK 4- 20mA 4— 20mA N2 LOAD IND. SIGNAL BLACK 4— 20mA 4— 20mA
*
IK T9 .3t>
&

ITEM N.NO LETTERING COLOR SIGNAL SIGNAL N.NO. LETTERING COLOR SIGNAL SIGNAL REMARK
MATERIAL NAME
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
UARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APYD. SCALE 728 74063484 3/4
NADCOLld. [ED
1jn — .—
). 5J«J-t.
r^
6J*t T ±0. i ciM-r
31 ±0.5 f±±!27 Rmax (Ra) | w 25S (6.3a)
J. 12093
±0.8 <7VVV 0.8S V
•t
C 69 3 x 30WT ±0.2 31593 i iOOOUiT (0. 2a) I 100S (25a)
'02.9.26
-21 Nl STBD M/E RPM BLACK 0-10V 0-1 0V N2 PORT M/E RPM BLACK 0-10V 0—10V I-I *fe
T$
'02.4.22
C/R MANEUV. BLACK 0— 15V 0-1 0V
—
-20 Nl HANDLE SIG. N2 y/E RPy(FOR NAV. SYS.) BLACK -10V~*IOV -10V~+10V
' 02. 4. 22
-19 Nl P.O. RACK SIGNAL BLACK 4- 20mA 4-201nA N2 P.O. RACK SIGNAL BLACK 4~2« 4-'20mA

ITEM N.NO LETTERING COLOR SIGNAL SIGNAL N.NO. LETTERING COLOR SIGNAL SIGNAL REMARK
MATERIAL NAME
DC CONVERTER
b ***WD» WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
DC «*sf^bae
lt$W5
CODE W. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE ^
728 74063484 4/4
NABCOLU. ED
»J'J ±0.3 VVV 6.3S
(Ra) VV
m 1209 3 x 315J*TF ±0.5 Rmax 25S (6.3a)
i 6 9 J X 30iaTl±0.28315? sxlOOOkTF ±0.8 K7VVV 0.8S (0.2a) V 100S (25a>
NOTE MAKER OMRON
as
TYPE TIME COUNTER
\ ,
1 H7ET-**
\
CM
CS| CM
S
1
• OPERATION ADDITION
INDICATION
48 5 48.5 (8. 6mm)
RESETTING OUTSIDE MANUAL
WIRING
FIGURES FIGURE
45 0 Ttff
TIME INDICATION (SELECT. BY SW.)
00 0.0h~999999.9/0.0h~3999d23.9h
esj COUNT. INPUT NO VOLT VOLT
<N
cs
TYPE
PANEL CUT
H7ET-N H7ET-NV
COUNT. INPLfT RESET INPUT
(S=1:2)
. NO. NAME FUNCTION .04 H7ET-N

ft
RESET KEY RESET OF COUNT VALUE. NOT OPERATE AT KEY PROTECT SI. 'ON* 03 HTET-NV
Utevh*-
FRONT SIDE (70>l>i|j) OF
t D t
KEY PROTECT SI. 02 H7ET-BVM
TERMINAL
(swQ]) SIDE ON
01 H7ET-BM
SELECT. SI. FOR HOUR RANGE FRONT SIDE (TtDUffil) 3999d23.9h
1 t ITEM TYPE REMARKS
TERMINAL
SIDE a 999999.9h E
MATERIAL NAVE
HOUR METER
WEIGHT
RELATION NO.
B CODE NO. D«G. NO.
8/10
REV.
UARK
1 :1 909 74742216
NABCOLtdL D
ITTHR 1ZUM XU.J W W ' V V V
0.5W.I: 6WT ±0.1 315WT ±0.5 Rm«x (Rt) 25S (6.3t)

65 3i 30WT ±0.2 31553X1000WT ±0.8 0.8S (0.2.) IOCS (25.)
-1-0.5
33-0.5
-01 -02 -03
— o- oo CO
-Co
-^ i/> —
fO
-W)
—m
OO
O DEHOOwWY
*? ay
O-lOVi
8^0-107
'97.6.17
10
RELATION NO. MATERIAL ..NAME DOU8LE
APPROVED DESIGN WEIGHT
M: SCALE CODE NO. DWG. NO.
MARK REVISION ATVD;

4- 9O4 74745170
NABCO Ltd. ED
m tfSI 30931 I20WT ±0.3 * » 7 6.35
±0.1 120 7 3 X 3 I 5 W T ±0.5 Rmax (Ra> VV 25S (6.3a)
30JWT ±0.2 3I573HOOOWT ±0.8 wvv 0.8S (0.2a) IOOS (25a)
NABCO NABCO
pwmf
MM 9. OPERATION
- By setting the bridge telegraph handle to the desired position, the main
engine will automatically start aid reach the corresponding speed
Abbreviation
BIP : Bridge Indicator & switch panel * By setting the handle to the position "NAY. RILL *, the main engine speed
will gradually increase according to the programmed rate of increase
1. BEFORE OPERATION
By returning the handle to the "AHEAD FULL" position from the position
Following items are to be checked and/or confirmed operational before operation.
CD Electric source and pneumatic source condition "NAY. FULL", the main engine speed will gradually decrease in accordance
with the programmed speed rate in the range of
on any an emergency, the programmed

.it
CONT." on be started again.

activated • When the indicator "LIMITED SPEED" on BIP is activated, the main engine speed will
Manipulate the bridge telegraph handle using the Tine adjuster until the be limited to the set value and can not be increased.
indicator "HANDLE MATCH" on BIP lights up. 4. MANUAL EMERG. SHUT DOWN
Push the button "BRIDGE" on BIP. The indicator" BRIDGE " flickers and By pushing the button "MANUAL SHUT DOWN", the main engine can be
sound signal is activated. At the same time the indicator "CONT. ROOM" stopped anytime. Resetting is effected by returning the handle in control to the
position "STOP"
Turn the change-over switch on C/R console to the position BRIDGE. 5. CANCEL OF AUTO. EMERC. SHUT DOWM OR SLOW DOWN
The indicator "BRIDGE" lights continuously, the sound stops When the indicator "OVERRIDE AVAILABLE" on BIP lights, auto, emerg.
and the indicator "CONT. ROOM" goes off imMcfiately. shut down or slow down conditions can be cancelled by pushing the button
2) TO C/R FROM BRIDGE "OVERRIDE SHUT DOWN "or "OVERRIDE SLOW DOWN". In this case the
CD Push the button "CONT. ROOM" on BIP. The indicator "CONT. ROOM" main engine can be started again or the speed increased to the set value.
flickers and sound signal is activated. At the same time the indicator 6. RESET AFTER AUTO. EMERG. SHUT DOWN
"BRIDGE" lights continuously. After rectifying the problem which caused the auto, emerg. shut down, the
(2) Set the maneuv. handle on C/R console to the position corresponding to the operation of the main engine is restored by returning the handle in control
actual speed or to the same position as the bridge telegraph handle by using to the position "STOP".
the handle position indicator. 7. RESET OF AUTO. EMERC. SLDi DOWN
(D Turn the C/R change-over switch to the position "CONTROL ROOM".
After rectifying the problem which caused the auto, emerg. slow down, the
The indicator "CONT. ROOM" lights continuously, the sound
operation of the main engine is restored by returning the handle in control
stops and the indicator "BRIDGE" goes off immediately. to a position below the ahead slow position.
'98 to MATERIAL NAME

C 10.6
LUMINATE
•98 db MANEUVERING INSTRUCTION PLATE
WEIGHT
5.28
ib * RELATION NO.
9.2 jfe 395 CODE NO DWG. NO.
74042102-03
•00
5.26
CD to
&
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 984 F304 -03
W xJ
NABCOUd.
M 30731 I20WT ±0.3 7 VVV 6.35
•J VV
± 0 . 120 731 3I5WT ±0.5 Rmax (Ra) 255 (6.3a)
*
I ±0.2 ±0.8 VVVV 0.85 (0.2a) V 005 (25a)
F304ZI02-03, MJ ffc
oTHE INSTRUCTION PLATES ARE RECOMMENDED TO BE MOUNTED

ON/NEAR THE BRIDGE CONSOLE AND THE C/R CONSOLE.
o
r\J
V
X oPUT THE PLATE ON THE CLEAN SURFACE AFTER R E M O V I N G

o
cc PROTECTION SHEET OF THE BACKSIDE.
Q_
Q_
APPROX. 295
—&*
'98 di ft S MATERIAL NAME

A F*?^.iBX
10.6 rt % LUMINATE
'98 *
M A N E U V E R I N G I N S T R U C T I O N PLATE
di
A F*7JW* 5.28 rt
#
^
Sfe
WEIGHT
'37 dj * s
RELATION NO.
9.2 1*3
^
jfe
395
F3042I02-03
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
•oo *
A F»9ftttX 5.26
€
» *
ill
M.T
S REV.
)fe MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SC AL E
'? *J
11 *c. R
984 74042 0 2 - 0 3
N ABCO Ltd. cv
I tfttf
Hi lA T
L/—»—
4»îf?<&>
*JCBIA.2T ttc^feA
309 3 x 120WT ±0.3
pT^ME * S T 7 ^
2. 0.5tU± 6IUT ±0.1 120 9 3 x 315iUT ±0,5 ft ± J£^ Rmax
I 6 ? 3 i 30WT ±0.2 3155axlOOOWT ±0.8 VVW 0.8S
(Ra)
(0.2t)
VW
W
V
6.3S
25 S
100S
(1.6a)
(6 . 3a)
(25«)
74
\PANEL 3 t -v5 t
* ^2
•* °^ ^^ U
^
W
?.T, ^^«J 0trnon
UKILLi
-4. HOLES 11 DRILL
CS|
'
-
10 ffi
BLACK
PANEL CUT
BRIDGE C/R
TERMINAL NO,
NOTE
ii O It it
13 O MAKER ELECTRIC
: £# *«*«#>
TTPE TTPE CAM SWITCH
O32
O34
MATERIAL NAME
CAM SWITCH
WEIGHT
'97 T *
RELATION NO.
//. 10 Y CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
MARK
926 74751808
NABCOLtd.
400 250 4.5 ANTI-VIBRATION RUBBERX4
9 DRILL /, (74731573-05)
300 200 ?2 / 30
4 HOLES \ 1. 25 l, f /\~
;+; IND. LED FILTER LETTER

V- r
... * L NO. LAMP LETTERING COLOR COLOR COLOR COLOR
C
L11 MANUAL RED RED RED
M8 PB11 SHUT DOWN WHITE
L12 OVERRIDE RED RED RED WHITE

PB12 SHUT DOWN
N. NO. NAME PLATE LETTERING .ETTER.

COLOR SIZE
O
N1 ENGINE SIDE INDICATOR BOX BLACK 20X300
N2 M/E REVOLUTION BLACK 10X50

F/E S/B A/S
O /q N3 LAMP TEST BLACK 10X30
N4 BRIDGE BLACK 10x30
SERIAL NO. PLATE CONTROL BLACK 10X30

N5 ROOM
O
to NAME PLATE(S) (74706255-01)
(74725227-01) •ACCORDING TO ENGINE BLACK 10X30
N6 SIDE
O NUMBER OF CLASS.
CD
N7 AHEAD BLACK 10x30
o LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (GREEN)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (YELLOW) N8 ASTERN BLACK 10X30
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (RED) WRONG BLACK 1OX30

N9 WAY
INDICATOR LAMP N10 TURN'G GEAR BLACK 1OX30

CABLE GLAND "D' DISENGAGE
Wr-lf
CABLE GLAND "E ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH TURN'G GEAR
N13 ENGAGE BLACK 10X30
(ALTERNATE TYPE, WITH COVER L11, L12)
CABLE GLAND V
PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (SPARE)) N14 BLACK 10X30
(MOMENTARY TYPE)
N15 SLOW DOWN BLACK 10X30
OVERRIDE
N16 SHUT DOWN BLACK 10X30

OVERRIDE
\"
, \CABLE GLAND "C"
ITEM REV. IND. MAX. RANGE """"•I AH /AS 100RPM
UVtKKIUL
N17 BLACK 10X30
^^ \CABLE GLAND "B" -.4 — 2 AH /AS 120RPM

EMERG. BLACK 10X30
AH /AS 150RPM N18
^V CABLE GLAND "A" •5 SHUT DOWN
MATERIAL NAME
ENGINE SIDE TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX
25b 15c 15c 10b 10b 10b
x\ R/4JWASQUMGGD
TOA/S
W/05/Q2 SJJQrr xfJCh ^ WEIGHT
2BL
> -0. I I I FLEXIBLE REUT10N NO.
40a 30a 30a 25a 25a 25a rtl-1377 M/I2/DI HUQm S.UQnr ^
B C vs. CODE NO. DWG. NO.
ITEM A D E F
REMARKS
CABLE GLAND SIZE REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD, SCALE
1:5
170 73071210
NABCO Ltd.
R max (Ra) W 25S (6. 3 a ) |
ii 0, 5 W Jt 6UT ±0. 1 20?3i 3I5HT iO. 5 ttlEf
I R-JIT SOttT tn. ? 315531 1000HT 4 0 . 8 WW 0 . 8S (0. 2 a ) V IOOS (25a) 1
T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C A T ION
i3 6 /PROTECTIVE INDICATION 'REVOLUTION

5. 5 , 53 1 0 -*- / r n v F R D&wr,
^*- / ûvtrv K n l NpU
* -Ct A' l\ U
/ ~VA W
« -T4 i. iuAv\ U
/ nUr
^ ' 1 II / i 1 j TERMINALS :
i
M
x^ ~^\
/
/
x ADJ ± 1 0 %
\ ® ®
-J
\I VYO
INDICATIONS
wL&T
. iA
n \G
j LE. S 1 GNAL
oiwiinL.
ACCURACY:
CO o ^ ± 1 . 5 % OF FULL SCALE
o> en
I N S I D E ARRANGEMENT
92 MAX. 40
«•
42 •*
CVI
en
P A N E L CUT
(S=1 : 2 )
MATERIAL NAME
DQ96-C INDICATOR
tZH '99 Y WEIGHT
A C
5/13 Y
—
5\ & 0. 2 5 k 9 0 UJ L 1 N E .
'98 Y — s R E L A T I O N NO.
"f R /1\ fX tr 7r/ Lna
8/19 N I C O D E NO. ' DWG. NO.

REV.
MARK
NOTE D A T E DESIGNED CHK. APVD SCALE
:5 725 F4753029 |
NABCOLtd. MC
A0.3 yw
O.Stti: ±0.5
* *r w Kft U.U>
vvw O.tft (O.I.) MOS
WIRING DIAGRAM
(150)
r 1
<r in
^ CO
-E=rr". a »--«
1 r i_3Jjl I '
/ i
' I
I
1
I
^*^
in
-h -
in
I 1
; < \^
i_- x- DC24Vffl AClOOVffl
r*""T
MJ . - - — — —i• t/^x**"sSv
IT/AJ o>
91 j HOC
j T|
ii• i _u-i
CO
TERMIHAL BQ/?RP
CORRESPOND TO JIS F8801 A15a~A20c

JtS F8801
A15a~A20c iHttLttCrfeiC
BATED VOLTAGI RATKDCU8XXNT BKATCYCLE PAINTING COLOR
«n %*«S %«««
STRINGTH
4§l»if«E ffUHft fcfcfe
SOUND OUTPUT
*ft
01 DC24V 0.1A 500V 200COUNTAON. ±10% BODY : MUNSELL 7.5BG7/2 100 HORN AT 3M
GONO : IVORY
200E/5-. ±10% *fl;:*y**7.6BG7/2 3m f 100 *->•
«-«:T^*';
02 AC10(V110V 0.05A 1500V 200COUNT/MIN. ±10% BODY : MUNSELL 7.5BG7/2 100 HORN AT 3M
GONG: IVORY
200 0/8-. ±10% ^:*:-ry-k«,7.5BG7/2 3m f 100 *->•
*M:r-f*v
MATERIAL NAME
'01 K
GONG
WEIGHT
1.30 t
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
u
S^X
REV.
tfARN
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. xpva SCALE 907 73750620
NABCOLJd.
•^•^^^^^^^^^^^•r ^^^^P^^^*
!20«Ti:0.3 6.3S
0.5fiLt 6WT ±0 .11120 RIMX (Re)
3I5*T ±0.5 25S
30*1 ±0.21315'alOOOtfT ±0.8 vwv 0,85 (0.2a) 1005 (25a)
NOTE COLOR : MUNSELL /MAKER STANDARD\

O
HOLE FOR KNOCK PIN
B D
UJ UJ UJ
oc
a CO 2
CM
a. a.
Ul LU LU ui
WIRING
CABLE GLAND GASKfcl

12 950 74742194-08 tfx-r-yh 2 GP2I
CORRESPOND TO JIS F880I A|5c~A30B NAME PLATE lELSQCfET HEAD CM* SOBS
JIS F880I AI5c~A3QB^**S II 0002-0104010-51 /vfflnjiH-^tjU h 10 U4XIO
PULSE GENERATOR 10 827 NAME PLATE
•v^ri 74745186-02 ><</<> 1
r* / -*~i FOR M/E CONTROL CABLE GLAND
/WARNING LABEL I 9 934 74745692-05 2
T- -ftoT^-s Y SVRE2I
1 |H
(74750661-01) I 5ER IAL NO PLATE
"1 • — 8 980 74706255-01 2>3. •)-»</<> Sffi
1 -4
6AUGE
II l1 • 7 827 74750630-01 x*-^- s> 1
I 1 TERMINAL BOARD
6 931 74593113-11 1
Ll
iI yv>/'f UL-I5.6P
r —• li TERMINAL BOARD
1 ! Ii 1 •j
5 931 74593113-15 yv>?-f 1
1 L ! "I • — ^k'Si411
*— i' t CONNECTOR OflRON
r 1 —i* 4 932 74750631-01 4 IfiZF-MZI-OCO-A
3*7^
U r—i ! J ^|1 • PFOXIMITY SWITCH O¥R&H
mi
l^fe- (81 ft) 3 925 73750629-01 ai^-f-x-^ 4 E2E-X5EI-U!
COVER
1 'J J i*-f^ • 1 1 -02 2 827 73750628-01 •J9 1
BODY
-01 1 827 73750627-01 *vyf 1
TT OF
»
3.010.2mm
••
FTEU
in
Tkt-
B9
CODE NO.
a-r
PIECE NO.
A *
DESCRIPTION
A €
OTY
at
REMARKS
BK
*ZH:NMIE PLAIE \ "01 MATERIAL NAME

IARNING 4.10 PG-40A PULSE GENERATOR
- y
'00 WEIGHT
B 4/03 2.4kg
RELATION NO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV.
HAW
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CMC. APva SCALE
1:2 727 73750626-0¥
NAMOILU. ED
16* C*. 63WT ±0.3 MT91M VV 12.5-S I
UiLh ±0.1 250WT ±0.5 vvvv 0.8-S 3&-S
±0.2 ±0.8 vvv 6* 3""S
<?F
TO
THe
LUGr
RES/6TOR
(738700/3-72) WITH INSULATED TUBE
RELATION NO. MATERIAL NAME!

CL
63.12.11 APPROVED DESIGN WEIGHT
SCALE DWG. NO.

74006429 X
913 74O 1 38O2
80 4.14
MAUC REVISION AFTO. fit- 42,5. U.
OLD
MMCOLtd. DWG. NO
NABCO 74Y53832-01 1/2
SPARE PARTS LIST SPEC.NO. 7SH58363
NAME
BOX NO.
BRIDGE MANEUV. SYSTEM
MAIN ENGINE HYUNDAI-MAN-B&W 6S60MC-C
SHIP YARD : HYUNDAI 1377/1378/1438
CLASS DNV-EO
NABCO
ENGINEERING DEPT.
S.WJCm 5GL

MARK
ADRESS:
Sonnomiya Grand BJdg.,2-21,lsogami-dori 2-chome,Chuo-ku,Kobe,651-0086,Japan
Tel. No. Kobe(078)251-8109 Fax No. (078)251-8090 r // JAC
' C-' \mf'
NABCO 74Y53832-01 2/2
SPARE PARTS LIST SPEC.NO. 7SH58363
NAME
BRIDGE MANEUV. SYSTEM BOX NO.
t ^^v •*
Q lY
NO. DESCRIPTION OUTLINE PC. NO. WORKING REMARKS REV.I

SPARE
PERSETfPERSHIfl
74738264
1 -03 16 16
FUSE UCI 5A 50
UTSUNOMIYA
74738264
m -04
FUSE UCI 10A 50
UTSUNOMIYA
74734176
m* -03 1 1
FUSE NC-0 5A 38 o
UTSUNOMIYA
oo 73750629
-01 I
PROX. SW. E2E-X5EI-M1 53 OMRON
74730800
-03 13
AUX. RELAY MY-4 36 6.4 OMRON DC24V
74748071
-01 1 1
TIMER H3CR-A 68 14 OMRON DC24V
REPAIR KIT FOR 74Y59202

7 -10 1 1
TELEG. LOGGER ML-800MK3
74591419
10 -31 1
SPARE PARTS BOX
ADRESS:
NABCO Sonnomiyo Grand Bidg.,2-21,lsogomi-dori 2-chome,Chuo-ku,Kobe,651-0086,Japan
Tel. No. Kobe(078)251-8109 Fax No. (078)251-8090
3ETAIL OF REPAIR K
NABCO Ltd
h -(8
NABCO 1
REPAIR KIT FOR CODE
NO. REPAIR KIT NO
ML-800MK3 TELEGRAPH LOGGER
796 74Y59202-10
NO. NAHE__ DO SKETCH Q'TY REMARKS
a
PC. NO. DD 15
THERMO SENSITIVE PAPER 1 (
SEIKO CORP.
1 5 TP080-25C 25m
74744800-01
8.31
ADDRESS;
NABCO CONTROL SYSTEMS AND PRODUCTS DIVISION
Sannomiya Grand Bldg.,2-21,Isogami-dori2-chome,Chuo-ku.Kobe, 651. Japan
Tel.Kobe(078)251-8109 Fax. (078)251-8090
h ED
NABCO 74SS45696-63E 1/2
Instruction
ITAttention point on usej
1. Precautions for Changing Fuel Limiter for Engine
When putting fuel limitation on the engine, observe the following precautions for the
protection of the actuator (see the note below):
When putting fuel limitation on the engine, do not change the position of the
mechanical limiter but the setting of the electrical limiter.
When changing the mechanical limiter position with an unavoidable reason, set
the electrical Hmrter 1 mm or more lower than the mechanical limiter.
• »
Prevent interference between the actuator and any limiting device such as the
stop cylinder or the rack stopper on the stop side.
Set the rack minimum position to -1 mm or less in the actuator position.
The electrical limiter is set by the ten-key address [099] on the governor control unit.
Be sure that the setting value determines the position of the governor actuator that is
not the same as the fuel rack position; therefore, carry out the operation on the next
page when the engine is in stop condition.
The adjusting procedure of ten-key is included in the finished plan.
(Note) Protection of the Actuator
The MG-800 Governor System provides an electrical limiter (electrical maximum

position limiter for actuator) for protection of the actuator.
This electrical limiter must be set 1 mm lower than the mechanical limiter (the
maximum limiter of the fuel rack) at the sea trial.
However, if both setting positions are reversed after changing the mechanical stopper
position, the actuator would be damaged by its locked condition in which the
mechanical limiter will touch the fuel rack before the electrical limiter.
NABCO 74SS45696-63E 2/2
2. Adjusting Procedures for Electrical Limiters

2.1. Preparation before adjustment
1) Turn off the power supply of main engine remote control system, to cancel a stop
cylinder.
2.2. Adjustment
1) Set the mechanical limiter to the upper limit.
2) Record the value in ten-key [099].

[099]:
3) Multiply the value in ten-key [099J by 0.09 and then enter the result in ten-key
[195].
The actuator moves to the position 10% lower than the setting [099].
This operation will cause the alarm ACTUATOR ABNORMAL by the error code
[030] - 1 but it canbe ignored.
[099] XO. 09-»[195]:
4) Adjust the fuel rack position 1 mm lower than the mechanical limiter by changing
the setting value of [195] 0.1 by 0.1.
The value 0.1 equals to 1% in the actuator position.
Record the value in ten-key [195] when the rack position is 1 mm lower than the
mechanical stopper position. [195]:
5) Multiply the value in ten-key [195] by 10 and then enter the result into ten-key
[099].
The value in ten-key [099] will be the electrical limiter for the actuator.
[195] x 10-* [099]:
6) Enter "0" into ten-key [195] so that the actuator will move the stop position.
Push the CAUSE RESET pushbutton and then confirm the indication ACTUATOR
ABNORMAL will be off.
7) The adjustment is completed.

Turn on the power supply of main engine remote control system.
NABCO 74H58363-81E 1/18
Specification
for
MG-800 Governor System
ENGINE : HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C

SHIPYARD : HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
H.NO.1377/1378/1438
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
^rZH 12/
a LCD FUNCTION £M t>Z. 2, * r.r. -
MCG-402
EAR-500A '01.9.5 ttT *
&m ^
REV. NOTE DATE DESIGNED ^v*
CHK. APVD.
MARK
NABCO 74H58363-81E 2/18
1. SYSTEM OUTLINE
This equipment is a governor system using a micro-computer method.

Since the optimum control is executed automatically to suit the operation condition, it
is possible to assure the following improved performance for the mechanical-
hydraulic governor.
(1) Stability at low-speed.

(2) Start-up performance
(3) Stabilized state performance of F.O rack at cruising speed range, and stabilized
rotation.
In addition, the inspection and maintenance can be readily performed, as the system is
a all electro-mechanical type without any hydraulic-pneumatic component.
1.1 Principle operation
The schematic diagram of the governor system is shown in Fig. 1.

The controller serves to compare the rotaing speed commanded, with actual engine
speed detected by the use of pulse generator, execute the PID calculation for the
deviation to control the actuator connected to the fuel pump, and further to adjust the
amount of fuel supplied to the engine so that the deviation in speed can be eliminated.
CONTROL UNIT
LIMITER
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
SPEED PID DRIVE
ORDER UNIT
ACTUATOR POSITION F.B.

SPEED F.B.
INC.
PULSE
GENERATOR LINK
u
DEC.
r hf-O.
ENGINE r~ LJ *"" " M .••
F.O. PUMP
Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of governor system
NABCO 74H58363-81E 3/18
2. FEATURES
1)Hardware configuration Since the equipment is full-electric system which

requires no hydraulic / pneumatic sources, it is readily
possible to perform the outfitting work and
maintenance / inspection.
Besides, the equipment will not require any governor
drive shaft.
The rotating speed detector is backed up by the dual
system.
The actuator position sensor adopts the non contact
type sensor, to improve reliability.
2)Self-monitonng When any fault occurs, the self-monitoring system

serves to output alarm, and to change over the
MAIN/SUB system automatically, or maintain the
current position for the actuator.
It is possible to limit the cause and location of error by
checking the LED indication lamp and error code.
3)Control performance
(1)Start-up The starting index (fuel rack position) is available at

two levels.
Sure and stabilized starting can be assured by
keeping the fuel rack at the start position until the
engine speed exceeds the setting value.
Since the control using PID constant (exclusive use
for starting) is used, it is possible to restrict the
unnecessary engine speed increase.
(2)Optimum control The governor system is incorporated with three control

modes.
Since the constant of P (proportional gain), I
(integration time) and D (differential time) are set
independently as function of five points, and selected,
depending on speed or actuator position, it is possible
to secure the excellent speed control performance in
wide speed / load range.
The fluctuation in fuel rack is restricted by decreasing
the control sensitivity automatically through
assumption of the sea condition from the speed
fluctuation. (GAIN-LOW control) When the engine
speed is increased excessively due to racing, etc., the
control sensitivity is increased automatically to prevent
over-speed shutdown. (OSP control)
(Sr-3
NABCO 74H58363-81E 4/18
(3)Prevention of jiggling It is possible to remove the noise (irregular rotation)

from actual engine speed, to prevent the fuel rack
from jiggling by taking the section average of engine
combustion periods.
(4)Fuel limiter The equipment is incorporated with tour types of fuel

limiters for prevention of engine over-load and
stalling.
MAX. LIMITER SCAVEN. LIMITER

TORQUE LIMITER MIN. LIMITER
• Contact signal can be output when the limiter is

operated.
4)Adjustment / setting • Since the data setting is executed by using key

board, the setting and adjustment can be performed
easily and desired repeatability can be assorted.
• It is possible to confirm the data by numeral value
indicated by the digital indicator.
• Since the optimum constant has been pre-
determined through the simulation using computer
and the control performance been confirmed by using
the dedicated testing equipment prior to shipment, it
is possible to complete the adjustment with the actual
equipment in a short time.
• Important data is protected with a password.
5) Monitoring of control • The control status can be confirmed by the status

following LED indication lamps.
(1) Operation status LED indication lamp
STOP SHUT DOWN

START
FUEL RUN
SLOW DOWN
(2) Control mode LED indication lamp
NORMAL HIGH GAIN
(3) Fuel limiting LED indication lamp
MAX. LIMIT MIN. LIMIT

TORQUE LIMIT LIMIT CANCEL
SCAVEN. LIMIT
NABCO 74H58363-81E 5/18
3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
R/C CONTROL UNIT MONITORING CONSOLE
| (SHIPYARD SUPPLY)
2C SCAVENGING
'MAIN ELECTJ AC/DC H PRESSURE
SOURCE TRANSMITTER
4C
EMERGENCY 2C
ELECT.
SOURCE
CONTROL UNIT PULSE GENERATOR
2C 5C 3C
6C
MAIN
ELECTRIC AC220V
SOURCE ACTUATOR
34 2C
JUNCTION BOX
ACTUATOR
DRIVE UNIT
MULTIPLE CABLE
SHIELD CABLE
(1)CONTROL UNIT Print card

PID control
(2)ACTUATOR DRIVE UNIT • Servo motor driver 4- Power supply
(3)ACTUATOR AC Servo motor + Cycio reduction gear

Position sensor X1
Full stroke 42deg.

Maximum output torque 960Nm (EAR-500A)
Full stroke time 400ms
(4)PULSE GENERATOR Proximity switch X2

NABCO 74H58363-81E 6/18
4. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
Control unit
• POWER SUPPLY(with emergency source) : DC24V(±20%) (2A-MAX)

(RIPPLE LESS THAN 5V P-P)
Actuator drive unit
• Power supply : AC220V 50/60Hz-34> (14A-MAX)
5. INSTALLATION SITE (Optimum installation site)
• Control unit : C/R

• Actuator drive unit : C/R
• Actuator : E/S
• Pulse generator : E/S
5.1 Precautions of installation
5.1.1 Control unit
(1) Install the control unit at a well-ventilated place equivalent to C/R or BRIDGE,
where there exists little vibration and ambient temperature is less than 45^.
(2) Keep it away from the high voltage/current source and signal conductor as
much as possible, (about 30cm)
5.1.2 Actuator drive unit
(1) Install the actuator drive unit at the work shop or other place equivalent to C/R
near the actuator (within 60m), where the ambient temperature is less than
45*C.
(2) Keep it away from the high voltage/current source and signal conductor as
much as possible, (about 30cm)
(3) Keep it away from the low voltage/current source and signal conductor as much
as possible, (about 30cm)
C/R E/S
ACTUATOR M A X . 60m
CONTROL DRIVE ACTUATOR
UNIT UNIT (MOTOR DRIVE SIQ.)
*:MAX.100m
"t
PROXIMITY
SWITCH
Fig. 3 Wiring limitation
/"T"
M
NABCO 74H58363-81E 7/18
6. FAULT MONITORING
When any of the following cases occurs, the "GOVERNOR SYSTEM ABNORMAL"
alarm signal is output, and the cause of fault is indicated by the LED.
If the fault occurs both in the main system and the sub system, resulting in governor
control failure, the actuator can be maintained at the current position.
Before the cause reset push-button (CAUSE RESET) is pressed, it is possible to
check the cause of fault in detail by reading the error code (indicated on digital
indicator).
Abnormal Causes of Fault Fail-safe

CPU HARD Fault in CPU,ROM,RAM Actuator retains current
position
PICK UP Operation failure in pick-up • Automatic change over from

Disconnection in pick-up MAIN to SUB
• Actuator retains current
position
ACTUATOR Disconnection in position F.B. Actuator retains current

sensor signal line position *1
Operation failure in motor and (Actuator retains current

driver position)
POWER SOURCE Control unit power loss Actuator retains current

(in case of both main and position
emergency source are failure)
Actuator drive unit power loss Actuator retains current
position
GENARAL ALARM Disconnection in speed order • Speed order is maintained at
signal line current speed
Disconnection in scavenging • Scavenging limiter is cancel

pressure signal line
• Both signals, control position 1 Control position 2 is selected.

and control position 2, are closed
at same time.
1: The actuator position can fluctuate depending on the disconnected condition (as the
case with chattering etc.)
SCAVENGING PRESSER HIGH GAIN
SCAVBL LIMIT MODE LIMIT
SCAVEN. LIMIT CAKCa SHIFT MAX (099l> O
(089
SCAVEN. AIR
ACTUATOR SET
POINT HIGH 1 (051)
TORQUE LIMIT
ACTUATOR SET
POINT HIGH 2 (052)
ACTUATOR SET
START SPtED TOOUE LIMIT POINT LQ> (0501
ORDER (055) CAMCa SHIFT
(084)
SPEED ORDER 1
CUT1CALJUMP
(201 -203)
DEADBAND ft
GAIN CONTROL
MIMIC SPEED OPTIUUU
ORDER (049) GAIN (096)
COIPARETOR
COMPARETOR
MIMIC
REVOLUTION
ACTUATOR MOTOR SPEED
POSITION OX CONTROL SIG
ACTUATOR
POSITION F. a
STOP DETECT LEVEL LOAD CHANGE LOADOWNGE

START FUNCTION FINISH SIGNAL
COWARETOR DETECT COMPARETOR CONTROL
(058)
OCTROI
PICKUP
POSITION
ABNORMAL
GOV. SHUTDOWN STOP > CPU HARD GOVERNOR SYSTEM

DASH > ABNORMAL ABNORMAL
START BRAKE ACTUATOR
FUNCTION CONTROL BRAKE
DISCONNEC
1LOOP
DELAY TION
START DASH |— ' —M DASH HICg> ( ) : TEfHCY ADDRESS

HIGH LEVEL *— 2 -H I
: MONITOR ADDRESS
LSS : LOKST SIGNAL SELECTOR

Fig. 3 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF GOPROL UNIT FUNCTION
NABCO 3 74H58363-81E 8/18
NABCO 74H58363-81E 9/18
7. CONTROL FUNCTION
The control block diagram is as shown in Fig. 4.
1) Control position
The control position corresponds to the maneuvering position (two- system) of

POSITION 1 and POSITION 2.
• CONTROL POSITION 1 : BRIDGE

• CONTROL POSITION 2 : C/R
2) Start-up
When the start signal is entered, the F.O. rack is fixed to the start-up set
point until actual engine rotating speed exceeds the setting rotating speed.
Since it is not influenced by the actual rotating speed rise rate, etc., it is
possible to secure the sure and stabilized start-up.
The set point comes in 2 levels (LOW, HIGH), each of which is selective,
depending on ON/OFF of START DASH HIGH LEVEL signal.
When the START DASH HIGH LEVEL signal is turned on, the scavenging
pressure limiter is invalidated.
Meanwhile, to cope with maneuvering handles without the speed boost function a
starting, it is possible to use an engine speed signal set by the governor control
unit not that supplied from the maneuvering handle for a specific period of time
after when a starting signal is entered and the changeover from air-running to
fuel-running is completed with the control position in position 2. (This is an
optional function.)
3)Stopping
The actuator is set to the fuel shut-off position.

The operating conditions are as follows;
(1) When setting speed is less than 10rpm (changeable).
(2) When normal stop signal(STOP) is turned on.
(3) When emergency stop signal (GOVERNOR SHUT DOWN) is turned on
NABCO 74H58363-81E 10/18
4) Emergency slow down
In this case, the upper limit of setting speed is restricted to slow down level, to
slow down the engine speed.
5) Fuel restriction
Three type of upper fuel limiters are used to prevent the engine overload.
It is possible to output the contact signal when one or more of the following upper
limiter are functioned during fuel operation (excluding preset time after start-up).
MIN. LIMIT function will serve to prevent the engine stalling for such case when
the engine speed is greatly changed (decreased).
When the LIMIT CANCEL signal is entered, the scavenging air pressure limiter
and torque limiter will shift in parallel to increase fuel within range of 10-15%.
(1)MAX. LIMIT Defines the upper operation limit position for the
actuator.
(2)TORQUE LIMIT The engine speed subjects the actuator upper

position to the limiter.
(two point function curve)
Imm]
A
Y2
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Y1
»[rpmj
X1 X2
ENGINE SPEED
(3)SCAVEN. AIR LIMIT The actuator upper position is subjected to the

limiter by the scavenging air pressure,
(five point function curve)
Y5
ACTUATOR
POSITION Y3
Y2
Y1
>[bar)
X1 X2 X3 X4
SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE

NABCO 74H58363-81E 11/18
(4)MIN. LIMIT Restricts the actuator so as not be decreased to

lower than preset position.
(Reset automatically when engine is stopped or
under OSP control)
Lower Signal
Selector
MANUAL MAX. LIMIT
SCAVEN. LIMIT FUNCTION

oUT
.
Y5 -^***^ LIMIT CANCEL
Y4 ^S^ VALUE
Scaven. air Y3 ^S
pressure Y2
Y1
{_
X1X2 X3 X4 X5~ '" LIMIT CANCE
TORQUE LIMIT FUNCTION

OUT
Y2
Y1
X1 X2
High Signal
Selector
P ID ACTUATOR POSITION
Setting RPM Control ORDER
Actual RPM
MIN. LIMIT
NABCO 74H58363-81E 12/18
6) Load change dependent lubrication control
The LCD function uses the speed order to detect start, manoeuvring and
load changes so that 'lasting' changes of the speed order causes increased
lubrication of the cylinders. The increased lubrication is maintained for a
certain period.
7) Outputting P.O. pump mark indication signal
This signal is a copy of actual actuator position.

NABCO 74H58363-81E 13/18
9) CONTROL MODE
(1) NORMAL mode
This is a normal control mode in which the control is executed in accordance

with the following sub-control mode, depending on operation condition.
a) RPM control : Executes control so that the deviation of order sped and
engine speed is within specified value all time.
b) GAIN-LOW : Decreases control sensitivity automatically, when the

control fluctuation of engine speed deviation remains within a
specified value for preset time, to minimize P.O. rack
fluctuation, and execute quantitative P.O. control.
c)OSP : Prevents over-speed by automatically control increasing

control control sensitivity when engine speed exceeds preset
value due to sudden load fluctuation under stormy
weather, etc..
RPM CONTROL
SPEED-INC.
SPEED-
STABILITY
SPPED FLUCTUATION
-INC.
SPEED-DEC.
GAIN-LOW OSP
CONTROL CONTROL
SPEED-INC.
CONTROL SENSITIVITY - LOW CONTROL SENSITIVITY-HIGH

PREVENTION OF JIGGLING PREVENTION OF OVER-SPEED
NABCO 74H58363-81E 14/18
(2) HIGH GAIN mode
The actuator operating upper limit is reduced to a preset value and the control
sensitivity is also increased.
This mode is effective to control the fluctuation in rotation during racing.
This mode is selected by pressing the HIGH GAIN push button on the front
panel.
(3) TEST mode
It is possible to confirm the control function/performance by simulating

the engine operation condition with the simulation setting speed.
(MIMIC SPEED ORDER) and the simulation engine speed (MIMIC
REVOLUTION) without practically.
This test mode is selected by setting value of parameter in the control
unit.
(The setting value of the simulation setting speed and simulation engine
speed are changed by tenkey in the control unit.)
Bear in mind that the operation mode is unable to be changed over to
this mode unless the engine is stopping.
NABCO 74H58363-81E 15/18
8. INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL SPECIFICATIONS
ANALOG INPUT SIGNAL

WIRING
SIGNAL TYPE TBNo. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
0.5-10V Speed order signal (control position 1)
SPEED ORDER 1 TB1
Speed order signal (control position 2)
0.5-1 0V TB1
SPEED ORDER 2
Scaven. air press.
• Input impedance - 1 KQ
SCAVEN. AIR SIG 4~20mA TB1
• Equivalent to EMP2 (DANFOSS)
DIGITAL INPUT SIGNAL

WIRING
SIGNAL TYPE TBNo No FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Stop signal for control position 1
It is to be activated when "STOP" is order,
STOP1 NO contact TB1 B6
and deactivated in "START and
"RUNNING" condition
Stop signal for control position 2
It is to be activated when "STOP" is order,
STOP 2 NO contact TB1 A6
and deactivated in "START" and
"RUNNING" condition
TB1 Select signal of the high level start set point
LIMIT CANCEL 1 NO contact B5
for control position 1
NO contact TB1 A5
Select signal of the high level start set point
LIMIT CANCEL 2
for control position 2
CONTROL NO contact TB1 B8 Select for control position 1
POSITION 1
CONTROL A8
NO contact TB1 Select for control position 2
POSITION 2
Slow down order
SLOW DOWN NO contact TB1 B2
Shut down order
SHUT DOWN NO contact TB1 B3
Note 1) The speed order at voltage input is adjustable within the full scale of
8 to 16V.
2) The input range of current input is from 4 to 20mA.
3) The input impedance ;
Case of voltage input : 20k Q
Case of current input : 200
4) The contact signal of NO and NC mean as follows
NO : Signal is active with the contact "closed".
NC : Signal is active with the contact "opened".
In this case, the contact current of the input signal is
approximately 5mA
NABCO 74H58363-81E 16/18
ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNAL

WIRING
SIGNAL TYPE TBNo. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
B8
Gov. Actuator 4~-20mA
TBS B7 For load indicator
position
DIGITAL OUTPUT SIGNAL

WIRING
SIGNAL TYPE TBNo No FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
B5 Alarm output signal of governor system
GOVERNOR A5 Abnormal
SYSTEM NC contact TB3 B6 • Relay output
ABNORMAL
A6 • Max. contact current is 2A
Alarm output signal of governor system
GOVERNOR source failure, CPU abnormal or source sw.
B2 off
SYSTEM SOURCE NC contact TB4
A2
FAILURE • Relay output
• Max. contact current is 2A
Load change signal output
LOAD CHANGE B2
NO contact TBS • Relay output
SIGNAL A2
• Max. contact current is 2A
7
NABCO 74H58363-81E 17/18
9. TIME CHART
1) Control position 1 (2 LEVEL)
LOW LEVEL LHIGH LEVEL SHUTDOWN

START START
CONT. POSITION 1
ON
CONT. POSITION 2 OFF
STOP1
LIMIT CANCEL 1 OFF
SHUTDOWN
SPEED ORDER 1
INPUT SIGNAL
SETTING SPEED
"INTERNAL SIGNALN
OFGOV.
ENGINE SPEED
ACTUATOR HIGH
POSITION
DASH LOW
NABCO 74H58363-81E 18/18
2)CONTROL POSITION 2 (2 LEVEL)

LOW LEVEL LHIGH LEVEL SHUTDOWN
START START
ON
CONT. POSITION 1 OFF
ON
CONT. POSITION 2 SFF
ON
STOP 2 OFF!
LIMIT CANCEL 2
ON
SHUT DOWN OFF
B
SPEED ORDER 2
INPUT SIGNAL
START POSITION
START DASH START DASH

KEEP KEEP
SETTING SPEED B
'INTERNAL SIGNAL"
OF GOV.
^CONTROLLER
ENGINE SPEED
ACTUATOR
DASH HIGH
POSITION
DASH LOW
NABCO 74H58363-82 1/15
Tenkey Data List

for
MAIN ENGINE HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C
SHIP YARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
SHIP NO, 1377
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
Password:725
_
• --
— - '02,4,2^ K.J,
—
? •^
MARK
NAB CO Tenkey Data List for MG-800 Governor system 74H58363-82 2/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ.R ANGE SET.X'ALUE
ADO. WORD MIN. MAX. 1* 2* 3* 4*
000 MONIT. * ACTUAL ROTATING SPEED .....P."?..... • • m - • -
001 MONIT. - COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED rpm -
* m - - •*
002 MONIT. V
DEVIATION OF ROTATING SPEED rpm -
m
-
*• «• V
003 MONIT. V
ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION % -
m m - - -
004 MONIT. * COMMANDED ACTUATOR POSITION % •> «• - - -
005 MONIT. w COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 1 jpONT. POSITION 1) rpm -
•
-
- - -
006 MONIT. • COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 2^CONT. POSITION 2) rpm - m
-
- -
007 MONIT. * COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED (DROOP NON ADD.) rpm..... -
m
• • -
008 MONIT. m DROOP CORRECT ROTATING SPEED rpm - -
Ml m -
009 MONIT. »
ROTATING SPEED F.B. (MAIN-NON FILTER) rpm - - -
' - m -
010 MONIT. -
ROTATING SPEED F.B. (SUB -NON FILTER) rpm m - «•
-
m m
011 MONIT. *• COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED (APPLY FILTER) rpm..... m •

- - -
m
012 MONIT. » SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE bar m

- -
m m
013 MONIT. -
DEVIATION OF ROTATING SPEED {DEAD-BAND OUT) rpm -
m
-
••
- -
014 MONIT. • COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION (PID CONT. OUT) % • - -

•
I
-
015 MONIT. -
TORQUE LIMITER VALUE % , mm -
- -
M
- -
016 MONIT. « SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE LIMITER VALUE % , mm -

- .- « .
-
•i
017 MONIT. -
COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION (LIMITER OUT) % • <•
- -
•i
-
018 MONIT. -' COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION (START SET POINT} %,mm -
• •
- - -
019 MONIT. * ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION (MAIN) V m

- -
m •>
-
* REVISION READOUT OPERATION OF DATA

1:NABCOSHOPTEST Input the address for the data to be read out with the
2: keyboard, and the address is displayed on the address
3: display section and the data on the data display section.
4: However,according to the data of tenkey adress [200],
the contents of tenkev adress [000] - [046] chanqes.
I-
NABCO 74H58363-82 3/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET. VALUE
ADD. WORD MIN. MAX. 1* 2* 3* 4*
020 MONIT. • NOT USED . - - - -
021 MONif. V
ROTATING SPEED F.B. (MAIN - INPUT) rpm -
- - -
022 MONIT. ROTATING SPEED F.B. (SUB - INPUT) 55?..... m- • • •
-
•
023 MONIT. V ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION (A/D JNPUT) V •» «• •
024 MONIT. m
SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE (A/D INPUT) V
-
•. - - •
-
- *
025 MONIT. COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 1 (A/D INPUT) V m - m *•
-•
9
026 MONIT. V
COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 2 £A/D INPUT) V m« -
•
027 MONIT. • VOLTAGE OF COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED V -

- -
•
028 MONIT. V
VOLTAGE OF COMMANDED ACTUATOR POSITION V -
- m • -
029 • - •
-
m - -
*•
030 ERROR »
.DETAILED CONTENTS OF ACTUATOR FAILURE 1 V
-
m - -
031 ERROR - DETAILED CONTENTS OFACTUATOR FAILURE 2 V

- -
' OP M •
032 ERROR - DETAILED CONTENTS OF DISCONNECTION • «•
I::::-::::::: i:::::-::::
• •
033 ERROR * DETAILED CONTENTS OF POWER SOURCE FAILURE m

-
*• -
034 ERROR * DETAILED CONTENTS OF PICK-UP •

-
- •1
-
-
035 MONIT. * PID-F.G. X-AXIS VALUE - - -

- •
•i M
036 MONlf. •
PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN VALUE(Y-AXIS) - m
...„.: m m
•
037 MONIT. w PID-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME VALUE (Y-AXIS) sec m

-
- -
•
038 MONIT. * PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME VALUE (Y-AXIS) sec m

-
- • m •
039 MONIT. V
PUMP MARK POSITION mm •
«»
- - -
040 MONIT. V
NOT USED m
*
V
- w •»
•
041 MONIT. •
NOT USED «
-
- * - -
042 MONIT. m
NOT USED -
M M
- -
043 MONIT. -
NOT USED •
-
m
-
•»
044 MONIT. * NOT USED V

-
m M
•
-
-
-
045 MONIT. m NOT USED •

- -
•
- -
046 MONIT. m
OPERATION CONDiflON MONITOR OF THEMOTOR CONTTO - | - - •
• m
•
The data of not used tenkey address is displayed "0".

NABCO 74H58363-82 4/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET.V'ALUE
047 TEST - MIMIC SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE bar 0.00 99.99 0
048 TEST * MIMIC SPEED ORDER VALUE rpm 0.0 999.9 0
049 TEST V
MIMIC REVOLUTION VALUE rpm 0.0 999.9 0
050 START - ACTUATOR START SET POINT (LOW LEVEL) %,mm 0.0 200.0 35
051 START » ACTUATOR START SET POINT (HIGH 1 LEVEL) %, mm 0.0 200.0 50
052 START - ACTUATOR START SET POINT (HIGH 2 LEVEL) %,mm 0.0 200.0 50
053 START - START CONTROL HOLDING TIME (CONT. POS. 1) sec 0 60 3
054 START START CONTROL HOLDING TIME (CONT. POS. 2) sec 0 20 3
055 START ROTATING SPEED COMMAND AT START-UP rpm 0.0 999.9 40
056 SLOW-D SLOW-DOWN ROTATING SPEED LIMIT rpm 0.0 999.9 40
057 SLOW-D SLOW-DOWN DEVIATION FILTER sec 0.03 10.00 0.03
058 SYSTEM - ROTATING SPEED COMMAND STOP DETECTION rpm 0.0 50.0 5
059 SLOW-D m
LIMIT OF ROTATING SPEED COMMAND CHANGE RATE AT SLOW-DOWN rpm 1.0 100.0 100
060 D.BAND -
DEAD BAND WIDE rpm 0.0 10.0 0
061 D.BAND - DEAD BAND GAIN (NOR.-RPM) 0.0 5.0 0.5
062 D.BAND * DEAD BAND GAIN (NOR.-GAIN LOW) - 0.0 5.0 0.1
063 D.BAND * DEAD BAND TIMER (GAIN LOW) sec 0 60 10
064 D.BAND -
ACTUATOR LIMITER (CANCEL GAIN LOW) % 0.00 5.00 6.1
065 LIMIT -
OVER LOAD DETECTION TIMER sec 0 999 60
066 LIMIT -
TORQUE LIMITER (POINT X1) rpm 0.0 999.9 85
067 LIMIT « TORQUE LIMITER (POINT X2) rpm 0.0 999.9 131
068 LIMIT -
TORQUE LIMJTER (POINT Y*i) %,mm 0.0 200.0 68
069 LIMIT TORQUE LIMITER (POINT Y2) %, mm 0.0 200.0 89 *
*
-
070 LIMIT -
SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT X1) bar 0.00 4.00 0
071 LIMIT I SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT X2) bar 0.00 4.00 0.4
NABCO 74H58363-82 5/15
TEN-
072 LIMIT • SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X3) bar 0.00 4.00 2.8
073 LIMIT - SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X4) bar 0.00 4.00 3
074 LIMIT * SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X5) bar 0.00 4.00 3
075 LIMIT * SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT Y1 ) %,mm 0.0 200.0 57
078 LIMIT V
SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT Y2) %,mm 6.6 200.0 57
077 LIMIT V
SCAVEN. UMfnER (POINT Y3) . % , mm 0.0 200.0 89
078 LIMIT * SCAWN.UMITiRfOiNTY^ %,mm 0.0 200.0 89
079 LIMIT •
SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT Y5) %,mm 0.0 200.0 89
080 LIMIT - ACTUATOR POSITION UMITER (HIGH GAIN MODE) %,mm 0.0 200.0 65
081 FILTER - ROTATING SPEED F.B. FILTER FOR TORQUE LIMITER sec 0.02 20.00 0.3
082 D.BAND •
DEAD BAND START MOTION AT ACTUATOR POSITION » 0.0 100.0 0
083 SYSTEM - INPUT DATA SELECT SW. (0 : ACTUATOR POS. 1 : PUMP MARK) • 0 3 1
084 LIMIT - SHIFT AT TORQUE UMITER CANCEL %,mm 0.0 100.0 15
085 LIMIT •
SHIFT AT SCAVEN. LIMITER CANCEL %,mm 0.0 100.0 15
086 LIMIT * TORQUE UMITER INPUT SWC&SETTING ROT. SPEED 1 ACTUAL ROT. SPEED) • 6 2 i
087 LIMIT •
FUEL UMITER SIGNAL OUT CONDITION SW(ftall lacv&tn, 2rtrq 3»cv 4unax) •
0 5 0
088 LIMIT * FUEL UMITER ACTIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT TIME RATE SW(1:sec 60:min 36<W3.1hour; m
1 999 1
6*89 SYSTEM •
STOP CONTROL ACTUAL SPEED UPPER UMIT m
-20.0 50.0 -20
090 SYSTEM •
STOP CONTROL ACTIVE TIMER (FOR J089J) - 0.1 10.0 5
091 • m • • • m m - m - -
092 • 9 • - m • m M
-
093 LIMIT m
COMMAND ROTATING SPEE*D UPPER LIMIT. (CONT.POS.i) rpm 0.0 999.9 116
094 LIMIT m
COMMAND ROTATING SPEED UPPER UMIT. (CONT.POS.2) rpm 0.0 999.9 116
095 • •
•
:. I......... • - m •1
-
096 PID
*
• OPTIMUM GAIN % -50 300 0
097 SYSTEM -
NOT USED - -99.9 100.0 0
098 LIMIT m
ACTUATOR LOWER UMITER % , mm 0.0 200.0 5
099 LIMIT * ACTUATOR UPPER UMI7ER | % , mm 0.0 200.0 80 •
NABCO 74H58363-82 6/15
TEN- I
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET.V ALUE
100 PID APPLY PID F.G. MODE •P 0 5 0
101 PID APPLY PID F.G. POSITION X1 • 0.0 999.9 15
102 PID APPLY PID F.G. POSITION X2 - 6.6 999.9 50
104 PID APPLY PID F.G. POSITION X4 - 0.0 999.9 999.9 V
105 PID APPLY PID F.G. POSITION X5 - 0.0 999.9 999.9

106 PID APPLY DIFFERENTIAL FILTER sec 0.02 1.00 0.07
107 START APPLY START-PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN - 0.10 3.00 1
108 START APPLY START-PID INTEGRAL TIME SeC 0,50 15.00 1
109 START APPLY 1 START. PJD DIFFEREhmAL TIME sec 0.00 1.00 0.1
110 PID APPLY PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN (POINT Y1) - 0.1 3.0 0.8
111 PID APPLY PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN (POINT Y2) - . 0.1 4.0 1.2
113 PID APPLY PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN (POINT Y4) • 0.5 5.0 2.2
115 PID APPLY PID-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME (POINT Y1) sec 0.5 30.0 7
116 PID APPLY PID-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME JPOINTY2) sec 0.5 "15.6 4
117 plb APPLY PID-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME (POINT Y3) sec 6.5 "15.6 2
118 PID APPLY PID-F.G. tNTEGRALTiME (POINT Y4) sec 6.5 "15.6 2
119 PID APPLY PID-F.G. INTEGRALTlME (POINT Y5) sec 0.5 15.0 2
120 PID APPLY PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME (POINT Y1) sec 0.00 2.00 0.03
121 PID APPLY PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL t^ME (POINT Y2) sec 0.00 1.00 0.01
122 PID APPLY PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME (POINT Y3) sec 0.00 1.00 0
NABCO 74H58363-82 7/15
TEN-
125 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED * 50.0 999.9 70
126 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED * 0.5 2.0 0.5
127 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED : 5.0 20.0 5
128 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED . 10.6 20.0 10
129 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED - 10 300 I 100
130 START APPLY ACTUATOR SET POINT DETECTION LEVEL (LOW LEVEL) rpm 0.0 999.9 0
131 START APPLY ACTUATOR SET POINT DETECTION LEVEL (HIGH LEVEL) rpm 0.0 999.9 150
132 START APPLY ACTUATOR PULL-BACK AMOUNT (LOW LEVEL) %,mm 0.0 50.0 10
133 START APPLY ACTUATOR PULL-BACK AMOUNT (HIGH LEVEL) %,mm 0.0 50.0 0 *
134 START APPLY START SIGNAL OFF DELAY TIMER sec 0.0 60.0 2 *
135 START APPLY START MODE * 0 5 3
136 START APPLY SELECT SW OF ROTATING SPEED COMMAND AT START-UP (CONT.POS.2) - 0 5 0
137 START APPLY PICKUP ABN. DETECT SW AT START SIGNAL END « 0 1 0
138 START APPLY START DASH FINISH SPEED DECREASE VALUE rpm 6 300 0
139 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR ABNORMAL FUNCTION SW m
0 1 i
140 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR F.B SIGNAL DISCNNECTION DETECT LEVEL V •2.0 2.0 -0.5
141 RLTER APPLY SPEED DETECT' UPPER LEVEL BY EXPLOSION" ™JNG rpm 0.0 500.0 40
142 SYSTEM APPLY OPERATION MODE OF THE MOTOR CONTROL HALT FUNCTION * 0 2 1 0
143 TIMER APPLY OPERATION TIMER OF THE MOTOR HALT FUNCTION sec 0.1 900.0 60
144 • m
- * - M
- m
-
m
145 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE FILTER FOR DROOP sec 0.02 30.00 1
146 FILTER APPLY ANALOG SIG. OUTPUT RLTER sec 0.02 30.00 0.1
147 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X1) • -99.9 999.9 0
148 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X2) • -99.9 999.9 100
149 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y1) V -9.99 99.99 0
NABCO 74H58363-82 8/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET.X'ALUE
ADD. WORD MIN. MAX 1* 2* 3* 4*
150 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G, (POINT Y2) V •9.99 99.99 10
151 START APPLY SPEED COMMAND SWITCHING TIME sec 0 10 3
152 START APPLY SPEED COMMAND SWITCHING TIME CONSTANT sec 0.05 6.00 1.89
153 FILTER j APPLY ROTATING SPEED COMMAND NOISE FILTER sec 0.05 3.00 0.5
154 FILTER APPLY SCAVEN. AIR PRESSURE NOISE FILTER sec 0.05 5.00 1
155 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. NOISE FILTER sec 0.02 5.00 0.2
156 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE FILTER (INC. SIDE) sec 0.02 L30.00 5
157 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B, NOISE FILTER (DEC. SIDE) sec 0.02 30.00 10
158 SYSTEM APPLY HANDLE MACH DETECT LEVEL rpm 0.0 999.9 1.5
159 SYSTEM APPLY HANDLE MACH DETECT TIMER sec 0.0 10.0 0.1
160 FAULT APPLY DETECT LEVEL OF ROTATING SPEED FAIL rpm 0.0 20.0 5
161 FAULT APPLY DETECT LEVEL OF ROTATING SPEED CHANGE RATE 100rpm/s 1.0 999.9 3
162 FAULT APPLY SYSTEM ABNORMAL OUTPUT TIME-LAG TIMER sec 0.0 5.0 2
163 FAULT APPLY DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL (SPEED COMMAND POS.1) V -2.00 2.00 0.3
165 FAULT APPLY DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL (SCAVEN. AIR PRESS.) V -2.00 10.00 1
166 SCALE APPLY SCAVEN. PRESSURE (ZERO ADJ.) V "-4.00 4.00 2
167 SCALE APPLY SCAVEN. PRESSURE (GAIN ADJ.) V 0.00 20.00 10
168 SCALE APPLY ACTUATOR POSITiON F.B. {ZERO ADJ.) V -2.00 2.00 0
169 SCALE APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. (GAIN ADJ.) •
6.66 20.00 ib
170 FAULT APPLY RESET SIG. HOLD TIMER sec 0.0 5.0 3
171 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR STROKE FAVLURE DETECT LEVEL % 0.0 200.6 5
172 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR STROKE FAILURE TIME-LAG TIMER sec 0.0 10.0 5
173 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED F,B. SELECT SW(0:Normal 1:Maln 2:Sub) • 0 2 0
174 • • m - - - m
- - m
NABCO 74H58363-82 9/15
TEN- '
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGEI SET. VALUE I
175 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. AVERAGE SEL BAND rpm | 0.0 500.0 20
176 DROOP APPLY DROOP RATIO % 0.0 5.0 0
177 DROOP APPLY DROOP FULCRUM % 0.0 100.0 0
178 DROOP APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION AT NO-LOAD %,mm 0.0 200.0 0
179 DROOP APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION ATFULL-LOAD I %,mm 0.0 200.0 100 *
180 SYSTEM APPLY ANALOG MONITOR OUTPUT! SW <OACTJORD I«CTJW»M fcAcrj* SUUCJCPOS 4tvm - 0 , 6 2 *
181 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT. POS. 1) F.G. POINT X1 V 0.00 io.iJo [ o
182 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT. POS. y F.G. POINT X2 V 0.00 10.00 0.48
183 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT. POS. 1J F.G. POINT X3 y_ 3.00 10.00 9.5
184 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 1) F.G. POINT Y1 rpm 0.0 200.0 0
185 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 1) F.G. POINT Y2 rpn?..... 0.0 999.9 0
186 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT. POS, 1) F.G. POINT Y3 rpm 0.0 999.9 150
187 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT X1 V 0.00 10.00 0 -
188 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT X2 V 0.00 10.00 6.48
190 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT Y1 . ..[P.m..... 0.0 20.0 0
191 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT Y2 rpm 0.0 999.9 1 0
192 SCALE APPLY ROTATJNG SPEED (CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT Y3 rpm 0.0 999.9 116
193 SYSTEM APPLY CYLINDER NUMBER (THE NUMBER OF EXPLOSION PER REVOLUTION) - 2 18 I 6 •
194 SYSTEM APPLY TURNING GEAR NUMBER - 0 300 1 68

195 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION COMMAND MIN. VOLTAGE V -5.00 10.00 o
196 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION COMMAND MAX VOLTAGE V 0.00 15.00 10
197 SYSTEM APPLY SCAVEN AIR PRESSURE BASIC VALUE bar 0.00 5.00 4
•
198 SYSTEM APPLY TEST MODE SELECT SWITCH m
0 2 0
199 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED BASIC VALUE I rpm 80 999.9 150
NABCO 74H58363-82 10/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET.\ ALUE
200 SYSTEM APPLY DATA FOR MAINTENANCE m
0.0 999.9 0
201 CLTJMP APPLY CRITICAL SPEED LOWER LIMIT REV. rpm..... 0.0 999.9 0
202 CLTJMP APPLY CRITICAL SPEED UPPER LIMIT REV. rpm 0.0 999.9 0
203 CLTJMP APPLY SAFETY RATIO FOR CRITICAL SPEED JUMPING RANGE rpm 0.0 500.0 0
204 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT »
0 100 10
205 FILTER APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT FILTER sec 0.02 30.00 0.1
206 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT SELECT SWITCH * 0 10 4
207 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X1) V
-99.9 999.9 2
208 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X2) -" -99.9 999.9 10
209 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y1) V -9.99 99.99 0
211 m
*
^ - - m - -
»
-
212 - - • • •
- *» - -
- -
213 FILTER APPLY CONTROL POS. ABN DETECT TIMER sec 0.5 100.0 5
214 FILTER APPLY DIGITAL INPUT FILTER sec 0.02 1.00 o.i
215 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT X1 (ACTUATOR POS.) % 0.0 100.0 0
217 SCALE APPLY CONTROL Sl"& F.G. POINT X3 (ACTUATOR POS.) % 0.0 200.0 100
220 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y1 (PUMP MARK.) %,mm -20.0 200.0 0
221 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y2 (PUMP MARK.) %,mm 0.0 200.0 50 *
222 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y3 (PUMP MARK.) % , mm 0.0 200.0 100 *
223 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y4 (PUMP MARK.) % , mm 0.0 200.0 100
224 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y5 (PUMP MARK.) % , mm 0.0 200.0 100
—\I
NABCO 74H58363-82 11/15
TEN-
225 LUBRI APPLY COMMAND ROTATING SPEED CHANGE RATE DETECT VALUE (POSrt • 0.02 0.25 0.02
226 LUBRI APPLY COMMAND ROTATING SPEED CHANGE RATE DETECT TIME (Tr) sec 2 120 10
227 LUBRI APPLY LOW-PASS FILTER TIME CONSTANT sec 0.05 1.00 J 0.7
228 LUBRI APPLY COMPARISON VALUE (SELECT COEFFICIENT OF "a") sec 2 120 10
A nm w _H— AA~-
229 LUBRI APPLY
**.4^«wp»«v»f^tiVv&IV ^tîw « H SA**»«^flftAV« ^tff** ^M. tf^V* ^*I*A. «f AAAlt
COEFFICIENT OF "a (AT TIME Or OVER Tkeyi228]) *-•••• » """
0.36 TTUvr U;oo
230 LUBRI APPLY LUBRICATION TIMER (BASIC) sec 1 60 60
231 LUBRI APPLY LUBRICATION TIMER min 15 60 30
232 LUBRI APPLY GAIN FOR VALUE (POSr) 0.50 3.00 1
233 LUBRI APPLY LUBRICATION CANCEL TIMER sec 0 10 3
234 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED - 0.0 20.0 4
235 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED • 100 250 140
237 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED • 25.00 50.00 34.4
240 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED V
10.0 50.0 31.9
241 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED •
0.0 25.0 16
242 SYSTEM] APPLY NOT USED »
-50.0 50.0 16
243 SYSTEM APPLY j NOT USED •
0.00 2.00 0.35
244 SYSTEM"] APPLY NOT USED * 0.0 20.0 10
245 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED - 0 100 1
0 120 30
248 SYSTEM APPLY RATED SPEED rpm 0.0 999.9 105
•
249 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT o 3-7 1
1
7
NABCO 74H58363-82 12/15
TEN-]
250 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED *
0 30 1
251* 1 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT * 0 3 0
252 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED- * 0.0 20.0 0.5
£\).(J . -t1. -
.-A.nm..w OA n
-254- .OWfltftCftfl
vSYSTcwl Arrurr^ .NOrUocO
MAV -i mcsn " - " v.o . -
255 SYSTEM APPLY 1 NOT USED •

0.0 20.0 6
256 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED »
0.0 20.0 4
1.00 3.00 2.5
258 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED m
0.10 5.00 2
0.00 5.00 0
1.00 5.00 2.5
0.00 5.00 0
263 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED 4
0.0 200.0 100
264 SYSTEM1 APPLY NOT USED m
0.0 200.0 100
265 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED * 0.10 15.00 3
0.10 20.00 0.5
267 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED m
0.00 0.50 6.1
268 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED * 0 1 0
269 SYSTEM! APPLY NOT USED ' - -10 200 •10
270 LOW.GAINl APPLY LOW GAIN CONTROL ACTIVE MINIMUN LIMIT LEVEL n?m .. . 0 999 0
"271 |L6W.GAiNl APPLY LOW GAIN CONTROL ACTIVE MAX LIMIT LEVEL !Rm.... 0 999 0
272 LOW.GAINl APPLY ACTIVE MAX LIMIT SETTING ROT.SPEED TRANSIT RATIO rpm/O.Ssec 0.0 2.0 0.5
273 LOW.GAINl APPLY ACTIVE MAX LIMIT ROTATION DECLINATION rpm 0 20 1
274 LOW.GA1N] APPLY PID CHANGE ON DELAY TIMER FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.0 600.0 30
NABCO 74H58363-82 13/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE I SET. VALUE I
ADD. WORD M1N. MAX. 1* 2* 3* 4*
275 .OW.GAIh APPLY FILTER CHANGE FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL ON DELAY TIMER sec 0.0 600.0 150
276 .OW.GAIh APPLY PROPORTIONAL GAIN FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL - 0.10 5.00 0.5
277 LOW.GAir APPLY INTEGRATION TIME FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.1 120.0 4
278 .OW.GAto APPLY DIFFERENTIAL TIME FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.00 10.00 0
-
. fM A 1. JHk. A...1 fc
-27* LOWrewlr -iftPPLY ROTATWG-SPEEDÎrreRTIMECONSTANT-FOfttOW GAtN-CONTROt- sec -O.t)2- 4-^W^^Î—
TtMATr
!• 'far^H
vT*S
280 PID APPLY EM'CY-PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN M
1.00 5.00 [ 3
281 PID APPLY EM'CY-PID INTEGRAL TIME sec 0.10 5.00 , 1
282 PID APPLY EM'CY-PID DIFFERENTIAL TIME sec 0.00 2.00 0.1
283 PID APPLY EM'CY MODE ACTIVE ROTATION SPEED rpm 50.0 999.9 116
284 PID APPLY HIGH-GAIN PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN • 0.30 5.00 1.3
285 PID APPLY HIGH-GAIN PID INTEGRAL TIME I - 0.50 5.00 1
286 PID APPLY HIGH-GAIN PID DIFFERENTIAL TIME sec 6.00 0.50 0.1
287 LUBRI APPLY LCD CONTROL MODE SELECT SWITCH (0:Act. Pos, 1:Comm. Speed) • 0 3 1
288 m • • * - - « - m
-
V
289 - - - - - - - «•
290 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION ORDER X1 % 0.0 30.0 20
-
291 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G, ACTUATOR POSITION ORDER X2 % 30.0 50.0 40
292 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSmON CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION ORDER X3 % 50.0 70.0 60
295 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y1 % -20.0 20.0 0
298 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSmON CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y4 % -20.0 20.0 0
NABCO 74H58363-82 14/15
TEN-
300 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. SELECT SWITCH • 0 2 0
301 SCALE APPLY HYSTERESIS OF ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. V 0 10.00 0.1
302 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AS MAX V 0 10.00 1
303 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X ASS V 0 10.00 1.5
304" -SCALE- -APPLY"
—•-—-^— - — *•. ••—• —. — ^^— - *^h4hftinr rmtflhA «Vk
ROTATING SPEED (CONT.PO5.Z) r.va. POINT X AS4
ft f\ VUTTklft ••Vt.AS A.A J
v- 0 toSo- 2 •
305 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AS3 V 0 10.00 2.5
306 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT XAS2 V 0 10.00 3
307 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AS1 V 0 10.00 3.5
308 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AS STOP V 0 10.00 4
309 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH STOP V 0 10.00 5 •
310 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH1 V 0 10.00 5.5
311 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH2 V 0 10.00 6
312 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH3 V 0 10.00 6.5
316 SCALE" APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH MAX V 0 10.00 8.5
317 SCALE . APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AS MAX rpm..... 0 999.9 80
318 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (GOT.P08.~2) F.G. POINT YAS5 rpm 0 999.9 80
319 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AS4 rpm 0 999.9 80
320 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT YAS3 rpm 0 999.9 60
321 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AS2 rpm 0 999.9 40
322 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AS1 rpm 0 999.9 ] 20
323 SCALE I APPLY ROTATING SPEED {CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y STOP rpm 0 999.9 0
324 SCALE [ APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT YAH1 rpm 0 999.9 20
NABCO 74H58363-82 15/15
TEN- .
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNlt ADJ. RANGE SET, VALUE 1
ADD, WORD MIN. MAX. 1* 2* 3* 4*
325 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH2 rpm 0 999.9 40
326 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT YAH3 rpm 0 999.9 60
327 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH4 rpm 0 999.9 80
328 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH5 ram 0 999.9] 80
-329- SCAtE- ~*PPCY"- ROÎNG"'SPEEb'(CC^TO^ H rpnr - 0 -999:9^ 30
330 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH MAX ram 0 999.9 80
331 SYSTEM APPLY AN ALOQSIQ. 5 OUTPUT SELECT SW(0:Sp««JOrdw1:MBin2;M«lnFllt«r3:3ub4ûbFiltar) 1
...o... 9999 0
332 m • . • •* • •
-
333 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. NOISE FILTER sec 0.02 0.5 0.2
334 • • • - m • - • -
335 - W • V m •
-
- -
-
336 • •
* - m - •t »
-
m
337 • - m '- -
• m m - -
338 m • m • • - -
m •
-
339 m - *
V
- • - •i -
340 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 5 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) »
0.0 999.9 100
341 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 5 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y MAX.) V 0.00 99.99 10
342 SCALE" APPLY ANALOG SIG. 6 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX) •
0.0 999.9 100
344 SCALE" APPLY 1 ANALOG SIG. 7 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX) •
0.0 999.9 100
345 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 7 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y MAX) V 0.00 99.99 10
346 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 8 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) •
0.0 999.9 100
348 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT - 0.00 20.00 10
349 - - • • - - - - - •
350 SYSTEM • PASSWORD • 0 9999 0

351 SYSTEM •
WROTE ENABLE ' ' 1 - 1 6 9999 o
NABCO 74H58363-82B 1/15
Tenkey Data List

for
SHIP NO, 1378
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
Password:725
\
f'
•
-
— —
'**-** 98 «#DESIGNED
.—
? t^
REV. NOTE DATE CHK. APVD.
MARK
—I
N ABCO Tenkey Data List for MG-800 Governor system 74H58363-82B 2/15
TEN-
000 MONIT. - ACTUAL ROTATING SPEED rpm •• - - - - -
001 MONIT. • COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED rpm -
*>
-
- • -
002 MONIT. w DEVIATION OF ROTATING SPEED rpm w
-
- - m m
003 MONIT. V
ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION % - «•
-
- -
m
004 MONIT. •
COMMANDED ACTUATOR POSITION % - -
-
- - -
005 MONIT. •
COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 1 (CONT. POSITION 1) rpm - -
M «* - -
006 MONIT. - - COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 2 (CONT. POSITION 2) ...JET... - M I* •» .-

-
007 MONIT. * COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED (DROOP NON ADD.) ....JEH. .. - - •

• -
*»
008 MONIT. *• DROOP CORRECT ROTATING SPEED rpm • M m

- - -
009 MONIT. - ROTATING SPEED F.B. (MAIN-NON FILTER) rpm m «*

-
- - -
010 MONIT. •
ROTATING SPEED F.B. (SUB -NON FILTER) rpm - -
m - - -
011 MONIT. • COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED {APPLY FILTER) ....JHP. . -

• m - • - -
012 MONIT. •
SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE bar -
•
-
m
-
•»
013 MONIT. - DEVIATION OF ROTATING SPEED (DEAD-BAND OUT) rpm -

m • • •
-
014 MONJf. - COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION (PID CONT. OUT) % -

m
*•
- - -
015 MONIT. •
TORQUE UMITER VALUE %,mm - - - - - -
016 MONIT. m
'SCAVENGING AJR PRESSURE uMmi'R VALUE %,mm - - -
•
-
•
017 MONIT. -
COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION {LIMITER OUT) % -
«•
- - - -
018 MONIT. •
COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION {START SET POINT) %,mm - -
m
-
•• M
019 MONIT. •
ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION (MAIN) V m •i
- - - -

1:NABCOSHOPTEST Input the address for the data to be read out with the
2: keyboard, and the address is displayed on the address
3: display section and the data on the data display section.
4: However.according to the data of tenkey adress [200],
T1 the contents of tenkey adress [0001 - [0461 changes.
NABCO 74H58363-82B 3/15
ITEM-
020 MONIT. » NOT USED - -
:::::;::.:: -
•
- -
021 T MONIT. f ROTATING SPEED F.B.(MAIN - INPUT) JE!L... m

-
- -
022 MONIT. *
[ROTATING 'SPEED F.B. (SUB • INPUT)
ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION (A/D INPUT)
UK!
V
« -
•
•»
- -
023 MONIT. - -
m •
024 MONIT. * SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE (A/D INPUT) V - - - - -
025 MONIT. m
COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 1 (A/D INPUT) V m - - - -
COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 2 (A/D INPUT) v

026 I MONIT. m
L -
«•
-
027 MONIT. | VOLTAGE OF COMMANDED ROTAT1NQi SPEED I V -

- '
028 MONIT. w
VOLTAGE OF COMMANDED ACTUATOR POSITION V - -
V m m
029 • • • • m
-
•
- - -
030 ERROR •
DETAILED CONTENTS OF ACTUATOR FAILURE 1 w *» m - *•
- -
031 ERROR * DETAILED CONTENTS OF ACTUATOR FAILURE 2 •i m - M

- -
032 ERROR m
DETAILED CONTENTS OF DISCONNECTION • •
- -
M
- - -
033 ERROR •
DETAILED CONTENTS OF POWER SOURCE FAILURE -. - -
m «*
m
034 ERROR - DETAILED CONTENTS OF PICK-UP •

•
- - '-
-
*»
035 MONIT. •
PID-F.G. X-AXIS VALUE - - - - -. - -
036 MONIT. -
PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN VALUE(Y-AXIS) - m m
-
m
*
037 MONIT. • PID-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME VALUE (Y-AXIS) sec •»

-
' -
-
<•
]
038 MONIT. -
PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME VALUE (Y-AXIS) sec I wt «• V m
-
m
1
039 MONIT. m
PUMP MARK POSITION mm -
«i • m
-
040 MONIT. NOT USED «

- -
- m
-
m
041 MONIT. m
NOT USED - «• •1
- m
- -
042 MONIT. - NOT USED - •» m •i

-
m
043 MONIT. - NOT USED ' -

- -
•
- -
fl»
044 MONIT. •» NOTUSED m

-
Ml
- •i
- -
045 MONIT. - NOT USED - -

•i
- •
- -
046 MONIT. - OPERATION CONDITION MONITOR OF THE MOTOR CONTROL FUNCTION '
-
- «
-
-
The data of not used tenkey address Is displayed "0".
NABCO 74H58363-82B 4/15
TEN-
ADD. WORD MINI. MAX. 1* 2* 3* 4*
047 TEST - MIMIC SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE bar 0.00 99.99 0
048 TEST ['MIMiC SPEED ORDER VALUE rpm 0.0 999.9 0
049 TEST . MIMIC REVOLUTION VALUE rpm 0.0 999.9 0
050 START • ACTUATOR START SET POINT (LOW LEVEL) %,mm 0,0 200.0 35
051 START ACTUATOR START SET POINT (HIGH 1 LEVEL) %, mm 0.0 200.0 50 *
-
052 START • ACTUATOR START SET POINT (HIGH 2 LEVEL) %,mm 0.0 200.0 50 t
*
053 START - ' START CONTROL HOLDING TIME (CONT. POS. 1) sec 0 60 3 *
054 START .m START CONTROL HOLDING TIME (CONT. POS. 2) sec 0 20 3
055 START »
ROTATING SPEED COMMAND AT START-UP rpm 0.0 999.9 40
056 SLOW-D -
SLOW-DOWN ROTATING SPEED LIMIT rpm T 0.6 999.9 40
057 SLOW-D m
SLOW-DOWN DEVIATION FILTER sec 0.03 10.00 0.03
058 SYSTEM m
ROTATING SPEED COMMAND STOP DETECTION rpm 0.0 50.0 5
059 SLOW-D • LIMIT OF ROTATING SPEED COMMAND CHANGE RATE AT SLOW-DOWN rpm 1.0 100.0 100
060 D.BAND :. DEAD BAND WIDE rpm 1 0.0 10.0 0
061 b.BAND . DEAD BAND GAIN (NOR.-RPM) - 0.0 5.0 "6.5
062 D.BAND •• "DEAD BAND GAIN (Noa^GAiN LOW) 1 - 0.0 5.6 0.1
063 D.BAND * DEAD BAND TIMER (GAIN LOW) sec 0 60 10
064 D.BAND - ACTUATOR UMITER (CANCEL GAIN LOW) % 0.00 5.66 0.1
065 LIMIT - OVER LOAD DETECTION TIMER sec 0 999 60
066 LIMIT • TORQUE UMITER (POINT X1) rpm 0.0 999.9 85
067 LIMIT - TORQUE UMITER (POINT X2) rpm 0.0 999.9 131
068 LIMIT V
TORQUE UMITER (POINT Y1) % , mm 0.0 200.0 68
069 UMJT 1 TORQUE UMITER (POINT Y2) %,mm 0.0 200.0 89 *
070 I LIMIT I - SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X1) I bar 10.00 4.00 1 0 *
07i T ufiir T - SCAVEN. UMJTER (POINT X2) | bar [6.00 4.00 I 0.4
i
NABCO 74H58363-82B 5/15
TEN-
ADD. WORD MINI. MAX. 1* 2* 3* 4*
072 LIMIT • SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X3) 1 bar 0.00 4.00 2.8
073 LIMIT SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X4) bar 0.00 4.00 3
074 LIMIT f SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X5) bar 0.00 4.00 3
075 LIMIT - SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT Y1) %,mm 0.0 200.0 57
076 UMIT w
SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT Y2) T % , mm 0.0 200.0 57
077 LIMIT •* 'SCAVEN. UM|TER (POINT Y§) T % , mm 0.0 200.0 89
078 1 LIMIT - SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT Y4) % , mm 0.0 200.0 89
079 UMIT 1 SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT Y5) %,mm 0.0 200.0 89
080 LIMIT •
ACTUATOR POSITION UMITER (HIGH GAIN MODE) %,mm 0.0 200.0 65
081 FILTER - ROTATING SPEED F.B. FILTER FOR TORQUE UMITER sec 0.02 20.00 0.3
082 D.BAND - DEAD BAND START MOTION AT ACTUATOR POSITION 0.0 100.0 0
083 SYSTEM •
INPUT DATA SELECT SW. (0 : ACTUATOR POS. 1 :PUMP MARty m
0 3 1
084 LIMIT - SHIFT AT TORQUE UMITERCANCEL %,mm 0.0 100.0 15
085 UMIT «
SHIFT AT SCAVEN. UMITER CANCEL %,mm 0.0 100.0 15
086
087
UMIT
UMIT
-
«
TORQUE UMITER INPUT SW^SETTING ROT. SPEED 1 -ACTUAL ROT. SPEED)
FUEL; UMITER SIGNAL our CONDITION sw(o:aii laov&tm 2^, &*<» 4âx)
• •
b
0
2
5
1
0
088 UMIT • FUEL UMITER ACTIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT TIME RATE SW(1:sec 60anin 380:0.1 hourm
i 999 i
089 SYSTEM - STOP CONTROL ACTUAL SPEED UPPER UMIT *• •20.0 50.6 -20
090 SYSTEM •
STOP CONTROL ACTIVE TIMER (FOR [OSS]) «
0.1 10.0 5
091 V ••
*
• •» «• m • -
092
093
m
LIMIT
•
-
-
COMMAND ROTATING SPEED UPPER UMff. (CONT.POS.1J
•
....JKP.
M
0.0
:::z::r::-::::
999.9 116
-
-
094 UMIT • COMMAND ROTATING SPEED UPPER LIMIT. (CONT.POS.2)

-
rpm 0.0 999.9 116
-
095 • •
*
m • m M
-
096 PID - OPTIMUM GAIN % -50 300 0

097 SYSTEM - NOT USED -99.9 100.0 0
098 UMIT m
ACTUATOR LOWER UMITER % , mm 0.0 200.0 5
099 LIMIT 1 ACTUATOR UPPER UMiTER %,mm 0.0 200.6 1 80 *
—i *
NABCO 74H58363-82B 6/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE I SET. VALUE
100 PID APPLY PID F.G. MODE - 0 5 0
102 PID APPLY PID F.G. POSITION X2 • I 0.0 999.9 50
103 PID APPLY PID F.G. POSITION X3 <•
0.0 999.9 I 80
104 PID APPLY PID F.G. POSITION X4 •
0.0 999.9 999.9
107 START APPLY START-PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN * 0.10 3.00 1
108 START APPLY START-PID INTEGRAL TIME sec 0.50 15.00 1
109 START APPLY START-PID DIFFERENTIAL TIME QAf*
OOw 0.00 1.00 0.1
110 PID APPLY PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN (POINT Y1) •
0.1 3.0 0.8
111 PID APPLY PID-F.G. PROPORTIONALGAIN (POINT Y2) •
0.1 4.0 1.2
112 PID APPLY PID-F.G, PROPORTIONAL GAIN (POINT Y3) «*
0.5 5.0 2.2
113 PID APPLY PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN (POINT Y4) M
0.5 5.0 2.2
•11.4 PID APPLY PID-RG. PROPORTIONAL GAIN (POINT Y5) - 6.5 5.0 2.2
120 PID APPLY PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME (POINT Y1) sec 0.00 2.00 0.03 •
123 PID APPLY PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME (POINT Y4) sec T 6.00 1.00 0
124 PID APPLY PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME (POINT Y5) sec I 6.00 1.00 0
NABCO 74H58363-82B 7/15
I TEN-
125 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED . 50.0 999.9 70
127 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED t 5.0 20.0 5
128 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED T 10.0 20;0 10
129 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED 10 300 100
130 START APPLY ACTUATOR SET POINT DETECTION LEVEL (LOW LEVEL) ...JESS i 0.0 999.9 0
131 START APPLY ACTUATOR SET POINT DETECTION LEVEL (HIGH LEVEL) ....JET. 0.0 999.9 150
132 START APPLY ACTUATOR PULL-BACK AMOUNT (LOW LEVEL) % , mm 0.0 50.0 10
133 START APPLY ACTUATOR PULL-BACK AMOUNT (HIGH LEVEL) % , mm 0.0 50.0 0
134 START APPLY START SIGNAL OFF DELAY TIMER sec 0.0 60.0 2
135 START APPLY START MODE •*
0 5 3
136 START APPLY SELECT SW OF ROTATING SPEED COMMAND AT START-UP (CONT.POS.2) •
0 5 0
137 START APPLY PICKUP ABN. DETECT SW AT START SIGNAL END •
0 1 0
139 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR ABNORMAL FUNCTION SW * 0 1 1
140 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR F.B SIGNAL DISCNNECTION DETECT LEVEL V -2.0 2.0 -0.5
141 FILTER APPLY SPEED DETECT UPPER LEVEL BY EXPLOSION TIMING .....JET..... 0.0 500.6 40
142 SYSTEM APPLY I OPERATION MODE OF THE MOTOR CONTROL HALT FUNCTION m
0 2 0
143 TIMER APPLY OPERATION TIMER OF THE MOTOR HALT FUNCTION sec 0.1 900.6 60
144 - - • - • - • • •» m
145 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE FILTER FOR DROOP sec 0.02 30.00 1
146 FILTER APPLY ANALOG SIG. OUTPUT FILTER sec 0.02 30.00 0.1
147 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X1) «
•99.9 999.9 0
148 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X2) •
•99.9 999.9 100
149 SCALE APPLY | ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y1) v -9.99 99.99 I 0
NABCO 74H58363-82B 8/15
I TEN-
150 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIQ.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y2) V •9.99 99.99 10
152 START APPLY SPEED COMMAND SWITCHING TIME CONSTANT sec , 0.05 6.00 1.89
153 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED COMMAND NOISE FILTER sec I 0.05 3.00 0.5
154 FILTER APPLY SCAVEN. AIR PRESSURE NOISE FILTER sec 0.05 5.00 1
155 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. NOISE FILTER SGC 0.02 5.00 0.2
156 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE RLTER (INC. SIDE) sec 0,02 30.00 5
157 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE RLTER (DEC. SIDE) sec 0.02 30.00 10
158 SYSTEM APPLY HANDLE MACH DETECT LEVEL ....JEP. 0.0 999.9 1.5
160 FAULT APPLY DETECT LEVEL OF ROTATING SPEED FAIL ..JJKL... 0.0 20.0 5
161 FAULT APPLY DETECT LEVEL OF ROTATING SPEED CHANGE RATE 1 0Orpm/s 1.0 999.9 3
162 FAULT APPLY SYSTEM ABNORMAL OUTPUT TIME-LAG TIMER sec 0.0 5.0 2
165 FAULT APPLY DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL {SCAVEN. AIR PRESS.) V -2.00 10.00 1
166 SCALE APPLY SCAVEN. PRESSURE (ZERO ADJ.) V -4.00 4.00 2
167 SCALE APPLY SCAVEN. PRESSURE (GAIN ADJ.) V 0.00 20.00 10
168 SCALE 1 APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. (ZERO ADJ.) V -2.00 2.00 0
169 SCALE APPLY ACTUATOR POSl'fiON F.B. (GAJN ADJ.) * 0.00 20.00 10
170 FAULT APPLY RESET SIG. HOLD TIMER sec 0.0 5.0 3
171 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR STROKE FAILURE DETECT LEVEL % 0.0 200.0 5
172 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR STROKE FAILURE TIME-LAG TIMER sec 0.0 10.0 5
173 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. SELECT SW (OiNormal 1:Maln 2Sub) •
0 2 0
174 • • •
• - - ' - - -
NABCO 74H58363-82B 9/15
TEN-
175 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. AVERAGE SEL BAND rpm 0.0 500.0 20
176 DROOP APPLY DROOP RATIO % T 6.6 5.0 0
177 "DROOP APPLY DROOP FULCRUM % T 6.6 100.0 0
178 DROOP I APPLY L ACTUATOR POSITION AT NO-LOAD %, mm k 0.0 200.0 0
179 DROOP APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION AT FULL-LOAD %, mm 0.0 200.0 100
180 SYSTEM APPLY ANALOG MONITOR OUTPUT1 SW (OACT..ORD I:SET.RPM aAcr_F3 aRAocros 4-vm m
0 6 2
181 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 1) F.G. POINT X1 V 0.00 10.00 0
182 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS.1) F.G. POINT X2 V 0.00 1&65 0.48
183 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS.1) F.G. POINT X3 V 3.00 10.00 9.5
184 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS.1) F.G. POINT Y1 rpm 0.0 200.0 0
185 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 1) F.G. POINT Y2 .......HP...... 0.0 999.9 0
186 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS, 1) F.G. POINT Y3 rpm 0.0 999.9 150
187 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT X1 V 0.00 10.00 0
189 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS, 2) F.G. POINT X3 V 3.66 10.00 9.5
190 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT Y1 rpm 0.0 20.0 0
191 SCALE APPLY ROTAffNG SPEED (CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT Y2 1 rpm 0.0 999.9 0
192 SCALE , APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 2) F.G. POINT Y3 ] rpm 0.0 999.9 116
1 •
193 SYSTEM APPLY CYLINDER NUMBER (THE NUMBER OF EXPLOSION PER REVOLLniON) - 2 18 6
194 SYSTEM APPLY TURNING GEAR NUMBER - 0 300 68
195 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION COMMAND MIN. VOLTAGE V -5.00 10.00 0
196 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION COMMAND MAX VOLTAGE V 0.00 15.00 10
197 SYSTEM APPLY SCAVEN AIR PRESSURE BASIC VALUE bar 0.00 5.00 4
198 SYSTEM APPLY TEST MODE SELECT SWITCH - 0 2 0
199 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED BASIC VALUE rpm T 80 999.9 150
NABCO 74H58363-82B 10/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET. VALUE I
200 SYSTEM APPLY DATA FOR MAINTENANCE - 0.0 999.9 0
201 CLTJMP APPLY CRITICAL SPEED LOWER LIMIT REV. ....jj?m 0.0 999.9 0 .
202 CLTJMP APPLY CRITICAL SPEED UPPER LIMIT REV. ...JPHL... , 0.0 999.9 0
203 CLTJMP APPLY SAFETY RATIO FOR CRITICAL SPEED JUMPING RANGE ....JR1L.. 0.0 500.0 0
204 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT 0 100 10
205 FILTER APPLY I ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT FILTER sec 0.02 30.00 0.1
206 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT SELECT SWITCH «•
0 10 4
207 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X1) «
-99.9 999.9 2
208 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X2) - -99.9 999.9 10
211 • m
'' - - •» - - - -
.
212 •* <• ;''• «•

- - - ••
-
.
213 FILTER APPLY CONTROL POS. ABN DETECT TIMER sec 0.5 100.0 5
214 FILTER APPLY DIGITAL INPUT FILTER sec 0.02 1.00 b.i
217 SCALE APPLY I CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT X3 (ACTUATOR POS.) % 0.0 200.6 100
218 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT X4 (ACTUATOR POS.) % 1 0.0 266.6 100 •
220 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y1 (PUMP MARK.) %, mm -20.0 200.0 0
221 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y2 (PUMP MARK.) %, mm 0.0 200.0 50
224 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F,G. POINT Y5 (PUMP MARK.) % , mm T 6.6 200.0 100 *
NABCO 74H58363-82B 13/15
[TEN-
275 LOW.GAIN] APPLY FILTER CHANGE FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL ON DELAY TIMER sec 0.0 600.0 150
276 LOW.GAIN! APPLY PROPORTIONAL GAIN FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL • 0.10 5.00 0.5
277 LOW.GAINj APPLY INTEGRATION TIME FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL G£W*
0Ow 0.1 120.0 4
278 LOW.GAW APPLY DIFFERENTIAL TIME FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.00 10.00 6
279 LOW.GAIN APPLY ROTATING SPEED FILTER TIME CONSTANT FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.02 10.00 0.2
280 PID APPLY EM'CY-PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN - 1.00 5.00 3
281 PID APPLY EM'CY-PID INTEGRAL TIME sec 0.10 5.00 1
282 PID APPLY EM'CY-PID DIFFERENTIAL TIME sec 0.00 2.00 0.1
283 PID APPLY EM'CY MODE ACTIVE ROTATION SPEED rpm 50.0 999.9 116
284 PID APPLY HIGH-GAIN PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN •
0.30 5.00 1.3
285 PID APPLY HIGH-GAIN PID INTEGRAL TIME - 0.50 5.00 1
287 LUBRI APPLY LCD CONTROL MODE SELECT SWITCH (0:Act. Pos. 1 :Comm. Speed) • 0 3 1
288 * • •» - - - - m
289 - •• « • «• M
- <m - »
290 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSFTION ORDER X1 % 0.0 30.0 20
291 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION" ORDER xa 1 % 30.0 50.0 40
292 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION" CORRECT F.G". ACTUATOR posrnoN ORDER xa 1 % 50.0 70.0 60
295 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y1 % , -20.0 20.0 0
296 SYSTEM] APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G, ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y2 % -20.0 20.0 0
297 SYSTEM] APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G, ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y3 % •20.0 20.0 0
299 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y5 % -20.0 20,0 0
NABCO 74H58363-82B 14/15
TEN-
300 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. SELECT SWITCH - 0 2 0
302 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AS MAX V 0 10.00 1
303 , SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X ASS V 0 10.00 i.5
304 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G.POINT X AS4 V 0 10.00 2
306 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONtVPOSi) F.G. POINT X AS2 V 0 10.00 3 A
308 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AS STOP V 0 10.00 4
309 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH STOP V 0 10.00 5
310 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT XAH1 V 0 10.00 5.5
311 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH2 V 0 10.00 6
313 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH4 V 0 10.00 7
315 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT XAH6 V 0 10.00 8
316 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH MAX V 0 io.66 8.5
317 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AS MAX ....JHL.. 0 999.9 80
318 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y ASS _ESL.. 0 999.9 80
319 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G.POINT YAS4 rpm 0 999.9 80
320 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT YAS3 ...JR1L.. 0 999.9 | 60
321 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AS2 ...JEIL.. 0 999.9 40
322 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AS1 ...JREL.. 0 999.9 20
323 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y STOP JRIL.. 0 999.9 0
324 T SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH1 rpm 0 999.9 20
™'i " \
NABCO 74H58363-82B 15/15
TEN- I
325 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT YAH2 JE!L... 0 999.9 40
3261 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT YAH3 JHL... 0 999.9 60
327 T SCALE I APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH4 JEP. 0 999.9 80
328 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH5 iffi! 0 999.9 80
329 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.PO8.2) F.G. POINT Y AH6 rpm 0 999.9 80
330 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y AH MAX $!?..... L 0 999.9 80
331 , SYSTEM , APPLY [ANALOG SIG. 5 OUTPUT SELECT SW(0:SpMd Order 1:Main 2:M«Jn FHtar 3:Sub 4:Sub Filter) • 0 9999 0
332 m
333 SYSTEM APPLY

* *
ROTATING SPEED F.B. NOISE FILTER sec 0.02

TT-Z
0.5
:: -
0.2
" : - -
334 • - * - - - 4B
- » m
335 • ;: m
-
- «• w
; ;
-
336 •* -• V
-
w
-
•» -
337 • - - V
- - -
•• - m
338 • - • -
w - -
•• m -
339 • • •ti. «• -
- • m M •» M
340 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 5 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) - 0.0 999.9 100
342 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 6 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) •
0.0 999.9 100
344 SCALE 1 APPLY ANALOG SIG. 7 OUTPUT F.G. (POJNT X MAX) - 0.0 999.9 100
346 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 8 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) • 0.0 999.9 100
348 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT •
0.00 20.00 10
349 • M
- - - m <•
-
•i
350 SYSTEM • PASSWORD m

0 9999 0
351 SYSTEM •
WRITE ENABLE T • T 6 9999 0
•H
NABCO 74H58363-82C 1/15
Tenkey Data List

for

SHIP NO. 1438
NABCO Ltd.
ENGINEERING DEPT.
Password:725
TT
— t*f
'02.11*21
£*
T
MARK
\
NAB CO Tenkey Data List for MG-800 Governor system 74H58363-82C 2/15
TEN-
000 MONIT. - ACTUAL ROTATING SPEED rpm - - - - - <•
001 MONIT. - COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED rpm - . - - - .
002 MONIT. ••
DEVIATION OF ROTATING SPEED rpm - . - - - -
003 MONIT. - ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION % *» «• «• - - -
004 MONIT. - COMMANDED ACTUATOR POSITION % - - - - - •»
005 MONIT. V
COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 1 (CONT. POSITION 1) rpm - - - •• - -
006 MONIT. * COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 2 (CONT. POSITION 2) rpm - - - - - w
007 MONIT. - COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 3 (CONT. POSITION 3) rpm - - - - - -

008 MONIT. - DROOP CORRECT ROTATING SPEED 'Pm.... - - - «• - -
009 MONIT. m
ROTATING SPEED F.B. (MAIN-NON FILTER) rpm «* - - - - -
010 MONIT. - ROTATING SPEED F.B. (SUB -NON FILTER) rpm •*• - - - - ••
011 MONIT. - COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED (APPLY FILTER) rpm - - *» - - -

012 MONIT. - SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE bar - . - « - -
013 MONIT. *• DEVIATION OF ROTATING SPEED (DEAD-BAND OUT) rpm •> - - M

- -
014 MONIT. •
COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION (PID CONT. OUT) % H
- - <•
- -
015 MONIT. - TORQUE LIMITER VALUE % , mm -
- - - -
*
-
016 MONIT. - SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE LIMITER VALUE % , mm - - <•

- -
*
-
017 MONIT. * COMMAND ACTUATOR POSif ION (U'MITER OUT) % -

- ..
-
«•»
-
018 MONIT. - COMMAND ACTUATOR POSITION (START SET POINT) % , mm -
M •* •I
- -
019 MONIT. - ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION (MAIN) V - -
- -
- ml

1: NABCO SHOPTEST Input the address for the data to be read out with the
2: SEA TRIAL PLAN keyboard, and the address is displayed on the address
3: display section and the data on the data display section
4: However,according to the data of tenkey adress [200J,
the contents of tenkey adress [000] - [046] changes.
f
V
NABCO 74H58363-82C 3/15
TEN-
020 MONIT. - NOT USED — - . - - - -
021 MONIT. - ROTATING SPEED F.B. (MAIN - INPUT) rpm - - - - - -
022 MONIT. • ROTATING SPEED F.B. (SUB - INPUT) rpm - - - - - -
023 MONIT. - ACTUAL ACTUATOR POSITION (A/D INPUT) V - - - - - <•
024 MONIT. - SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE (A/D INPUT) V - - - - - .
025 MONIT. - COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 1 (A/D INPUT) V - - - - - -
026 MONIT. - COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 2 (A/D INPUT) V - - - . - -
027 MONIT. . VOLTAGE OF COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED V - - - - - w
028 MONIT. - VOLTAGE OF COMMANDED ACTUATOR POSITION V - • *• - Ml

-
029 MONIT. * COMMANDED ROTATING SPEED 3 (A/D INPUT) V - «•> - - -
-
030 ERROR m
DETAILED CONTENTS OF ACTUATOR FAILURE 1 - - •» •• - -
«
031 ERROR - DETAILED CONTENTS OF ACTUATOR FAILURE 2 - - - - - .

-
032 ERROR -
DETAILED CONTENTS OF DISCONNECTION - - . . •• -
••
033 ERROR - DETAILED CONTENTS OF POWER SOURCE FAILURE - - - - . -

-
034 ERROR •
DETAILED CONTENTS OF PICK-UP * - - «• - -
-
035 MONIT. . - PID-F.G. X-AXIS VALUE — . - •• . -
-
036 MONIT. * PID-F.G. PROPORTIONAL GAIN VALUE(Y-AXIS) — - - •i *m <M
-
037 MONIT. - PID-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME VALUE (Y-AXIS) sec - - - -
.
-
038 MONIT. - PID-F.G. DIFFERENTIAL TIME VALUE (Y-AXIS) sec - - - -
•• -
039 MONIT. - PUMP MARK POSITION mm - - « •m IM -
040 MONIT. - NOT USED - - - - - •* -
041 MONJf. - NOT USED - - *•

- -
. Hf
042 MONIT. - NOT USED • - - - •

- "
-
043 MONIT. - NOT USED - - - -
- -
-
044 MONIT. - NOT USED - - - M
-
-
-
045 MONIT. - NOT USED - - - -
-
-
-
046 MONIT. .
OPERATION" coNDmoN MONITOR OF THE MOTOR CONTROL HALT FUNCTION - - - -
<•
-
-
The data of not used tenkey address is displayed "0"

NABCO 74H58363-82C 4/15
TEN-
047 TEST - MIMIC SCAVENGING AIR PRESSURE bar 0.00 99.99 0.00
048 TEST - MIMIC SPEED ORDER VALUE rpm 0.0 999.9 0.0
049 TEST . MIMIC REVOLUTION VALUE rpm 0.0 999.9 0.0
050 START • ACTUATOR START SET POINT (LOW LEVEL) % , mm 0.0 200.0 35.0
% , mm 0.0 200.0 50.0 *
051 START - ACTUATOR START SET POINT (HIGH 1 LEVEL)
052 START - ACTUATOR START SET POINT (HIGH 2 LEVEL) % , mm 0.0 200.0 50.0 *
053 START - START CONTROL HOLDING TIME (CONT. POS. 1) sec 0 60 3 *
054 START - START CONTROL HOLDING TIME (CONT. POS. 2) sec 0 20 3
055 START - ROTATING SPEED COMMAND AT START-UP rpm 0.0 999.9 40.0
056 SLOW-D - SLOW-DOWN ROTATING SPEED LIMIT rpm 0.0 999.9 40.0
057 SLOW-D - SLOW-DOWN DEVIATION FILTER sec 0.03 10.00 0.03
058 SYSTEM •> ROTATING SPEED COMMAND STOP DETECTION rpm 0.0 50.0 5.0
059 SLOW-D . LIMIT OF ROTATING SPEED COMMAND CHANGE RATE AT SLOW-DOWN rpm 1.0 100.0 100.0
060 D.BAND • DEAD BAND WIDE rpm 0.0 10.0 0.0
061 D.BAND - DEAD BAND GAIN (NOR.-RPM) — b.b 5.0 0.5
062 D.BAND - DEAD BAND GAIN (NOR.-GAIN LOW) — 0.0 5.0 0.1
063 D.BAND - DEAD BAND TIMER (GAIN LOW) sec 6 60 id
064 D.BAND • ACTUATOR LIMITER (CANCEL GAIN LOW) % 0.00 5.00 0.10
065 LIMIT . - OVER LOAD DETECTION TIMER * [088] sec 0 999 60
066 LIMIT - TORQUE LIMITER (POINT X1) JHL.. 0.0 999.9 85.0
067 LIMIT * TORQUE LIMITER (POINT X2) rpm 0.0 999.9 131.0
068 LIMIT m
TORQUE LJMITER (POINT Y1) %, mm 0.0 200.0 68.0
069 LIMIT - TORQUE LIMITER (POINT Y2) % , mm 0.0 200.0 89.0 *
070 LIMIT •
SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT X1 ) bar 0.00 4.00 0.00 *
071 LIMIT .
SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT X2) bar 0.00 4.00 0.40
NABCO 74H58363-82C 5/15
TEN-
ADD, WORD MIN. MAX. 1* 2* 3* 4*
072 LIMIT *> SCAVEN. UMITER (POINT X3) bar 0.00 4.00 2.80
073 LIMIT - SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT X4) bar 0.00 4.00 3.00
074 LIMIT • SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT X5) bar 0.00 4.00 3.00
075 LIMIT - SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT Y1) % , mm 0.0 200.0 57.0
076 LIMIT • SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT Y2) % , mm 0.0 200.0 57.0 *
% , mm 0.0 200.0 89.0 *
077 LIMIT « SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT Y3)
SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT Y4) % , mm 0.0 200.0 89.0 *
078 LIMIT •
% f mm 0.0 200.0 89.0 *

079 LIMIT - SCAVEN. LIMITER (POINT Y5)
080 LIMIT •* ACTUATOR POSITION LIMITER (HIGH GAIN MODE) % , mm 0.0 200.0 65.0 *
081 FILTER - ROTATING SPEED F.B. FILTER FOR TORQUE LIMITER sec 0.02 20.00 0.30 *
082 D.BAND - DEAD BAND START MOTION AT ACTUATOR POSITION . 0.0 100.0 0.0
083 SYSTEM - INPUT DATA SELECT SW. (0 : ACTUATOR POS. 1 : PUMP MARK) - 0 3 1
084 LIMIT SHIFT AT TORQUE LIMITER CANCEL % , mm 0.0 100.0 15.0
085 LIMIT - SHIFT AT SCAVEN. LIMITER CANCEL % , mm 0.0 100.0 15.0 *
086 LIMIT - TORQUE LIMITER INPUT SW(0:SETTING ROT. SPEED 1 ACTUAL ROT. SPEED) - 0 2 1 *
087 LIMIT . FUEL LIMITER SIGNAL OUT CONDITION SW(ftall 1:scv&trq 2.trq 3:scv 4:max) - 0 5 0
088 LIMIT - FUEL LIMITER ACTIVE SIGNAL OUTPUT TIME RATE SW(1:sec 60:min 360:0.1 hour - 1 999 1
089 SYSTEM - STOP CONTROL ACTUAL SPEED UPPER LIMIT - -20.0 50.0 -20.0
090 SYSTEM - STOP CONTROL ACTIVE TIMER (FOR [089]) - 0.1 10.0 5.0
091 - . w • - - <•* - M
-
092 FAULT - DISCONNECTION DETECT UPPER LEVEL (SPEED COMMAND POS.1) V 5.00 12.00 9.80
093 LIMIT - COMMAND ROTATING SPEED UPPER LIMIT, (CONT.POS.1) rpm 0.0 999.9 116.0
094 LIMif - COMMAND ROTATING SPEED UPPER LIMIT. (CONT.POS.2) rpm b.b 999.9 iTe.b
095 FAULT - DISCONNECTION DETECT UPPER LEVEL (SPEED COMMAND POS.2) V 5.00 12.00 9.80
096 PID - OPTIMUM GAIN % -50 300 0
097 SYSTEM - NOT USED •
-99.9 100.0 0.0
098 LIMIT - MIN. LIMITER (ACTUATOR LOWER LIMITER) % , mm 0.0 200.6 5.0
099 LIMIT - MANUAL MAX. LIMITER (ACTUATOR UPPER LIMITER) % , mm 0.0 200.0 80.0 *
*
(7N
NABCO 74H58363-82C 6/15
TEN-
100 PID APPLY PID F.G. MODE - 0 5 0
102 I P|D" APPLY PID" F.G. POSrnON X2 •>
0.0 999.9 50.0
107 START APPLY START-PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN - 0.10 3.00 1.00
108 START APPLY START-PID INTEGRAL TIME sec 0.50 15.00 1.00
109 START APPLY START-PID DIFFERENTIAL TIME sec 0.00 1.00 0.10
115 PID APPLY PID-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME (POINT Y1) sec 0.5 30.0 7.0
116 PID APPLY Plb-F.G. INTEGRAL TIME (POINT Y2) sec 0.5 15.0 4.0
""^^^s
f
NABCO 74H58363-82C 7/15
TEN-
125 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED - 50.0 999.9 70.0
126 SYSTEM APPLY "NOT USED - 0.5 2.0 0.5
128 SYSTEM APPLY I NOT USED - 10.0 20.0 10.0
129 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED - 10 300 100.0
130 START APPLY ACTUATOR SET POINT DETECTION LEVEL (LOW LEVEL) rpm 0.0 999.9 0.0
131 START APPLY ACTUATOR SET POINT DETECTION LEVEL (HIGH LEVEL) rpm 0.0 999.9 150.0
132 START APPLY ACTUATOR PULL-BACK AMOUNT (LOW LEVEL) % , mm 0.0 50.0 10.0
133 % , mm 0.0 50.0 *
START APPLY ACTUATOR PULL-BACK AMOUNT (HIGH LEVEL) 0.0
134 sec 0.0 60.0 *
START APPLY START SIGNAL OFF DELAY TIMER 2
135 START APPLY START MODE » 0 5 3
136 START APPLY SELECT SW OF ROTATING SPEED COMMAND AT START-UP (CONT.POS.2) - 0 5 0
137 START APPLY PICKUP ABN. DETECT SW AT START SIGNAL END - 0 1 0
139 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR ABNORMAL FUNCTION SW - 0 1 1
140 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR F.B SIGNAL DISCNNECTION DETECT LEVEL V -2.0 2.0 -0.5
141 FILTER APPLY SPEED DETECT UPPER LEVEL BY EXPLOSION TIMING rpm 0.0 500.0 40.0
142 SYSTEM APPLY OPERATION MODE OF THE MOTOR CONTROL HALT FUNCTION - 0 2 0
143 TIMER APPLY OPERATION TIMER OF THE MOTOR HALT FUNCTION sec 0.1 900.0 60.0
144 FAULT APPLY DISCONNECTION DETECT UPPER LEVEL (SPEED COMMAND POS.3) V 5.00 12.00 12.00
145 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE FILTER FOR DROOP sec 0.02 30.00 1.00
146 FILTER APPLY ANALOG SIG. OUTPUT FILTER sec 0.02 30.00 0.10
147 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X1) <•
-99.9 999.9 0.0
148 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X2) M
-99.9 999.9 100.0
149 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y1) V -9.99 99.99 0.00
NABCO 74H58363-82C 8/15
TEN-
150 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.1 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y2) V -9.99 99.99 10.00
152 START APPLY SPEED COMMAND SWITCHING TIME CONSTANT sec 0.05 6.00 1.89
153 FILTER | APPLY ROTATING SPEED COMMAND NOISE FILTER sec 0.05 3.00 "6.50
154 FILTER APPLY SCAVEN. AIR PRESSURE NOISE FILTER sec 0.05 5.00 1.00
155 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. NOISE FILTER sec 0.02 5.00 0.20
156 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE FILTER (INC. SIDE) sec 0.02 30.00 5.00
157 FILTER APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. NOISE FILTER (DEC. SIDE) sec 0.02 30.00 10.00
158 SYSTEM APPLY HANDLE MACH DETECT LEVEL rpm 0.0 999.9 1.5
160 FAULT APPLY DETECT LEVEL OF ROTATING SPEED FAIL rpm 0.0 20.0 5.0
161 FAULT APPLY DETECT LEVEL OF ROTATING SPEED CHANGE RATE 1 0Orpm/s 1.0 999.9 3.0
162 FAULT APPLY SYSTEM ABNORMAL OUTPUT TIME-LAG TIMER sec 0.0 5.0 2.0
165 FAULT APPLY DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL (SCAVEN. AIR PRESS.) V -2.00 10.00 1.00
166 SCALE APPLY SCAVEN. PRESSURE (ZERO ADJ.) V -4.00 4.00 2.00
167 SCALE APPLY SCAVEN. PRESSURE (GAIN ADJ.) V 0.00 20.00 10.00
168 SCALE APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION F.B. (ZERO ADJ.) V -2.00 2.00 0.00
169 SCALE APPLY ACTUATOR POSiffON F.B. (GAJN ADJ.) • 0.00 20.00 10.00
170 FAULT APPLY RESET SIG. HOLD TIMER sec 0.0 5.0 3.0
171 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR STROKE FAILURE DETECT LEVEL % 0.0 200.0 5.0
172 FAULT APPLY ACTUATOR STROKE FAILURE TIME-LAG TIMER sec 0.0 10.0 5.0
173 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. SELECT SW (0:Normal 1:Main 2:Sub) - 0 2 0
174 • «• - - - - - - <• -
NABCO 74H58363-82C 9/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET. \'ALUE
175 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. AVERAGE SEL BAND rpm 0.0 500.0 20.0
176 DROOP APPLY DROOP RATIO % 0.0 5.0 0.0
177 DROOP APPLY DROOP FULCRUM % 0.0 100.0 0.0
178 DROOP APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION AT NO-LOAD % , mm 0.0 200.0 0.0
% , mm 0.0 200.0 *
179 DROOP APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION AT FU LL-LOAD 100.0
*
180 SYSTEM APPLY ANALOG MONITOR OUTPUT1 SW ((WVCT.ORD I:SET.RPM £ACT_F.B SIRAOCPOS 4:vrn ••
0 6 2
184 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT. POS. 1) F.G. POINT Y1 rpm 0.0 200.0 0.0
193 SYSTEM APPLY CYLINDER NUMBER (THE NUMBER OF EXPLOSION PER REVOLUTION) - 2 18 6
194 SYSTEM APPLY TURNING GEAR NUMBER - 0 300 68
195 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION COMMAND MIN. VOLTAGE V -5.00 10.00 0.00
196 SYSTEM APPLY ACTUATOR POSITION COMMAND MAX. VOLTAGE V 0.00 15.00 10.00
197 SYSTEM APPLY SCAVEN. AIR PRESSURE BASIC VALUE bar 0.00 5.00 4.00
198 SYSTEM APPLY TEST MODE SELECT SWITCH - 0 2 0
199 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED BASIC VALUE rpm 80 999.9 150.0
NABCO 74H58363-82C 10/15
TEN-
200 SYSTEM APPLY DATA FOR MAINTENANCE - 0.0 999.9 0.0
201 CLTJMP APPLY CRITICAL SPEED LOWER LIMIT REV. rpm 0.0 999.9 0.0
202 CLTJMP APPLY CRITICAL SPEED UPPER LIMIT REV. rpm 0.0 999.9 0.0
203 CLTJMP APPLY SAFETY RATIO FOR CRITICAL SPEED JUMPING RANGE rpm 0.0 500.0 0.0
204 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT «• 0 100 10
205 FILTER APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT FILTER sec 0.02 30.00 0.10
206 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT SELECT SWITCH •• 0 10 4
207 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X1) - -99.9 999.9 2.0
208 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X2) •• -99.9 999.9 10.0
209 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y1 ) V -9.99 99.99 0.00
210 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 2 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y2) V -9.99 99.99 10.00
211 SYSTEM APPLY HANDLE MACH SELECT SWITCH ••
0 3 0
212 FILTER APPLY ROTATING SPEED COMMAND2 NOISE FILTER min 50 9999 9999
213 FILTER APPLY CONTROL POSITION ABNORMAL DETECT TIMER sec 0.5 100.0 5.0
214 FILTER APPLY DIGITAL INPUT FILTER sec 0.02 1.00 o.ib
215 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT X1 (ACTUATOR POS.) % 0.0 100.0 0.0
216 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT X2 (ACTUATOR POS. j % 0.0 200.0 50.0
220 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y1 (PUMP MARK.) % , mm -20.0 200.0 0.0
221 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y2 (PUMP MARK.) % , mm 0.0 200.0 50.0 *
% , mm 0.0 200.0 *
223 SCALE APPLY CONTROL SIG. F.G. POINT Y4 (PUMP MARK.) 100.0
*
NABCO 74H58363-82C 11/15
TEN-
225 LUBRI APPLY COMMAND ROTATING SPEED CHANGE RATE DETECT VALUE (POSr) - 0.02 0.25 0.02
226 LUBRI APPLY COMMAND ROTATING SPEED CHANGE RATE DETECT TIME (Tr) sec 2 120 10
227 LUBRI APPLY LOW-PASS FILTER TIME CONSTANT sec 0.05 1.00 0.70
228 LUBRI APPLY COMPARISON VALUE (SELECT COEFFICIENT OF "a") sec 2 120 10
229 LUBRI APPLY COEFFICIENT OF "a" (AT TIME OF OVER Tkey[228]) - 0.36 1.00 0.36
230 LUBRI APPLY LUBRICATION TIMER (BASIC) sec 1 60 60
231 LUBRI APPLY LUBRICATION TIMER min 15 60 30
232 LUBRI APPLY GAIN FOR VALUE (POSr) - 0.50 3.00 1.00
233 LUBRI APPLY LUBRICATION CANCEL TIMER sec 0 10 3
239 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED >• "6.00 0.60 6.20
242 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED • -50.0 50.0 16.0
243 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED •> 6.00 2.00 0.35
244 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED ok
0.0 20.0 10.0
245 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED sec 0 100 1
246 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED •>
0 120 30
248 SYSTEM APPLY RATED SPEED rpm 0.0 999.9 105.0
249 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT • 0 3 1
\
NABCO 74H58363-82C 12/15
TEN- I
251 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT - 0 3 0
254 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED *m
0.0 20.0 11.0
256 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED <•
0.0 20.0 4.0
257 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED —
1.00 3.00 2.50
259 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED •>
0.00 5.00 0.00
260 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED * 1.00 5.00 2.50
261 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED •k
0.10 5.00 2.00

263 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED <•
0.0 200.0 100.0
*
264 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED - b.b 200.6" iob.6 *
265 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED *• 0.10 15.00 3.00
269 SYSTEM APPLY NOT USED - -10 200 -10
270 LOW.GAIN APPLY LOWER ACTIVE LEVEL FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL rpm 0 999 0
271 [LOW.GAIN APPLY UPPER ACTIVE LEVEL FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL rpm 0 999 0
272 JLOW.GAIN APPLY ACTIVE MAX LIMIT SETTING ROT.SPEED TRANSIT RATIO rpm/0.5sec 0.0 2.0 0.5
273 LOW/GAIN APPLY DEVIATION FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL (PID CHANGE) rpm 0 20 1
274 ILOW.GAIN APPLY PID CHANGE ON DELAY TIMER FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.0 600.0 30.0
jl_
V
NABCO 74H58363-82C 13/15
TEN-
275 LOW.GAIIS APPLY FILTER CHANGE FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL ON DELAY TIMER sec 0.0 600.0 150.0
276 LOW.GAIh APPLY PROPORTIONAL GAIN FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL - 6.10 5.00 0.50
277 LOW.GAIt* APPLY VNTEGRATJON TIME FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.1 120.0 4.0
278 LOW.GA^ APPLY DIFFERENTIAL TIME FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.00 10.00 0.00
279 LOW.GAIh APPLY ROTATING SPEED FILTER TIME CONSTANT FOR LOW GAIN CONTROL sec 0.02 10.00 0.20
280 PID APPLY O.S.P.(EM'CY)-PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN - 1.00 5.00 3.00
281 PID APPLY O.S.P.(EM'CY)-PID INTEGRAL TIME sec 0.10 5.00 1.00
282 PID APPLY O.S.P.(EM'CY)-PID DIFFERENTIAL TIME sec 0.00 2.00 0.10
283 PID APPLY O.S.P.(EM'CY) MODE ACTIVE ROTATION SPEED rpm 50.0 999.9 116.0
284 PID APPLY HIGH-GAIN PID PROPORTIONAL GAIN - 0.30 5.00 1.30
285 PID APPLY HIGH-GAIN PID INTEGRAL TIME •• 0.50 5.00 1.00
287 LUBRI APPLY LCD CONTROL MODE SELECT SWITCH (0:Act. Pos. 1 :Comm. Speed) - 0 3 1
288 SYSTEM APPLY BRAKE AND/OR REVERSE LEVEL rpm 0 999.9 150.0
289 SYSTEM APPLY BRAKE AND/OR REVERSE LEVEL OFF DELAY TIMER sec 0 20 6
290 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION ORDER XI % 0.0 30.0 20.0
291 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION ORDER X2 % 30.0 50.0 40.0
292 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSmON CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION ORDER X3 % 50.0 70.0 60.0
295 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y1 % -20.0 20.0 0.0
297 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSmON CORRECT F.G. ACTUATOR POSITION CORRECT VALUE Y3 % -20.0 20.6 0.0
299 SYSTEM APPLY ACT POSITION* CORRECT" F.G. ACTUATO'R pbsmoN CORRECT" VALUE Y'S % -20.0 20.0 0.0
NAB CO 74H58363-82C 14/15
TEN-
KEY USE PASS DESCRIPTION UNIT ADJ. RANGE SET.N/'ALUE
ADD. WORD MIN. MAX, 1* 2* 3* 4*
300 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. SELECT SWITCH - 0 2 0
302 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AS MAX V 0 10.00 1.36
303 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X CRASH ASTERN V 0 10.00 1.64
304 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X FULL AS V 0 10.00 2.23
305 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X HALF AS V 0 10.00 2.83
306 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X SLOW AS V 0 10.00 3.42
307 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X DEAD SLOW AS V 0 10.00 4.01
308 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X DEAD SLOW MIN. AS V 0 10.00 4.31
309 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X DEAD SLOW MIN. AH V 0 10.00 4.89
310 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X DEAD SLOW AH V 0 10.00 5.19
311 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X SLOW AH V 0 10.00 5.79
312 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X HALF AH V 0 10.00 6.39
313 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X FULL AH V 0 10.00 7.00
314 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X NAV. FULL MIN. V 0 10.00 7.28
315 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT X AH MAX V 0 10.00 9.13
316 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINTY AS MAX rpm 0 999.9 85.0
317 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y CRASH ASTERN rpm 0 999.9 85.0
318 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINTY FULL AS rpm 0 999.9 83.0
319 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONf.POSi) F.G. POINTY HALF AS rpm 6 999.9 55.0
320 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y SLOW AS rpm 0 999.9 48.0
321 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y DEAD SLOW AS rpm 0 999.9 38.0
322 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y DEAD SLOW MIN. AS rpm 0 999.9 35.0
323 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y STOP rpm 0 999.9 0.0
324 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y DEAD SLOW MIN. AH rpm 0 999.9 35
NABCO 74H58363-82C 15/15
TEN-
325 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y DEAD SLOW AH rpm 0 999.9 38.0
326 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y SLOW AH rpm 0 999.9 48.0
327 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINTY HALF AH rpm 0 999.9 55.0
328 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINT Y FULL AH rpm 0 999.9 83.0
329 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G. POINTY NAV. FULL MIN. rpm 0 999.9 85.0
330 SCALE APPLY ROTATING SPEED (CONT.POS.2) F.G.POINT Y AH MAX rpm 0 999.9 120.0
331 SYSTEM APPLY ANALOG SIG. 5 OUTPUT SELECT SW(0:Speed Order 1 :Main 2Maln RIter 3:Sub 4:Sub Filter) • 0 9999 0
332 FAULT APPLY DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL (SPEED COMMAND POS.3) V -2.00 2.00 -1.00
333 SYSTEM APPLY ROTATING SPEED F.B. NOISE FILTER sec 0.02 0.50 0.20
340 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG.5 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) - 0.0 999.9 100.0
341 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 5 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y MAX.) V 0.00 99.99 10.00
342 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 6 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) - 0.0 999.9 100.0
343 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 6 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT Y MAX.) V 0.00 99.99 T6.66
344 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 7 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) - b.o 999.9 "ibb.b
346 SCALE APPLY ANALOG SIG. 8 OUTPUT F.G. (POINT X MAX.) - 0.0 999.9 100.0
348 SYSTEM APPLY CONSTANT - 0.00 20.66 10.00
349 - • m •r •t
- - M
-
350 SYSTEM - PASSWORD - 0 9999 0

351 SYSTEM - WRITE ENABLE - 0 9999 0
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 1/56
Adjustment Procedure
for
NABCO Ltd.
a
2001
MCG-402
4/12
MARK
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 2/56
Contents
page
1. Installation of Units and AdjustmentProcedures
1.1 Zero Adjustmeit of the Fuel Link Connecting Rod 5
1.2 Adjusting the Zero Side Stopper of Engine 5
1.3 Pulse Generator • • 6
1.4 Wiring. • 7
2. Operating Procedures for MCQ Unit

2.1 ABNORMAL Indicator Lamps 3
2.2 FUEL LIMIT Indicator Lamps 8
2.3 CONDITION Indicator Lamps 8
2.4 CONTROL MODE Indicator Lamps / Selector Switch 9
2.5 Parameter Setting
2.5.1 Keyboard Arrangement 10
2.5.2 Operating Procedures 12
2.6 TEST mode Selector Switch 15
2.7 LAMP TEST Switch 15
2.8 CAUSE RESET Switch 15
2.9 Power Switch 15
3. Operating Procedures for ADU Unit

3.1 Power Switch 16
3.2 AUTO./MANUAL Selector Switch 16
3.3 UP/DOWN Switch 15
3.4 CONDITION Indicator Lamps (CL1, CL2) 16
4. Initial Adjustments
4.1 Turning on the System 17
4.2 Operational Check and Adjustment of Actuator
4.2.1 Checking the Control Accuracy of Actuator Position • 18
4.2.2 Adjusting the Actuator Position Feedback Signal 19
4.3 Checkig and Adjusting Control Parameters 21
4.3.1 Adjusting Input Signal Scales 23
4.4 Adjusting Speed Setting Signals
4.4.1 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal 1 (W/H) 25
4.4.2 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal 2 (C/R) 25
4.4.3 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal 3 (LOCAL) 26
4.5 Adjusting the Rack Position Limiter
4.5.1 Adjusting the Manual Maximum Limiter 27
4.6 Adjusting the Scavenging Air Pressure Signal
4.6.1 Zero Adjustment of the PI Converter 27
4.6.2 Adjusting the Scavenging Air Pressure Feedback Signal 27
•
5. Adjustment Procedures for Ten-key Data

5.1.1 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal (Control Position 1) 28
5.1.2 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal (Control Position 2)
5.1.2.1 When the Speed Setting Handle is "Scale" Type 29
5.1.2.2 When the Speed Setting Handle is "Telegraph Division" Type • • • 30
5.1.3 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal (Control Position 3) 33
5.2 Emergency Slowdown 34
5.3 Adjusting the Scavenging Air Pressure 34
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 3/56
Contents
page
5.4 Starting Control Parameters
5.4.1 Rack Dash Position at Starting • • • 35
5.4.2 Starting Control Keeping Time • • 35
5.4.3 Speed Setting at Starting (Control position 2) 36
5.4.4 Rack Retracting Amount at Starting 36
5.4.5 PID Constants for Starting 36
5.4.6 Other Control Parameters for Starting 37
5.5 Fuel Limiters
5.5.1 Torque Limiter 37
5.5.2 Scavenging Air Pressure Limiter 38
5.5.3 Rack Maximum Limiter (MANUAL MAX. LIMIT) • • • • 39
5.5.4 Rack Maximum Limiter at the HIGH GAIN Mode 39
5.5.5 Rack Minimum Limiter 39
5.5.6 Timers for Limiter Signals 40
5.6 Parameters for Detecting Abnormalities
5.6.1 Detecting a Break in the Speed Setting Signal Line 40
5.6.2 Detecting a Break in the Scavenging Air Pressure Signal Line • • • • 41
5.6.3 Detecting Abnormality in Actual Engine Speeds 41
5.6.4 Detecting Abnormality in the Actuator 41
5.7 Parameters for Droop Control 42
5.8 Filters
5.8.1 Upper Operating Level for Jiggling Prevention Control •• 42
5.8.2 Noise Filter for Speed Setting Signals 42
5.8.3 Noise Filter for the Scavenging Air Pressure • 43
5.8.4 Noise Filter for Actual Engine Speeds 43
5.9 Parameters for Dead Band Control 44
5.10 Parameters for Governing
5.10.1 Selecting PI D Constants Changing Modes 45
5.10.2 X-axis Signals for PI D Constants Function • • • • 45
5.10.3 Proportional Gain (P) of PID Constants Function • • -. 46
5.10.4 Integral Time (I) of PID Constants Function 47
5.10.5 Differential Time (D) of PID Constants Function . . . . . . . . . 43
5.10.6 PID Constants for O.S.P.(Emwrgency) Control 49
5.10.7 PID Constants for High Gain Mode 50
5.10.8 Time Scheduler for Actual Actuator Positions 51
5.10.9 CriticalJump 52
5.10.10 Converting Actuator Positions into Rack Positions 52
5.10.11 Adjusting the Correction of Actuator Positions Function 53
-3
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 4/56
Contents
page
6. Adjustment Procedures for Parameters
6.1 Adjustment at Starting
6.1.1 Adjustment If the Engine Stalls 55
6.1.2 Adjustment If the Engine Hunts 55
6.1.3 Adjustment If the Actual Engine Speed Increases Greatly After
Starting 55
6.2 PID Adjustment at Low Load
6.2.2 Adjustment If the Engine Stalls • 56
6.3 PID Adjustment at Middle Load
6.4 PID Adjustment at High Load
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 5/56
1. Installation of Units and Adjustment Procedures
1.1 Zero Adjustment of the Fuel Link Connecting Rod
Fix the connecting rod to the governor actuator as follows:
1) Check that the output arm of the actuator is at the zero position.
2) Move the fuel linkage by hand so that the fuel pump is at the M/E stop
position.
3) Adjust the length of the connecting rod to align the actuator connecting rod of
the fuel linkage with the connecting hole of the actuator output arm.
4) Tighten the lock nut for the connecting rod.
Note: For further details please refer to the Adustment Procedures for Actuator.
1.2 Adjusting the Zero Side Stopper of Engine
To prevent the interference with the actuator when it moves to the zero position,
adjust the the zero side stopper of the engine as follows:
1) Move the actuator to the zero position.
2) Adjust the zero side stopper position to provide 2 mm or more clearance

between the zero side stopper and the fuel link.
Note: For further details please refer to the Adustment Procedures for Actuator.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 6/56
1.3 Pulse Generator
Flywheel
Pulse generator
IS.
The center of the flywheel

40,
3.0 ±0.2
L
The distance of 1/2 turn
of the inside lock nut The position where the LED has lit
The final setting position
After checking the wiring for DC 24 V power supply for pickups and confirming that
there is no abnormality, turn on the control unit and then set the pickups as follows:
1) After loosening the lock nut for a pickup sensor in the box, move the pickup
toward the mountain portion of a flywheel gear until the specified position.
2) Tighten the outside lock nut for the pickup.
3) Set the pickups A and B according to the above-mentioned method.
4) After setting the pickup position, tighten the inside nuts suitably not to be
loosened by vibrations.
H
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 7/56
1.4 Wiring
Before operating (turning on) the governor system, check the voltage and polarity
of the power supply and the cables of signal lines for mis-wiring without fail.
Particularly to the cables for the following: (1) power supply, (2) the motor, (3)
actuator position feedback signal, (4) speed setting signal, (5) pulse generator
(pickups), and (6) scavenging air pressure signal.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 8/56
2. Operation Procedure for MCG Unit

2.1 ABNORMAL Indication Lamps
ABNORMAL 1) CPU HARD : Any microcomputer fails

O CPU HARD
2) PICK UP : Any pickup fails
O PICK UP
O ACTUATOR 3) ACTUATOR : Actuator fails by
O DISCONECTION •Position F.B. sensor failure
(GENERAL ALARM)
• Motor & driver failure
O POWER SOURCE
4) DISCONECTION : Wire disconnection in
O (GENERAL • Speed command signal line
ALARM) •Scaven. pressure signal line
•Control position signal line
5) POWER : Power source fails in
SOURCE •Contrt unit
•Actuator drive unit
2.2 FUEL LIMIT Indication Lamps
1) MAX. LIMIT : Max. limiter operates

O MAX. LIMIT 2) TORQUE LIMIT : Torque limiter operates
O TORQUE LIMIT 3) SCAVEN. LIMIT : Scaven. limiter operates
4) MIN. LIMIT : Min. limiter operates
O SCAVEN. LIMIT
5) LIMIT CANCEL : Limit cancel operates
O MIN. LIMIT
O LIMIT CANCEL
2.3 CONDITION Indication Lamps
CONDITION 1)STOP : At a stop

O STOP 2) START : During starting control
O START 3) FUEL RUN : Fuel running
O FUEL RUN
1 4) SLOW DOWN : Emergency slowdown operated
5) SHUT DOWN : Emergency shutdown operated
O SLOW DOWN
O SHUT DOWN
Case of spec, some indication lamp are not exist.
H-$
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 9/56
2.4 CONTROL MODE Indication Lamp/ Selector Switch
(Indication Lamps) (Switch Location)
1) NORMAL -.Constant-speed control mode

Front Panel
2) HIGH GAIN : High-sensitivity control mode
CONT. MODE
HIGH NORMAL
GAIN
O NORMAL
O HIGH GAIN
H
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 10/56
2.5 Parameter Setting
2.5.1 Keyboard Arrangement
Various setting values can be checked and changed by operating the keyboard
(ten-key pad), and displayed on the digital indicators (ADDRESS and DATA
sections).
Digital Indicators
ADDRESS DATA
LED Indicators
O READ
• WRITE
• WRITE ENABLE
• PASSWORD
UNPROTECTED
ENT.
Diamond Cursor Keys
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 11/56
Keys Contents
READ MODE
Prepared for switching to READ mode.
When the switch is depressed, the mode is changed to READ mode.
With the READ mode selected, pressing this key switches between
digital indicator flickering and continuous lighting.
WRITE MODE Prepared for switching to WRITE mode.

When the switch is depressed, the mode is changed to WRITE mode.
ENT. Prepared for writting DATA.

Pressing this key causes the data indicated on the DATA section to be
entered in the internal memory.
Diamond Prepared for changing address and data.

Cursor Keys With the READ or WRITE mode selected, pressing causes the
flashing part to move and pressing A T causes the flashing numeral
value to change.
When changing an address, the data in the address will be displayed
immediately.
Indicators Contents
Address Indicator 3-digit, 7-segment LED is used to display ten-key addresses between
[TK-OOOland[TK-351].
Data Indicator 4-digit, 7-segment LED is used to display data between "-999" and
"9999". The indication is fixed point type.
READ Indicator Lights up during the READ mode.
(Green LED)
WRITE Indicator Lights up during the WRITE mode.
(Red LED)
WRITE ENABLE When data in address [TK-351] is not "0", entering data becomes
Indicator (Red LED) possible, resulting in lighting up of this indicator LED.
PASSWORD When data in address [TK-350] is the specified value (password),
UNPROTECTED data in ten-key addresses [TK-100] and after will become possible to
Indicator (Red LED) be written, resulting in lighting up of this indicator LED.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 12/56
2.5.2 Operating Procedures
1) Reading Data
When entering the ten-key address number of data to be read out, the data will be
displayed on the DATA section immediately.
Different address numbers can be set in both READ and WRITE modes.
For instance, during the PID adjustment, set ten-key address [TK-110] (proportional gain)
in the WRITE mode and ten-key address [TK-000] in the READ mode, which enables the
proportional gain to be changed in the WRITE mode and the M/E speed to be able to
check promptly by pressing the READ MODE key.
2) Changing Data (Addresses [TK-047] Through [TK-099])
These data can be changed only during the WRITE mode as follows.
Changing the data in ten-key addresses [TK-100] and a
ft©r requires the entry of
password as shown in item 3).
Switch to the WRITE mode.

Press the "WRITE MODE" key.
(The WRITE mode becomes effective and the "WRITE" LED lights up.
Switch to the WRITE ENABLE mode.

Enter ten-key address [TK-351 ] and data "1".
(The WRITE ENABLE mode becomes effective and the "WRITE ENABLE" LED
lights up.
Enter a ten-key address number of which data is to be changed in the ADDRESS

section.
The DATA section displays the current data.
Enter new data.

Each data has the upper and lower limit values, which means that no data can be set
greater than the upper limit value or smaller than the lower limit value. If a data
cannot be changed even pressing the | A| and [rj keys, check the upper and lower
limit values.
Press the "ENT." Key.

The data displayed on the DATA section will become effective. //
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 13/56
When the other data are to be changed, repeat the steps (D, @, and
Turn off the WRITE ENABLE key.

After completing the change of data, enter the ten-key address [TK-351] and the data
"0" and then turn off the WRITE ENABLE key, which causes the "WRITE ENABLE"
LED to go off.
3) Changing Data (Ten-Key Addresses [TK-1OOJ and After, With Password Protection)
The password can be inputted only in the WRITE mode and the password protection will
be cancelled by entering the specified value (password) in ten-key address [TK-350].
Turning off the WRITE ENABLE key causes the password protection to become effective
again.
Switch to the WRITE mode.

Press the "WRITE MODE" key.
(The WRITE mode becomes effective and the "WRITE" LED lights up.)
Switch to the WRITE ENABLE mode.

Enter the ten-key address [TK-351 ] and the data "1 ."
(The WRITE ENABLE mode becomes effective and the "WRITE ENABLE" LED lights
up.)
Cancel the password protection.

Enter the specified value (password) in ten-key address [TK-350J.
(The password protection will be cancelled with the "PASSWORD UNPROTECTED"
LED lighting up.)
Enter a ten-key address number of which data is to be changed in the ADDRESS

section.
The DATA section displays the current data.
Enter new data.

Each data has the upper and lower limit values, which means that no data can be set
greater than the upper limit value or smaller than the lower limit value. If a data cannot
be changed even pressing the [AJ and [rjkeys, check the upper and lower limit values.
hi -
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 14/56
Press the "ENT." Key.

The data displayed on the DATA section will become effective.
When the other data are to be changed, repeat the steps ®, (D, and (§).
Turn off the WRITE ENABLE key.

After completing the change of data, enter the ten-key address [TK-351] and the data "0"
and then turn off the WRITE ENABLE key, which causes the "WRITE ENABLE" LED to
gooff.
Note: Even if the mode is switched to the READ mode once, it is not necessary to cancel the
password protection again until the WRITE ENABLE switch is turned off.
h-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 15/56
2.6 TEST Mode
Enter the ten-key address [TK-198] and the data "1", the test operation mode to be
effective.
When the Test mode becomes effective, the mode indicator LED "NORMAL" will flicker.
A mimic speed setting signal can be applied by entering a data in ten-key address
[TK-048] and a mimic engine speed F.B. signal in [TK-049] so that a mimic running
condition of engine can be made to check the governing function.
Note: 1) The Test mode can be obtained only when the engine is at a stop.
2.7 LAMP TEST Switch
While this switch is being pressed, all the indicator lamps light up on the front panel
LAMP
TEST
2.8 CAUSE RESET Switch
Pressing this switch resets the ABNORMAL cause indication.

If any of governor abnormalities occurs, do not press this switch until the error codes
shown in ten-key addresses [TK-030] - [TK-034] are checked.
CAUSE
RESET
2.9 Power Switch
The power switch is provided on the back of the Control Unit.

This switch is used to turn on and off the power supply for the Control Unit and speed
pickup sensors (pulse generator)
Power Switch
I 1
-—.
*D
Control unit (rear side)
i
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 16/56
3. Operating Procedures for ADU Unit
3.1 Power Switch (Breaker)
The power switch is used to turn on and off the AC (main power supply)
3.2 Auto. / Manual Selector Switch
Switches the actuator operation mode.

Normally, set it to the AUTO, position.
When it is set to the AUTO, position, the actuator operates according to the order
signal from the Governor Control Unit.
To manually move the actuator position by operating the UP/DOWN switch below,
setting the AUTO./MANUAL switch to the MANUAL position.
Refer to an EAR-60/120/500A/1OOOA adjustment procedure(74SS48657-51) to
manually move the actuator.
3.3 UP/DOWN Switch
During the MANUALmode, this switch is used to move the actuator position.
3.4 Condition Indicator Lamps (CL1, CL2)
Normally, both indicator lamps CL1 and CL2 light up.

If any of abnormalities occurs, the CL1 or CL2 will go off according to the abnormal
cause.
For detailed information of the troubleshooting, see the Maintenance and Inspection
Procedures.
AUTO./MANUAL
Select Switch UP/DOWN Switch
CONDITION
LED(CL1,CL2)
Actuator Drive Unit Power Switch

( breaker)
H-/
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 17/56
4. Initial Adjustments
Before turning on the governor system, fully check the power voltage and the wiring
of signals.
Check that the actuator and the pulse generator are correctly installed and adjusted
according to item 1 .3.
The following should be carried out before starting the engine:
1 ) Operational check and adjustment of the actuator •}
2) Check and adjustment of the control parameters
4.1 Turning on the System
1) Turn on the POWER switch on the ADD unit.
2) Turn on the POWER switch on the MCG unit.
As the system is turned on, some numerals are displayed on the ADDRESS and
DATA sections of the MCG unit.
Check that all LEDs on the ABNORMAL section should be off on the MCG unit.
If any ABNORMAL LED lights up, there would be a trouble in the system; accordingly,
follow the instructions in the section "System Failures" of the Maintenance &
Inspection Procedures.
1 : For further details please refer to the Adustment Procedures for Actuator.
H
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 18/56
4.2 Operational Check and Adjustments of Actuator
4.2.1 Checking the Control Accuracy of Actuator Position
1) Make the actuator be able to move freely by disconnecting the connection

between the actuator and the fuel rack (on the local stand) or removing the
mechanical limiter from the fuel rack.
2) Record the current data in ten-key addresses [TK-098J and [TK-099] and then
enter "0" into them.
3) Enter "30" into ten-key address [TK-048] and "70" into [TK-049] and then select the
TEST mode.
When the Test mode becomes effective, the mode indicator LED "NORMAL" will
flicker.
4) Enter "0", "25", "50", "75", and "100" into ten-key address [TK-098] to move the
actuator and check that the actuator position (indicated on the actuator gauge) is
within ±2% of the setting in ten-key address [TK-098].
5) If within ±2%, restore the data of ten-key addresses [TK-098] and [TK-099] and
return the TEST switch to the NORMAL position; thus, the check is completed.
6) Otherwise, adjust the actuator position feedback signal.

For further details please refer to the Adustment Procedures for Actuator.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 19/56
4.2.2 Adjusting the Actuator Position Feedback Signal
Trimmers and check terminals on the PCB to be adjusted are shown below.
After removing the front-left panel of the MCG-402 Control Unit, adjust trimmers on
thePCB.
When this front-left panel is

removed, the internal PCB
below is visible.
MCG-402 Control Unit
TB-1 TB-2
G $
GCB-101
^ A A
TP TP TP TP TP TP
9 16 17
50 70
co 4*> cn o> oo co
cocococococococo
no "X> "O "O C^ CO ^3 "Ô O
rn m m m ^ ^ rn m
rn rn m m < ^ m m
CD m m
o o
TO 79 TO 2p 70
m m m m — —
TO TO ;^ "&D yo ^f CO 07
ro ro rî « co co
rn >•
IXI
m 3^ m m
TO — ^ -- ?o
en C?
TB-3
-5
TB-4
Fig. 4.2.2
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 20/56
Before adjustment, check that the following conditions are satisfied:

1) The actuator can be moved to the full stroke position freely.
2) The governor system is in the TEST mode and the data in ten-key address
[TK-099] is "0".
1) Check that the "STOP" LED on the MCG Unit lights up.
2) Enter "0" in ten-key address [TK-098].
3) Adjust trimmer VR17 on the GCB-101 card of the MCG Unit so that the actual
actuator position is "0±0.1%".
4) Enter "100" in ten-key address [TK-098].
5) Adjust trimmer VR18 on the GCB-101 card so that the actual actuator position is
"100±0.1%."
6) Adjust actuator position shown in 5.10.11 Correction of Actuator Position.
7) When entering "0", "10", "20"..."Mechanical limiter position"..."10", and "0" in ten-key
address [TK-098], measure the positional relationship between the actuator and fuel
rack at each step.
8) After entering the recorded values in ten-key [TK-098] and [TK-099], enter "0" in
ten-key address [TK-198] to return to the NORMAL mode. Then, check of the actuator
position feedback signal will be completed.
Actuator Command Actuator Ac tual Position Fuel Pump Mark

[TK-098] Position Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
0 0%
1 10%
2 20%
3 30%
4 40%
5 50%
6 60%
7 70%
8 80%
9 90%
10 100% T T
H -J 0
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 21/56
4.3 Checking and Adjusting Control Parameters
Adjust and check the following items:
1) Speed setting signals
2) Actuator position limiter
3) Scavenging air pressure signal [-/K Case of spec,this function is not used]
SCAVER LIMIT
FUNCTION
SCAVEN.AIR
ACTUATOR SET
POINT HIGH 1 (051)
TORQUE LIMIT
FUNCTION ACTUATOR SET
POINT HIGH 2 (052)
ACTUATOR SET
POINT LOW (050)
SPEED ORDER 1
CRITICAL JIMP ACTUATOR
POSITION
ORDER
DEADBANOI ACTUATOR
SPEED ORDER 2 GAIN CONTROL POSITION OX
SPEED ORDER 3
MIMIC SPEED
ORDER (049)
MIMIC 000 Actual engine speed
REVOLUTION 001 Engine speed order
002 speed deviation
PICK UP 003 Actual actuator position
004 Actuator position order
030 Error code display for detailed contents of actuator failure-1 C/3
031 Error code display for detailed contents of actuator failure-2 C/5
032 Error code display for detailed contents of disconnection failure 00
033 Error code display for detailed contents of power source failure Ol
ACTUATOR 034 Error code display for detailed contents of pick-up failure
POSITiONF.B. o
m
Q( ): TEN-KEY ADDRESS ho
2K : Case of spec, this function 01
Fig. 4-3 List of internal monitors for the control unit. is not used. o>
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 23/56
4.3.1 Adjusting Input Signal Scales (Hardware)
The following signals are converted into (scaled to) a certain range of voltage signals
and fetched by the system as digital voltage signals:
The trimmer adjustment for the following signals has been completed at the factory.
After shipment, the adjustment will be possible by setting ten-key data.
1) Speed order signals (SPEED ORDER 1 / SPEED ORDER 2 / SPEED ORDER 3)

2) Scavenging air pressure signal (SCAV. AIR)
[Case of spec.this function is not used]
3) Other signals
If the adjustment with ten-key data is impossible, carry out the trimmer adjustment
shown in Figure 4.2.2 referring to the scaling table in Table 4.3.1.
ADJ.TRIMER CHECK AND SET-UP
TERMINAL SIGNAL TYPE AND
SIGNAL NAME TEN-
BOARD No. RANGE CHECK
CARD ZERO SPAN CARD RANGE
TERMINAL KEY
SPEED ORDER 1
TB1-B14 0.5~9V GCB-101 VR3 VR4 GCB-101 TP9 025 0.53-9.5V
(CONTROL POSITION 1)
SPEED ORDER 2
TB1-B13 0.5-1 4V GCB-101 VR5 VR6 GCB-101 TP10 026 0.34-9.5V
SPEED ORDER 3
TB2-B5 0.5-1 4V GCB-101 VR9 VR10 GCB-101 TP12 029 0.34-9.5V
SCAVEN. AIR TB1-B10 4~20mA GCB-101 VR7 VR8 GCB-101 TP11 024 2-10V
ABOUT 2~8V
Actuator F.B. TB1-A14 GCB-101 VR17 VR18 GCB-101 TP16 019 0-10V
(ACT.POS.O~100%)
CO
CO
00
at
1 :Case of spec, SIGNAL TYPE AND RANGE is 0.5-10V. 01
2: Case of software version, this function is not used. o
3: Case of spec, this function is not used. So you don't have to adjust this function. m
en
Table 4.3.1 Scaling of Input Signals (Hardware)
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 25/56
4.4.1 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal 1 (W/H)
For either a shop trial or a system providing no bridge control, where is no

speed setting signal 1 , enter "-1" in the ten-key address [TK-163] , enter "12" to
ten-key address [TK-092] to cancel the wire disconnection alarm.
Adjust the speed-voltage converter (function generator) in the main engine
remote control system to display correct indication of the engine speed order
from the speed setting handle (control position 1) in ten-key address [TK-005]
on the MCG unit.
4.4.2 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal 2 (C/R)
1) For a system providing no control room or engine side, where is no speed

setting signal 2, enter tt-1" to ten-key address [TK-1 64] , enter "12" to ten-key
address [TK-095] to cancel the wire disconnection alarm.
2) Adjust the potentiometer in the speed setting handle (control position 2) to

output "0.5-1 .0 V when it is placed at the STOP position and less than "14.5
V" when the maximum position.
3) With the speed setting handle set at the MAX. position, check that the
display on ten-key address [TK-026] is less than 9.9 V.
If not, adjust trimmer VR6 on the GCB-101 card so that the display is 9.5 ±
0.01V.
4) Enter the value that displayed in ten-key address [TK-026] when the handle
is placed at the STOP position in [TK-1 87].
The setting of ten-key address [TK-187J:
is placed at the minimum position in [TK-1 88].
The setting of ten-key address [TK-1 88]: V
is placed at the maximum position in [TK-1 89].
The setting of ten-key address [TK-1 89]:_ V
7) Enter "0" in ten-key address [TK-1 90].
8) Enter the minimum setting speed in ten-key address [TK-1 91].
The setting of ten-key address [TK-1 91]: _ rpm
9) Enter the maximum setting value in ten-key address [TK-1 92].
The setting of ten-key address [TK-1 92]:_ rpm

NABCO 74SS48657-01E 26/56
4.4.3 Adjusting the Speed Setting Signal 3 (LOCAL)
2) For a system providing no control room or engine side, where is no speed

setting signal 3, enter "-1" to ten-key address [TK-332], enter "12" to ten-key
address [TK-144] to cancel the wire disconnection alarm.
4) Adjust the potentiometer in the speed setting handle (control position 3) to

output "0.5-1.0 NT when it is placed at the STOP position and less than "14.5
V when the maximum position.
5) With the speed setting handle set at the MAX: position, check that the
display on ten-key address [TK-029] is less than 9.9 V.
If not, adjust trimmer VR10 on the GCB-101 card so that the display is 9.5 ±
0.01 V.
is placed at the STOP position in [TK-334J.
The setting of ten-key address [TK-334]: V
is placed at the minimum position in [TK-335].
is placed at the maximum position in [TK-336].
8) Enter "0" in ten-key address [TK-337J.
9) Enter the minimum setting speed in ten-key address [TK-338].
The setting of ten-key address [TK-338]: rpm
10) Enter the maximum setting value in ten-key address [TK-339].
The setting of ten-key address [TK-339]: rpm
: Case of spec version, this function is not used.
H
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 27/56
4.5 Adjusting the Rack Position Limiter
4.5.1 Adjusting the Manual Maximum Limiter
1) Measure the position where the rack touches the mechanical limiter (provided
on the engine), and then enter the value that is 1-2 mm smaller than the
measured value (rack position) in ten-key address [TK-099].
Mechanical limiter position (rack position): mm

The setting of ten-key address [TK-099]: mm
4.6 Adjusting the Scavenging Air Pressure Signal

[Case of spec.this function is not used. So you don't have to adjust this function]
4.6.1 Zero Adjustment of the PI Converter (DANFOSS: EMP2)
1) Check that the rated input pressure (at 20 mA output) of the PI converter is the
same as the setting data in ten-key [TK-197].
If different, enter the actual rated input pressure (the input pressure when
output current is 20 mA) in the ten-key address [TK-197].
2) After making the scavenging air pressure 0 bar, adjust the zero adjusting
trimmer in the PI converter to make the output current 4 mA.
3) After making the scavenging air pressure 0 bar, confirm the display of the
ten-key address [TK-024] "2±0.5 V."
If not, adjust the trimmer "VR7" on the GCB-101 board to make the display of
the ten-key address [TK-024] "2±0.5 V."
4.6.2 Adjusting the Scavenging Air Pressure Feedback Signal
1) After making the scavenging air pressure 0 bar, adjust ten-key address [TK-
166] to make the display of the ten-key address [TK-012] "0 ±0.01 (bar)."
The setting of [TK-166] after adjustment: V
2) With the engine running, adjust the data in ten-key address [TK-167] to make
the display of the ten-key address [TK-012] the same as the indication of the
scavenging air pressure gauge in engine side.
This adjustment is recommended to carry out at high load running (more than
75%).
The setting of [TK-167] after adjustment: V

NABCO 74SS48657-01E 28/56
5. Adjustment Procedures for Ten-key Data
The speed setting signal voltage (current) from the control position 1 is converted into
the corresponding speed through a three-point function generator (F.G.).
The input data Y1 and Y3 are the minimum limiter and the maximum limiter to the
input speed order respectively because the data below the (X1, Y1) point and above
the (X3, Y3) have flat slopes in the F.G.
Furthermore, a maximum limiter by ten-key address [TK-093] can be provided.
1) Setting speed voltage (current)-»Speed converting F.G.: [TK-181 )-[TK-186]

2) Setting speed maximum limiter : [TK-093]
Setting Speed Adjusting F.G.
(Output)
Monitor Setting Speed(rpm)
Y3
Limiter
t-
Setting Speed Setting
Input Speed
Y2-
Y1 InputfY]
X1 X2 X3
Ten-Key Description Guidance/Adjustment Procedure

TK-1 81 X1 of Input Voltage X1 Voltage is set.

*
TK-1 84 Y1 of Input Voltage Y1 corresponding to X1 is set.
TK-093 Maximum Limiter The maximum limit of setting speed is set.

NABCO 74SS48657-01E 29/56
Two types of function generators (F.G.) are prepared depending on the type of
speed setting handle for control position 2.
Changing the data in ten-key address [TK-300] enables which F.G. to be used.
For a speed setting handle with scale, enter "0" in ten-key address [TK-300]; for
the handle with telegraph divisions, enter "1" in [TK-300] to switch the F.G.
5.1.2.1 When the Speed Setting Handle is "Scale" Type

the speed setting signal voltage (current) from the control position 2 is converted
into the corresponding speed through a three-point function generator (F.G.).
input speed order respectively because the data below the (X1, Y1) point and
above the (X3, Y3) have flat slopes in the F.G.
Furthermore, a maximum limiter by the ten-key address [TK-094] is provided.
1) Setting speed voltage (current)-»Speed converting F.G. : [TK-187]-[TK-192J

3) Setting speed converting F.G. selector : [TK-300]
(Output)
Monitor Setting Speed [rpm] Monitor
Setting Speed Limiter Setting

Input Speed
hputryj
X1 X2

TK-187 X1 of Input Voltage Set the input voltage (displayed on TK-026) of speed set.
signal when speed setting handle is placed at STOP.
TK-188 X2 of Input Voltage Set the input voltage (displayed on TK-026)...of speed set.
signal when speed setting handle is placed at 0 notch.
TK-190 Y1 of Input Voltage Speed corresponding to handle STOP position is set.
© Normal set: 0 rpm
TK-191 Y2 of Input Voltage Speed corresponding to handle 0 notch is set.
© Normal set.: Min. rpm
j Normal setting: the same as [TK-199] or MCR x 1.1 rpm.
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 30/56
5.1.2.2 Adjusting the Speed Setting Handle with Telegraph Divisions
When entering "0" in ten-key address [TK-300], the speed setting signal voltage (current)
from the control position 2 is converted into the corresponding speed through a 15-point
function generator (F.G.).
The input data Y1 and Y3 are the maximum limiter and the minimum limiter to the input
speed order respectively because the data below the (X1, Y1) point and above the (X3,
Y3) point have flat slope in the F.G.
In addition, a maximum limiter can be set by ten-key address [TK-094J.
1) Setting speed voltage (current) -» Speed conversion F.G.: [TK-302] - [TK-330]

3) Selecting the speed setting F.G. : [TK-300]
(Output)
Monitor Setting Speed [rpm] Monitor
Y1
Setting Limitter
Speed Setting
Input Speed
Y15 input ryj

X1 X1
Be careful as the figure because it becomes the order of AS MAX. when an input
voltage is a minimum.
Ten-Key Description Guidance / Adjustment Procedure

[TK-302] X axial data of input voltage Set the input voltage (displayed on [TK-026]) of speed
AS-MAX. set. signal when the speed set. handle is placed at
AS-MAX.
at AS telegraph devision set. signal when the speed set. handle is placed at AS
(CRASH ASTERN). telegraph devision (CRASH ASTERN).
(FULL). teleoraph devision (FULL).
H-30
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 31/56

[TK-305J X axial data of input voltage Set the input voltage (displayed on [TK-026]) of speed
(HALF). telegraph devision (HALF).
(SLOW). telegraph devision (SLOW).
[TK-307J X axial data of input voltage Set the input voltage (displayed on [TK-026]) of speed
(DEAD SLOW). telegraph devision (DEAD SLOW).
(DEAD SLOW MIN.). telegraph devision (DEAD SLOW MIN.).
at AH telegraph devision set. signal when the speed set. handle is placed at AH
(DEAD SLOW MIN.). telegraph devision (DEAD SLOW MIN.).
(DEAD SLOW). telegraph devision (DEAD SLOW).
(SLOW). telegraph devision (SLOW).
(HALF). telegraph devision (HALF).
(FULL). telegraph devision (FULL).
(NAV. FULL MIN.). telegraph devision (NAV. FULL MIN.).
(NAV. FULL). telegraph devision (NAV. FULL).
AH-MAX. set. signal when the speed set. handle is placed at
AH-MAX.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 32156
[TK-317] Y axial data corresponding Set the speed corresponding the telegraph division
AS-MAX. AS-MAX. of the speed setting handle.
[TK-318] Y axial data corresponding Set the speed corresponding the AS telegraph division
AS division (CRASH (CRASH ASTERN) of the speed setting handle.
ASTERN).
AS division (FULL). (FULL) of the speed setting handle.
[TK-320J Y axial data corresponding Set the speed corresponding the AS telegraph division
AS division (HALF). (HALF) of the speed setting handle.
ITK-321] Y axial data corresponding Set the speed corresponding the AS telegraph division
AS division (SLOW). (SLOW) of the speed setting handle.
AS division (DEAD SLOW). (DEAD SLOW) of the speed setting handle.
divisioniSTOPL (STOP) of the speed setting handle.
[TK-324J Y axial data corresponding Set the speed corresponding the AH telegraph division
AH division (DEAD SLOW). (DEAD SLOW) of the speed setting handle.
[TK-325] Y axial data corresponding Set the speed corresponding the AH telegraph division
AH division (SLOW). (SLOW) of the speed setting handle.
AH division (HALF). (HALF) of the speed setting handle.
AH division (FULL). (FULL) of the speed setting handle.
AH division (NAV. FULL (NAV. FULL MIN.) of the speed setting handle.
MIN.).
AH division (NAV. FULL). (NAV. FULL) of the speed setting handle.
[TK-330] Y axial data corresponding Set the speed corresponding the telegraph division
AH-MAX. AH-MAX. of the speed setting handle.
[TK-094] Upper limit Set the upper limit of the set speed (commonly for
AH/AS).
The rate of change of around the unit time(1 minute) of
[TK-212] Scheduler for setting speed 2 the number of setting speeds is set up.
As a setting value becomes smaller, the delay of the
output against the input grows bigger.
However, entering a too small value could make follow-up
time longer.
set value 9999 means bypass.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 33/56
the speed setting signal voltage (current) from the control position 3 is converted
into the corresponding speed through a three-point function generator (F.G.).
input speed order respectively because the data below the (X1, Y1) point and
above the (X3, Y3) have flat slopes in the F.G.
Furthermore, a maximum limiter by the ten-key address [TK-094] is provided.
1) Setting speed voltage (current)-»Speed converting F.G. : [TK-334]-[TK-339]

(Output)
Monitor Setting Speed [rpmj Monitor
A
Y3
Setting Speed Limiter Setting
Input Speed
Y1 hput {V}
X1 X2 X3
Ten-Key Description Guidance/Adiustment Procedure

signal when speed setting handle is placed at STOP.
signal when speed setting handle is placed at 1 0 notch.
TK-337 Y1 of Input Voltage Speed corresponding to handle STOP position is set.
© Normal set.: 0 rpm
© Normal set.: Min. rpm
TK-339 Y3 of Input Voltage Speed corresponding to handle 1 0 notch is set.
© Normal setting: the same as [TK-1991 °r MCR x 1.1 rpm.
;: Case of spec version, this function is not used.
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 34/56
5.2 Emergency Slowdown
The limited setting speed value and the rate of speed order change at emergency
slowdown (SLOW DOWN) is set here.

TK-056 Set speed during The slowed-down speed is set.
emergency slowdown
TK-057 Slowdown filter Filter for set speed when the engine is slowed down is set.
TK-059 Change rate limiter Limiter for the setting speed change rate during slowdown is
during slowdown set.
5.3 Adjusting the Scavenging.Air Pressure

[Case of spec/this function is not used. So you don't have to adjust this function]
The zero and gain adjustments of the scavenging air pressure signal are carried
out and electric current values are converted into pressure values.
Scavenging Air Pressure Adjuster

(Output)
Monitor Scaveng. Air Monitor
frgssure [bar]
Max.(TK-197)
Scavenging Air Scaveng.
R-essure Signal Air Ftessure
0[bar] hput W
Rated Input
Zero Adjustment (TK-167)
(TK-166)

TK-166 Zero adjustment Adjust [TK-166J to make [TK-012] show 0 bar at the
scavenging air pressure is 0 bar.
© This value will be approx. 2 when the scavenging air
pressure is 0 bar.
TK-167 Gain adjustment at rated Adjust [TK-167] to make [TK-012] show the same value as
input the scavenging air pressure.
This value will be approx. 10 when the scavenging air
pressure is 4 bar.
TK-197 Maximum scavenging Enter the rated input pressure (at 20-mA output) of the
Air pressure setting pressure sensor.
H-34-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 35/56
5.4 Starting Control Parameters
5.4.1 Rack Dash Position at Starting

TK-050 Rack position at Rack dash position at NORMAL starting is set.
NORMAL starting A suitable setting for the propulsion is required.
(LOW level) FPP vessels:
[50-70% of rated-output rack position ]
CPP vessels with propeller clutch (No load starting);
TK-051 Rack position at CRASH Rack dash position at CRASH starting is set.
starting A suitable setting for the propulsion is required.
(HIGH 1 level) FPP vessels:
CPP vessels with propeller clutch (No load starting);
[50-70% of rated-output rack position
TK-052 Rack position at CRASH Actuator dash position at CRASH starting is set.
starting A suitable setting for the propulsion is required.
(HIGH 2 level) FPP vessels:
[70-90% of rated-output actuator position ]
CPP vessels with propeller clutch (No load starting):
[50-70% of rated-output actuator position
5.4.2 Starting Control Keeping Time
The keeping time of starting control after releasing a STOP signal is set here.
The starting operation is controlled with the PID constants stored in [TK-105],
[TK-106], and [TK-107] which are exclusive for starting.
The actuator is kept at the dash position until the actual engine speed reaches
the setting speed.

TK-053 Start, control keep time Start, control keep, time for cont. pos. 1 is set.
(Cont. pos. 1 ) © Normal setting: 3-6 sec.
TK-054 Start, control keep time Start, control keep, time for cont. pos. 2 is set.
(Cont. pos. 2) © Normal setting: 3-6 sec.
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 36/56
5.4.3 Speed Setting Signal at Starting (Control position 2)
A setting speed during starting control at the control position 2 is set here. After
completing the starting control, the setting speed is automatically changed to the
signal come from the outside (SPEED ORDER 2).
TK-055 Set speed at starting Speed at start, control for control pos. 2 is set.
control (effective for © Normal setting: a speed equivalent to SLOW setting
contorl position 2 only)
TK-136 Selector switch of start. When cont. pos. 2 is effective, 0: TK-055,1: handle value
control speeds For the input signal using potentiometer, set 0.
TK-151 Set. speed changing The time when the speed setting signal is changed from the
time start, control to outside handle signal after the setting time
[TK-053] is set. If this setting is changed, change the setting
[TK-152] without fail.
Normal setting: 3 sec.
TK-152 Time constant for set. The first-order time lag corresponding to the setting [TK-
speed change 151] is set.
The setting shall be: ITK-151] x 0.63
(1.89 is set when PTK-151 ] is 3 sec.)
5.4.4 Rack Retracting Amount at Starting

When the actual engine speed reaches the setting speed at starting, the
actuator stroke is retracted for the setting [TK-132] or [TK-133] in an instant
and then the governing will be effective.

TK-132 Rack retracting amount The retracting amount of the rack at NORMAL starting is set
(at NORMAL starting) here.
When the actual speed follows to the setting speed at the
NORMAL level starting, the amount of this parameter is
retracted from the starting rack position [TK-050] once.
Normal setting: 5-10
TK-133 Rack retracting amount The retracting amount of the rack at CRASH starting is set
(at CRASH starting) here.
Normal setting: 0 (No retraction)
5.4.5 PI D Constants for Starting
The PID constants for starting control are set here.

These PID constants are used for the time set by [TK-053] or [TK-054].
TK-107 Proportional gain at The proportional gain (P) used only at starting is set. Since
starting the load at starting is usually low, it is no necessary to enter
(P) a too great value in this parameter;
however, a too small value could cause overshooting of
engine speeds or bad follow- up ability to handle.
Recommended setting: 1.0-1.5
TK-108 Integral time at starting The integral gain (I) used only at starting is set. It is
(I) basically recommended to enter a small value to improve
the follow-up ability of the handle and to prevent
overshooting of speeds.
TK-109 Differential time at The differential time (D) used only at starting. It is not
starting necessary to enter a too great value in this parameter.
(D) ~ Recommended setting: 0.1-0.2
H~
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 37/56
5.4.6 Other Control Parameters for Starting
The parameters below are used for starting control; however, there is no
necessity to adjust for B&W engines.

TK-130 Rack dash point When the START DASH HIGH LEVEL signal is active, the
changing level changing level of rack dash points LOW and HIGH 1 is set
(LOW<—>HIGH1) here.
Recommended setting: 0
TK-131 Rack dash point When the START DASH HIGH LEVEL signal is active, the
changing level changing level of rack dash points HIGH 1 and HIGH 2 is
(HIGH1<—-»HIGH2) set here.
Recommended setting: the same as [TK-199].
TK-134 Delay timer at starting
signal off Recommended setting: 0.5
TK-135 Starting control mode Actuator dash timing at start, is set here.
[TK-135J-0: START priority mode
[TK-135J-1: STOP priority mode
[TK-135]-2: STOP latch mode
[TK-135J-3: No starting signal
5.5 Fuel Limiters
5.5.1 Torque Limiter
The upper limit of the actuator is determined by speed setting orders.

Two setting points are provided.
Actuator
Position
>[rpm]
X1 X2
Setting Speed

TK-086
n• »
Slector swtch for Torque Slector swtch for Torque limiter.
Jimiter 0:Setting engine speeds
1 :actual engine speeds
TK-066 Torque limiter (X1 ) Setting actual speed point "X1 " for torque limit is set.
TK-067 Torque limiter (X2) Setting actual speed point "X2" for torque limit is set.
TK-068 Torque limiter (Y1) Setting speed point "Y1 n is set. If setting speed is below X1 ,
the limit value is Y1 .
TK-069 Torque limiter (Y2) Setting speed point "Y2B is set. If setting speed is below X1 ,
the limit value is Y2.
TK-081 Actual speed filter for Filter time constant for first-order time lag of actual speed
torque limiters used for torque limiter.
TK-084 Shift amount when torque Torque iimiter value will be shifted upward by specified
limit is cancelled amount when touque limit is cancelled.
H - 37
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 38/56
5.5.2 Scavenging Air Pressure Limiter

The actuator position is limited by scavenging air pressure.

Five setting points are provided.
[mm]
Actuator
Position
X1 X2 X3 X4
Scavenging Air Pressure

TK-070 Scav. air press, limiter Scav. air press, limiter point "X1" is set.
(X1)
(X2)
TK-072 Scav. air press, limiter Scav. air press, limiter point HX3" is set.
(X3)
(X4)
(X51
TK-075 Scav. air press, limiter Rack pos. of scav. air press, limiter point "Y1" is set. If the
(Y1) • press, is below X1, the limit value should be Y1.
TK-076 Scav. air press, limiter Rack pos. of scav. a/p limiter point "Y2" is set.
(Y2)
TK-077 Scav. air press, limiter Rack pos. of scav. a/p limiter point "Y3n is set.
(Y3)
TK-078 Scav. a/p limiter(Y4) Rack pos. of scav. a/p limiter point "Y4" is set.
TK-079 Scav. air press, limiter Rack pos. of scav. a/p limiter point "Y5" is set. If the press,
(Y5) is above X5, the limit value should be Y5.
TK-085 Scav. air press, limiter Scavenging air press, limiter value will be shifted upward by
cancel amount specified amount when limit is cancelled.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 39/56
5.5.3 Rack Maximum Limiter (MAX. LIMIT)
The value slightly greater than the full-load rack position is set.
This value should be also 1-2 mm smaller than the position where the rack
touches the mechanical stopper.

TK-099 Rack maximum limiter The maximum limiter of the rack position during engine
running is set.
Too great setting could cause a collision of the mechanical
limiter on the engine with the rack and a subsequent trouble
with the rack or destruction of the mechanical limiter.
On the contrary, too small setting could cause an
impossibility of 110% running.
© Recommended setting: 1 -2 mm smaller than the
mechanical limiter setting.
5.5.4 Maximum Limiter at the HIGH GAIN Mode
The maximum limiter position of the rack in the HIGH GAIN mode is set.

TK-080 Actuator maximum The maximum limiter of the rack at the HIGH GAIN mode is
limiter set.
(for HIGH GAIN mode) © Recommended setting: the actuator stroke equivalent to
80-85% load running.
5.5.5 Rack Minimum Limiter
This limiter is used to prevent a stall of the engine.

The function works only during fuel running and automatically canceled at stop.

TK-098 Rack minimum limiter The minimum limit of the rack during engine running is set.
A greater value could reduce a great hunting of the actuator
during minimum speed running.
However, a too great setting could cause a engine speed
holding or an overspeed at running with high speed and low
load.
Adjust the value noting the characteristics that the higher the
speed increases, the lower the rack position is.
3) Recommended setting: 2-5 mm smaller than the
actuator position of no load and high speed, or 5-10 mm
smaller than that of no load and low speed.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 40/56
5.5.6 Timers for Limiter Signals
A contact signal that indicates the operation of the over load preventing limiters
(torque limiter, scavenging air pressure limiter, or maximum limiter) during fuel
running is outputted after passing the time set by this timer.

TK-065 Timer for limiter signals When the limiter operates continuously for the setting time,
a contact signal is output to indicate the operatin of limiter.
© Normal setting: 60 or more
When it is used to prohibit the increase of CPP blade angle

control, the setting should be 0.03.
5.6 Parameters for Detecting Abnormalities
5.6.1 Detecting a Break in the Speed Setting Signal Line
If the resultant value that the values of ten-key addresses [TK-163] , [TK-164]
and [TK-332] are added to the speed setting signal voltage comes to minus, it
is judged there is a break in the speed setting signal line.
For making it ineffective, enter "-1" to these ten-keys.

TK-163 Value for detecting a After setting the speed setting signal equivalent to the stop
break in the speed order, the value indicated in the ten-key fTK-025] is
setting signal line multiplied by "0.7" and then the resultant value is set.
(control position 1) © Normal setting: 0.3
break in the speed order, the value indicated in the ten^key ITK-026] is
break in the speed order, the value indicated in the ten-key fTK-029] is
If the speed setting signal is over the values of ten-key addresses [TK-092] ,
[TK-095] and [TK-144], it is judged there is a break in the speed setting signal
line.
For making it ineffective, enter "12" to these ten-keys.

break in the speed order, the value indicated in the ten-key [TK-025] is
(control position 1) Normal setting: 0.3
(control position 2) © Normal setting: 0.3 __
(control position 3) Normal setting: 0.3
H -40
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 41/56
5.6.2 Detecting a Break in the Scavenging Air Pressure Signal Line
If the resultant total value that the value of the ten-key [TK-165] is added to
the scavenging air pressure signal comes to minus, it is judged there is a
break in the scavenging air pressure signal line.

TK-165 Value for detecting a When the scavenging air pressure signal is "0" bar, the
break in the scavenging value indicated in the ten-key [TK-024] is multiplied by "-1,"
air pressure signal line the resultant value is added with "0.4 to 0.45," and then the
final resultant value is set.
© Normal setting: 9.95
5.6.3 Detecting an Abnormality in Actual Engine Speeds
If the actual engine speed drops below the setting of the ten-key [TK-160]
during engine running (the signals START and STOP are both off), it is judged
there is an abnormality in actual engine speeds.

TK-160 Value for detecting an The value of 1/3 to 1/2 of the minimum speed is set.
abnormality in actual Normal setting: 5 to 10
engine speeds
5.6.4 Detecting an Abnormality in the Actuator
If the actuator position deviation (the difference between a setting position

and the actual position) exceeds the setting of the ten-key [TK-171] for the
setting time of ten-key [TK-172] continuously, it is judged there is an
abnormality in the actuator.

TK-171 Deviation for detecting It should be set considering the accuracy of the actuator
an abnormality in the position control system and others.
actuator @ Normal setting: 5 (mm)
TK-172 Timer for detecting It should be set considering the responsibility of the
abnormality actuator.
@ Normal setting: 1 to 5 (sec.)
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 42/56
5.7 Parameters for Droop Control
These parameters are used for the droop control.

When the governor system is used for a marine main engine, enter "0" to the
ten-key [TK-176] to void the droop control.
Engine Speed S|ope (DrOQp Rate)
Parallel(Droop Fulcun
Setting
Speeds Load
25% 50% 75°^ 100%

TK-1 76 Droop rate The droop rate is set.
Normal setting for marine vessels: 0 (%)
TK-1 77 Fulcrum The load at which the actual speed agrees with the speed
setting is set.
Normal setting: 0 (%)
TK-1 78 Actuator position at no The actuator position at no load is set.
load
TK-1 79 Actuator position at full The actuator position at full load is set.
load
5.8 Filters
5.8.1 Upper Operating Level for the Jiggling Prevention Control
The operating speed for the jiggling prevention control is set,

TK-141 Upper operating level for The upper limit speed to detect the actual speed in
the jiggling prevention combustion synchronous operation is set.
control @ Normal setting: the setting value of SLOW
5.8.2 Noise Filter for Speed Setting Signals
The time constant of the first order lag type noise filter for setting speeds is set,

TK-153 Noise filter for setting The time constant of the first order lag type noise filter for
speeds setting speeds is set.
The greater the time constant is, the more delayed the
output relating to the input is.
When the speed signal fluctuates greatly or there is a
sudden change of setting speeds at Auto Slowdown, it is
effective to enter a greater value; however, entering a too
great value (more than 1 -2) could make follow-up time
longer.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 43/56
5.8.3 Noise Filter for the Scavenging Air Pressure

[Case of spec,this function is not used. So you don't have to adjust this function]
/.. •
The time constant of the first order lag type noise filter for the scavenging air
pressure signal is set.

TK-154 Noise filter for The time constant of the first order lag type noise filter for
scavenging air pressure the scavenging air pressure signal is set.
Entering a too great value (more than 2-3) could make the
scavenging air pressure limiter control jam (operate
ineffectively).
5.8.4 Noise Filter for Actual Engine Speeds
The time constant of the first order lag type noise filter for the actual engine
speeds is set.

TK-155 Noise filter for actual The time constant of the first order lag actual engine speeds
engine speeds type noise filter for actual setting speeds is set.
Entering a too great value could make the governing
delayed and the governability deteriorated; in contrast this,
entering a small value could cause jiggles of the actuator
position.
© Basically, keep the value not greater than the initial value.
Recommended setting: 0.1 -0.2
H-43
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 44/56
5.9 Parameters for Dead Band Control
These parameters are used to set the dead band for engine speed deviations.
In the ordinary case that the engine speed deviation is settled into the limits of the
ten-key [TK-060], the value of engine speed deviation is multiplied by the value of
the ten-key [TK-061].
In the case that the engine speed deviation is settled into the limits of the ten-key
[TK-060] for the time set by the ten-key [TK-163], the dead band width becomes
double automatically and the gain in the dead band becomes the value of the ten-
key [TK-062] and then the gain is multiplied by the value of engine speed deviation.
Dead Band Control

OUT Dead band Gain (for
Dead band Gain(for usual operation)
double-width [0611
operation) [062]
Engine speed P I D Operation
deviations IN
Dead band width

[060]

TK-060 Dead band width The normal operating dead band width is set.
When the engine speed deviation is settled into this setting for
the setting time of [TK-063], the dead band width will become
double of this setting.
© Basically, the initial value is to be kept. Normal setting: 0.3-
1.0
TK-061 Dead band gain (for The dead band gain for usual operation.
usual operation) When the engine speed deviation is settled into the setting [TK-
060], the actual deviation used for control will be the engine
speed deviation times this value.
If this value is too small, the speed raise at a governor test (load
shutdown) will increase.
$ Basically, the initial value is to be kept. Normal setting: 0.5-
1.0
TK-062 Dead band gain (for The dead band gain to be used when the dead band width
double-width operation) becomes double.
When the engine speed deviation is settled into the double of
[TK-060], the actual deviation used for control will be the engine
speed deviation times this value.
If this value is too small, the speed raise at a governor test (load
shutdown) will increase.
5) Basically the initial value is to be kept. Normal setting: 0.1-
0.5
TK-063 Dead band timer The timer for controlling the double-width dead band operation.
When the engine speed deviation is settled into the setting [TK-
060] for the time set by this parameter, the dead band width will
be the double of [TK-060].
$ Normal setting: 10-30
TK-064 Actuator limiter for dead The limiter value against actuator fluctuations that occur
band according to great actuator order fluctuations due to a sudden
increase of the engine speed deviation when the dead band
control is changed from double-width to normal.
g) Basically, the initial value is to be kept. Normal setting: 0-2
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 45/56
5.10 Parameters for Governing
5.10.1 Selecting PID Constants Changing Method

TK-100 Selection of PID Signals for the X axis of the PID constants polygonal line
constants changing function is selected.
modes 0: Setting engine speeds
1: Actual engine speeds
2: The average of setting speeds and actual speeds
3: Actuator positions (F.B.)
4: Virtual horse powers
The virtual horsepower is calculated by the formula; (setting

speed) x (actual actuator position) -=- 100. However, when
[TK-100] is 3 or 4, (actual actuator position) uses the output
from the first-order lag filter not the actual actuator positions.
Actuator
First-order Actuator pos.

F.B lag filter (for changing
PID contant)
[156],[157]
Normal setting for FPP vessels: 0
Normal setting for GPP vessels with clutch: 4
5.10.2 X-axis Signals for the ID Constants Function

TK-101 PID constants changing The point for the extra low load (approx.10%) is set.
point (X1) Basically,
[TK-IOOl-O-a: Set the middle engine speed between
D.SLOW and SLOW.
[TK-100]-3 : Set the actuator position corresponding to the
above speed.
[TK-100]-4: Set by the virtual horsepower calculated by
the actuator position (TK-100]^3 and the setting
speed of [TK-100H).
TK-102 PID constants changing The point for the middle low load (approx. 30%) is set.
point (X2) Basically:
[TK-100]=0-2: Set the middle engine speed between SLOW
and HALF.
[TK-100]-3: Set the actuator position corresponding to
the above speed.
[TK-100]=4 : Set by the virtual horsepower calculated by
the actuator position of [TK-100]=3 and the setting
speed of [TK-1 OOJ-0 corresponding to the average
speed of SLOW and HALF.
TK-103 PID constants changing The point for the high load (approx. 50%) is set.
point (X3) Basically,
[TK-100]-0-2: Set the speed of NAV.FULL-MIN. pos.
[TK-1 OOJ-3: Set the actuator position corresponding to the
above speed.
[TK-1 OOJ-4: Set by the virtual horsepower calculated by the
actuator position of [TK-100]-3 and the setting
speed of [TK-100]-0 corresponding to the above
speed NAV. FULL-MIN.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 46/56

TK-104 PID constants Normaly not use.
changing point (X4) In the case the three setting point of the PID constants
are used , and cannot adjust enough, this point is
available to be used.
[TK-1OOJ-3: Set the actuator position corresponding to the
above speed.
[TK-1 OOJ-4: Set by the virtual horsepower calculated by the
actuator position of [TK-1 OOJ-3 and the setting speed of
[TK-100]=0 corresponding to the above speed
NAV. FULL-MIN.
TK-105 PID constants Normaly not use.
changing point (X5) In the case the three setting point of the PID constants
are used, and cannot adjust enough, this point is
available to be used.
[TK-1 OOJ-3: Set the actuator position corresponding to the
above speed.
[TK-100]-4: Set by the virtual horsepower calculated by the
actuator position of [TK-100]-3 and the setting speed of
[TK-100]-0 corresponding to the above speed
NAV. FULL-MIN.
5.10.3 Proportional Gain (P) of the PID Constants Function

TK-110 Proportional gain The proportional gain for [TK-101 ] setting (low load) is set.
Changing point (Y1) It is effective to enter a smaller value to improve bad engine
speed stability at low load (low speed); however, a too small
value could cause bad follow-up ability to handle.
© Normal setting: 0.6-1.2
TK-111 Proportional gain The proportional gain for [TK-102] setting (middle load) is
Changing point (Y2) set. However, a too small value could cause bad
governability for load fluctuations.
@ Normal setting: 1.0-1.5
TK-112 Proportional gain The proportional gain for [TK-103] setting (high load) is set.
Changing point (Y3) Basically, a considerable great value is recommended.
TK-113 Proportional gain The proportional gain for [TK-104] setting is set.
Changing point (Y4) Normaly not used.
When this point is not used, this is setted same as
[TK-112]
TK-114 Proportional gain The proportional gain for [TK-105] setting is set.
Changing point (Y5) Normaly not used.
[TK-113]
H
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 47/56
5.10.4 Integral Time (I) of the PID Constants Function

TK-115 Integral time Changing The integral time for fTK-101 ] setting (low load) is set.
point (Y1) It is effective to enter a greater value to improve bad engine
speed stability at low load (low speed); however, a too great
value could cause bad follow-up ability to handle and bad
govemability for load fluctuations.
© Normal setting: 5-10
TK-116 Integral time Changing The integral time for [TK-102] setting (middle load) is set.
point (Y2) Basically, a smaller value is recommended.
TK-117 Integral time Changing The integral time for [TK-103] setting (high load) is set.
point (Y3) Basically, a smaller value is recommended.
© Normal setting: 1.5-2.5
TK-118 Integral time Changing The integral time for [TK-104] setting is set.
point (Y4) Normaly not used.
[TK-1171
TK-119 Integral time Changing The integral time for [TK-105] setting is set.
point (Y5) Normaly not used.
[TK-118] _____
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 48/56
5.10.5 Differential Time (D) of the PID Constants Function

TK-120 Differential time The differential time for [TK-101] setting (low load) is set.
Changing point (Y1) It is effective to enter a greater value to improve bad engine
speed stability at low load (low speeds); however, entering a
too great value in this parameter or entering a greater value
in proportional gain [TK-110] in addition to a too great entry
in this parameter could cause a big jiggling or hunting to be
continued.
Empirically, it is considered to be too high sensitivity when
the value [TK-110] times [TK-120] exceeds 0.4.
g) Normal setting: 0.2-0.5
TK-121 Differential time The differential time for [TK-102] setting (middle load) is set.
Changing point (Y2) It is effective to enter a greater value to improve bad engine
speed stability at middle load; however, entering a too great
value in this parameter could cause a jiggling or bad
govemorbility.
Basically, entering a smaller value in this parameter is
recommendable to prevent jiggling.
^ Normal setting: 0.0-0.15
TK-122 Differential time The differential time for [TK-103] setting (high load) is set.
Changing point (Y3) Empirically, the initial value is recommended.
Basically, a too small value is recommended.
^ Normal setting: 0.0-0.05
TK-123 Differential time The differential time for [TK-104] setting is set.
Changing point (Y4) IMormaly not used.
[TK-122] .
TK-124 Differential time The differential time for [tk-105] setting is set.
Changing point (Y5) Mormaly not used.
[TK-123]
TK-106 Time constant of The time constant for first-order lag filters to eliminate
differential filter noises (fluctuations of high frequency) in actual engine
speeds and to operate differential control efficiently is set.
The greater the setting is, the better the filter effect is but the
worse the differential control effect is.
S) Standard setting: 0.07-0.10
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 49/56
5.10.6 PID Constants for O.S.P. (Emergency) Control

TK-280 Proportional gain (P) The proportional gain used only at O.S.P.(EM'CY) control
(at O.S.P. ( EM'CY (when actual engine speed exceeds the speed [TK-283]).
control) The recommended value is 1.3-1.5 times the setting
[TK-112] - [TK-114]. Entering a too great value could cause
great hunting in engine speeds because the actuator
fluctuation (decrease of position) is too great at the
operation of O.S.P.(EM'CY) control.
(Particularly, at operation of O.S.P.(EM'CY) control during
governor test).
5) Usually, the initial value is recommended.
TK-281 Integral time (I) The integral time used only at O.S.P.(EM'CY) control
(atO.S.P.(EM'CY) (when the actual engine speed exceeds the speed of
control) [TK-283]). The recommended value is 0.3-0.5times the
setting [TK-117] - [TK-119].
?) Usually, the initial value is to be kept.
TK-282 Differentia) time (D) The differential time used only at O.S.P.(EM'CY) control
(at O.S.P. (EM'CY) (when the actual engine speed exceeds the speed setting
control) [TK-283]). It is not necessary to enter a too great value in
this parameter.
TK-283 Switching speed of When the actual engine speed exceeds this setting, the
O.S.P.(EM'CY) control O.S.P.(EM'CY) control automatically takes place, the
settings of [TK-280] - [TK-282] are used as PID constants,
and the actuator moving is limited not to move to the fuel
increase direction.
This function is provided to prevent over spend at rough
weathers; accordingly, be careful that the actual engine
speed cannot increase above this setting value.
(If this setting is set to 100% load, 110% running and over
speed test cannot be carried out.)
5) After sea trial and before delivery, this setting should be
set to the speed 2-3 rpm higher than the actual
maximum engine speed and lower than the over speed
setting.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 50/56
5.10.7 PID Constants for the High Gain Mode

TK-284 Proportional gain The magnifications that change the value of the proportional
(HIGH GAIN mode) gain used only at the HIGH GAIN mode is set.
The proportional gain is the value that multiplies this
parameter by the value of [TK-110] - [TK-114].
It is recommended to increase the value of the proportional
gain to stabilize the engine speeds by increasing the
sensitivity of governing.
(Accordingly, fluctuation of the actuator will be increased.)
© The value greater than 1 is recommended.
TK-285 Integral time The magnifications that change the value of the integral time
(HIGH GAIN mode) used only at the HIGH GAIN mode is set.
The integral time is to be the value that multiplies this
parameter by the values of [TK-115] - [TK-119].
5) Basically, the value smaller than 1 is recommended.
TK-286 Differential time The value added to the differential time used only at HIGH
(HIGH GAIN mode) GAIN mode is set
The differential time is the value that multiplies this
parameter by the value of [TK-120] - [TK-124].
5) Basically, a smaller value is recommended.
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 51/56
5.10.8 Time Scheduler for Actual Actuator Positions
It determines the time constant of first-order lag for the time scheduler for the
actual actuator position signal.
The time constants have two settings for increasing and decreasing.
Ten-Key Description G uidance/Adjustment Procedure

TK-156 Time scheduler for The time constant of first-order lag for the noise filter for the
actual actuator position actual actuator position signal when the stroke is increasing
signals is set.
(When the stroke is The greater the time constant is, the more delayed the
increasing) output relating to the input is.
Basically, the initial value is acceptable.
When [TK-100] is 3 or 4, the filter output is used for
changing PID constants; when changing, be careful that the
governing at load fluctuations is effected by this setting
value.
Moreover, a smaller value is basically recommended
because a sudden increase in PID constants does not give
few bad influence to controllability when the actuator
position increases (fuel supply), and a quick increase of
control sensitivity is recommended at fuel supply.
!>) Recommended setting: 0.5-1.0
TK-157 Time scheduler for The time scheduler of first-order lag for the noise filter for
actual actuator position the actual actuator position signal when the stroke is
signals decreasing is set. The greater the time constant is, the
(When the stroke is more delayed the output relating to the output is. Basically,
decreasing) the interval value is acceptable.
When [TK-100] is 3 or 4, the filter output is used for
changing PID constants; when changing, be careful that the
governing at load fluctuations is effected by this setting
value.
Moreover, a greater value is basically recommended
because delayed reduction of control sensitivity against load
reduction will lead a good result when the actuator position
is decreasing (fuel shutdown).
^ Recommended setting: 4-10
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 52/56
5.10.9 CriticalJump

TK-201 Critical jump LOW level The lower limt value of critical level is set.
TK-202 Critical jump HIGH level The upper limt value of critical level is set.
TK-203 Critical jump set width This set width is added to the critical level to be avoided.
If the function is not used, enter 0.
5.10.10 Converting Actuator Positions Into Rack Positions

TK-083 Control signal selector The values including limiter and starting position are
switch switched at the actuator position or the rack position that is
obtained by the table below.
For the system with B&W specification, select 1... .
(0: Actuarot position, 1: Rack position)
TK-215 Act. -» Rack pos. FG Enter actuator's X1 value in the FG.
(Actuator pos. X1)
(Actuator pos. X2)
TK-217 Act. -* Rack pos. FG Enter actuator's X3 value in the FG.
(Actuator pos. X3)
(Actuator pos. X4)
(Actuator pos. X5)
TK-220 Act. - Rack pos. FG Enter the rack position corresponding to actuator's X1 pos,
(Rack pos.YI)
TK-221 Act. -H> Rack pos. FG Enter the rack position corresponding to actuator's X2 pos.
(Rack pos. Y2)
TK-222 Act.- Rack pos. FG Enter the rack position corresponding to actuator's X3 pos.
(Rack pos. Y3)
TK-223 Act. -» Rack pos. FG Enter the rack position corresponding tp actuator's X4 pos,
« * av
(Rack pos. Y4)
TK-224 Act. -» Rack pos. FG Enter the rack position corresponding to actuator's X5 pos.
(Rack pos. Y5)
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 53/56
5.10.11 Adjusting the Correction of Actuator Positions Function
This function generator is provided to correct positions of EAR-60,-120.-500A, and -1 OOOA

actuators.

TK-290 Actuator correction Enter the value of actuator correction position X1.
position Xi Normally (20%).
position X 2 Normally (40%).
TK-295 Actuator correction value Enter the correction value of the actuator position order is
Y1 X1.
Y2 X2.
Y3 X3.
Y4 X4.
Y5 X5. (Normally 0% when X5 - 100%.)
(X5 + Y5)
(X4 + Y4)
(X3 + Y3)
(X2 + Y2)
(X1+Y1)
0
Fixed Point XI X2 X3 X4 X5
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 54/56
Adjustment Procedures:
This adjustment should be carried out when the factory equipment is used or the actuator is
replaced because the current combination of controller and actuator is different from those
on delivery. Basically, the other cases do not require this adjustment since it has been
carried out on delivery.
*
1) Enter "0" into [TK-295] to [TK-299].
2) Carry out the feedback adjustment of actuator (0% and 100%). For the adjustment
procedures, see the separate procedures.
3) Enter "2", "4", "6", and "8" into [TK-195] and each indication of the actuator scale in the
table below. Also, enter the value subtracting this value from the order value.
[TK-195] 2 4 6 8 1 0
Actuator order
value
2 0% 40% 60% 8 0% 1 00%
(X-axial data)
Actuator actual
1 00%
value
Order value -
actual value ±0%
(Y-axial data) *1 *2 *3 *4
4) Carry out the following correction by using data (order value - actual value) calculated
in 3). Enter Y-axial calculation value (actuator order value - actuator actual value)
correspondingêach X-axial data into [TK-295] to [TK-299].
X 1 (TK-290) X2(TK-291) X 3 (TK-292) X 4 (TK-293) X 5 (TK-294)
2 0% 40% 60% 80% 100%
Y 1 (TK-295) Y 2 (TK-296) Y 3 (TK-297) Y 4 (TK-298) Y 5 (TK-299)
*1 *2 *3 *4 0%
5) Again, measure the actual value corresponding to the order value; if there is any
deviation, carry out the fine adjustment for [TK-295] to [TK-299].
6) Enter "0" into [TK-195]. Then, the adjustment has been completed.
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 55/56
6. Adjustment Procedures for Parameters
6.1 Adjustment at Starting
6.1.1 Adjustment If the Engine Stalls
1) In the case the engine stalls with a slight speed rise immediately after starting
No. Adjustment Ten-keys to be adjusted

1 Actuator retracting amount -* decrease [TK-132], [TK-133]
2 Actuator dash amount -» increase [TK-050], [TK-051]
3 Proportional gain at start. -» increase ITK-107]
Integral time at starting -* decrease [TK-108]
2) In the case the engine stalls with a great speed rise immediately after starting

1 Actuator retracting amount -» increase [TK-132], [TK-133]
2 Actuator dash amount -» decrease [TK-050], [TK-051]
3 Proportional gain at start. -» increase [TK-107]
Integral time at starting -» increase [TK-108]
Differential time at start. -» increase [TK-109]
6.1.2 Adjustment If the Engine Hunts

1 Proportional gain at start. -» decrease [TK-107]
Integral time at starting -* increase [TK-108]
Differential time at start. -»increase [TK-109]
6.1.3 Adjustment If the Actual Engine Speed Increases Greatly After Starting

1 Actuator retracting amount -> increase [TK-132], [TK-133]
2 Actuator dash amount -» decrease [TK-050], [TK-051]
H-
NABCO 74SS48657-01E 56/56
6.2. PID Adjustment at Low Load

1 Proper, gain at high load -* decrease [TK-110]
Integral time at high load -» increase [TK-115]
Differen. time at high load -» increase [TK-120]
2 Differential filter -* decrease [TK-106]
6.2.2 Adjustment If the Engine Stalls

1 Proper, gain at low load -> increase [TK-110]
Integral time at low load -» decrease [TK-115]
2 Lower limiter -» increase [TK-098]
6.3 PID Adjustment at Middle Load

1 Proper, gain at middle load -» decrease [TK-111]
Integral time at middle load -» increase [TK-116]
Differen. time at middle load -^decrease [TK-121]
6.4 PID Adjustment at High Load

1 Propor. gain at high load -» decrease [TK-112]
Integral time at high load -»increase [TK-117]
Differen. time at high load -* decrease [TK-122]
These ten-key addresses are set in the case that the PID constants are set by a
three-point function generator. If a four-or-more-point function generator is used,
adjust data in the ten-key addresses that set the PID constants corresponding each
load.
H~
NABCO 74SS48657-51E 1/6
Adjustment Procedures
for
(With EAR-60/120/500A/1OOOA Actuator)
NABCO Ltd.
zoo/
—
REV.
EAR-60,120,500A,1000A & MCG-402 — «//* &* -dt y?
*
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. AFVD.
MARK
NABCO 74SS48657-51E 2/6
This manual contains adjusting procedures for the MG-800 Governor System with the
EAR-60 ,120,500A,1 OOOA Actuator at the shop, mooring, and sea trials.
1. Initial Adjustment
The initial adjustment procedures are shown below.

Until the actuator operation is solely checked with satisfactory results, never turn on the
Actuator Drive Unit in a condition of connecting the Actuator with the fuel rack.
1) Check the wiring in the Governor System.

2) Disconnect the actuator from the fuel rack so that the actuator can be rotated freely.
3) Turn on the Actuator Drive Unit and check its operation.
4) Adjust the Actuator position.
5) Check the actuator operation solely.
6) Connect the actuator with the fuel rack and then check the operation.
1.1 Checking the Wiring in the Governor System
1) Check that the wiring work is properly carried out according to the WIRING DIAGRAM
OUTLINE supplied by NABCO.
2) Check that the FG terminal in the governor system is directly connected to the ground
without relay points.
1.2 Disconnecting the Actuator from the Fuel Rack
Mistaking the wiring for the actuator position sensor can rotate the actuator continuously.
Accordingly, disconnect the linkage between the actuator and the fuel rack at the
actuator output shaft or the cramp lock so that the actuator can be rotated 360 degrees.
Meanwhile, since the actuator cannot be rotated 360 degrees if the disconnection is
done at the E/S Control Device, strictly follow the above method.
NABCO 74SS48657-51E 3/6
1.3 Turning on the System and Checking the Operation
1.3.1 Turning on the System
1) Set the switch inside the Actuator Drive Unit to the MANUAL position.
2) Turn on the Actuator Drive Unit.
3) Turn on the Control Unit.
4) Check that the data in ten-key address 003 of the Control Unit is within ±5% of the
actual position of actuator.
If the data is not within ±5% or the actuator position is not stable, there will be trouble
with the wiring for the actuator position sensor.
Turn off the Control Unit and then check the wiring.
1.3.2 Checking the Initial Operation
1) Connect a jumper wire between terminals 11 and 12 on terminal block TB4.

2) Set the UP and DOWN switch on the Actuator Drive Unit to the UP position for 5
seconds and then return it to the neutral position.
(Releasing the switch causes it to return to the neutral position automatically.)
3) The action taken at the above step 2) will move the actuator position toward the
increase side approximately 10%.
If not, there will be trouble with the wiring between the Actuator Drive Unit and the
Actuator; carefully check the wiring.
NABCO 74SS48657-51E 4/6
1.4 Adjusting the Actuator Position
1) Operate the UP and DOWN switch on the Actuator Drive Unit to return the Actuator to
the 0% position.
UP : Move the Actuator in the direction of fuel increase.
DOWN : Move the Actuator in the direction of fuel decrease.
2) Adjust the actuator position feedback signal according to the next item.
1.5 Adjusting the Actuator Position Feedback Signal
Trimmers and check terminals on the PCS to be adjusted are shown below.
After removing the front-left panel of the MCG-402 Control Unit, adjust trimmers on
the PCB.
When this front-left panel is

removed, the internal PCB
below is visible.
MCG-402 Control Unit
TB-1 TB-2
<9
GCB-101
tnf
O -HO
70
CD OO
m
70
TB-3 TB-4
TB-5
NABCO 74SS48657-51E 5/6
1) Check that the "STOP LED is lit on the Control Unit.

2) Record the current set value in ten-key address [171] and then enter "100" in ten-key
address [171].
3) After checking that the actuator position is at the "0" position, remove a jumper wire
between terminals 11 and 12 on terminal block TB4.
Enter "0" in ten-key address [195].
4) Adjust trimmer VR17 so that the voltage between check terminals TP17 on the GCB-
101 and terminals A13 on TB1.
5) After connecting a jumper wire between terminals 11 and 1.2 on terminal block TB4,
operate the UP and DOWN switch on the Actuator Drive Unit to move the Actuator to
the 100% position.
After moving the Actuator, remove a jumper wire between terminals 11 and 12 on
terminal block TB4.
6) Enter "10" in ten-key address [195].
7) Adjust trimmer VR18 so that the voltage between check terminals TP17 on the GCB-
101 and terminals A13 on TB1.
8) After connecting a jumper wire between terminals 11 and 12 on terminal block TB4,
operate the UP and DOWN switch on the Actuator Drive Unit to move the Actuator to
the 50% position.
And removing a jumper wire between terminals 11 and 12 on terminal block TB4.
9) Enter "5" in ten-key address [195].
10) After checking that the voltage between terminals 1 and 2 on TBS of the Actuator Drive
Unit (motor speed setting signal) is 0± 1 V, set the switch to the AUTO position.
11) Check that the actuator position is stable at the "50 ±1" position.
If the actuator position is 0 or 100, there will be trouble with the wiring between the
Control Unit and the Actuator Drive Unit; accordingly, check the wiring again.
12) Check that entering "0" in ten-key address [195] causes the actuator position to be
stable at the "0 ± 1" position.
13) Check that entering "10" in ten-key address [195] causes the actuator position to be
stable at the "100±1" position.
14) Enter "0" in ten-key address [195] to return the actuator to the 0% position.
When the above steps are followed, a sole adjustment of the Actuator has been completed.
H -6 I
NABCO 74SS48657-51E 6/6
1.6 Connecting the Actuator With the Fuel Rack
According to the procedures below, connect the actuator with the fuel rack.
1) Set the actuator position to the zero position.

2) Rotate the output arm position to the fuel rack zero position and then tighten the
CLUMP LOCK of the Actuator with the specified torque, resulting in the sure connection
of the output arm and the actuator.
3) Connect the fuel rack with the actuator.
4) Enter "0", "1", "2"..."the value equivalent to the mechanical limlfer"..."1'f "0" in ten-key
address [195] to measure the positional relation between the Actuator and the fuel rack.
5) Enter the original value in ten-key address [171 ] and "0" in ten-key address [195].
When the above steps are followed, a sole adjustment of the Actuator has been completed.
Actuator Command Actual Actuator Position Fuel Pump Mark

[195] Position [%] Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
0 0
1 10
2 20
3 30
4 40
5 50
6 60
7 70
8 80
9 90
10 100 t t
H-
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 1/14
Maintenance / Inspection Manual

for
(MCG-402 & EAR-60,120,500A, 1000A)
NABCO Ltd.
ENGNEERING DEPT.
2001
MCG-402/EAR-60, 120, 500A, 1000A
4/10
REV.
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD
MARK
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 2/14
CONTENTS
1. Maintenance
2. System failure
2.1 CPU HARD failure
2.2 PICK UP failure
2.3 ACTUATOR failure 8
2.4 DISCONECTION (GENERAL ALARM) 12
2.5 POWER SOURCE failure 14

NABCO 74SS48676-01E 3/14
1. Maintenance
To assure the system of desired performance and further of safe operation, it is necessary to securely
perform the maintenance / inspection of the parts.
The inspection period and maintenance / inspection contents are as shown in the following table;
It is also advised to refer to the detailed maintenance / inspection procedure to be described separately.
No. System components Contents Maintenance Reference detailed

period maintenance procedure
1 ACTUATOR Operation confirmation Once every Confirmation of
(Reduction gear) Confirmation of Mounting 5 years operation and
bolts. mounting
Bolting Torque
EAR-60 : 54Nm
EAR-120 : 54Nm
EAR-500A :27Nm
EAR-1000A : 93Nm
Release inspection Once every Release inspection by
10 years NABCO.
PULSE GENERATOR Removal of dust, oil Once every
6 months
ACTUATOR DRIVE Removal of dust, dirt from Ditto
UNIT lover and fan
Mounting bolts of the actuator
Note-1 : Be sure to perform the maintenance / inspection while the engine is stopped.
Note-2: Be sure to turn off the power source to the actuator drive unit before performing the
maintenance of the actuator and actuator drive unit.
Put an operation handle in the stop position without fail, when the power supply of the
governor system is turned on.
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 4/14
2. System failure
The operation condition of the system is monitored all times by its self-monitoring function.
In case any failure is detected, the total alarm signal is outputted, while the cause indication lamp
arranged on the MCG unit panel is turned on at the same time.
Futhermore, the abnormal causes and locations can be located by the indicated error codes in the
specified ten-key addresses (error codes indicated in ten-key addresses [030] through [034] and an
alarm code indicated on the indicator of the motor driver inside the actuator drive unit.
It is also possible to limit the cause and location of the trouble in details by the error code displayed by
the data unit of specific ten-key address No.
Since the following table by each cause indication lamp, make use of the table in case of need.
Cause indication Main causes Inspection /

lamp restoration
procedure
CPU HARD 1)CPU operation failure Paragraph 2.1
2)+5V, ± 15V Power failure
PICK UP 1)Disconnection of pick up signal wire Paragraph 2.2
2) Pick up operation failure
3)F/V converter failure
ACTUATOR 1) Disconnection of actuator control signal Paragraph 2.3
2) Actuator position F.B. signal failure
3) Motor driver failure
4) Mechanical limiter operation
5) Malfunction of motor and reduction gear
6) The operation force of P.O. rack is heavy
DISCONECTION 1) Disconnection of speed command signal Paragraph 2.4
(GENERAL ALARM) 2) Disconnection of speed command transmitter
operation failure
3) Disconnection of scaven. Air press. Signal
4) Control position signal failure
POWER SOURCE 1)MCG unit power source failure Paragraph 2.5
2)ADU unit power source failure
1 : Case of spec, this function is not used.
Troubleshooting Procedures
1) Check abnormal indicator lights on the MCG unit.
2) Check the error codes on the MCG unit (ten-key addresses [030] through [034])
1
3) If any ACTUATOR ABNORMAL LED is on, check the alarm code of the motor driver inside
the ADU unit.
4) According to the detailed check and restoration procedures for each item, carry out the
necessary check and restoration.
H
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 5/14
2.1. CPU HARD failure
Perform the inspection for the items shown in the following table from the 1 st item sequentially.
Taking the countermeasure shown at the column corresponding to the inspection result will result will
restore the trouble condition.
Inspection Result Causes Countermeasure

1) Press "LAMP All indication lamp CPU failure 1) Replace CPU circuit board
TEST" button are turned off. with a new one.
2) Measure for power Voltage of out of 1) Short-circuit or 1) Check wiring
source voltage. following ranges disconnection in
Measure +5V, ±15 • +24±4V wiring
for power voltage • +5± 0.25V 2) Replace CPU circuit board
• +15± 0.75V 2) Power failure with a new one.
• -15±0.75V
3) Check that the Insertion failure Insertion failure 1) Re-insert the circuit board
circuit board is securely.
inserted properly
Circuit board is CPU circuit board 1) Replace CPU circuit board
inserted securely failure with a new one.
Check points of the voltage.

Power source : The voltage between terminals P and N of the terminal block(TBO).
+15V : The voltage between terminals A15 and A13 of the terminal block(TB1).
-15V : The voltage between terminals A12 and A13 of the terminal block(TB1).
+5V : The voltage between check-terminals TP5 and TP6 on the CPU circuit board.
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 6/14
2.2 PICK UP failure
The pick up failure is determined in such cases when there has been no pulse sent from the pulse
generator or when the output voltage of F/V converter (converting pulse signal into voltage signal)
has decreased to be lower than the fixed value while the engine is under fuel operation.
The detailed checking of cause can be made available by the ten-key address No.[034 ].
The error code No. / cause correspondence is shown in Table 2-2-1 and the error code No. /
inspection / trouble shooting correspondence in Table 2-2-2 respectively.
Table 2-2-1 Error code No. / cause correspondence table
O : Normal, X : Abnormal
Error code Input pulse Speed F.B. Actuator Remarks
signal selection Position
[034] SUB MAIN Keep cont.
0 O O MAIN OFF Non failure
1 O X SUB OFF MAIN pulse failure
2 X O MAIN OFF SUB pulse failure
3 X X MAIN ON MAIN and SUB pulse
failure
NOTE-1 If the frequency period of pulse signals from the main engine speed detector (pickups)
is longer than approximately 200 ms, the input pulses will be abnormal.
NOTE-2 While the engine is stopped, the error code is displayed even if the system is under
normal condition.
o
H - tff
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 7/14
Table 2-2-2 Error code No. / inspection / trouble shooting correspondence table
Causes Countermeasure
1) Disconnection or short-circuit in 1 -a) Check wiring condition.
wiring between pulse generator and 1-b) Re-insert the terminal(TB1) into the CPU circuit board,
MCG unit.
2) + 24V Power source voltage 2-a) Check that voltage between terminals A17 and A16
failure. of the terminal block (TB1) is within 24±4V.
2-b) Check wiring condition.
3) Pulse generator failure
a) Pick-up fitting failure 3)-a) Check the pick-up for fitting condition, and adhesions
such as dust, oil, etc.
b) Pick-up operation failure 3)-b) Replace the pick-up with a new one.
4) Pulse detection circuit failure 4) Replace the CPU circuit board with a new one.
5) Disconnection or short-circuit in 5) Check wiring condition.

internal wiring of MCG unit.
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 8/14
2.3 ACTUATOR failure
The probable causes of the actuator trouble will include the fallowings;
Note : Actuator is locked in a present position regarding the item of "8T mark.
1) Actuator position F.B. signal failure (
Disconnection of F.B. signal

Power loss of position sensor
Malfunction of a position sensor
2) Actuator stroke failure
If the difference between output order values and position F.B. values exceeds the specified
value [172] for the specified period of time [171] or an abnormal alarm is output from the motor
driver, it will be presumed as abnormal.
• In the case that the actuator touches the mechanical stopper of the main engine.
• In the case that the actuator load increases extremely (caused by sticking of the fuel
regulating link of the engine or fuel pumps, etc.). (^)
• In the case that the actuator cannot operate because of any abnormal condition in the
actuator control part (caused by contact errors in the motor driver, aux. relays for control, etc.)
or the driving part (motor). (58)
• In the case that a failure in the actuator position detecting sensor has not been detected by
the monitoring circuit for position F.B. signals because the F.B. voltage is within a range of 1-
9.5V.
3) Power loss of ADU unit
• Power loss of AC source(^K)
The detailed cause of a failure can be checked by ten-key addresses [030] and [031] and the
indicator on the motor driver inside the actuator drive unit.
At first, check error codes and then take measures according to Table 2.3.1 .
If there is an abnormality in the motor control system, check the CONDITION LED, inside of the
actuator drive unit.
o o CONDITION
LED (CL1.CL2)
ACTUATOR
DRIVE UNIT
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 9/14
Table 2-3-1 Error code No. / inspection / trouble shooting correspondence table
control unit ADU

Error Error Error CONDITION
Causes
code-1 code-2 code-3 LED Checks & Remedies
[030] [031] [033] (CL1, CL2)
LED is Reference of table 2.3.4 Reference of table 2.3.4
light off Note 1)
1) Sticking of actuator 1) Check that ten-key address
No. [099] is lower than the
mechanical limiter.
12) Check the operation force
of P.O. rack
(To be not heavy)
Both LED 2) Disconnection or short- 3) Check wiring
0,1,5 1 - is light circuit in control signal condition.
on. line of motor
3) Operation failure of AC/DC 4) Check output voltage.
converter in the ADU. (Must be within 24±4V)
4) Operation failure of position 5) Check the voltage of position
F.B.
F.B output circuit
( 0%-ab.2V, 100%=ab.8V)
— 1) AC power loss 1) Check power source voltage
2,6,7 —
1, 9 2) Check wiring condition
LED is Reference of table 2.3.4 Reference of table 2.3.4
light off Note 1)
1) Sticking of actuator 1) Check that ten-key address
No.[099] is lower than the
mechanical limiter.
2) Check the operation force
of P.O. rack
(To be not heavy)
Both LED 2) Disconnection or short- 3) Check wiring
3,6,7 1 — is light circuit in control signal condition.
on. line of motor
3) Operation failure of AC/DC 4) Check output voltage.
converter in the ADU. (Must be within 24±4V)
4) Operation failure of position 5) Check the voltage of position
F.B.
F.B output circuit
( 0%=ab.2V, 100%=ab.8V)
1) Disconnection or short- 1 ) Check wiring condition
circuit in position
F.B. signal line 2) Check that voltage across
u
4 1 — B11"anduB13'ofthe
terminal of TB4" on MCG
unit is in the range from 0.8V
— — - ._- — to 9.5V
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 10/14
Note : If CONDITION LED is turned off, resetting the alarm requires re-tuming on the actuator drive
unit.
Do reset operation with the following:
1) Check the error codes on the MCG unit (ten-key addresses [030], [031] and [033])
2) Check the CONDITION LED, inside of the ADU unit.
3) Move the handle to stop position in order to stop engine.
4) According to the detailed check and restoration procedures for each item, carry out the
necessary check and restoration.
5) Abnormal cause is solved.
6) Turn off the power supply of actuator drive unit.
7) After waiting 30 seconds, the power supply is input once again.
8) A cause reset button of the control unit is pushed.
Table 2-3-2 Error code No./ Cause correspondence table
'O": Normal, " X " : Abnormal

Error code Actuator flattery abnormal ADU power failure Disconnection in position
[030] F.B. signal line
0 O O O
1 X O O
2 O X O
3 X X O
4 O O X
5 X O X
6 O X X
7 X X X
Table 2-3-3 Error code No./ Cause correspondence table
'O": Normal, " X " : Abnormal

Error code Disconnection in position F.B. signal line
[031]
0 O
1 X
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 11/14
Table 2.3.4 Relationship Among Error Codes, Causes, and Checks & Remedies
LED LED Causes Checks & Remedies

CL1 CL2
OFF ON Servo worked even though main 1) Check power supply voltage
power supply was not turned on. (to be 220 VAC ± 20%).
Abnormal falI of control 2) Check power supply lines.
power supply converter voltage 3) Check wiring of motor driving lines.
Motor speed exceeded maximum
level for 1 sec.
ON OFF Temperature sensor for power 1) Check relation of positions between
transistor heat sink detected mechanical and electric limiters.
overheat 2) Check movement of fuel racks.
Temperature sensor for 3) Check operation of cooling fans.
regenerative resistor 4) Check wiring of motor driving lines.
detected overheat.
Over current flowed through
power transistor.
Abnormal rise of main power
supply converter voltage
OFF OFF Motor current value.monitored by 1) Check relation of positions between

thermometer exceeded threshold mechanical and electric limiters.
Abnormal user parameter 2) Check movement of fuel racks.
memory detected. 3) Check grounding wires to be fitted
Abnormal manufacturer on terminals.
parameter memory detected. 4) If trouble does not restore even
after turning on and off power
supply switch, replace motor driver.
H - 7-3
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 12/14
2.4 DISCONNECTION (GENERAL ALARM)

The signal wires shown in the following table are to be detected for disconnection.
If the input signal is detected to be out of the range designated, the wire concerned is determined
to be disconnected.
Items in [ ** ] show ten-key address No.
Signal Voltage Disconnection detection range
monitor Upper limit Lower limit
1 )Speed command signal [025] I092] * 2 [163]
(Control position 1 )
2)Speed command signal [026] [095] *2 [164]
(Control position 2)
3)Speed command signal [029] [144] *2 [332]
(Control position 3)
4)Scaven. Signal [024] — [165]
5)Control position Signal — More than 2 signal —
is on
It is possible to limit the disconnected signal wire or more than 2 signal is on by the error code No. of
ten-key address No. [032].
The correspondence table is as shown in Table 2-4-1.
Perform the checking on the following items;
1) Check of signal wire for wiring conditions such as disconnection, short-circuit, etc.
2) Check of voltage of signal wire.
3) Check of voltage of supply power source to the transmitter for speed set.
- Voltage of supply power source to speed commandpotentiometer • • • 15±0.75V
4) Check of voltage of supply power source to the transmitter of scaven. air press.
- Voltage of supply power source to P/l converter 15±0.75V
5) Check of more than 2 control position signal is on.
More than two control position signal is on, control position is chosen preferentially in the order of
the control position 3, the control position 2 and the control position 1.
1 : Case of spec, this function is not used.

2 : Case of spec, this function is not used or data is fixed.
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 13/14
Table 2-4-1 Error code No./ disconnection signal correspondence table
'O": Normal, "X": Abnormal

Error code Control position Scaven. signal Speed command signal
[032] signal *1 Control position 3 Control position 2 Control position 1
0 O O O O O
1 O O O O X
2 O O O X O
3 O O O X X
4 O X O O O
5 O X O O X
6 O X O X O
7 O X O X X
8 X O O O O
9 X O O O X
10 X O O X O
11 X O O X X
12 X X O O O
13 X X O O X
14 X X O X O
15 X X O X X
16 O O X O O
17 O O X O X
18 O O X X O
19 O O X X X
20 O X X O O
21 O X X O X
22 O X X X O
23 O X X X X
24 X O X O O
25 X O X O X
26 X O X X O
27 X O X X X
28 X X X O O
29 X X X O X
30 X X X X O
31 X X X X | X
1 : Case of spec, this function is not used,
: Case of spec, this function is not used.
NABCO 74SS48676-01E 14/14
2.5 POWER SOURCE failure
It is possible to limit the location of power source failure by the error code No. of ten-key
address No.[033].
The correspondence table is shown in Table 2-5-1.
perform the checking on the following items;
1) Check of main power source voltage

2) Check of power switch condition (ON/OFF)
3) Check of power line and signal line for wiring condition such as disconnection, short-
circuit, etc.
4) Check of output power voltage of DC/DC converter on the CPU circuit board.
Check points of the voltage.

+15V : The voltage between terminals A15 and A13 of the terminal block(TB1).
-15V : The voltage between terminals A12 and A13 of the terminal block(TB1).
+5V : The voltage between check-terminals TP5 and TP6 on the CPU circuit board.
Table 2-5-1 Error code No./ Power source failure correspondence table
'O": Normal," X " : Abnormal

Error code MCG unit ADU unit
[033] DC source AC source
0 O O
1 O X
8 X O
9 X X
COMPONENTS LIST
FOR
ENGINE HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C

S.NO. 1377/1378/1438
NABCO Ltd.
M
a *ZH
REF.NO.200, 500 qan§^»]^M, N0.600 ilJta t?* SV«
'01.9.5
KT,
ttT
•»-~
?
M V
1.u«M
t*|
^*
—
REV.
MARK NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD.
NABCO 74H58363-80 1/2

REF CODE NABCO PC. NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE Q' TY PAINTING PIPING REMARKS SUPPLIED
/ / IE Bf
(F3804542-02) MCG-402-02 MAKER'S STANDARD
100 723 73804542-02 N4.0, TZZ NABCO
CONTROL UNIT
(F3804672-51) ADU-500A-R 74DS40234-46
200 723 73804672-51 NABCO
ACTUATOR DRIVE UNIT RAL 7032
(F2793562-91) EAR-500A-R91 MAKER'S STANDARD
300 724 72793562-91 NABCO
ACTUATOR TXX
PG-20A MAKER'S STANDARD

400 727 73750633-01 NABCO
PULSE GENERATOR N4.0, TZZ
JUNCTION BOX MAKER'S STANDARD FOR ACTUATOR DRIVE
500 715 73754613-51 UNIT NABCO
FOR EAR-500A ACTUATOR N4.0, TZZ
(F4754107-02) DQ96-C MAKER'S STANDARD 4~20Ma : OM20I
600 725 74754107-02 NABCO
F. 0. RACK INDICATOR TXX
MAKER'S STANDARD
M 900 74Y53563-10 1 NABCO
SPARE PARTS 7.5BG7/2, T02
NABCO 74H58363-80 2/2

• »et*K* tfi
3 0 9 3 X 120BTtO. 3 * I 7 7 t ft WV 6. 3S (1. 61)
I 0. 5tt± 6ttT tO. 120f3i
1 315ttT tO. 5 ftlC9 R.ix (It) J W 258 ( 6 * 3 i )
I * 5 3 X BOUT tO. 2315m 1000BT tO. 8 VAAA/ 0* 8S (0. 2t)B V 100S (25%)
420
u->
LTV \ 402
402 _, 99 6-7DRILL
*-
i
1
o O oo o
/
<=>
CM
o oo o•
O
01
TB4 TB3
1
If( A
¥ o 0 o o»
SERIAL HO. PLATE
402
390
Vl
380 20
f
PANEL CUT
2000 MATERIAL KAMB

P A I N T I N G COLOR : MUNSELL N4. 0 IPIlflE 12/20
GOVERNOR COHTROL UNIT
MCG-402-02_TYPE
P R O T E C T I O N : IP22 b iZH TBO. St. 2000 Y WEIGHT
OUTLINE
10/19 Y 8.5kg
2000 Y mAT i on HO.
10/11 Y CODE MO. Df C. MO.
dx2 m 2001 m.
5/17 MAU
KOTE DATE DBtlGMID CHE. iPf ft SCALE
1:5 723 F 3 8 0 4 5 4 2 - 0 2 1/3
NABCOLtd.
EDllMC
tst 120BT to, 3 « • 7 J * wv 6, 3>
0. 5ttl 6UT ±0. 1 120*31 to. S Ratx (Rt) w 255 » 3t>
30ttT to. 31 SMI 10008T to. i ww 0. 85 1005 (25t)
) GOVERNOR CONTROL UNIT
Hill inn mcnoi ADDRESS DATA

Kim. in
msim
rim rotnioi BflBl Iflflggl
ô~r* wrw
mrm IKU _9
OOtZ) OIEAD
101 LIMIT QniTE EKULE

It* UltT PiSSffOtD
10TECTED
1THDT AOHBSS
comitioM nwi con UNISS
001 iCTQil SPICI 030 icnuTOi READ
eei imuc JPUI O3t icroini riiu t MODE
eeriraiD iifiiriok 032 attUAL ilitt
003 KTOU iCTOATOI POIITIOI 033 pom imci r-COMT. MODE
stnivc imiroi mm on eu pia UP
IA1D
C AUTl OH 0ACTU1TCR
1,'liAX. LIMITED (TENCEY ADD. 099) 'OF GOVERNOR MUST BE SET
LOWER THAN MECHANICAL STOPPER WITH E HO I HE. i GAIN
2* WHEN TURHIH6 OFF THE CONTROL WIT. TURN OFF THE ACTUATOR 5001CB O
DRIVE UNIT AT THE SAME TIME.
3. IF ANY ABNORMAL CONDITION OCCURS, PROCEED AS FOLLOWS:
1) CHECK ERROR CODES IN TENCEY ADDRESSES 1030] TO (034).
o O
2)TROUBLESHOOT ACCORDING TO THE MAINTENANCE INSPECTION PROCEDURES. r-CONDITION
MAX. LIMIT
. LIMITERCTEHKEY ADD. OW'tt. xv9 0TOMUK LIMIT
2. ay \ D-ia^7 \ Dtit«WW* 79+»x FUEL RDM LIMIT
QSLOW DOWN LIMIT
1) f v*- 10301 - [0341
2) O
_ SHUT DOWN LIMIT CANCEL
reeei DIGITAL INDICATOR
1 A 1 flBAD MATERIAL MAKE

. P U S H BUTTON SWITCH GOVERNOR CONTROL UNIT
| A | [MODS ' (MOMENTARY TYPE) M(T AM-M
MUu 4UZ UZ TVDC
I T r t /*if
l AJ-T»*
T J yIr n M-T -" ^
u AfJL_ «• 1I
WEIGHT
O .LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
* GREBN RELATION HO.
PANEL ARRANGEMENT
© . LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

'RED RE?.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED PUT
uBA* &* V W SCALE
1 : 1 X0» 7 723 F 3 8 0 4 5 4 2 - 0 2 2/3
NABCOLUL
EDllMCl
I 0. 5U1 6UT
»ft 30T3X 1 2 0 U T to.
, 1IMfax 315BT ±0. S
30ttT ±0. 2 BISnx fOOOtfT tO. 8
t
tm
WW
• 7 9f
Re i x (ti)
0. 85 (0. 2t)
VW
w
V
6. 38
258 (6. 3 t )
1008 ( 2 5 i )
A1 AZ A3 14 A5 Ai AT A8 At A10A11A12AHAHA15A16A17A18
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 Ai AT AS A9 A10
TBO TB2 TB1

P N E
B1 B2 83 BV B5 B( B7 B8 B9 BIO B1 B2 83 B4 BS Bi B7 BB Bf B10B11B12BUBUB15BUB17B18
POWER C
B1 B2 B3 Bt B5 B6 Bl B2 B3 Bt BS Bt B7 BB B9 B19
TB4 TB3
AI A2 A3 A4 AS A6
At A2 A3 At AS A6 A7 AB At A10
MATRIIAL NAME
GOVERKOE CONTROL UNIT
MCG-40-02TYPE
WfTCHT
TERMINAL ARRAHGEUENT
RRLATION KO, •7CU
CODE MO. Df C. HO.
RET.
MARC
VOTE DATI DISIOKBD CHC.APY& SCALE
11 XO. 7 723 F 3 8 0 4 5 4 2 - 0 2 3/3
NABCOLtd. EDllMCl
12 OUT to. I • i 7 6* 3S
0. Stt-t 6ttT * Ifl 120*31 3I5BT tO. 5 tie* fcatx <Bt) W 25S . 3t)
BOUT *0. 1000KT tO. I ww 0. 88 (0. 100S (25i)
NOTE DPut the type seal inside the body.
5 980 74706255-01 SERIAL NO. PLATE 1

4 SEE ITEM TABLE
984 • NAME PLATE 1
MM
3 SEE ITEM TABLE
984 •MM NAME PLATE 1
2 SEEITEM TABLE
823 • FILM SEAT 1
MM
1 723 73804542-01 BODY 1
REF. CODE PIECE NO. DESCRIPTION Q'TY REMARKS
NO.
2002 MATERIAL MAUR

bx3 B 01/16 GOVERNOR CONTROL UNIT
MCG_-40_2-<L*_ TYPE
aXl tZH:REF.N0.4!EH 2001
08/01 ASS'Y
2000 Y KELATIOK MO.
10/19 Y CODE HO. Df G. «0.
"02
10/3 MAII
KOTB DATI DK8IOMED CHK.&PTD. SCALE
1:5 723 73804542-02-8*1/2
NABCOLtd.
EDllMCl
• | tetttl* MI 3 0 9 3 X 120ttTtO. 3 • • 7 > t WV 6. 3» (l.tt)
19 0. 5K± 6ttT ±0* 1 120*3* 31SKT ±6.5 ft±E* R.ix (Rt) W 2 5 $ (6. 3»)
I| 6731 30ttT tO. 2 mm UOOtfT to. ft .88 (0. 2t) V 1 0 0 $ (25i)
-9* mmu ? -*L

4r
^f
-84 MCG-402-84 72754777-06 73754778-01 74754779-02 02.9.26 ;£f If

*^L
-83 MCG-402-83 72754777-03 73754778-12 74754779-03 02. 6. 27 ^
-82 MCG-402-82 74756168-05 73754778-13 74754779-01
-81 MCG-402-81 72754777-02 73754778-01 74754779-02 -17 MCG-402-17 72754777-07 73754778-12 74754779-01 02.5.22
<«3fv-$
* Ai T
-16 MCG-402-16 72754777-06 73754778-11 74754779-01
-15 MCG-402-15 72754777-05 73754778-13 74754779-01
-14 MCG-402-14 72754777-04 73754778-12 74754779-01
-13 MCG-402-13 72754777-03 73754778-12 74754779-01 -
-12 MCG-402-12 72754777-02 73754778-11 74754779-01
\
-27 MCG-402-27 72754777-07 73754778-22 -07 MCG-402-07 72754777-07 73754778-02 74754779-01 «-«^
'02.5.22 ** Ai T
-26 MCG-402-26 72754777-06 73754778-21 -06 MCG-402-06 72754777-06 73754778-01 74754779-01
-25 MCG-402-25 72754777-05 73754778-23 -05 MCG-402-05 72754777-05 73754778-03 74754779-01

k/wf^Lt
-24 MCG-402-24 72754777-04 73754778-22 -04 MCG-402-04 72754777-04 73754778-02 74754779-01
-23 MCG-402-23 72754777-03 73754778-22 -03 MCG-402-03 72754777-03 73754778-02 74754779-01

-22 MCG-402-22 72754777-02 73754778-21 , •WMW
-02 MCG-402-02 72754777-02 73754778-01 74754779-01
ITEM TYPE PIECE NO. OF PIECE NO. OF PIECE NO. OF PIECE NO. OF PIECE NO. OF PIECE NO. OF
REF. NO. 2 REF. NO. 3 REMARKS ITEM TYPE REMARKS
REF. NO. 4 REF. NO. 2 REF. NO. 3 REF. NO. 4
A
tZH: MATERIAL 1IA1IE
bXl B GOVERNOR CONTROL UNIT
MCG-402-** TYPE flrttx^n-lra::^
aX2 tZH:REF.N0.4£l C WEIGHT
ASS'Y
IELATIOK HO. •£•
CODE MO. Df C. MO.
UT.
cXl tt»l-83'No.4/ C KOTI DATE DESIONED CHK. mo SCALE 723 73804542-02-8*2/2
HAII
NABCOLUL
EDI IMC
•etifcit 30T3X I 2 0 U T tO. 3
* •7
WV 6. 31 (1. 6 » ?
0.5UJ: 6ttT 120MX 315BT tO. S Rptx (It) i W 25 S
30BT 315m 1000KT ±0. I ww 0. IS (0.2i)| V 100$ (25i)
00
1^^ I ^^^ ^^W ^^r I ^^^ T*^ 1"^ I ^™( *% f^ #™VÎ ^^^ t^^^ ^^^1
l»Mt-f 1-M M-I-M 1-4-1
B [•••••••••••••HP
A-A B~B
GCB-801-02 GCB-101-02
CN3 CN1 NOISE FILTER . WTTrH
ZAC-2205-OOU ff-fffft
TBS TBO
P3(E) PI (I)
«• 1 p
PG3 tO)
3 2
P02 (G) PG1 (G)
N
CN4 CN2 5 E
1 JL
2000 MATERIAL NAME
b 12.21 GOTERMOl COHTEOL UKIT
1 iZH 2000 Y
a 11.9 Y
WRIGHT
ARRAMGEIIBNT
WIRING DIAGRAM '00 Y MO.
10.12 Y 74DS40744 CODE MO. Df G. MO.
iZH 2001 BIT.
C B 5/31
MASK
KOTE DATE DESIGNED CBE.4PVD SCALE
1:5 723 7 3 8 0 4 5 4 2 - 0 1 1/2
NABCOLtd.
ED
120UT to. t •7 6> 38 (K
0, 5BJ: 6UT tO. 1 to. 5 iatx (It) w 25S (6. 3t)
6*31 30UT ± 0 . 2 315WI ±0. ww 0. IS ( 0 . 2 * ) 100S ( 2 5 i )
20 984 74754817-03 HUMBER PLATE =£4
19 984 74754817-04 MUMBE1 PLATE 2
18 984 74754817-02 MUHBEi PLATE 1

17 984 74754817-01 HUMBE1 PLATE *2
16 970 74754873-02 WASHERS 14
15 970 74754873-12 SCREIS 14 114X10
14 000 0032-1404008-64 CROSS RECESSED HEAD SCREWS 6 M4X8

WITH C APT I YE WASHER
13 926 74748521-04 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH 1 MATSUSHITA
AJ7211B
12 931 74741103-03 TERMINAL BOARD 1 SATO
ML50-S1AXF-3P
11 910 74753931-01 KOISE FILTER 1 TDK
ZAC-2205-000
flft>ft»i»ft3ftftA»AA
10
V V J M * > U J V U P—»*•
000 0031-4303006-64 SCREWS 14 M3X6
9 CROSS RECESSED HEAD SCREWS

000 0032-1403006-64 WITH 6 M3X6
CAPTIVE WASHER
8 971 74742719-07 SPACER 6 L=8
7 785 73754772-01 CCB-801-02 1

CARD
6 930 74748527-03 FLAT CABLE 2 L«400
5 CROSS RECESSED HEAD SCREWS

000 0032-1403008-64 WITH 24 M3X8
CAPTIVE WASHER
4 971 74742719-21 SPACER 12 L-20
3 785 73754771-01 CCB-101-02 1

CARD
22 984 74754817-05 NUMBER PLATE *2 2 823 73754776-01 BASE COVER 1
21 984 74754817-06 NUMBER PLATE 1 1 823 72754775-01 BODY 1
REF. CODE P I E C E NO. DESCRIPTION Q'TY REMARKS REF. CODE DESCRIPTION Q'TY
NO. HO. PIECE MO. REMARKS
:
.ZH MATERIAL HAM
cx3 * GOVERNOR COKTROL UNIT
SZH WITGHT
aX) a
aa
PARTS LIST
'00 Y 1BUTIOH NO.
Y CODE NO. DffC. NO.
UT.
HAU
KOTE DATS DB8IGMBD CHE. tPTft SCALE 723 7 3 8 0 4 5 4 2 - 0 1 2/2
NABCOLtd.
i- tq * • 7 7T vw 35 U
O.SttJ: 6ttT iO. t 315BT tO. S ftiCf W 255 U. it)
6 T 3 X SOttT ±0* 2 1000BT tO. I ww o. es 100S (25i)
MAINTENANCE SPACE M10 EYE BOLT

2:70
t2DRILL-6HOLES 290 4.5
^^w
/I n
FAN COVER
TERXINAL BOARD
NAME PLATE
(747*7970-01)
AUTO BRACKER
PL PLATE
/(74750661-02)
II [I_]
S
IHABCQ (S)i J-NP
• '
S/
\CABLE CLAHD SERIAL KO. PLATE

LOUVER (CLAHDSIZE:25b-35b) (74706255-01)
CABLE CLAMP
(CLAHDSIZE:15c-30t)
CABLE GLAND
(GLANDSIZE: 10 b~ 251>
60x5=300 70
in
-52 ADU-500A-L BLACK
(70X20)
-51 ADU-500A-R BLACI
(70X20)
ITEM K11 NAME PLATE LETTER,
LETTERING COLOR
UATBtlAL
ADU- 500 AJLCTUATO R J» IV E JJH IT
WEIGHT
NOTE P A I N T I N G COLOR DEPEND ON SPEC
50kg (OUTLINE)
2002 EELATIOH KO.
ttfe : ^-^'-t 5/10 CODE MO. DWG. NO.
73804672 .
ur.
MAM
MOTB DATE OB8IGMBO SCALE
1:5
723 F380467 -51
-52
NABCOLtd.
ED
30TJX I 2 Q U T to. 3 i • T 6. 35 (1.
O.Stti 6UT t0. 315BT tO. 5 (Rt) W 25S (6.
6931 BOUT to. 2 315T3I 10MIT to. a WW 0. IS (0. V 1008 (2Si)
ATTACH THE PLASTIC BAG HOTS TO BE WIRED ACCOI0IMQ TO 740*40689

WITH BOLT CAP
I \l
& u u
I i
N2 N4 H5
TB2 AC/DC
COmtTEl
n n
rc+n
JX TB7
! I
I I
B t 1
Ih W \fll Jl
A-A B-B
Nil 6C BLACK
(20x10)
BLACK \ X
N10 3C (20x10) -52 ADU-500A-L 73H57350-02 ADU-500A-L ORDER
INSTRUCTIONS CO LOB
BLACK \ I X '
\
N9
N8
SIGNAL
POWER
(40x10)
BLACK
(40x10)
^ô -51 ADU-500A-R 73H57350-01 ADU-500A-R ORDER
INSTRUCTIONS COLOI
N7 PDLLT01I BLACI
UOX10)
B
BLACK -02 ADU-500A-L 73H57350-02 ADU-500A-L UUNSELL Kt. 0
(NABCO STANDARD)
N6 CL2 (40X10)
N5 CLI BLACK -01 ADU-500A-R 73H57350-01 ADU-500A-R IfUNSELL N*. 0
(NABCO STANDARD)
(40X10)
DCIN BLACK ITEH DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT Nil NAME PAINTING
Kt (40X10) «r«r A^.J MO. DIAGRAM PLATE LETTI1ING COLOR
H3 IIP BLACK
(40X10) MATERIAL HAHB
"J N8~N11 '01
MAHUAL BLACK B 8/24
K2 (40X10) ADU-^5 0 OA_ACTUATOR_ DRI VE_ UNJ T
BLACK '01 WEIGHT
N1 AdTO. axl B 3/9
(40X10) (I MS IDE ARRANGEMENT)
'00 Y ftELATIQ
I AT I OK HO.
RWX " NAME PLATE LETTER.
LETTERING COLOR EAR-500A*
NOTE
10.26 Y
DATE OESIOMED
ill
SCALE
7
!-02
CODE MO.
723
DIG. NO.
7 3 8 0 4 6 7 2 1/2
1:5
NABCO Ltd. ED][MCl
I f Ktitl* ftfl • 30»3i 120BT to. 3 « I 7 » *
0. 5B± SttT to. 1 120»az 31SBT to. 5 ftie* R . t x ( R i )
6931 30BT to. 2 315m IOODBT tO. t ww 0. 8S (0. 2 i)
WV
W
V
6. 3S ( 1 . 6 t >
25S (&. 3 i )
1005 < 2 5 t )
22 823 74750417-01 BRACKET 1

21 971 74738183-08 SPACER 4 L=10
20 910 74750423-01 REACTOR U N I T 1 WACOGIKKEN

AF-NF2
19 910 74730837-02 N O I S E FILTER 2 NEMIC LAMBDA
NYW-1 205-22
18 931 74593113-14 TERMINAL BOARD 2 SATO
ML-15-12P
17 912 73892000-15 DIODE 3 1S1830
39 823 73754927-01 BRACKET 1
38 934 74752708-06 NUT 1 LAPP 16 920 74730802-04 RELAY SOCKET 2 OMRON

SM29 PYF14A
37 823 74745692-06 CABLE GLAND 1
LAPP 15 920 74730800-01 RELAY 2 OMRON
SVRE29 MY-4Z, DC24V
934 74730448-12 SWITCH 1 NIHON KAIHEIKI
36 74747010-06 GASKET 1 14 926 M-20208
35 934 74752708-04 NUT 2 LAPP 13 926 74730448-13 SWITCH 1 NIHON KAIHEIKI
SM16 M-2012L
34 823 74745692-04 CABLE GLAND 2 LAPP 12 911 74754181 -03 AUTO BRACKER 1 F U J I ELECT.
SVRE16 EA53A
33 934 74747010-05 GASKET 2 11 729 73754195-03 SERVO D R I V E R 1
984 74747965-01 LOUVER 1 NITOU

32 74747970-01 NAME PLATE 1 10 999 SLP-0
31 6299-4-128400-02 M10 EYE BOLT 1 9 901 74741833-03 FAN 1 JAPAN SERVO
TUDC24B4
30 970 74754040-02 BOLT CAP 1 TAKIGEN B 823 73747407-01 FAN COVER 1
CP-30-BC-10
29 900 74745022-02 LED (GREEN) 2 LUNA 7 950 74747974-01 RING 2
24-86
28 910 747541 77-01 NOISE FILTER 1 OKAYA 6 970 74702312-09 KNURING BOLT 2 M3X38
3SUP-A20H-ER-4
27 931 74593113-20 T E R M I N A L BOARD 2 SATO 5 934 74752708-05 NUT 3 LAPP
ML-1 5-2P SM21
26 931 74740132-04 TERMINAL BOARD 1 SATO 4 823 74745692-05 CABLE GLAND 3 LAPP
ML-1 1-7P SVRE21
25 931 74593113-18 TERMINAL BOARD 1 SATO 3 934 74747010-02 GASKET 3
ML-1 5-1 8P
24 917 73740408-15 VARISTOR 1 ENC3900-10B 2 823 73754917-01 COVER 1
23 918 74747869-14 AC/DC CONVERTER 1 ETA 1 823 72754897-01 CASE 1

SVB-24-SB
REF. CODE P I E C E NO. Q'TY REF.
NO. DESCRIPTION REMARKS NO. CODE PIECE NO * DESCRIPTION Q'TY REMARKS
fATB&IAL NAME 7^"f"ii—^ K ^ Y "/"I" *f V

ADU-500A ACTUATOR DRIVE UNIT -
IEICHT
(PARTS LIST)
RELATION MO.
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
REV. 7O D
MARK
DATE DESIGNED CHK. iPVD LJ 7 3 8 0 4 6 7 2 2/2
NABCO Ltd.
MC
• *e«Kf **1 3053X 1 2 0 t t T ± 0 . 3 t 17 5 t vw 6. 3S (1. 61)
I 0. 5Ui 6ttT t O . t 120WZ 315ttT ± 0 . 5 f t i E t R a t x (R») w 25S (6. 3i)
I 6731 3 OUT tO. 2 315m tOOOOT to. 8 . BS 1 0. 2a) v 100S (25 1)
ENC3900 -11)B
-n
NOTE -TO BE WIRED ACCORDING TO 74PS40689
NOISE NOISE
FILTER FILTER
M\1-1205-22 MYf-1205- 22 A -TO BE WIRED ACCORDING TO 74K40737
TB7 1 P tBl( )
T\ 4
Fl
_,..— ^k! ^4, NF2
P( )BR
^^^^ S
TB6
p
'"^—1
PC )j 4-,
t AC/DC 4
R2 ( ) BR
1 COHVERTER f $2( ) B .NF1
' 7 4 D S 4 Q 737^JhfTEfclJfc3 \ .CADU-**M
AS
,. . ....
. VI ( K( ) s* N s,. M t )B 2($YB-24BS)5 r-n
MLR-02 -v
LLM-41T-1.3 \ Pt
(J.S.T.) DC24V
r IB
FAN MLP-02
LLP-41T-1. 3 SERVO
TUDC24BI U. S.T.) DRIVER
)B GPAR-**L
11 (Aid i) Y
L1C SlUIGtOY
L2C NOISE
A FILTER EAS3A
12C) 1C1UK22) 3SUP-A**H-ER-«.
SPO+ NFB
SPEED i i 13O I I 11 (AICU1Y 1 CAWGt () Y
ORDER
SPO- L1 SKAfGlOY S(AfClOY
FG 3 L2 TKAICUIY
NF3
T(AWCH)Y
MAIN SORCE
HOB AC220Y
INPUT COM. TB1 L3
1C5UTG22)
5
150B 1C6UIG22)
BRACE. 3T1
SON
1C7CAK22) U1(AffCU)Y (I(AffGU)Y
AffTtX¥-
7 7 IBST U U U U
TB2
DOW 1C8UIQ22} VI (AfGU)Y AN-NF1 V(AICH)Y
8 8 FSU ACTUATOl
JWWAL 1C9U1G22) II (AIOU)Y REACTOR f (AffGU)Y MOTOR
9 RSTA W W UNIT W W
TB3 )B TBS 1C10CAIG22) CN1 PCI (AffCU)C
FG
FC(AICH)G
10 10 SKL1 FG FG
OP' H-tOftOA )B 1C1KAIC22)
11 11 SEL2
20 (JB 1C12(ATG22)
ALARM OUTPUT! 12 12
UIJB lCt3(AIC22)
13 13 FSTP
.. 2Cl(Af022)
1CH(AIG22J
H H RSTP Ri
2108 1C15(AIC22) \2C2(AlG22)t
RI 15 15 AL1 R2
11 22OB 1CU(AIC22)
POWER FAIL 7 16
1C1T(AIC22).
16 AL2 3 l2Ci(AfG22) 3 FG
25OB s "
ALARM OUTPUT 8 17 17 ALO SI
1C1I(AIC22)
OUTPUT COM. 18 18 0-COM CN2 5 TB4 S3 REVOLVER
10 i2C7 (AIG22) 6 PC
11 26 FG 7 ( 1 7 S2
1 I /2C$(AlC22)i
12 ;V
"W
8 SV
WIRING COLOR 9 FO
Y:YELLOW
RrRED )B 10
B.-BLUE 11
K: BLACK
W.-WHITE 12
0: ORANGE
H.-ORAY tZH: '01 '00 Y KATERUL NAME
G: GREEN fxl B b X 3 tZH BI7KE
6/15 3.7 Y
A ADU-60*-R,120*-R, -R
BR:BROWN
'00 •00 Y
WIRING SIZE exl tZH:
500A, lOOOAJtÔ B 11/10
4X6
tZH
1.27 Y
WEIGHT
WIRING SIZE IS INDICATES IN ( K
R E L A T I O K HO
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
ALL WIRES ARE AWG20 EXCEPT INDICATED dx4 SZH: '00
B 6/01 EAt-iO-L -1M-M 11.25 Y
Y 74R42743-51 CODE NO. DWG. HO.
ALL RELAYS ARE MY-4Z
ALL DIODES ARE 1 SI830 REV.
cx2 tZH: '00
B 4/24 MAKE
VOTB DATE DESIGNED CRK. APVD S C A L B 73H57350-01
NABCOLtd.
3073X 12OUT ±0.
• •7
8. 35 IT. 6 a)
0. SfiU 6UT ±0. II 120J3Z 315UT to. RliX (It) 253 (6. 3t)
30BT ±0. 9 atSm 1000KT to. VWv 0. ftS CO tOOS
NOTE
BETAILB SPECIFICATION AS DOCBKEIT Hi. 14157531-II

POSITION fr«Ba/\74H57931-1 1-
SENSER 0— LINES SHOI HAINTENANCE SPACE
tftvt
I T E M IKttJtSI* IIIlEeill IEOIMI tK miTUI TYPE REMARKS

( S I G OUT) 811 BTftftl E I
ft(OV) 3 -01 •o' • *
EAR-500A-R01
-31 A • 3* EAR-500A-R31
-91 '9' EAR-500A-R91
IK CASE OF ITEH-EARA-500-L IK CASE OF STEK-EARA-500-i RING DlAGRA -02 ' 0* EAR-500A-LOI
->EAR-500A-R1 -32 B ' 3* EAR-500A-L31
t Qt
-92 •i
9 EAR-500A-L9!
INCREASE
MOUNTING
SURFACE
TIGHTENING TORQUE
TAP FOI EXTIACTS BOLTS
C A B L E GLAND FOR POS I T I OK SENSER

TO HAKE DETACHNENT FOR
CORRESPOND TO J I S F8801 10b-25a AND AT INSTALLATION
2-N10 TAP FOR EXTRACTS BOLTS J IS F 8 8 0 1 1 0 b ~ 2 5 a - f t J &
2-M1
PC NO.
-^1
7279356231
2001 S MATERIAL NAME TYPE ACTUATOR
B
12/04 S
EAR 50QA:K!S
74ZH42064-0! 2000 S WEIGHT
12/15 S OlffTfNE
2000 RELATION NO.
02/23 '72703102 CODE NO. DWC. NO.
:BJ7BSS8l
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CMK. SCALE
PI. 5 24 F2793562IJ}
NABCOUA
M A 7 4 D S 4 0 7 1 1 -01Z3JI/3K
IK CASE OF ITEH-EAt-MOA-L CASE OF ITEN-EAi-SOOA

il_
2001 ACTUATOR
04/17
74ZH42064-OI 2000
12/15 SSEMBY
2000 RELATION NO. a
02/23 =FI 71358 J
727935623
NABCOLtd.
7-15
f o.
soar
IJOTtt SISttT 10.
StSnr tOMIF
10.
to. i
1 •7
0. ftS
(ft!)
(0. 2i>
W
B. SS (t. Bt)
2SS (6.
IOOS (55.)
ICC Hft
CMCN. PC. NO. DESCRIPTION (I'TY REMARKS tEFJUCMEM. | PC. NO. DESCRIPTION iI1 TY IBUIU
I 4 3-K £ f a
01 «
4
•t e» 1I « 3 - K £ f (B * e *
1 AC SERVO MOTOR UP60 41i 0002-0108025-51 HEX. SOCKET HEAD BOLT ••
2 M8x45
824 72754504-01 AC*-*'t-$ U P B O 1 • I • I • I mf m-Jtt m m * 9 -• 1 9f M, m^ju» • •
MB«ff/fvA> *• 1 NOX49
NUT
2 824 7 2 7 5 4 3 6 9 - 0 1 FLANGE 1 42 0101-0110080-04 x*m 2 ' M8
3 0002-0108035-51 HEX. SOCKET HEAD BOLT 12 M 8 x 3 5 PLATE WASHER
0150-1010080-14 ¥»* 2 M8
43
-
4 6251-4-601345-04 S P R I N G W A S H E R 14 M8 44 985 74750661-02 C AUTION PLATE
PL *>(i\' "j I
5 824 73754371-01 CAM SHAFT 1 45 0031-1103006-64 M A C H I N E S C R E W 2 M3x6
0002-0112030-5 HEX. SOCKET HEAD BOLT M12x35 +***.****#
17 6 .
•9CI-1-SAIUC-A?
** ™. \n fn.at r
SPRING WASHER
O Z w l 4 v v l M 3 V I I ^ Afttti£jLL {•/{;£ ff&
9
9 M12
8 824 7 3 7 5 4 3 7 0 - 0 1 1 £°!ER 1
H
Q
8 8ftfl9-oiflfifi|i5-5it ^- SOCKET HEAD BOLTI c»
0002 0 1 0601 5-5 l|fiftftftHE*t M6x15 |
1 1 1
llOJ J 6251-4-601345-03J §58#«J|kSAIlSIR 8 M6
1 1 951
12 824
74753577-07
R£F£8 Tfl tTEM TABLE
i
yifÂ^-l
SC L
* I= ,
I I i i K
'
13 824 74754374-01 J POINTER 1
i
I
0 0 5 l - 3 t 0 5 0 2 S - 5 j j SET SCR§«M7J5« 2 1 M5x25

-«*
15 824 73754372-01 ARM 1
7-h. ,.__..—
16 975 74753650-03 C L A M P LOCK 1 CLA-65x95
fyy-f
1 \L BOX A s s ' y
17 824 7 3! 7 5 5 7 6 9 - 0 1 US?
i«T^^
!'
D 3X Ass' y 1 |
24 0151-2010030-34 S P R I N G W A S H E R 2 M3
i 29905 74753705-01 SENSOR 1 11

NBC-tttl
30 0002-0104020-51 HEX. SOCKET HEAD BOLT 3 M4x20
31 015J-2010040-34J ^S8iN G WASHER 3 M4
35 980 74589527-01 M AKER PLATE

*4frj (SS) 1
36 RIVET
1088-4020005-01 rf-ft*n 6
veiO ITEM PC. NO. of REF. NO. 12 TYPE REMARKS
37 980 7 4 7 0 6 2 5 5 - 0 1 S E R J A L No. PLATE 1 •H If12y£f 1t e f
38 985 74751400-01 ? X u T l ON P L A T E t
PL *4 tfv ^01 74754375-02 EAR-500A-R*!
39 6299-4128400-03 OLT 2 220Kofl
i
I
I
r*2 7 4 7 5 4 3 7 5 - 0 4 EAR-500A-L01
40 824 7 3 7 5 4 3 7 3 - 0 1 BRACKET 1
bx3 2001 S MATERIAL TYPE ACTUATOR

04/17 S t
74ZH42064-01
a 13'JffilA 2000 S ± WE ICITT
12/15 S PARTS LIST
B 2001 S 2000 S * IELATION NO.
d dHSzl 12/04 S 02/29 S ••F27UCU CODE NO. DWG. NO.
'7*79358*
2001 REV.
cxt »7/25 NARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. »PVB SCALE 724 B2793562î
NABCOUd.
30 *» I20*T±Q,3 7 9 6.3S
0.5*-t G*7±O.I|l20»a«3l5*Tdb0.5 Rmtx (Ra) 25S
6"» 30*T ±0 8 vvvv 0.85 toos t25a)
10 NOTE COLOR : MUNSELL /MAKER STANDARD

HOLE FOR KNOCK PIN
UJ
3
a!
UJ
WIRING
CABLE GLAND GASKET

12 950 74742194-06 1fX*vt I GP2I
CORRESPOND TO JIS F880I AI5c~A30a ll Qflfl?-ai(MfllO-l
il lGLSgCKTIEMq«PSQiaS in
JIS F880I AI5c~A30a-«C NAME PLATE ii UUUC VllflUIV Jl IWI
M4XIO
NAME PLATE
PULSE GENERATOR 10 827 74745186-03 ><f><y I
FOR GOVERNOR CABLE BLAND
WARNING LABEL 9 934 74745692-05 T- 7*,75> K I SVRE2I
•
(74750661-01) SERIAL NO PLATE
980
8 74706255-01 ->ar»-f/<>
GAUGE
ffi
7 827 74750630-01 X*-*¥- 2> I
TERMINAL BOARD
i
6 931 74593113-11 y**s¥4 I ML-I5.SP
CONNECTOR OMROM
4 932 74750631-01
3^.^^
2 lt52F"IVI2l"OCO'A
Pf OXIMITY SWITCH
3 925 73750629-01 2 E2E-X5EI-MI
COVER
-02 2 2 827 73750628-01 77 I
BODY
-01 1 827 73750627-03 *>*-f I
H
3.04} .2mm ITEM l«f: COOE NO.
3-K
PIECE NO.
A m
DESCRIPTION
A «
OTY
m
REUWWS
GP
•*
'00 MATERIAL NAME
B 4/03 PG-20A PULSE GENERATOR
'97 WEIGHT
O
12/24 2.2kg
RELATION
CODE NO. DWG. NO.
tZH:N*yE PUIE * '01
C 4.10
REV.
HARK
MOTE DATE OE5I8NED CMC. SCALE 727 73750633-0*
NWKOLM
•ftfttSS 30731 120HT to. 3 *•7 6.33 (1. 8a)
0. MLt 807 10. I 120731 sistrr to. S Rmx (Ri) W 253 (6.
8731 soar ±0. 2 315731 IOOOOT to. a ww 0. S3 (0. 2«) 1003 (25a)
GLAND GLAND
FLEXIBLE O ir25T\ 300 /FLEXIBLE 25b-35b 83
NOTE P A I N T I N G C O L O R ' M U N S E L L N4. 0
GLAND SB N4. Q
GLAND FLEXIBLE 1flb*25i
FLEXIBLE I5c-30a
9DRILL
74750661-02 4HOLES
74756384-01
MABCO 73755816-01
T81 TB2
GLAND
A20b
74,755438-04 / 35
CABLE FOR POIER LINE

(REFER TO ITEM)
74594262-56
74594262-58 (POWER LINE) (CONTROL LINE) (POSITION FEED BACK)
74594262-57
CABLE FOR FEED BACK CABLE FOR POIER LINE CABLE FOR CONTROL LINE CAILE FOI PMITIOI FEED MCI
CABLE FOR CONTROL LINE ITEM L
(REFER TO ITEM) 8 fit IS^T-^ fi*fr-^ 7-f-M***-7>
(REFER TO ITEM)
-51 5000 74753849-02 74754800-01 74755433-01
POSITION
POWER LINE CONTROL LINE FEED BACK LINE -52 2000 74753849-04 74754800-03 74755433-02
-53 3000 74753849-06 74754800-02 74755433-03
2001 MATERIAL NAME

b B S JUNCTION OX
6 10/26 S
2001 III WEIGHT
07/25 tt
2002 S 2001 111 RELATION NO.
A-A 01/29 S N=73754813-01 03/07 fl CODE NO. DWG. NO.
(S=1 M) 74ZH42196-01 C 2002 3 REV.

NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 715 73754613-5*-
05/08 S
NABCO Ltd.
120OT ±0.3 VVV 6.3S
±0.5 ftmax (Ra) VV 25S (6.3a)
1 6 9 3 x 30Jsm±OJ2M159 a i ±0.8 VVVV 0.8S (0.2a) V 100S (25a)
TECHNICAL S P E C I F I C A T I O N
PROTECTIVE I N D I C A T I O N 'F.O. RACK POSITION

5. 5 COVER RANGE = 4—20mA
TERMINALS =
ELECTRIC CURRENT S I G N A L
INSIDE ARRANGEMENT
92 MAX. 40 42
CN
CD
-02 0-120X '01 5 ^

1.11 K.T T •*
P A N E L CUT -01 0-1 00%
(3=1 : ITEM SCALE REMARKS
MATERIAL NAME
DQ96--C F.O. RACK INDICATOR
52H '02 K
a 2.8 t 0. 2 5 k « 0 U_T L 1 N E
%
RELATION NO.
— '99
^ CODENO. OK. NO.
10.19 £L % ^^
REV.
MARK
NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHK. APVD. SCALE 1 .5 725 F4754107
NABCOLU. ED
NABCO 74Y53563-IO 1/2
SPARE PARTS LIST

a
ao
SPEC.NO.
NAME M G - 8 0 0 GOVERNOR SYSTEM

BOX NO.
5/XrA
NABCOtfegStt'nr:]
ENGINEERING DEPT.
'00 &
ffl
— tt a
10.4 iL T ^
REV.
MARK
e*
ttr
xiv.
fCF
JX£ Btt in ^k
M 3 &m *&
ADDRESS:
Sannomiya Grand Bldg., 2-21, Isogami-dori 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kob«, 651-0086, Jopon
Tel. No. Kobe(078)25l-8l09 Fax. No. (078)251-8090
3-iS
NABCO 74Y53563-IO 2/2
SPARE PARTS LIST SPEC.NO.

a
ft aa
NAME MG-800 GOVERNOR SYSTEM BOX NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OUTLINE PC. NO. Q'TY REMARKS REV.

a a WORKING
aa aa
PERSET PERSHIP
SPARE I
J
= 10
AUX. RELAY MY-4Z

1
«- 00
74730800
36 6.4 -01 OMRON DC24V
•) U-
CD
73750629 OMRON
PROXIMITY SW. 53 -01 TYPE :E2E-X5EI-MI
f &
B—w
i—a i
} oof
«. L
in
iu SPARE PARTS BOX /
200 150
74591419
-30
ii
^fflDolI
1
ADDRESS:
NABCO ttxt&tt Sannomiya Grand BIdg., 2 - 2 1 , Isogami-dori 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kobe, 651-0086, Japan
Tel. No. Kobe(078)25l-8l09 Fax. No. (078)251-8090
NABCO GLOBAL SERVICE NETWORK
NABCO Ltd. Japan for Japan Korea, China, U.S.A. etc.

•NABCO MARINE SERVICE •NABCO MARINETEC CO..LTD. Korea
CO.,LTD.Japan •KT ELECTRIC CO.,LTD.Korea
• HAKUYO SEIKI CO..LTD.Japan •NABCO CO.,LTD.Shanghai office
• KOYO KE1SO CO..LTD.Japan • SHANGHAI SHIP AND SHIPPING
• SHIKOKU MARINE CUSTOMER
RESEARCH INSTITUTE, Shanghai
SERVICE CO.,LTD.Japan
WEYCHANG BROTHERS' CO.,LTD.Taipei
•MAINTEC CO.,LTD.Japan
•MARINE ENTERPRISE CO.,LTD.Japan MAR1CO ENGINEERING CO.,LTD.Hongkong
•MENTE SYSTEM LTD.Japan •THE REXROTH CORPORATION
•YOKOHAMA DENKO CO.,LTD.Japan PNEUMATICS DIVISION.U.S.A
NAKAYA SANGYO CO.,LTD.Japan •RADIO HOLLAND U.S.A.Inc.
NABMIC B.V. NABCO Asia Pte Ltd. Singapore

Netherlands for ASEAN, Australia and Newzealand
for Europe, Middle East MARICO ENGINEERING(S)PTE., LTD. Singapore
IHI MARINE ENGINEERING(S)PTE., LTD. Singapore
DART AUTOMATIONINC. U.A.E, TAKNAS THAILAND CO.,LTD.Thailand
• BRIDEX Electric Philippines.lnc
•CONTROLIS LDA.Portugal
•AQUALOGIC INDUSTRIES PTY LTD, Australia
* Parts & Personnel service center •Parts & Personnel service station • Parts service station
Parts service station

Greece ISS MACHINERY SERVICES LTD. (Piraeus) U.K. ISS MACHINERY SERVICES LTD. (London)
Norway ISS MACHINERY SERVICES LTD, (Oslo) U.S.A. ISS MACHINERY SERVICES LTD. (New Jersey)
U.A.E ISS MACHINERY SERVICES LTD, (Dubai) U.S.A. Fuji Trading Inc. (Newport News)
NABCO's technology leads the future of modern vessels.
Periodical maintenance is required for remote control systems, digital governors, pneurratic/etectrWeiectronte devices!
Fortunately, we have achieved the 20,000-set production of remote control systems since their first delivery hi 1 963. and the 1 £00-
set production of digital governors in 2000.NABCO is thanking all the customers for their patronage.
The delivered NABCO systems/devices, which mainly consist of electric/electronic components and pneumatic components, are the
essential equipment to secure your vessel's safe voyages. Since the malfunction or failure in them can seriously hinder the safe
voyages, they are required to maintain reliability that should be supported by everyday servicing and periodical and planed
maintenance. NABCO is recommending periodical maintenance programs to the customers in which proper maintenance intervals are
set based on the long experience and data analysis^ this opportunity, please consider accepting our recommended maintenance
program and then take an order of maintenance work at the earliest docking chance.
NABCO'S Policy. Continuous achievement of CS(Customer Satisfaction) as. OMfHSflO

Available After-Sales Service Menu C
Periodical maintenance
Spare parts supply
Document service (Supplying the Maintenance Ust and Record) £»#-fcf 7.
Training program - Troubleshooting training with a Failure Check System
- Development of Troubleshooting System (under development)

* Recommendation of long-term maintenance contract
Recommended Periodical Maintenance

O (Strong Recommendation)
Pertocfeal Maintenance Interval
Remarks *%
2.5 Years 5 Years 7.5Yeare 10 Year*
Digital governor 5 years: Regular Inspection
• Control unit VO yeers: Actuator w« be overhauled or replaced
O
-Actuator
Pneumatic components • AB pneumatic components should be

overhauled every 5 years. (Overhauland
- Low^nd higtvpressure O O replacement of rubber parts and flrtar elements)
devices & other parts
(Wttttt/ULJKi
Electric/electronic components - Regular maintenance should be carried out

in remote control systems every 5 years: some parts wtt be replaced
according to the result as wen as major
- Power supply unit components.
- Potentiometer
- Proximity switch
- Various relays
-Annunciator
-Before each job. the Maintenance List wfll be submitted to your company.
After -Sales Service - Offering Proper Technique and Reliability

NABCO's worldwide service network guarantees the safety
Of your Vessels.
Periodical Maintenance for Main Engine Remote Control Systems

Maintenance no longer means simple repairing but implies preventive service and adjustments against disorder. NABCO
recommends planned maintenance to the customers which will guarantee safe voyages, the reduction in cost and planned
budget-making.
Recommendation of Long-Term Maintenance Contract

By concluding a long-term maintenance contract there win be the following merits:
- There is no need to negotiate the maintenance fee every time.
- The maintenance will be made suitably in the range of the annual budget The annual budget will be set easily.
•
- The management efficiency 'of maintenance work wHI be increased by the check list made before the work and the simplified
maintenance report
Spare .Parts Supply

Based on its worldwide network. NABCO is supplying spare parts promptly to the customer by reinforcing the inventory control
system .and the prompt delivery system. We will prepare quotes for spare parts upon request
C
Training Program
Reliable technique and sincere attendance are the first requisite to satisfy your requirement NABCO has established a
systematic training program ranging from the policy of after-sales service to technical skills. A certificate of achievement will
be awardedto the trainees upon the successful completion of the program. Training programs for crew and other end-users are
also available. Meanwhile. NABMiC (Netherlands) will open a training program for crew at the beginning of 2000 and NABCO
Asia (Singapore) has just opened the similar program at this time. For details, please contact a service center convenient for
you.
. 2000*1
NABCO Asia (SO/2MHU)
Worldwide After-Sales Service Network v-

NABCO intends to widen its after-sales service network according to the variation in berthing and repairing places, dispatching
*
service engineers to the vessels' around the world

*
as well as sending spare parts. We are expanding the worldwide service
network through NABCO (Japan). NABCO Asia (Singapore), and NABMIC (Netherlands) under the leadership of the
headquarters (NABCO Kobe). These three regional centers are well connected with their local service agents, which allows us
to respond quickly with the best condition for any requirements of service.
B*. SC/*fcK-
HUh^
Service Centers t
- NABCO Ltd. (Japan): After-Sales Service Department / Headquarters - Kobe Office (in Executive Office) - Tokyo Office
- NABMIC B.V. (Netherlands)
- NABCO Asia Pte Ltd. (Singapore)
- For further information and contact addresses / telephone numbers, please see the back of this document and catalogues.
Anywhere Around the World. Anytime Round the Clock!

SERVICE NETWORK
To the users of NABCO system, we are always ready to
answer swiftly your requests for after-sales service on
NABCO system. Please call the following NABCO• Service
Centers.
Our service center can accept calls 24 hours during whole
year.
Service Center
Tlie Netherlands. • Singapore
NABMIC aV. NABCO Asia Pta Ltd.
BarBp»ein37,ftaTi377,3011AABottBrdan 102E Pas* Ptnjo* Road, W603,
Postal address: P.OBox 30070 CHft* Mustrial Complex, 8kr0apore 11 8529.
3001 D8 Rotterdam The Nethertands Phonc465 225 8559
102060325 FAX :+65 225 7333
FAX :431 102060326
JAPAN
NABCO Ltd.
After-Sales Service Department
1817-1 RjkuyoBhMai 1-chome
NtehHoj.lCDbB;651-24ia Japan
Ptarac-tBI 78 967 1404
FAX :t81 78967 4891
Marketing Department
n Knh-nffi^. ° Tokyo Offtee
o i , -
, Kobe, 651-241 3. Japan PhDnK4ai 3 5470 2413 (Overseas
1 Marfcrtte Set)
Phone :+81 78 967 5361 PAv .,01 « *^
FAX 4613
FAX ^81 78 967 5362 -
t T§ ten^lftg) t TEU07B)007-S3fllFAXX078)M7-S3B2
>Jttt1EL(BDS4IMItlFA)L(BD5<l»«tt7
0*AS
Handling manual of NABCO Control equipment
1. Installation
1) Take care that foreign matters or dust should not come in each equipment and pipe. Without fail clean pipes with compressed
air of 5 to 7kgf/ciri before connection.
2) Use the pipes specified in the circuit diagram.
3) In case of piping by brazing or welding, take care that the passage or pipes are not narrowed or blocked by molten metal.
4) Arrange each equipment so that the length of pipes can be shortened.
5) Use the cable specified in the electric circuit diagram.
6) Install the electric equipment where there is less vibration.
7) After finishing the piping with blowing air, supply compressed air of 7kgf/cm and check the air leakage at the connecting
portion with soapsuds.
2. Application
1) Do not touch the red-painted portion except unavoidable cases, since it is fully adjusted by NABCO.
2) Drain the filter or the tank once a day.
3) In regard to filters or strainers, overhaul the filter elements within one month after application. Replace dirty vinyl sponge
elements with new ones. Overhaul the filter of main line regularly once a month.
4) In regard to other pneumatic equipment, only regular inspection is required.
The period of regular inspection depends on the environment and the frequency (Refer to the following)
OEquipment for 10kgf/cn? installed in Bridge or Engine Room
(Under good condition of dry and clean air) ................... • ......................... every five years
OChange-over valves for high pressure
ciR ) *••••••••••••••• **"•• ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••""••••••••••••••••••••••••"•••everv two vears
QDcvices installed on deck Once a year or every two years
(according to environmental conditions)
5) Make regular inspection referring to the drawing and manual of each equipment. Replace damaged parts with new ones. Apply
good grease to the sliding portion and reassemble them. (Recommended grease: COSMO OIL Dynamax No.2, etc.) Replace main
rubber parts such as valve seat, diaphragm, and sliding packing with new ones once five years. Replace rubber parts for gasket
seal of stopping portion jpnce six to eight years.
6) The variation of power source voltage should be in ±10% of rating. In case of the application charging 24V battery, take
care not to exceed 27V.
(l) (5~7kgf/crf)
(2)
0)
(4)
(5)
(6) JESCffiggRt! * 3 « BISBO^fc V 5 C l/T OK
(7)
2.
(i) NABCO K:
(2)
(3)
(4)
iokgf/cm'
(30kgf/cni)
l *£fc lffifeIX tt 2*££ l
(5) ' >J -
s/ - h , 5 ^(c 1 fig, h ^- 6 — 8 ^JC 1

(6) r' -
NABCO Ltd.
Kobe 1617-1, Fukuyoshi-dai 1-chome, T651-2413 1617-1

Office Nishi-ku, Kobe, 651-2413, Japan T E L (078) 967-5361
Phone No. Kobe +81-78-967-5361 FAX (078) 9 6 7 - 5 3 6 2
Far. No. Kobe +81-78-967-5362
Tokyo Kokusai Bananatsucho Bldg., 9-18, Kaigan 105-0022 I T S 9*18

Office 1-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 105-0022, Japan
Phone No. Tokyo +81-3-5470-2411 TEL (03) 5470-241 1
Fax. No. Tokyo +81-3-5470-2417 FAX (03) 5470-2417
Seiahin 1617-1, Fukuyoshi-dai 1-choae, T651-2413 1617-1

Factory Nishi-ku, Kobe, 651-2413, Japan T E L (078) 967-1401 X
Phone No. Kobe +81-78-967-1401 Factory (078) 967-3061 &
Kobe +81-78-967-3061 Engineering (078) 967-1404 •fr
Kobe +81-78-967-1404 After Service F A X (078) 967-1279 X
Fax. No. Kobe +81-78-967-1279 Factory (078) 967-4581
Kobe +81-78-967-4581 Engineering (078) 967-4891
Kobe +81-78-967-4891 After Service

1d Dvs B&W Man 6s60mc-c Vol6 Remote Control 494

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1d Dvs B&W Man 6s60mc-c Vol6 Remote Control 494

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

-800 n M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C

SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C

SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.

HYUNDAI-MAN B&W 6S60MC-C

I . INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

DRAWING FOR M/E REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

TERMINAL BOARD UNIT F5 ~ F5

DIMMER PANEL F23 ~ F24

150, GONG • F63 - F63

. INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR MG-80.0 GOVERNOR SYSTEM

IV. DRAWING FOR MG-800 GOVERNOR SYSTEM

Starting by means of slow turning

To start the main engine, the following procedure is to be taken.

Instructions for Handling:

How to Safely Use Your Remote Control System

Before operating this system, you should first

1617-1, Fukuyoshidai 1-Chome, Nishi-Ku, Kobe 651-2413, JAPAN

WARNING : indicates that mishandling may result in personal injury or death

1. Cautions for Operation

WARNING (2) If the remote control operations become unavailable by accident,

CAUTION (3) Never open any door/cover of control/alarm devices during

(5) To correctly transmit operational intentions to the control system,

(6) If the main engine stops due to the emergency/automatic

2. Cautions for Maintenance and Inspection

When maintaining or inspecting an electrical device/system, follow

WARNING (2) Before maintaining or inspecting the inside of a piece of equipment,

(5) Before maintaining or inspecting a pneumatic device/system,

WARNING (6) Before maintaining or inspecting a pneumatic device/system, shut

Working with an air source unit requires the following of this

CAUTION (7) During a regular inspection or mooring, a shore electric power

Handling Instructions for Pneumatic Device/System

1. Appropriate Maintenance Intervals

A pneumatic device has many rubber parts inside it for sealing.

WARNING Neglect or delay in maintenance may cause air leakage or sudden

2 Preparation Before Maintenance

When removing a pneumatic device from its connected pipe line,

WARNING When overhauling a device that includes springs, carefully

Use a suitable tool for the snap rings in devices; using an

Clean each part except electric parts with synthetic detergent or

For maintenance detail of each pneumatic device, refer to the

Reassemble the device in reverse order of disassembling without

Apply good quality grease on rubber parts and sliding portions

Apply suitable tightening torques from the drawing to screws, if

When fitting pipe fittings to a pneumatic device, never apply seal

When connecting a DEKABON tube (black plastic-covered

After confirming the safety of the controlled machine and/or the

Check the piping or the pneumatic device for air leakage.

After confirming the safety of the controlled machine and/or the

7. Troubleshooting of the system

CAUTION When locating a troubled device by checking the presence of

Remote Control System © : Adjust/Test O : Repair XiChange

Handling Instructions for Electric Device/system

1. Appropriate Maintenance Intervals

WARNING Neglect or delay in maintenance may cause a dangerous condition

Preparation Before Maintenance

Check that no power is supplied in the maneuveringstand/panel

Clean the inside of the maneuvering stand/panel.

Reassemble electric devices in reverse order of disassembling

CAUTION Insert a plug-in-type auxiliary relay, timer, or printed circuit board